Catalog Interface Technology And Switching Devices 2013 24280

: Pdf 24280-Catalog 24280-Catalog 012596 Batch3 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 583

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Interface Technology
and Switching Devices
2013 / 2014

7

PCB connection technology and electronics housing
• PCB terminal blocks and plug-in connectors
• Electronics housing

Connection technology for field devices
• Plug-in connectors
• Cables and connectors

Modular terminal blocks
• Modular terminal blocks

Sensor/actuator cabling and industrial plug-in connectors
• Sensor/actuator cabling
• Cables and connectors
• Plug-in connectors

Marking systems, tools, and mounting material
• Marking and labeling
• Tools
• Installation and mounting material

Surge protection and power supply units
• Lightning monitoring system
• Surge protection and interference filters
• Power supply units and UPS
• Protective devices

Interface technology
and switching devices

Control technology, I/O systems and automation infrastructure
• Ethernet networks • Functional safety • HMIs and industrial PCs • I/O systems
• Industrial lighting and signaling • Industrial communication technology
• Fieldbus components and systems • Wireless data communication
• Process infrastructure • Software • Controllers

Table of contents

Complete overview

2

Electronic switching devices and motor control

7

Measurement and control technology

53

Monitoring

193

Relay modules

265

System cabling for controllers

417

Technical information/index

566

Complete overview
Product range overview
Electronic switchgear and motor control

Motor management

Hybrid motor starters
Page 12

Solid-state contactors
Page 18

IP67 motor starters
Page 38

Page 48

Measurement and control technology

Digital displays
Page 150

Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety
Page 152

Multiplexers for HART signals

Current transformers

Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3

Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Page 186

Page 187

Monitoring

Compressed air meters
Page 208

Compact monitoring relays

Multifunctional monitoring relays
Page 250

2

PHOENIX CONTACT

Page 212

Current transducers, current protectors
Page 229

Ultra-narrow timer relays
Page 252

Multifunctional timer relays
Page 258

Page 260

Complete overview
Product range overview
Measurement and control technology

Frequency inverters

Highly compact isolating amplifiers
Page 50

Page 64

Isolating amplifiers with functional safety
Page 100

Isolating amplifiers, special designs
Page 130

Monitoring

Shield fast connection and test plugs
Page 191

Controllers
See Catalog 8

Voltage transducers, AC and DC

PV system monitoring
Page 236

Special function modules
Page 262

Energy meters
Page 200

Residual current monitoring
Page 134

Lightning current measuring system
See Catalog 6

Complete packages for data logging
Page 206

Components for E-Mobility
Page 244

HMIs
See Catalog 8

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Page 247

Signal towers
See Catalog 8

PHOENIX CONTACT

3

Complete overview
Product range overview
Relay modules

RIFLINE complete

PLC series
Page 276

PR series
Page 322

DEK series
Page 372

Page 397

System cabling for controllers

Front adapters

Termination boards
Page 424

4

PHOENIX CONTACT

V8 adapters
Page 470

System cables
Page 369

Page 500

Complete overview
Product range overview

Multi-channel relay modules
Page 550

Universal interface modules

Safety devices
See Catalog 8

Monitoring relays

Timer relays
Page 250

Page 258

Potential distributors
Page 524

Page 548

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

5

6

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Switching devices for starting, reversing,
and protecting electric motors are some of
the most frequently used components in automation technology. These are often designed redundantly for safety-sensitive applications. When it comes to reducing
installation time and space requirements,
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters are
the state-of-the-art alternative.
This is because CONTACTRON hybrid
motor starters combine up to 4 functions in
a single device. Integration in popular fieldbus systems is implemented using the
SmartWire-DTTM wiring system.
For protection of the entire system, the
product range now includes the electronic
motor manager (EMM). In addition to typical measured values such as voltage and current, the behavior of the system is monitored and protected by means of real power
measurement. The process data in all popular fieldbus systems can be supplied via gateways and evaluated by a controller.

Product range overview
Product overview

8

Electronic motor management
3-phase hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection
Hybrid motor starters with SmartWire-DT™ support

10
16
29
31

3-phase solid-state reversing contactors
3-phase solid-state contactors
Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors
Single-phase solid-state contactors
IP67 motor starters
IP20 frequency inverters

38
40
44
46
48
50

PHOENIX CONTACT

7

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Product overview
Motor management

Electronic motor management

Gateways
Page 12

Page 14

Software
Page 15

Reversing load relays with soft starter
Page 42

Page 40

Solid-state reversing contactor for
DC motors
Page 44

Single-phase solid-state contactors
Page 46

Solid-state contactors

3-phase solid-state reversing contactors
Page 38

Frequency inverters

Inline frequency inverters for the
control cabinet

8

PHOENIX CONTACT

Page 50

3-phase solid-state contactors

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Product overview
Hybrid motor starters

3-phase hybrid motor starters
Page 18

3-phase hybrid motor starters with
short-circuit protection
Page 29

Hybrid motor starters with
SmartWire-DT™ support

Accessories
Page 31

Page 36

IP67 motor starters

PROFINET motor starters
Page 48

Stainless steel base, IP67 protection
Page 49

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

9

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management

Electronic motor management
(EMM)
The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern real
power monitoring.
ELR-MM modules combine fast, wear-free
electronic reversing load relays with modern measurement and evaluation electronics. EMM offers the same functionality for all
performance classes, only without a power
section.
Power within limits
Monitoring is based on freely parameterizable switching and signaling thresholds for
overload and underload detection. Identical
or separate settings can be made for the
thresholds relating to the two directions of
rotation. Parameterization relies on the real
power consumed (calculated from three
currents, voltages, and the phase angle),
thereby offering a much more precise basis
than if only the current is taken into consideration, as it is independent of voltage fluctuations and drive load. If a switching
threshold is exceeded or not reached, the
ELR-MM or EMM initiates an emergency
shutdown of the motor immediately (or after an adjustable “delay time”). In addition, a
message can be sent via an output.

10

PHOENIX CONTACT

This state can only be deactivated via a
defined reset. If the effective power consumed is determined as being above or below the message thresholds, all that occurs
is that a check-back is returned for the duration for which the module was addressed.
In addition, signals are generated by the
module for the recognition of the direction
of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures
are detected and signalized.
Permanent status monitoring with high
scanning rates and the fast semiconductor
switch enable complete system protection,
including motor protection.
Without any extra wiring - and with just a
single device - pumps, actuating drives, fans,
and tools are monitored for proper functioning, contamination (filter or similar), and
wear. The adjustable “inrush suppression”
time can be used to mask out the switching
operation from the monitoring process.

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management

Protection against dry running, blocking,
and cavitation, warning thresholds to indicate filter contamination.

Protection against blocking, warning
thresholds for bearing wear and other cases
that trigger overload.

Protection against blocking and broken
tools, warning thresholds for tool and bearing wear.

Delay time

Switch-on delay

Real power (P)

Real power (P)

Switch-on delay

Continuous dry running
with forced shutdown

Real power (P)

Switch-on delay

Delay time

Delay time

Excess performance
due to possible
broken tool

Performance threshol
Broken tool

Upper
performance threshold
Temporary
dry running

Increased performance
Tool wear

Signaling threshold,
contamination of screen
or filter

Performance

Performance

Lower
performance threshold

Lower
performance threshold

Time (t)

Time (t)

Signaling threshold
Tool wear

Performance
when idling

Time (t)

Motor startup
Tool positioning
Milling process
Drive shutdown

In the case of motor-driven pumps, the
lower performance threshold provides reliable protection against hazardous dry running.

Forced shutdown of the drive can be delayed by the “delay time”.
This prevents forced shutdown in the
event of air bubbles.

Tooling machines are monitored and protected in a similar way when drilling, milling
or grinding. If the feed value on a milling machine is set too high, a tool may break in the
“worst-case” scenario. The power threshold - parameterized accordingly - can be
used to resolve this issue.
Additionally, a message threshold signals
tool wear in advance.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

11

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management
H

H

Allows the use of external current transformers


Ex: 

With integrated current transformers


Ex: 
US
R

IFSPort

US

L

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

W

D

DAT

Notes:

W

ERR

The EMM motor management module
(with/without current transformer) for all
performance classes monitors and protects
3-phase loads, such as electrical drives.
– Freely parameterizable signaling or
switching thresholds
– Digital outputs control external switching
elements
– Optional connection to INTERFACE
system and PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS via
TBUS

D

24 VDC

Reset
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
O1
O2
O3
O4

Digital
IN
Logic
μP

P

Digital
OUT

USO
O

T-BUS

Thermistor

V1
V2
V3
I11
I21
I31
I12
I22
I32
Th1
Th2

IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4

Digital
IN

O1
O2
O3
O4

Digital
OUT

USO
O

Rated control supply current IS at US
Input data of digital inputs
Number of inputs
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating current IC
Power measurement
Voltage measuring input
Nominal current, voltage measuring input
Current measuring input
Output power of the converter
Internal resistance EMM
Output data for confirmation contacts
O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
EMC regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D

ERR

R
Logic
μP

T-BUS
24 VDC

P

1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3

Thermistor

Th1
Th2

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

25 mA
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
3.3 mA

10 mA
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
230 V AC
3.5 mA

25 mA
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
3.3 mA

10 mA
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
230 V AC
3.5 mA

42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A Secondary external converter
> 1.25 VA
0.02 Ω

42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A Secondary external converter
> 1.25 VA
0.02 Ω

max. 16 A
-

max. 16 A
-

24 V DC (semiconductor output)
/ 500 mA

230 V AC (relay output/500 mA)
/ 500 mA

24 V DC (semiconductor output)
/ 500 mA

230 V AC (relay output/500 mA)
/ 500 mA

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

DAT
Reset

L

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

IFSPort

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1)
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1)

2297497
2297507

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1)
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1)

2297523
2297536

2811271

1

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

2811271

1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET

2707437
2901667

50
1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2707437

50

IFS-CONFSTICK1)
IFS-CONFSTICK-L

2986122
2901103

1
1

IFS-CONFSTICK1)
IFS-CONFSTICK-L

2986122
2901103

1
1

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604
1857919

50
50

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604
1857919

50
50

Electronic motor management

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT
interface
DIN rail connector
Voltage transducer for 690 V, for EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS,
comprising 3 modular terminal blocks and cover

1
1

Accessories

Multi-functional memory block for the INTERFACE system
- Flat design
- Tall design
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact
- Pin contact

12

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management

L1

EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS

S1/k

P1

S2/l

P2
S1/k

I31

I11

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690

V3

Voltage
measurement

Current measurement

I21

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690

UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4

V1

US

Digital
inputs

Module
supply
5/L3

1/L1

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4

3/L2

US

Digital
inputs

Module
supply

L3

V2

L2

Current
measurement

S2/l

Reverse running

S2/l

P2

I32

I12

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Separate switching module
Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND

M

M

The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern effective power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the
effective power of a drive system or of any
other 3-phase consumer is calculated from
three currents, voltages and the phase angle. Currents of up to 16 A can be directly
acquired and currents >16 A are supplied via
external converters. Digital outputs can be
used to control separate mechanical or
electronic switching elements that adopt
the actual switching of the load. In this configuration, the EMM reliably protects connected loads – irrespective of their power
consumption – against overload and underload, and provides permanent status monitoring.
Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching,
message thresholds and up to four freely
configurable inputs and outputs enable the
protection of electrical drives and the system.

P1

Thermistor
input

Reverse running

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Separate switching module
Forward running
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND

I22

Th2

Th1

O1 O2 O3 O4

Digital
outputs

6/T3

2/T1

4/T2

Th1

O USO

Thermistor
input

P2
S1/k

Current measurement

Supply
digital
outputs

Digital
outputs

Supply
digital
outputs

O1 O2 O3 O4

Th2

Current measurement
O USO

P1

EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS

The EMM modules can record the following data:
– Apparent effective and reactive power
– Currents and voltages
– Phase angle
– Switching-cycle and operating-hours
– Power meter.
Additional Functions:
– Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30
– Thermistor monitor
– Recording measured values
– PROFIBUS connection via TBUS
– Pre-configured motor exits such as reversing starters, star delta starters, etc.
The EMM modules can be used to record
complete "curves that can be used for system documentation.
The operating modes forward and reversing running, reverse and limit switch operation (with integrated restart inhibit) switch
actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc.
and also check for wear.

Current transformer
The external converters should be selected with a secondary nominal current of 5 A.
The primary current is determined by the
current consumption of the consumer (refer to connection diagram). For suitable current transformers, see catalog INTERFACE.
DIN rail connector TBUS
The TBUS (Order No. 2707437 ) can be
used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC
or to couple up to 31 EMMs (for example)
to the PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS.
Switching element
Depending on the particular requirement
of the application, either an electro-mechanical contactor or reversing contactor
combination, or a semiconductor contactor
or a solid-state reversing contactor is to be
used for the actual task of switching the
load. These switching elements are controlled via the digital outputs of the EMM
modules.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

13

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
IFS gateways for electronic motor
management modules

Notes:

H

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

D

EM...GATEWAY-IFS for connecting
EMM...IFS modules to popular bus systems:
PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, Modbus TCP,
DeviceNet™, and CANopen®.
– Communication via T-BUS with up to
31 EMMIFS modules
– Equipped with freely parameterizable
digital inputs and outputs
– Digital switching outputs for direct
control of EMMIFS (forward/reverse
running)

W


US GND
24V
DC

Reset

Fieldbus
connection

IN

IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8

OUT

O1
O2
O3
O4

IFS

TBUS

EPROM
IFSPort

µController
USO

TO

Status

Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage UB
Nominal input current at UIN
Input circuit
Digital inputs
Input voltage
Nominal input current at UIN
Input circuit
Digital outputs
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Residual voltage
Output protection
IFS interface
Connection method
General data
Test voltage data interface/power supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection
Mounting position/mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
85 mA
Polarity protection, surge protection
24 V DC ±20%
3 mA
Polarity protection, surge protection
23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output)
500 mA
1V
Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse
TBUS

W/H/D

1.5 kV
-35°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
EN 50178
IP20
Any / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PROFIBUS DP
RS-232
RS-485
Modbus TCP
DeviceNet™
CANopen®

EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS1)
EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS

2297620
2901526
2901527
2901528
2901529
2901504

1
1
1
1
1
1

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
DIN rail connector
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact
- Pin contact

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

2811271

1

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2707437

50

MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

1803604
1857919

50
50

IFS gateways for electronic motor management modules

Accessories

14

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Device Type Manager (DTM) for
motor management modules
EMM...IFS
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, programming adapter, and user manual on CD
available as configuration package
– Also available as USB programming
adapter even individually
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS also available
free of charge as a separate download
from www.phoenixcontact.com
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising
CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user
manual on CD
MM-CONF-SET

2297992

1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

15

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters

Hybrid motor starters for controlling
3-phase asynchronous motors combine up
to four functions in one device as required.
These include forward running, reverse running with optional reversing function including load wiring. The locking circuit for the
reversing function is also integrated and certified as a single electronic reversing starter
according to UL 508a and the new
UL 60947-1. Furthermore, the devices protect the motor by means of an integrated
motor protection relay with automatic and
remote reset function. The implemented
safety function according to Performance
Level e (PL e) of EN ISO 13849-1 provides
the emergency stop requirement. A PDT
confirmation contact provides information
regarding the availability of the device, and
the motor state. This means that in the
event of motor control without an error
message the integrated current measurement and symmetry scanning ensures that
the motor is turning. Even with these numerous functions, the hybrid motor starter
is just 22.5 mm wide.

16

PHOENIX CONTACT

Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated protective devices, for
mounting on 35 mm DIN rails and 60 mm
busbar systems and connection to popular
bus systems via SmartWire-DT™ complete
the product portfolio.

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters

Hybrid motor starters with up to four
functions in one device: forward running,
reverse running, motor protection, and
emergency stop.

Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated fuses for mounting on 35 mm
DIN rails and 60 mm busbar systems.

Connection of hybrid motor starters in a
bus system via SmartWire-DT™. Gateways
are provided for the main bus systems:
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCB, EtherNet/IP™,
and CANopen®.

The uniform design of the control side
enables the combination of short-circuitproof hybrid motor starters with
SmartWire-DT™ adapters for integration
in a bus system.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

17

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function, motor protection,
and emergency stop
These 3-phase “4 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine four functions in one device: right contactor, left contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop up to
category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

H

H
W

D

W

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A


Ex: 
MAN
RES
AUTO



Ex: 

RES

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Logic
µP

MAN
RES
AUTO

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
µP

Notes:

Us
T

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

T

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

E

Us
T
T
& Error

R
L

E

& Error

R
97 96 95

L

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

Ordering data
Description

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900582
2903902
2900692

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900414
2903904
2900420

1
1
1

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I

2297031
2297044

1
1

“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay, and emergency stop, terminals L1, L2, L3
and T1, T2, T3 rotated

18

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3

H

Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function according to category 3

W

D

L1 F1
F2
L2 F3
L3

F1
F2
F3

L1
L2
L3

+24V DC
K1

K5
L1 L2 L3

K2

T3

K1
T1 T2 T3

T1 T2

K5

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

K3


Ex: 

K4

M
3~
M1

K5

K1 +US R L

K5

K5

K5

K5

S2

E

PE

F4
K5

MAN
RES
AUTO

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
µP

Us
T
T

M
3~
M1

E

GND

PE

K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay

& Error

K1 = “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function
K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop

R
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path reversing contactor according to category 3

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC F5

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

K5

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

10

20

30

60

50

40

70

K5

Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

K5

K5
T2

T3

K1
K4

K3

K5

K5

K2

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

1
2

0

T1

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

Ambient temperature [°C]

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

K5

S2

F4

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

Output current [A]

97 96 95

K3

K4

K5

K5

K1

K2

Output current [A]

L

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

GND

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
F4 = Motor protection relay

Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

Order No.

2900421
2903906
2900422

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

1

2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Output current [A]

Type

Output current [A]

Ordering data
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I

2297057
2297060

1
1

2
0

70

1

2
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

19

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
motor protection and emergency stop
These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine three functions in one device: right contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop up to category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e

H

H
W

D

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A


Ex: 
MAN
RES
AUTO

Notes:

W

D

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.



Ex: 

RES

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Logic
µP

MAN
RES
AUTO

Us
T

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

T

E

RES

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Logic
µP

Us
T
T
& Error

ON

E

& Error

ON
97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

97 96 95

Technical data

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900566
2903914
2900689

PHOENIX CONTACT

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

20

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900567
2903916
2900568

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path contactor according to category 3

H

Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3

W

D

F1

F1
F2
F3

L1
L2
L3

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
+24V DC
K1

K4
L1 L2 L3

K2

T3

K1
T1 T2 T3

T1

K4

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

K3


Ex: 

M
3~
M1

K4

K1 +US ON

K4

K4

K4

K4

S2

E

PE

F4
K4

MAN
RES
AUTO

RES

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Logic
µP

Us
T
T

E

M
3~
M1

GND

PE

K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay

K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop

& Error

ON
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Output current [A]

97 96 95

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC F5

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

K4

K4

S2

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0

F4
K4

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

T1

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

60

50

40

70

Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

K4

K1
K4

K4

K2

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

30

T2

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

20

K4

K4

K4

K3

K1

K2

Output current [A]

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V

10

Ambient temperature [°C]

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

1
2

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

GND

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Right contactor
K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
F4 = Motor protection relay

Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time

Order No.

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900569
2903918
2900570

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

1

2

0

10

20

40

30

50

60

Output current [A]

Type

Output current [A]

Ordering data
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

2
0

70

1

2
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

21

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function and motor protection
These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine three functions in one
device: right contactor, left contactor, and
motor protection relay.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

H

H
W

D

W

D

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A

Notes:



Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

MAN
RES
AUTO


1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
μP

MAN
RES
AUTO

Us
T

R
L

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
μP

Us
T
& Error

97 96 95

& Error

R
L

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900573
2900691

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900574
2900575

Pcs. /
Pkt.

“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
and motor protection relay

22

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path contactor according to category 3

H

Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3

W

D

F1

F1
F2
F3

L1
L2
L3

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
+24V DC

L1 L2 L3

K1
T1 T2 T3

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

K1



K1 +US R L

PE

F4

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

M
3~
M1

Logic
μP

Us
T

GND

PE

K1 = Left contactor
K2 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay

K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset

& Error

L

97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Output current [A]

R

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

F5

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

F4

1
2

0

10

20

30

60

50

40

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V

M
3~
M1

Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

T1

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

T2

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

K2

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

K1

Output current [A]

MAN
RES
AUTO

K2

T1 T2

K1

K2

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

GND

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

K1 = Left contactor
K2 = Right contactor
T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset
F4 = Motor protection relay

Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-99
100% operating time

Ordering data

2900576
2900578

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

1

2

0

10

20

40

30

50

60

Output current [A]

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

Order No.

Output current [A]

Type

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

2
0

70

1

2
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

23

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
motor protection
These 3-phase “2 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine two functions in one device: right contactor and motor protection.
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Low-wear switching
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

H

H
W

D

W

D

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A





Notes:

MAN
RES
AUTO

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
μP

MAN
RES
AUTO

Us
T

ON

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

RES

Logic
μP

Us
T
& Error

97 96 95

& Error

ON

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

97 96 95

Technical data

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V

W/H/D

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900542
2900685

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900543
2900544

Pcs. /
Pkt.

“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
motor protection relay

24

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3

H

Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3

W

D

F1

F1
F2
F3

L1
L2
L3

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
+24V DC

L1 L2 L3

K1

T1
T1 T2 T3

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

K1


RES

M
3~
M1

Logic
μP

Us
T

ON

PE

GND

PE

K1 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay

K1 = “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset

& Error

ON

97 96 95

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

F5

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

F4

1
2

0

10

20

30

60

50

40

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity rever- Surge protection
sal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

T1

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Output current [A]

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V

K1 +US

F4

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Output current [A]

MAN
RES
AUTO

M
3~
M1

K1

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

GND

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]

K1 = Right contactor
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
F4 = Motor protection relay

Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time

Ordering data

2900545
2900546

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

1

2

0

10

20

40

30

50

60

Output current [A]

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

Order No.

Output current [A]

Type

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

2
0

70

1

2
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

25

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function
3-phase hybrid motor starter for reversing three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Up to 9 A
– Low-wear switching
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

Notes:

H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

W

D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A


1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Us
T
Logic
µP
R
L
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

1
2

70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Output current [A]

10

20

30

1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
0

26

100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V

W/H/D

10

20

PHOENIX CONTACT

30

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
0

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900538
2900539

Pcs. /
Pkt.

“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
left contactor
1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter

Notes:

H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

3-phase hybrid motor starter for starting
three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– Low-wear switching
– Up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging

W

D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A


1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Us
T
Logic
µP
ON

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

1
2

70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Output current [A]

100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V

W/H/D

10

20

30

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
0

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

Description

Type

Order No.

ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900530
2900531

Pcs. /
Pkt.

“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor
1
1

1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
0

10

20

30

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

27

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters
with short-circuit protection

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

These short-circuit-proof 3-phase “4 in
1” hybrid motor starters for mounting on
30 mm DIN rails or 60 mm busbars combine four functions in one device: right contactor, left contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop up to category 3.

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Offer the following advantages:
22.5 mm wide
Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
Long service life
Space-saving
They save wiring
3-phase loop bridging
Plug-in motor output terminal block
Coordination type 2 according to
IEC/EN 60947-4-2

Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

Description
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters
DIN rail adapter
Power rail adapter, 160 mm
Power rail adapter, 200 mm
Set consisting of short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter and
DIN rail adapter

Fuse
Coordination type 2 to 10 kA/500 V
Coordination type 2 to 5 kA/400 V
Coordination type 1 to 30 kA/500 V

28

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H

H
W

D

H
W

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A

Ex: 

MAN
RES
AUT

Us
T
T

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

Ex: 

Reset
Autoreset

Reset2

R

L1 L2 L3

Logic
μP

Ex: 

Reset
Autoreset

MAN
RES
AUT

Us
T

24
VDC
& Error

E

T

Reset

2/T1 6/T3
4/T2

97 96 95

Reset2

L1 L2 L3

Logic
μP

Reset
Autoreset

& Error

T

Reset

L

2/T1 6/T3
4/T2

97 96 95

Reset2

L1 L2 L3

Logic
μP

24
VDC
& Error

E
R

24VDC

Technical data

MAN
RES
AUT

Us
T

24
VDC

E
R

24VDC

L

W

D

Reset

24VDC

L

Technical data

2/T1 6/T3
4/T2

97 96 95

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A

75 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection

180 mA
< 0.4 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection

1.5 A
< 0.6 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902746
2902747
2902748
2902831

ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902952

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902744
2902747
2902748
2902831

1

ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902953

Accessories
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC

2902745
2902747
2902748
2902831

1
1
1
1

1

ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET

2902954

1

2903126
2903384
2903119

10
10
10

Accessories
2903126
2903384
2903119

10
10
10

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Accessories
2903126
2903384
2903119

10
10
10

FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

29

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters
with SmartWire-DT™ support

Notes:
Switching device technical data
You can download the SmartWire-DT™ Assist software for easy
creation of SmartWire-DT™ networks free of charge at
www.phoenixcontact.com

Controller

SmartWire-DT™ is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation.
MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG

RESET

PRG

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

LINK

TM

SmartWireDT line
Start

Ethernet connection

Stop

Reset
0511
01

SWD
EN

EN

EN

SWD
EN

EN

EN

SWD
EN

EN

EN

SWD
EN

EN

EN

EN

EN

SWD
EN

+15V

A1 S34 S33 S11

24V
0V
POW

S12 S21 S22 A2

M2
US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

M5

M4

M3

M1
US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

SWD
DP Config.

Power

Config.

PSR-ESA4

AUX

Gateway

2,4

Reset

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

0,87

2,4

2,4A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

max.

4,0

9,0

4,0

2,4A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

max.

Emergency stop

Network termination
plug

9,0
1,5

1,5

0,18

0,18

9A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset

max.

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

9A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9

0,87

max.

PWR
Err
L
R

K2

6,5

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9

0,6

0,6A

0,075

US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

6,5

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2

0,25

max.

US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

1,63

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2

24V
0V

US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95

1,63

ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6

ETH1

FOR LAN ONLY

ETH2
POW

EU5C-SED-EIP-MODTCP PXC

RS232

K1

0,39

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

31

13

14

32

33

24

PSR safety relays

Hybrid motor starters
with SmartWireDTTM connection

Switch and reverse motors safely and reliably with CONTACTRON compact hybrid
motor starters. The CONTACTRON “4 in
1” combines all the functions of a conventional reversing contactor circuit in a single
device – for motors up to 4 kW, with a
design width of just 22.5 mm.
The SmartWire-DT™ communication
system makes the complex cabling of the
control and signal levels easier and clearer.
You can also combine the hybrid motor
starters with standard fieldbus systems.

The hybrid motor starters, as well as the
command and signaling devices, are directly
connected to the controller with
SmartWire-DT™ via a gateway. Safe
shutdown is implemented with a PSR safety
relay. Thanks to SmartWire-DT™, the
amount of wiring is significantly reduced.
You benefit from clearly arranged and compact control cabinets.

Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions (including adapter)
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX

W/H/D

Description
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor protection +
SmartWire-DT™ adapter as a set

30

PHOENIX CONTACT

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
W

H
W

D

Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A

EM-SWD

CONTACTRON n in 1"
"

Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A

EM-SWD

+

CONTACTRON n in 1"
"

SmartWire-DT TM

1/L1

I

Us

RESET

RESET
MAN.
AUTO

-

2/T1

R
L

3/L2

EN+
EN-

5/L3

Logic
& μP

4/T2
6/T3

& Error

CONTACTRON n in 1"
"

+

SmartWire-DT TM

RESET
MAN.
AUTO

-

Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 9 A

EM-SWD

+

EN+
EN-

W

D

Technical data

Us

1/L1

I

RESET

RESET
MAN.
AUTO

-

5/L3

Logic
& μP

2/T1

R
L

3/L2

EN+
EN-

SmartWire-DT TM

H
D

4/T2
6/T3

& Error

Technical data

Us

1/L1

I

RESET

2/T1

R
L

4/T2
6/T3

& Error

Technical data

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A (see derating curve)

100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

 II (2) G,  II (2) D

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

PTB 07 ATEX 3145

 II (2) G,  II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6

2903116

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

3/L2
5/L3

Logic
& μP

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2

2903117

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Type

Order No.

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9

2903118

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

31

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire-DT™ accessories

With the “EM SWD-ADAPTER”
SmartWire-DT™ adapter for the
CONTACTRON 24 V DC “n in 1” devices,
the device concerned can be seamlessly integrated into the fieldbus environment using
SmartWire-DT™. Corresponding gateways
are available for the following bus systems:
– PROFIBUS-DP
– CANopen
– Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP

SmartWire DT adapter

Technical data
Input data
Supply voltage UAUX
Rated current IAUX
Supply voltage UPOW
Rated current IPOW
Input data
Description
Input voltage
Input current
Output data
Description
Output supply
Output current
SmartWire-DT interface
Connection method
Data rate
Current consumption IAUX
Current consumption IPOW
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D

Enable input
24 V DC
5 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
120 mA
25 mA
-25°C ... 55°C
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
IP20
Any
On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter
0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EM SWD-ADAPTER

2902776

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SmartWire-DT™ adapter
Gateways
CANopen®
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
I/O modules
Digital, 4 inputs, 4 outputs
Digital, 4 inputs
Digital, 8 outputs
Analog, 2 inputs, 2 outputs
Power feed module for supplying further SmartWire-DT™
devices

32

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
D

H
W

D

Gateways

H
W

D

W

Input/output modules



Power feed


Technical data


Technical data

Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-

Digital inputs
24 V DC
Typ. 4 mA
Digital outputs
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
Typ. 500 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-

-25°C ... 55°C
EN 50178
IP20
Any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm

EN 50178
IP20
Any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm

24 V DC -15% ... +20%
3A
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
700 mA
-

Ordering data

Technical data

Analog inputs
Analog outputs
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-

24 V DC -15% ... +20%
3A
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
700 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
EN 50178
IP20
Any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC
EU5C-SWD-DP PXC
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC

2903098
2903100
2903244

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC
EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC
EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC
EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC

2903101
2903102
2903103
2903104

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC

2903113

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

33

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Description

Color

Plug tools

Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos.

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SWD4-CRP-1 PXC

2903110

1

SWD4-CRP-2 PXC

2903114

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC

2903111

1

SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC

2903112

1

Pliers for device plugs
Pliers for flat plugs
Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos., 100 m
Flat-ribbon cable, assembled with 2 flat plugs, 8-pos., 3 m

SmartWire-DT™ accessories

Accessories for SmartWire-DT™ and
SmartWire-DT™ devices for connecting
digital and analog input and output signals.

Description
Plug and coupling
Network dummy plug
Device plug, 8-pos.
Flat plug, 8-pos.
Coupling for 8-pos. flat plug
Programming adapter

34

PHOENIX CONTACT

Color

Plug and coupler

Programming adapter

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SWD4-RC8-10 PXC
SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC
SWD4-8MF2 PXC
SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC

2903106
2903107
2903108
2903109

1
10
10
1

Type

Order No.

EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC

2903465

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
F1

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3

Intended use
The SmartWire-DT™ adapter is approved exclusively for use in
conjunction with the following CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters. If other switching devices are used, correct operation, in particular of the safety function, cannot be ensured.

+24V DC
GND

S1
S21

S22

S11

S12

Motor protection and safe shutdown

PSR-SCP-24UC/ESA4/2x1/1x2
A1

A2

13

23

14

24

S33 S34

SWD

SWD

SWD

+

EN+ EN– –
SWD EN

2900573
2900574
2900576
2900542
2900543
2900545

AUX

EM SWD-ADAPTER
EU5C SWD-DP PXC

L GND_E

MAN RES AUT
PROFIBUS-DP

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Config.

US GND R

CONTACTRON N in1

2/T1

4/T2

POW

6/T3

2900582
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900414
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900421
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2900566
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900567
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900569
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2297031
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-2I
2297057
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-9I
2902952
ELR H51-0,6-DINRAIL-SET
2902953
ELR H51-2,4-DINRAIL-SET
2902954
ELR H51-9-DINRAIL-SET
2902746
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
2902744
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
2902745
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
Motor protection only

96 95 97

ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9

M
3~

PE
Emergency stop wiring example (two-channel)

SWD

Output current [A]

F1

L1 F2
L2 F3
L3

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1

2

0

SWD

SWD

1

10

20

40

30

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
+

EN+ EN– –
SWD EN

Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6
100% operating time

AUX

EM SWD-ADAPTER

CONTACTRON N in1

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

POW

96 95 97

Output current [A]

MAN RES AUT

EU5C SWD-DP PXC

L GND_E

PROFIBUS-DP

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

Config.

US GND R

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18

2

1
2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9
100% operating time

M
3~

PE
Wiring example without emergency stop

1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

35

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
CONTACTRON bridge

The flexible CONTACTRON loop bridge
(BRIDGE-) simplifies the supply and looping through of phases L1, L2, and L3.
It is available in 2- to 10-way versions for
modules in the CONTACTRON family with
22.5 mm housing width.
Features of the 3-phase loop bridge:
– Saves considerable wiring
– Suitable for CONTACTRON series
- ELR H3
- ELR H5
- ELR (W)3
- EMMIFS
– Bridging of 2 to 10 devices with maximum
module spacing of 22.5 mm
– Up to 575 V AC/3 x 25 A
– Additional bridge versions available on
request

0.3 m connecting cable
with ferrules

Technical data
General data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
Cross section

575 V AC
25 A
2.5 mm²

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

3-phase loop bridge
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way

BRIDGE- 2
BRIDGE- 3
BRIDGE- 4
BRIDGE- 5
BRIDGE- 6
BRIDGE- 7
BRIDGE- 8
BRIDGE- 9
BRIDGE-10

2900746
2900747
2900748
2900749
2900750
2900751
2900752
2900753
2900754

≤22,5 mm
2

3

4

...

10

≤55 mm

1

36

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters

3 m connecting cable
without ferrules

Technical data
575 V AC
25 A
2.5 mm²

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

BRIDGE- 2-3M
BRIDGE- 3-3M
BRIDGE- 4-3M
BRIDGE- 5-3M
BRIDGE- 6-3M
BRIDGE- 7-3M
BRIDGE- 8-3M
BRIDGE- 9-3M
BRIDGE-10-3M

2901543
2901656
2901659
2901545
2901697
2901698
2901700
2901701
2901702

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

37

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Three-phase solid-state reversing
contactors
The three-phase solid-state reversing
contactor with an integrated locking circuit
and load wiring are intended for applications
such as control valves, slides, separating filters, ship steering gears, etc. The scope of
performance ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A.
Advantages of three-phase solid-state reversing contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Integrated locking and load wiring
– Thermal fuse optional

Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green

H
D

W

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A


1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

R
L
T

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

ELR ...-9

ELR ...-2

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Output current [A]

10

20

40

ELR ...-37

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor

PHOENIX CONTACT

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297293
2297303

1
1

2900796

1

Accessories
Thermal fuse

20

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

3-phase solid-state reversing contactor

ELR ...-16

10

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Ordering data
Description

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5

38

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Reversing frequency
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Power station requirements
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions
W/H/D

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

40

THERMAL FUSE TF104

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
D

H
W

H
W

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A

D

For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A



For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A


1/L1

3/L2

W



5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

R
R

L

L

L
T

R

T

T
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/T1

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4/T2

6/T3

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297316
2297329

2900796

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16

2297332
2297345

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

Accessories
THERMAL FUSE TF104

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297374
2297387

1
1

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

1

Accessories

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

39

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Three-phase semiconductor contactor

Motors of mixers, machine tools, conveying systems, pumps, and fans up to
575 V AC/3 x 37 A (equivalent to 1 kW to
18.5 kW) can be controlled using the
CONTACTRON three-phase semiconductor contactors.
Advantages of three-phase semiconductor contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Thermal fuse optional

Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green

H
W

D

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A


1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

ON

T

Technical data
Input data
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit

Output current [A]

Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

ELR ...-9

ELR ...-2

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10

20

40

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Power station requirements
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions
W/H/D

Output current [A]

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s

200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297196
2297206

1
1

2900796

1

Three-phase semiconductor contactor

ELR ...-37

Accessories
ELR ...-16
Thermal fuse

60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10

40

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

Ordering data
Description

45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

20

PHOENIX CONTACT

40

THERMAL FUSE TF104

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H

H
W

H
W

D

For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A

For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A



For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A


1/L1

3/L2

W

D



5/L3

1/L1

ON

3/L2

5/L3

ON

T

T
2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/T1

Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

4/T2

6/T3

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

ON

T

D

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

Technical data

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25

230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit

48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s

1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9

2297219
2297222

2900796

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16

2297235
2297248

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

Accessories
THERMAL FUSE TF104

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297277
2297280

1
1

1

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

1

Accessories

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

41

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Electronic reversing load relay,
with integrated soft switch

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.

The ELR W 3/9-400 S soft switch can be
used to increase the service life of a 3-phase
induction motor.
– Parameterization is performed directly on
the device via display and keyboard
– Friction time
– Torque, start
– Start time
– Stop time
– Torque, stop
– Braking time
– Braking torque
– Drive can be controlled locally via
keyboard

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Parameterization

24V DC UIN
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3

Logic

L

24V DC

Memory

&

24V DC
R

Alarm

Technical data
Input data
Supply nominal voltage UVN
Supply voltage range with reference to UVN
Quiescent current
Control voltage UST right/left
Control voltage range in reference to UST
Typ. input current at UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Maximum switching voltage

Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Power station requirements
EMC regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
85 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
440 V AC (L1/T1)
440 V AC (L2/T2)
440 V AC (L3/T3)
110 V AC ... 433 V AC
1000 V
< 8 A (IL1, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
< 8 A (IL2, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
< 8 A (IL3, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
230 A (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
150 mA
Typ. 1.5 V (For IL)
5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state)
RC element, surge protection
2.5 kV
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178 / Safe isolation
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
62 mm / 94 mm / 122 mm

Load current [A]

Ordering data
Description

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

Order No.

ELR W3/ 9-400 S1)

2963569

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic reversing load relay, with an integrated soft switch

10

20

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor

42

Type

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors

ON
delay

Operation

OFF
delay

100% operation positive

Torque, start
Torque, stop

Friction time

Start time

Switch
operation

Stop time

100% operation positive

Torque, start
Braking time

Torque, stop

Friction time

Start time

Switch
operation

100% operation negative
Switch-off procedure

The figure shows the control of the
reversing load relay with a soft starter and
the operation of a three-phase current load.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

43

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Electronic reversing load relay for DC
motors
The ELR-DC electronic reversing load
relays allow mechanically commutated DC
motors to be switched. They reverse and
reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24
V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A short-circuit,
surge-voltage, and overload-proof output
guarantees reliable use in the plant.
If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the “left”
input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that
the output supplies the motor with voltage.
If the “right” input is triggered, the polarity
of the voltage is inverted on the output. By
triggering both inputs, i.e., “right” and
“left”, the motor is short-circuited internally via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed.
Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit
and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced
to a minimum.

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571


+U

R

M+

Logic

M-

L

GND

Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left
Control voltage range in reference to UST
Typ. input current at UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
PWM option
Maximum clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs

Application example

Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current

R

L

L

U

R

24V GND
M+ M-

M

24 V DC

-

Quiescent current

+

Status table
Input

Output

Right

Left

M+

M–

0

0

High resistance

High resistance

1

0

+24 V

GND

0

1

GND

+24 V

1

1

GND

GND

Current limitation at short-circuits
Output protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D

24 V DC
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
3 mA
3 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / LED yellow, forward running (R), LED yellow,
reverse running (L) / 1000 Hz

1000 Hz

0% ... 100%

0% ... 100%

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
2A
6A
(Mounted in rows with
(see derating curve)
zero spacing)
Approx. 7 mA
Approx. 7 mA
(When switched off)
(When switched off)
15 A
20 A
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / - / 2.5 kV AC
-20°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
EN 50178 / Basic insulation
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
12.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

ELR W1/ 2-24DC1)
ELR W1/ 6-24DC1)

2963598
2982090

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-phase solid-state reversing contactor, for controlling DC motors

Load current [A]

Load current depending on ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% OT

1

6
5
4
3

2

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Single device
2 Aligned without spacing

44

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

45

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Single-phase solid-state contactors

Notes:

H

Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

W

For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/20 A



A1
+

1/L1
Zero voltage
switch

Single-phase solid-state contactors are
used in AC voltage networks wherever
silent switching, high switching frequencies,
and a practically unlimited service life are
required.
The sturdy power semi-conductors
switch in zero voltage crossing and thus
produce no additional high-frequency interferences. The modules are insensitive to
shock loads and vibrations – even use in aggressive, polluted environments is unproblematic.
They offer the following advantages:
– High switching frequency
– Wear-free and output-free
– Input voltage versions 24 V DC and
230 V AC
Common areas of application are:
– Production machines
– Temperature controllers
– Conveyor equipment
– Light and lighting systems.

D

A2
-

2/T1

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Typ. input current at UN
Switching level

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)

Transmission frequency flimit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current

4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz

24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
20 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
20 A (see derating curve)

Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current

250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

Phase angle (cos φ)
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations

0.5
525 A2s

Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions

0.5
525 A2s
RCV circuit

4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing

W/H/D

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20

2297138
2297141

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Output current [A]

Single-phase electronic load relay
50
40
30

28,5

20

16

1011
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10

46

20

PHOENIX CONTACT

40

1
1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
D

H
W

W

D

For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/30 A

For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/50 A





A1
+

2/T1

A2
-

1/L1
Zero voltage
switch

1/L1
Zero voltage
switch

A1
+

A2
-

2/T1

Technical data
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz

Technical data

24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -

4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz

24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
30 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
30 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
50 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
50 A (see derating curve)

400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)

0.5
1800 A2s

0.5
1800 A2s
RCV circuit

0.5
18,000 A2s

0.5
18,000 A2s
RCV circuit

4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation

4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing

Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing

0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3
45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30

2297154
2297167

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Type

Order No.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50

2297170
2297183

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

47

Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP67 motor starters
PROFINET motor starter

Motor starters in robust stainless steel
housing (IP67) can be used directly in the
system as a compact function unit. This
eliminates the complex wiring of individual
functions in the control cabinet.
The motor starter can be used to control
three-phase asynchronous motors in two
directions of rotation, completely via
PROFINET. Distributed sensors and actuators can be directly connected to
PROFINET without the need for further intermediate stations or additional cabling.
A complete PROFINET motor starter consists of three products. For example:
– ELR 5011 IP PN
– IBS IP 400 MBH-F
– IBS PG SET
Additional features:
– Performance classes: 0.06 kW to 3.0 kW
– Simple assembly
– Plug-in connection system
– Exchangeable module electronics
– Status and diagnostic indicators on the
module
– 10 digital inputs for connecting sensors
– 4 digital outputs for connecting actuators
– One- and two-motor reversing starters
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Electronic motor starters,
1 x 1.1 kW and 2 x 1.1 kW

PROFIBUS

Technical data
ELR 5011 IP PN
Interface
Fieldbus system
Connection method
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range

ELR 5011-2 IP PN

PROFINET
8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter
24 V DC (US1 / US2)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)

Power supply for sensors
Minimum voltage
Nominal current per sensor
Type of protection
Digital inputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Connection method
Connection method
Output current
Motor starter, output
Connection method
Operating voltage

UINI = US1 minus 1 V
500 mA
Short-circuit/overload protection
10
M12 plug-in connector
2, 3, 4-conductor
4
M12 plug-in connector
2-conductor
max. 500 mA (per channel)
POWER-COMBICON
360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)

Nominal current range
Frequency range
Nominal motor power
Motor monitoring
Parameterization range
Tripping class
General data
Weight
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)

0.18 A ... 2.4 A
50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)
1.1 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC)
0.2 A ... 2.4 A
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947
2115 g
2425 g
IP67 according to IEC 60529
-25°C ... 50°C (no condensation)

Ordering data
Description
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
Lower part of the housing, stainless steel
- Standard version
Pg screw connection, plastic (IP67), for INTERBUS and
PROFINET motor starters and variable frequency drives.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR 5011 IP PN
ELR 5011-2 IP PN

2700745
2701007

1
1

IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)

2732868

1

2836599

1

2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869

1
1
1
1

IBS PG SET

Accessories
RJ45 connector, shielded, with bend protection sleeve, x 2
- gray for straight cables
- green for crossed cables
Bus system cable
Crimping pliers, for assembling the RJ45 connectors

48

PHOENIX CONTACT

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL

Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP67 motor starters

Electronic motor starters,
1 x 3.0 kW and 2 x 3.0 kW

High-grade steel lower part,
IP67 degree of protection


Technical data
ELR 5030 IP PN

Technical data
IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)

ELR 5030-2 IP PN

PROFINET
8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter

-

24 V DC (US1 / US2)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)

-

UINI = US1 minus 1 V
500 mA
Short-circuit/overload protection

-

10
M12 plug-in connector
2, 3, 4-conductor

-

4
M12 plug-in connector
2-conductor
max. 500 mA (per channel)

-

POWER-COMBICON
360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)

-

2.4 A ... 6 A
50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)
3 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC)

-

2.4 A ... 6 A
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947

-

2115 g
2425 g
IP67 according to IEC 60529
-25°C ... 50°C (no condensation)

1130 g
IP67 according to IEC 60529
-

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

ELR 5030 IP PN
ELR 5030-2 IP PN

2701006
2701008

1
1

IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)

2732868

2836599

IBS PG SET

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)

2732868

1

1

IBS PG SET

2836599

1

2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869

1
1
1
1

Accessories

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL

-

Accessories

2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869

1
1
1
1

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

49

Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters

Inline frequency inverters for the control
cabinet are the compact solution for extending your Easy Automation solution to
include electronic speed regulation for asynchronous motors. The devices seamlessly
integrate into the Inline system and have
IP20 protection. Depending on the drive
task, you can select frequency inverters
from various performance classes, up to a
maximum of 4 kW. In order to connect to
the Inline system via the Fieldline local bus,
you just need the IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline
module. The Inline frequency inverter can
be connected to a Phoenix Contact controller via the Inline module.
Additional features:
– Maximum motor power
0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 2.2 kW, and 4.0 kW
– 3 x 400 V mains input (±15%) 50/60 Hz
– DTM for parameterization and diagnostics
– 8 freely programmable parameter records
– PTC evaluation for
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW versions
– Integrated line filter
– U/f linear and U/f square operating modes
– S-ramp function
– Motor protection function (I2t)
– Connection of a braking resistor
– DC braking
– Evaluation of the temperature switch in
the motor
– Voltage boost
– 1 x analog input, 1 x analog output,
1 x relay output

0.75 kW

Technical data
Interface
Name
Connection method
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Digital inputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Connection method
Connection method
Motor starter, output
Connection method
Nominal current range

Frequency range
Nominal motor power
Tripping class
General data
Weight
Degree of protection
Width
Height
Depth

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket
24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%
5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
PCB terminal block
2.6 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)

0 Hz ... 400 Hz
0.75 kW
5.6 A OC tripping current
1400 g
IP20
86.8 mm
184 mm
132.9 mm

Notes:

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Inline frequency inverters for the control cabinet
VFD 5007 IL IB

2701054

1

Accessories

50

PHOENIX CONTACT

Inline Modular branch terminal for coupling one
Fieldline Modular M8 local bus at the end of an Inline station

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)

2736903

1

Remote bus cable, highly stranded, 3 x 2 x 0.25 mm²

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters

Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 1.5 kW

Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 2.2 kW

Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 4.0 kW

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket

Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket

24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%

24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%

24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%

5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection

PCB terminal block
4.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)

PCB terminal block
5.8 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)

PCB terminal block
9.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)

0 Hz ... 400 Hz
1.5 kW
8.8 A OC tripping current

0 Hz ... 400 Hz
2.2 kW
12.5 A OC tripping current

0 Hz ... 400 Hz
4 kW
21 A OC tripping current

1400 g
IP20
86.8 mm
184 mm
132.9 mm

2006 g
IP20
114 mm
184 mm
153 mm

2006 g
IP20
114 mm
184 mm
153 mm

Ordering data
Type

Ordering data
Order No.

VFD 5015 IL IB

2701055

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

VFD 5022 IL IB

Accessories

2701057

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Type

Order No.

VFD 5040 IL IB

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2701058

1

Accessories

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)

2736903

1

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)

2736903

1

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)

2736903

1

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

IBS RBC/F-T/

2740151

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

51

52

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
The modular analog converters for measurement and control technology prevent
analog signals from being distorted by disturbance variables. With accurate conversion, isolation, filtering or amplification of
analog signals, they secure and increase
transmission quality and therefore the quality of closed-loop control circuits.
We offer the following product ranges:
Highly compact isolating amplifiers –
MINI Analog
For significant space savings and efficiency
– Design width of just 6.2 mm
– System cabling and multiplexer solutions
– 3-way electrical isolation
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional
safety – MACX Analog
For maximum signal safety
– Consistent SIL certification
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Isolating amplifiers, special types, and
digital displays – MCR Analog
For special applications in signal processing
– Electrical isolation
– Record and convert temperatures directly
in the field
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL
functional safety – MACX Analog Ex
For intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area
– Maximum explosion protection for all
Ex zones and gas groups
– Design width of just 12.5 mm for all
single- and two-channel devices
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation

Product range overview
Product overview

54

Selection guide for isolating amplifiers

56

Basics

58

Highly compact isolating amplifiers –
MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
Temperature
Frequency
Potentiometers
Limit values
Digital IN
Accessories

64
66
76
82
84
85
86
87

Isolating amplifiers with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
Temperature potentiometers/limit values
Digital IN
Accessories

100
102
110
120
126

Isolating amplifiers, special designs, and
digital displays – MCR Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
Temperature potentiometers/limit values
Frequency
Limit values
Accessories
Digital displays

130
131
136
144
146
149
150

EX i isolating amplifiers with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Analog OUT
Temperature
Digital IN
Digital OUT
Accessories

152
160
164
165
172
179
182

Multiplexers for HART signals

186

Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Accessories

187
190

PHOENIX CONTACT

53

Measurement and control technology
Product overview
Highly compact isolating amplifiers

MINI Analog
Page 64

Supply components, feed-through terminal
blocks, marking material
Page 88

System cabling, termination carriers
Page 92

Digital displays

Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety

For standard signals, setpoint adjusters
Page 150

MACX Analog Ex

Surge protection
Page 98

Supply components, marking material
Page 182

System cabling, termination carriers
Page 184

EMpro special function and communication
modules
Page 202

PSK data logger kits

PSK compressed air meters

Voltage transducers

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Page 134

Page 152

Energy and power measuring technology

EMpro energy meters
Page 200

Current protectors, AC
Page 235

54

PHOENIX CONTACT

Page 236

Page 206

Page 208

EMD-BL
compact monitoring relays

Page 250

Measurement and control technology
Product overview
Isolating amplifiers with functional safety

MACX Analog
Page 100

Multiplexers

Multiplexers for HART signals

Isolating amplifiers
Special designs

Supply components, marking material
Page 126

System cabling, termination carriers
Page 128

Ex i 2-cond. field devices

Accessories

Ex i 2-conductor field devices

Shield fast connection

Page 186

Page 187

MCR Analog
Page 130

Test plugs
Page 191

Page 191

Current transformers

Test disconnect
terminal blocks

Current and voltage measuring technology

PACT current transformers

Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3

Current transducers, AC/DC

Controllers

Surge protection

Controllers
See Catalog 8

Surge protection for measurement and
control technology
See Catalog 6

Page 212

EMD
multifunctional monitoring relays

Page 252

Current transducers, AC
Page 229

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Page 232

PHOENIX CONTACT

55

Measurement and control technology
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers

Highly compact isolating amplifiers MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifiers
4-way signal duplicators
3-way repeater power supplies

2-way passive isolators
3-way output isolators
Digital displays

Page
Configurable
Fixed signal combinations
Configurable
1-channel
Signal duplicators
2-channel
Supplied by an input loop
Supplied by an output loop
Fixed signal combinations
Standard signals
Setpoint adjuster

From 66
71
72
73

74
75

Temperature
Temperature transducers

Temperature head transmitters

Universal
Universal, supplied by an output loop
For resistance thermometers (RTD)
For resistance thermometers (RTD), passive
For Pt 100
For Pt 100, supplied by an output loop
For thermocouples
For thermocouples, type J and K
Universal, supplied by an output loop
Pt 100, supplied by an output loop

76
From 77
79
80
81

Frequency
Frequency transducers
Analog frequency transducers

Universal

82
83

Potentiometer/resistor
Potiposition transducers
Setpoint potentiometers

84

Limit values
Threshold value switches

Standard analog signals, universal
Standard analog signals

85

Temperature

Digital IN
Isolation amplifiers

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts

86

NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, 2-channel
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, wide range
NAMUR sensors on NAM

Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers

Loop-powered
With line fault detection

Accessories
Configuration

Constant voltage source
Setpoint potentiometers
System cabling

Multiplexers
Supply components
Marking material
Surge protection
Shield fast connection
Test plugs
Resistance circuit

56

PHOENIX CONTACT

Configuration software
Cables
Display unit and operator interface, removable
Holder module for display unit and operator interface
Constant voltage source
System components
1:1 feed-through terminal block
Termination carriers
Analog multiplexers
Multiplexers for HART signals
Power terminal block/error message modules/
T-Connectors/system power supply

119

87
94
88
97
95

From 89
88
98
191

For line fault detection

183

Measurement and control technology
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers

Isolating amplifiers with
functional safety - MACX Analog

Special types of isolating amplifiers
and digital displays

Ex i isolating amplifiers with
functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Page

Page

Page

131
132

160

From 102

106
107

160
161
162
134

109

164
150
151

From 114

136
140

110

From 168
187
165

138
141
112

166
142
143

188
189

144

From 114

From 168
148

116

146
147
139
146

170

120
124

172
176

122
125

174
177

123

175
178

From 179
179

119
118
118

149
149

149
149

148

129

184
186

From 126

126

127

127

191
191
183

191

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

191
191
183

PHOENIX CONTACT

57

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Input

Analog output

Digital output

Maximum input signal
The maximum input signal describes the
value achieved before any damage occurs to
the module and the signal generator. If these
values are exceeded, suppresser diodes can
be triggered to short circuit this input when
a surge voltage is detected. The transmission range of the analog signals is located
exclusively within the specified input ranges.

Maximum output signal
If the devices operate without fault conditions, an overload at the input cannot cause
greater values than this maximum to occur
at the output.

Relays
Many of the products with a relay output
that are shown in the catalog feature hard
gold-plated relay contact material. The voltage range has an important role to play in
terms of how this contact material can be
used. Up to 50 mA can be transmitted with
voltage ranges of up to 30 V AC/36 V DC.
Even very small currents are transmitted
perfectly. If the aforementioned voltage
range is exceeded and values of 250 V
AC/DC are processed, currents of up to 2
A can flow. However, in this case the subsequent transmission of small currents can no
longer be guaranteed.

Input resistance
The input resistance of an isolating amplifier or measuring transducer is determined
in such a way as to ensure that the input signal is loaded only slightly. This results in a
low-resistance input for current inputs and
a high-resistance input for voltage inputs.
Voltage drop
In the case of passive isolators, the input
voltage drop occurs as a result of the voltage drop of the operational load and the
auxiliary power requirements of the module. The greater the auxiliary power requirements of the passive isolator, the
smaller the operational output load is allowed to be. Low auxiliary power requirements are regarded as an indicator of device
quality.
Common mode rejection
In the case of isolating amplifiers, operational amplifiers are used internally for
transmission purposes. In theory, operational amplifiers should display ideal transmission and amplification behavior. However, it is a different matter in practice. When
both input voltages are changed in the same
direction, i.e., exactly the same voltage to
ground is applied to both input terminal
blocks, this leads to an unintended output
signal. Theoretically, if the operational amplifier is ideal, no output signal should appear since the differential input signal is
“0 V”. Common mode rejection indicates
the factor (in dB) by which the common input voltage at both inputs is amplified to a
lesser extent than the difference in voltage
between the two inputs.

58

PHOENIX CONTACT

Zero/span adjustment
When the zero point is set, the zero point
of an analog output is adjusted and set in relation to the input signal.
When the “amplification” span is set, the
analog output is adjusted in relation to the
input signal. In this case, the output characteristic is increased or decreased by an amplification factor.
Load
The load on the output side indicates the
load-carrying capacity of a measuring transducer or an isolating amplifier. Current outputs can usually drive a maximum of 500 ,
voltage outputs can be loaded with a minimum of up to 10 k.

Transistor
A PNP transistor switching output can be
used to transmit 24 V DC switching signals
up to approximately 100 mA.

General data
Residual ripple/ripple
A superimposed ripple can appear on the
output signal due to signal conditioning required by the circuit. The residual ripple is
indicated in mVPP or mVrms.
Open circuit response
With some measuring transducers, the
input signal is permanently monitored for
possible open circuits in the signal cable. If
the signal exceeds or falls below a tolerance
limit, an open circuit is detected and a defined output signal is sent. With programmable devices, the output signals can be
freely selected.

Supply voltage
The product range includes DC and AC
power supply units for specific products.
There is a standard power supply unit available in the form of a 24 V DC version that
operates within a voltage range of
20 ... 30 V DC. For other supply voltages,
please refer to the technical data.
Current consumption
The value specified here describes the
auxiliary power requirements of the devices. It also includes the output current and,
where applicable, the switching output load.
Transmission errors
The transmission precision is a gauge of
the quality of a measuring transducer. It is
the deviation from the ideal transmission
characteristic curve and includes linearity,
span, and offset errors.
Non-linearity
Non-linearity is the deviation from the
ideal transmission precision without including span and offset errors.
The non-linearity of a signal makes it possible to evaluate the course from zero to
end point. Normally, the linearity errors are
expressed as a percentage that indicates the
extent of deviation from the ideal transmission characteristic curve.

Measurement and control technology
Basics
Temperature coefficient
The temperature coefficient provides an
assessment of the extent to which precision
deviates when the ambient temperature
around an isolating amplifier or measuring
transducer changes. In most cases this is
specified as a percentage. An alternative
definition is ppm/K (parts per million/Kelvin). Example:
250 ppm/K = 0.025%/K.
Limit frequency
Isolating amplifiers are basically designed
to transmit DC signals. However, signal
changes call for a dynamic form of behavior
so that small AC quantities (normally:
30 Hz) can also be transmitted. This is
achieved by defining a limit frequency. At the
same time, a low limit frequency can be
used to suppress higher-frequency AC components.
Step response
The step response indicates the response
time of the output signal when an input signal step occurs (10 ... 90%). The step response is inversely proportional to the limit
frequency. This means that the response
time decreases as the limit frequency increases.
Test voltage
The test voltage indicates the dielectric
strength of an isolated distance and is determined by type tests. In this test, a 50 Hz
voltage is applied for one minute; it describes the value achieved before a disruptive discharge is able to move to another
potential level in the device.
Safe isolation
“Safe isolation” is defined as protection
against hazardous shock currents. When
module specifications are provided in accordance with EN 61010, a distinction is made
between faultless operation and operation
under fault conditions. Nominal supply voltages of 30 V AC/60 V DC are deemed valid
for faultless operation.

Ambient temperature range
The temperature limits specified here relate exclusively to operation. These limits
do not apply to storage and transport. It is
here where the temperature limits of the
materials used are the decisive factor. If the
devices are outside of the specified temperature range during assembly, they must be
brought back within the specified temperature range prior to system startup. It is important to make sure that no condensation
occurs during this process.

Protective circuit
In order to protect the measurement and
control modules against surge voltages, suppressor diodes are connected upstream of
the signal and supply paths. These diodes
behave in a similar manner to conventional
Zener diodes, except for the fact that suppressor diodes have faster response times
and a higher maximum current.

Information on directives and standards
When carrying out further processing of non-independent items of equipment (components), the applicable regulations pertaining to installation
must be observed.

The relevant device-specific regulations also apply with regard to installation in devices.
(Standards applicable at the time of going to print)

Directives

EU

International

EMC Directive (electromagnetic compatibility)

2004/108/EC

-

Low Voltage Directive (LVD)

2006/95/EC

-

Ex Directive (ATEX)

94/9/EC

-

EN 50178:1997

-

Product standards
Electronic equipment for use in power installations

Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory
use EN 61010-1:2001
Part 1: General requirements

IEC 61010-1:2004

Programmable controllers Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests

EN 61131-2:2007

IEC 61131-2:2007

EMC - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments

EN 61000-6-2:2005

IEC 61000-6-2:2005

EMC - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments

EN 61000-6-4:2007

IEC 61000-6-4:2006

Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use
EMC requirements

EN 61326-1:2006

IEC 61326-1:2005

Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 0: General requirements

EN 60079-0:2006

IEC 60079-0:2007

Explosive atmospheres Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “i”

EN 60079-11:2007

IEC 60079-11:2006

Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 15: Construction, test and marking of type of protection “n” electrical apparatus

EN 60079-15:2005

IEC 60079-15:2005

Environmental testing Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold

EN 60068-2-1:2007

IEC 60068-2-1:2007

Environmental testing Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat

EN 60068-2-2:2007

IEC 60068-2-2:2007

Environmental testing Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal)

EN 60068-2-6:2008

IEC 60068-2-6:2008

EMC

ATEX

Environmental tests

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

59

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Active isolation
3-way isolation
Input signal

Input isolation
IN

OUT

Output signal

Input signal

Repeater power supply
IN

OUT

Output
signal

POWER

POWER

In the case of modules with this isolation
method, all components that are connected
to the input, output or power supply are
protected against interference from each
other. All three directions (input, output,
and power supply) are electrically isolated
from one another accordingly.
The 3-way isolation provides electrical
isolation between the measurement sensor
and the controller as well as between the
controller and the actuator.
On the input side, the modules need active signals. On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal.

OUT

Output
signal

In the case of modules with this isolation
method, the electronics connected on the
output side (e.g., the controller) are to be
protected from interference from the field.
For this reason, only the input is electrically
isolated from the output and the power
supply that are at the same potential.
On the input side, the modules need active signals (e.g., from measurement sensors). On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).

Repeater power supplies use the signal input side not only for measured value acquisition, but also to provide the necessary
power to the passive measurement sensors
connected on the input side.
On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).
The isolation method used by these modules is input isolation.

Applications

Passive isolation, supplied on the
input side

Input signal

IN

POWER

Passive isolation

Power
via signal

Power for measuring
transducer
Input signal

IN
OUT

Output
signal

The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active input circuit. On the output
side, a conditioned current signal is provided to the controller or to actuators.
This passive isolation allows signal conditioning (interruption of ground loops) and
filtering without an additional power supply.

Passive isolation, supplied on the
output side (loop-powered)

Input signal

Power
via signal

IN
OUT

Problem: disruptive radiation

I
RE

Output
signal

The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active output circuit, ideally from a
PLC input board that supplies power.
On the output side, the loop-powered
modules operate with a 4 ... 20 mA standard signal. On the input side, the passive
isolator processes active signals.
When this isolation method is used, it is
important to make sure that the active signal source connected on the output side
(e.g., an active PLC input board) is able to
supply the passive isolator with power, as
well as operate its load.

Solution:

I
RE

Problem: voltage difference in the ground potential

RE

PGround 1

Ground current loop P
Ground 2

Solution:

RE

PGround 1

60

PHOENIX CONTACT

No ground current
loop

PGround 2

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Resistance thermometers
Resistance thermometers:
Resistance change as a function of the temperature

Two-conductor connection technology
The resistance thermomei
R
ter is connected to the MCR
measuring transducer using a
R
two-core cable. Please note
that the supply cable resistances are added
to the measured resistance and consequently distort the result.
A distance of 10 m should not be exceeded.

Pt 1000

1000

Pt 100

100

800

600

700

400

500

200

300

0

100

-200

Pt 10
-100

Resistance []

L1

10000

Temperature [°C]

Resistance thermometers (e.g., Pt 100,
Ni 1000) change their resistance value depending on the temperature. The MCR
temperature transducers detect this change
and convert it into a proportional analog
signal.
To avoid unwanted self-heating of the
sensor, the constant measured current
used is kept as low as possible
(MCR-T-UI...  250 A).

L2

Example: a 50 m long copper cable with a cross section of 0.5 mm2 has
a specific resistance of 3.4 . A Pt 100 sensor has a resistance change of
0.384  per 1 K temperature change. This corresponds to an error of
8.8°C.

Three-conductor connection technology
Three-conductor technoli
R
ogy is normally used to minimize the effect of cable resisR
tances. An additional cable is
R
connected to the resistance
thermometer, so that the latter can be measured using two measuring circuits, one of
which acts as a reference. In this way, it is
possible to compensate for the cable resistance.
L1

L2
L3

Identical cable lengths and an identical
ambient temperature are essential here.
Since this is more or less the case in the
majority of applications, three-conductor
technology is the most commonly encountered today. Line compensation is not necessary.

Four-conductor connection technology
Four-conductor connection technology is
an ideal connection technology for resistance thermometers.
The measurement result is affected neither by cable resistances nor by their temperature-dependent fluctuations. The voltage drop on the supply and return lines can
therefore be measured and compensated
for separately. Line compensation is not
necessary.

Thermocouples

80

Typ E
Typ J

60

Typ K
Typ N

40
Typ R

Typ T

1200

1400

800

1000

600

400

0

200

1600

Typ S
Typ B

0

1800

20

-200

Thermocouple voltage [mV]

Thermocouples:
Thermocouple voltage change as a function of the temperature

Temperature [°C]

In contrast to resistance thermometers,
thermocouples are active sources that generate a voltage in the microvolt range. The
temperature difference measured between
the measurement junction and the cold
junction is converted into an absolute temperature with the help of cold junction
compensation.

If the same temperature
Fe
Cu
prevails at the measuring
junction (1) and the cold
Cu
CuNi
junction (2), no current will
flow because the generated
partial voltages cancel each other out. However, if the temperatures at the measuring
junction and the cold junction are different,
different voltages are produced. These voltages do not completely cancel each other
out, and so current flows.
A thermocouple therefore always measures only one temperature difference. This
is derived from the difference between the
thermal voltages at the measuring junction
and at the cold junction.
The voltage produced by the thermoelectric effect is very low; only a few microvolts
per Kelvin.

Therefore, only the difference in the thermal voltages between constantan (Cu-Ni)
and iron is of relevance.
A role is also played by the temperature
at the terminal point. If it is known, the temperature at the measuring junction can be
derived by adding the thermal voltage measured at the same junction.
The MCR temperature transducers for
thermocouples therefore detect the temperature at the terminal points and compensate this value, which is also referred to
as the reference junction or the cold junction.
This process is sometimes called cold
junction compensation.

Example: if a type J thermocouple (FE-CuNi) is connected to a copper
terminal block, thermal voltages with opposite polarity will be generated
(at the iron-copper and copper-constantan transitions) and cancel each
other out.

Operating principle:
If different metals are joined together, a
thermal voltage is produced in the metal atoms as a result of the different binding energies of the electrons. This voltage is dependent firstly on the metals themselves
and secondly on the temperature.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

61

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Digital displays

Parameterization of the characteristic
curve using interpolation points
With non-linear input signals, the received analog values can be assigned to the
value to be displayed by means of a programmable characteristic curve. This curve
can consist of up to 24 interpolation points.
This allows flow sensors with a non-linear
characteristic curve to be adapted, for instance. The analog signal digital displays in
the Function Line additionally feature a summing function which - to take a typical example from bottling technology - allows you
to switch over at the touch of a button from
the instantaneous value (= flow rate in

Switching behavior of relay or
transistor outputs:
A different kind of switching behavior can
be defined for each relay or each transistor
when it reaches a preset switching point.
All the possible settings for the switching
behavior are shown and explained in the list:
– The first two options include hysteresis,
i.e., the behavior of the relay depends on
the direction from which a switching point
is reached.
– For the remaining options, with the exception of the last two (“on” and “off”), a
switching tolerance is taken into account
to prevent the relay contact from “chattering”. The relay is not switched until the
switching point plus switching tolerance
has been reached.

62

PHOENIX CONTACT

l/min) to the total flow integrated in the
background, which can be displayed in any
unit. This saves space and money, because
there is no need for a second digital display.
Limit values can also be called at the
touch of a button. Limit values 1 and 2 can
be assigned to either the actual value or the
cumulative value. If the latter value is exceeded, one of the two output relays is activated.
Other applications include indicating liquid levels, pressures, and temperatures.
With servo motors, the analog output signals (0 ... 10 V) generated by the tachometer can be supplied to the input of the digital
display in order to indicate the motor
speed.

Application:
Pressure measurement and display on MCR-SL-D-U-I
4...20 mA

bar

Table:

Analog signal

Display value

Interpolation
point 1

4 mA

15 bar

Interpolation
point 2

20 mA

30 bar

Characteristic curve:
Measured value [mA]

Use of the freely programmable
characteristic curve
The freely programmable characteristic
curve, i.e., the assignment of the displayed
value to the input value, is important in process applications for indicating flow rates or
liquid levels.
The purpose of level measurements is
very often not to determine how much liquid is still inside the tank, but rather to establish how much has been drawn out of it.
In this case, the characteristic curve can
simply be inverted in order to display the required value.

Interpolation point 2

Interpolation point 1
Pressure [bar]

– In the “on” state, the relay is permanently
picked up. It only responds if there is an
open circuit and it has been set to drop
out when this happens.
– In the “off” state, the relay only responds
if there is an open circuit and it has been
set to pick up when this happens.

Possible settings for the switching behavior
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL,
hysteresis active
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded,
hysteresis active
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL
Relay picks up when SPL is exceeded
Relay picks up when the value is below SPH
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded
Relay picks up when value is between SPL and SPH
Relay picks up when value is outside SPL and SPH
Relay is permanently dropped
Relay is permanently picked up
SPL = Set Point Low (lower switching point)
SPH = Set Point High (upper switching point)

Measurement and control technology
Basics

Non-intrinsically safe signal transmission in potentially explosive
areas
Electrical equipment operated in systems
with potentially explosive areas is subject to
different usage requirements, depending on
the application.
For example, electrical equipment could
be used in the following locations when analog signals are being transmitted:
– Sensors and actuators can be located in
zone 0, zone 1 or zone 2.
– Signal transmitters can be located in
zone 1, zone 2 or the safe area.
– The controller, e.g., PLC, is in the safe area.
For examples of the kinds of electrical devices that can be installed for the purpose of
transmitting signals, please see the figure.
Devices must be designed to offer a suitable protection type if they are to be used
in zone 2. The MINI Analog and
MACX Analog ranges are designed to provide protection type “n” for this purpose
and must be installed in zone 2 in suitable
and approved housing (EN 60079-15 and

EN 60079-0) with IP54 protection minimum.
Example:
A sensor/actuator with protection type
“n” can be connected to an isolator from
the MINI Analog or MACX Analog ranges
in zone 2.
When selecting suitable devices for zone
2, it must be ensured that the electrical data
of the sensors/actuators is not exceeded.
If the sensors/actuators are mounted in
explosion-proof housing or if they have
their own explosion-proof housing, they
can also be installed in zone 1.

Installation requirements
The figure shows a range of options for
installing electrical devices in areas with a
danger of gas explosions. Special requirements regarding the configuration, selection, and installation of electrical systems in
areas with a danger of gas explosions can be
found in EN 60079-14.
In the 2008 edition, the relevant contents
of EN 61241-14 were incorporated in
EN 60079-14.
EN 61241-14 must still be observed when
installing electrical equipment in areas containing combustible dust. Other important
factors when it comes to running systems in
potentially explosive areas are inspection,
maintenance, and repairs. Stipulations regarding these matters can be found in
EN 60079-17 and EN 60079-19.

Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission

Safe area
Zone 2

Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MACX
Ex n

Zone 1
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MACX
Ex n

Housing
e.g., Ex d
MACX
Ex n

Sensor/
actuator

Housing
IP54*

Housing
e.g., Ex d

MINI
Ex n

Sensor/
actuator
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MINI
Ex n

Housing
IP54*

Sensor/
actuator
Ex n

MINI
Ex n

*Use of suitable housing approved for use in zone 2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

63

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

Highly compact and efficient
MINI Analog isolating amplifiers isolate,
convert, filter, and amplify your analog signals – with a design width of just 6.2 mm.
The isolating amplifiers from the MINI
Analog range offer the full spectrum of analog signal conditioning. They are therefore
extremely efficient with regard to saving
costs, space, and energy.
The comprehensive approval package
means that they can be used in a variety of
areas.

Frequency
– Frequency transducer up to 80 kHz
– Analog frequency transducers

Choose the right MINI Analog isolating
amplifier for your application:

Accessories
– Supply components
– Fault monitoring module
– System cabling
– Marking material
– Surge protection

Analog IN/OUT
– Universal and standard 3-way isolating
amplifiers
– 3-way repeater power supplies
– 4-way signal duplicators
– 2-way passive isolators
– Output loop-powered isolators
Temperature
– Universal measuring transducers for resistance thermometers and thermocouples
– Active measuring transducers for Pt 100
and thermocouples
– Output loop-powered Pt 100 measuring
transducers

64

PHOENIX CONTACT

Potentiometer/resistor
– Potentiometer measuring transducers
with automatic potentiometer detection
Limit values
– Threshold value switches with PDT relay
Digital IN
– NAMUR isolating amplifiers with relay
output

Fault monitoring
Fault monitoring is a modular solution for
convenient error evaluation in multi-channel applications.
Depending on the module type, the following errors can be indicated by means of
a group error message:
– Overrange
– Underrange
– Open circuit
– Short circuit
– Module error
It is also possible to detect and indicate
the failure of a supply voltage at the power
terminal block.
The modularity is characterized by the
ability to freely adjust error evaluation, both
on the device side and in the evaluation
module.
Fault monitoring is compatible with and
can be used for the following isolating amplifier ranges:
– MINI Analog
– MACX Analog

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

Space savings of up to 65%
– Compared to other isolating amplifiers
on the market with design widths up to
17.5 mm.

Fault monitoring and power bridging
– The DIN rail connector simplifies supply
and enables group error monitoring.

Clearly arranged wiring
– Eight connections, with a choice of screw
or spring-cage terminal blocks.

Low power consumption
– The resulting minimal self-heating results
in a long service life and a high degree of
operational reliability.

High operational reliability
– 3-way electrical isolation increases the
operational reliability against system
disturbances.

Easy configuration
– Can be configured easily via DIP switches
or software, for extended functionality
and monitoring.

Reduction in analog inputs on controllers
– The MINI Analog multiplexer reduces up to
eight analog signals to a single 4  20 mA
signal.

Time-saving system cabling
– Plug and play – for eight channels on the
isolating amplifier and controller side.

Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MINI Analog devices to the automation
system – plug and play and hot-swappable.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

65

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

OUT
1
U,I
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1

2

– 2
+ 3

– 4

U,I

U,I

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U,I

PLC / DCS

GND 1

+24V

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 3

7 +

GND 3

OUT

6

D W
H

8 –

Configurable, up to 36 signal combinations
+24V
GND 3

POWER

Zone 2
Div. 2


Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals
– Up to 36 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 10 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output

Input resistance
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption

U input
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Approx. 100 kΩ
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Approx. 12.5 V

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Approx. 50 Ω
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
Approx. 12.5 V

Approx. 22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
U output
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 9 mA (Voltage output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)

< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
I output

< 19 mA (Current output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)

Power consumption

< 200 mW (Voltage output)

< 450 mW (Current output)

Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

≤ 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
Approx. 3.2 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

GL

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data

66

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC1)

2864383
2864710
2864150
2864163

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Order key MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI (Standard configuration entered as example)
Input
Order No.
2864383

Output

/

2864383 =
...-UI-UI

IN03
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN04
IN05
IN06

2864710 =
...-UI-UI-SP

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

Factory calibration
certificate
NONE
NONE = Without factory
YES
= With factory
calibration
certificate (fee)
YESPLUS = Factory calibration
certificate with
5 measuring points
(fee)

Combination table for input and output signals

Input
0 - 10 V

Output
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V

2 - 10 V

0-5V

1-5V

0 - 20 mA

4 - 20 mA

DIP 1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON

DIP switch SW 2
DIP 3
DIP 4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF

DIP 2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON

DIP 5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF

DIP switch SW 1
DIP 1
DIP 2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

DIP 6
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Application example: Level measurement

24V

Level sensor

0...10V

0...20mA
1 IN

OUT 5

2 GND1

GND2 6
Control system

3 UB+

UB+ 7

4 GND3

GND3 8
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI

24V

Mains voltage

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

67

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

OUT U
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

+ 1

2

– 2
+ 3

– 4

U

U,I

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U

PLC / DCS

GND 1

+24V

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 3

7 +

GND 3

OUT

6

D W
H

8 –

Configurable, for shunt measurements
+24V
GND 3

POWER

Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of mV signals to create
standard analog signals
– Ideal for converting signals in the case of
shunt measurements
– Up to 280 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 50 mV input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

0 ... 50 mV
Approx. 30 V DC
Approx. 10 kΩ
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
( The bi-polar output can be used
only for bi-polar input signals.)

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA

12.5 V
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

28 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 450 mW (Current output)
≤ 0.2%
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
(100 Hz / 30 Hz switchable)
3.5 ms (At 100 Hz)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data

68

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for realization of mV voltages in
standard signals,
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC1)

2810858
2810874
2810780
2810793

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Order key MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2810858
2810858 =
...-SHUNT-UI
2810874 =
...-SHUNT-UI-SP

Output

/

IN40
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN42
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN45
IN27

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...80 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...240 mV
0...300 mV

IN28
IN46
IN47
IN48
IN29
IN49
IN50
IN30
IN51
IN52

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...500 mV
0...600 mV
0...750 mV
0...800 mV
0...1.0 V
0...1.2 V
0...1.5 V
0...2.0 V
0...2.4 V
0...3.0 V

IN53
IN13
IN54
IN55
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN58
IN16

/
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-50...+50 mV
-60...+60 mV
-75...+75 mV
-80...+80 mV
-100...+100 mV
-120...+120 mV
-150...+150 mV
-200...+200 mV
-240...+240 mV
-300...+300 mV

IN17
IN59
IN60
IN61
IN18
IN62
IN63
IN19
IN64
IN65

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-500...+500 mV
-600...+600 mV
-750...+750 mV
-800...+800 mV
-1.0...+1.0 V
-1.2...+1.2 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0...+2.0 V
-2.4...+2.4 V
-3.0...+3.0 V

Limit frequency
OUT01

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V

/

100
30 = 30 Hz
100 = 100 Hz

Factory calibration certificate
FCC
/
NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = Factory calibration
certificate with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Note:
A bipolar output (-5...+5 V, -10...+10 V) can only be used for a bipolar input signal.

Combination table for input and output signals

Input
0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...80 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...240 mV
0...300 mV
0...500 mV
0...600 mV
0...750 mV
0...800 mV
0...1 V
0...1.2 V
0...1.5 V
0...2 V
0...2.4 V
0...3 V
-50...50 mV
-60...60 mV
-75...75 mV
-80...80 mV
-100...100 mV
-120...120 mV
-150...150 mV
-200...200 mV
-240...240 mV
-300...300 mV
-500...500 mV
-600...600 mV
-750...750 mV
-800...800 mV
-1...1 V
-1.2...1.2 V
-1.5...1.5 V
-2...2 V
-2.4...2.4 V
-3...3 V

-10...+10 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Voltage output
2...10 V
-5...+5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0...10 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Current output
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

1...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Application example: Monitoring of loading and unloading currents

G
M

Shunt
resistor

1 IN

OUT 5

±...mV

U/I
2 GND1

GND2 6
Controller

+

–

3 UB+

UB+ 7

4 GND3

GND3 8

MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI

24V

Battery
Supply

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

69

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

OUT U
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

2

– 2

– 4

U,I

5 +

5

active

+ 3

U

OUT U,I

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U

+ 1

PLC / DCS

GND 1

passive

GND 2

+24V

+24V

GND 3

D W
H

6

6 –

7 +

GND 3

8 –

OUT

Configurable,
for 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V input signals

+24V
GND 3

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of 24 V or 30 V DC
signals to create standard analog signals
– Up to 12 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 30 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V
Approx. 125 kΩ (0 ... 24 V)
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
≤ 12.5 V

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

≤ 22 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
≤ 12.5 V
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 450 mW
< 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
Approx. 3.5 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-U-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC1)

2864053
2811213
2865007
2810078

Order key MINI MCR-SL-U-UI (standard configuration entered as example)
Order No.
0...24V

0...10V
IN U

OUT

GND1

GND2

1

2

3

4

UB+
GND3

5

2864053 = ...-U-UI

6

UB +

7

2811213 = ...-U-UI-SP
GND3

MINI MCR-SL-U-UI

8

24V

Mains voltage

Signal conversion to uninterruptible power supply (UPS)

70

PHOENIX CONTACT

2864053

Input
/

Output
IN39

IN38
IN39

= 0...24 V
= 0...30 V

/

OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

OUT U
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1

1

2

– 2
+ 3

– 4

U,I

U,I

OUT I

5 +

5

active

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U

PLC / DCS

GND 1

+24V

passive

GND 2

+24V

GND 3

7 +

GND 3

OUT

D W
H

6

6 –

8 –

With fixed signal combinations
+24V
GND 3

POWER


Ex: 

Zone 2

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification,
and filtering of standard analog signals
– Fixed signal combinations
– Entry-level alternative to configurable
isolating amplifiers
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input resistance
Output data
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Degree of protection
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

U input
Approx. 100 kΩ
U output
12.5 V

I input
Approx. 50 Ω
I output
28 mA
Approx. 12.5 V

Approx. 2 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)

≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 20 mA
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
Approx. 3.5 ms
IP20
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Screw connection
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
Spring-cage conn.
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-SL-U-I-01)
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP1)

2813512
2813570

1
1

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-SL-U-I-41)
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP1)

2813525
2813583

1
1

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-SL-I-U-01)
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP1)

2813541
2813554

1
1

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-SL-I-U-41)
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP1)

2813538
2813567

1
1

Screw connection

0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V

0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V

MINI MCR-SL-I-I1)

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Output signal

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Spring-cage conn.

Input signal

2864406

1

MINI

MCR-SL-I-I-SP1)

2864723

1

MINI

MCR-SL-U-U1)

2864684

1

2864697

1

MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP1)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

71

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal duplicators

OUT
1
U,I
US

+ 1

PLC / DCS

OUT 1 I

5 +

5

active

2

– 2

OUT1

+ 3

GND 3

OUT 2 I

passive

GND 1

6 –

+24V

D W
H

6

7 +

active

I
– 4

U,I

IN U,I

4-wire
GND

IN

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

I

GND 2

GND 4

OUT2

8 –

Configurable,
with two current output signals

3
+24V
GND 4

POWER

passive
4

Zone 2
Div. 2


Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, filtering, and duplication of standard
analog signals
– Duplication of a standard analog signal on
two current outputs
– Up to 8 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches
– 4-way isolation
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
Input: 0 ... 10 V, output 1: 0 ... 20 mA,
output 2: 0 ... 20 mA
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

U input
0 ... 10 V / 1 ... 5 V
30 V
Approx. 100 kΩ

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
Approx. 50 Ω

2x ; 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
22 mA
9V
≤ 250 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 250 Ω)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA (at 24 V DC incl. load)
< 600 mW
≤ 0.2% (of final value), typ. < 0.1%
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.004%/K
Approx. 35 Hz
Approx. 10 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR signal duplicator, for duplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC1)

2864794
2864804
2864176
2864189

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2864794
2864794 =
...-UI-2I
2864804 =
...-UI-2I-SP

1)

/

IN03
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN06

=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
1...5 V

Output combi- Behavior of the analog outnation 1)
puts
/
A
/
0
A
B
C

0 = Analog behavior

Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

1 = Limitation
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

72

PHOENIX CONTACT

Explanation for output combination:
Output 1
A
0...20 mA
B
0...20 mA
C
4...20 mA

Output 2
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
4...20 mA

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

OUT I

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

– 1

IN I

OUT I

PWR
2
IN

+ 2

OUT I

POWER

I

OUT

I

1
PWR
2
IN
3
GND

OUT I

IN
US

5 +

5

active

2-wire

3-wire

PLC / DCS

– 3

– 4

PWR OUT

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 1

GND 1

D W
H

7 +

GND 3

1

6

8 –

Optionally available with HART transmission

4-wire

POWER

GND

3

+24V
GND 3

Zone 2



Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact repeater power supplies
for electrical isolation, amplification, and
filtering of standard analog signals
– Supply of 2-conductor and passive 3-conductor sensors
– Can also be used as an isolator without
supply
– 3-way isolation
– Alternatively bidirectional HART transmission
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)

Input data
Input signal

MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1)
0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA

MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1)
0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA

Input resistance
Transmitter supply voltage

Approx. 50 Ω
16.5 V

Approx. 50 Ω
14.7 V DC ... 25.5 V DC
(UB - max. 4.5 V for load
0 mA ... 20 mA)

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
21 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)

20.4 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC

Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption

< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
repeater power supply operation) repeater power supply operation)

Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 73
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Maximum transmission error

≤ 0.2% (of final value),
typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value)

≤ 0.2% (of final value),
typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value)

Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Communication

< 0.005%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
175 Hz (typ.)
HART specification in both
operating modes (RPSS isolator /
RPSS repeater power supply)

< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
-

Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG

< 2 ms (typ.)
Approx. 3.5 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 60°C
Any
Any
PBT
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12

Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

GL

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X

UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
4...20mA

Description
1

2

IN I
PWR OUT

OUT I

GND2

6

Control system
3

4

GND1
GND1

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1)
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1)
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP1)

2864079
2810230
2864422
2864752

5

UB +
GND3

MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I

7

8

MCR repeater power supplies
with HART® protocol
with HART® protocol

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

24V

Mains voltage

Repeater power supply operation with a passive sensor

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

73

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators

OUT I
US

4-wire

OUT I

IN

I

IN I 1

PLC / DCS

OUT I 1

5 +

5

active
2

– 2

3 + 3

passive

GND 1

GND 2

IN I 2

OUT I 2

PWR
4-wire max.18 VDC
GND

OUT

I

+ 1

1

PWR
max.18 VDC
GND

US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

6 –

7 + 7

passive

active
4 – 4

GND 3

GND 4

D W
H

6

8– 8

Either 1- or 2-channel

Zone 2


Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact 2-conductor passive isolators for electrical isolation and filtering
of standard analog signals
– Input loop-supplied
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– 2 channels in conj. with a design width of
just 6.2 mm
– Voltage drop on isolating amplifier of
just 1.7 V
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with a voltage
drop UV = 1.7 V and load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 1.7 V + 20 mA x RB
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current / overload
Maximum input voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
1.7 V (at I = 20 mA)
Approx. 190 µA
40 mA
18 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 600 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
< 10 mVrms (at 600 Ω)
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
0.03% (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
75 Hz
5 ms (At 600 Ω load)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA II T6 X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data

UB

UV = 1,7 V

I
UE

I

I
RB

I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I

74

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
two-channel
Screw connection
two-channel
Spring-cage conn.
single-channel
Screw connection
single-channel
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP

2864655
2864781
2864419
2864749

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
loop-powered isolator

OUT
1
I
US

2

OUT
3
U
US

POWER

IN

+ 1

IN I

PLC / DCS

PWR IN

5 +

5
PWR
active

passive

4-wire
GND

U, I

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

– 2
+ 3

GND

OUT I

6 –

IN U

D W
H

6

7

4-wire
GND

4 – 4

GND
8

OUT

Configurable,
up to 74 signal combinations,
loop-powered

I
Zone 2

Applied for:
cUL / UL
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, and filtering of standard analog signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Up to 74 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– Voltage input from mV voltages right up
to 30 volts
– Current input from 2 mA right up to
40 mA
– 2-way isolation
– Standard configuration:
Input 2...10 V, output 4...20 mA
Notes:
Other input signals that have not been listed can be provided on request.
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
I input
2 ... 10 V, additional areas can be configured, see table

Maximum input signal

< 40 V

Input resistance

Approx. 100 kΩ (At ≤ 1 V,
otherwise approximately 1 MΩ)

Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 50 mA
(Dielectric strength up to 30 V)
≤ 50 Ω

4 ... 20 mA
35 mA
((UB - 8 V) / 22 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
8 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
28 mW (without signal)
< 0.1% (of final value)
0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
±2% / ±2%
Approx. 30 Hz
Approx. 16 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 70°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC1)

2902829
2902830

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR loop-powered isolator
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

1
1

Possible input signal ranges (configurable via DIP switch)
0...40 mA
0...30 mA
0...20 mA
0...12 mA
0...10 mA
0...8 mA
0...7.5 mA
0...6 mA
0...5 mA
0...4 mA
0...3 mA
0...2.5 mA
0...2 mA

4...20 mA
2...10 mA

1...5 mA

0...30 V
0...25 V
0...20 V
0...15 V
0...12.5 V
0...12 V

0...10 V
0...7.5 V
0...5 V
0...3 V
0...2.5 V
0...2 V
0...1.5 V
0...1.25 V
0...1.2 V

2...10 V
1...5 V

0...1000 mV
0...750 mV
0...500 mV
0...300 mV
0...250 mV
0...200 mV
0...150 mV
0...125 mV
0...120 mV
0...100 mV
0...75 mV
0...60 mV
0...50 mV

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

±30 V
±25 V
±20 V
±15 V
±12.5 V
±12 V

±10 V
±7.5 V
±5 V
±3 V
±2.5 V
±2 V
±1.5 V
±1.25 V
±1.2 V

±1000 mV
±750 mV
±500 mV
±300 mV
±250 mV
±200 mV
±150 mV
±125 mV
±120 mV
±100 mV
±75 mV
±60 mV
±50 mV

PHOENIX CONTACT

75

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducers
for resistance thermometers
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

S-Port

1

OUT U,I

1

5 +

5

active
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

U,I

4

OUT

6 –

6

ϑ
+24V

3

3

IN

passive

GND 1

4

7 +

GND 2

D W
H

8 –

FM
GND 2

FM
POWER

Universal measuring transducer
for resistance thermometers

+24V

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of resistance thermometers and remote resistance-type sensors
– High level of accuracy over the entire
measuring range
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor sensors according to IEC 751, JIS, GOST
– Configurable via DIP switches and software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor
IEC 751; 3-conductor; -50 ... 150°C; 4 ...
20 mA output; error evaluation according
to NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring
contact responds on any error
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Linear resistance measuring range

min. 50 K
0 Ω ... 4000 Ω (Minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected
measuring range)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.3 V
24.6 mA
10 kΩ
500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)

Transmission error

0.1% * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 350 K (Pt/Ni) 0.3% * 200 K /
set measuring range; 0.3% > 200 K (Cu)

Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

0.01%/K
Typ. 200 ms (2-conductor)
Typ. 500 ms (3-conductor)
Typ. 500 ms (4-conductor)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-200°C ... 850°C (Range depending on the sensor type)

GL

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC1)

2902849
2902850

1
1

2811271

1

Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Sensor type
Standard
Pt100
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt200
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt500
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt1000
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt1000
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt100
JIS C1604-1997
Pt1000
JIS C1604-1997
Ni100
DIN 43760
Ni1000
DIN 43760
Cu50
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu53
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426)
Customer-specific characteristic curves

76

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measuring range
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-50°C ... +180°C

Smallest measuring range span
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

PT 100
1

1

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

4

U,I

passive
6 –

D W
H

6

ϑ
3

3

IN

GND 1

+24V

4

7 +

GND 2

OUT

8 –

PT100

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -50°C ... +200°C

+24V
GND 2

POWER


Ex: 

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to
create standard signals
– Optimized temperature measuring range
of -50°C to +200°C for increased accuracy
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-50°C ... 200°C (configurable)
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.25% ; ((50 K / Δ Temp) + 0.05)%
< 0.02%/K
< 200 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC1)

2864309
2864192
2864370
2864202

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 (standard configuration entered as an example)
Connection
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration
technology
formation 1)
certificate (FCC)
Start
End
/
3
/
0
/
100
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
2 = 2-con0
Range
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
2864309 =
ductor
-5
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
B
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-PT100-UI-200
3 = 3-con-10
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
ductor
-15
0...200 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
2864192 =
4 = 4-con-20
OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
ductor
5 measuring
...-PT100-UI-200-SP
-30
OUT07 = 20...0 mA
points (a fee is
-40
OUT08 = 20...4 mA
charged)
-50
OUT09 = 10...0 V
Order No.
2864309

1)

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA
0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

A
B
C
D

0...20 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Underrange
4...20 mA
0...10 V
4 mA
0V
3.5 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
4 mA
0V

Short circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
3 mA
0V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

PHOENIX CONTACT

77

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

PT 100
1

1

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

4

U,I

6 –

D W
H

6

ϑ
3

3

IN

passive

GND 1

+24V

4

7 +

GND 2

OUT

8 –

PT100

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +850°C

+24V
GND 2

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to
create standard signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +850°C
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-150°C ... 850°C (configurable)
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.2% ; ((100 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)

Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 0.02%/K
< 160 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC1)

2864435
2864736
2864273
2864286

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Connection
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration certifitechnology
formation 1) cate (FCC)
Start
End
/
3
/
0
/
100
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
2 = 2-conduc0
Range
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
2864435 =
tor
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
B
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-PT100-UI
3 = 3-conduc-20
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
tor
-30
0...100 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
2864736 =
4 = 4-conduc-40
110...300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
tor
5 measuring
...-PT100-UI-SP
-50
320...700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA
points (a fee is
-100
750...850 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA
charged)
-150
OUT09 = 10...0 V
Order No.
2864435

1)

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

78

PHOENIX CONTACT

Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

A
B
C
D

0...20 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA

Underrange
4...20 mA 0...10 V
4 mA
0V
3.5 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
4 mA
0V

Short circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
3 mA
0V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100

IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS

PT 100
1

1

PWR IN

5 +

5
PWR
active

passive
2
ϑ

ϑ

2

I
PT100

4

POWER

6 –

6

ϑ
3

3

IN

OUT I

7

4

D W
H

8

OUT

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +300°C, loop-powered
Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact loop-powered temperature transducer for electrical isolation,
conversion, amplification, and filtering of
Pt 100 signals to create standard signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +300°C
– 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
– Input signals can be configured via DIP
switches
– 2-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-150°C ... 300°C (configurable)
min. 50 K
4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
23 mA
((Usupply - 12 V) / 22 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
< 42 mW (without signal current)
≤ 0.25% ; ((90 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.05%)
< 0.02%/K
< 200 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors, loop-powered
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage conn.

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP1)

2810298
2810382
2810308
2810395

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.
2810298
2810298 =
...-PT100-LP
2810382 =
...-PT100-LP-SP

1)

Connection
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration certifitechnology
formation 1) cate (FCC)
Start
End
/
3
/
0
/
100
/
OUT02
/
1
/
NONE
2 = 2-conductor
0
Range
NONE = without FCC
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
1
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
3 = 3-conductor
-20
OUT08 = 20...4 mA
2
-30
0...300 (5 K)
3
4 = 4-conductor
-40
4
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-50
points (a fee is
-100
charged)
-150

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Failure information
Overrange

Open circuit

1
2
3
4

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
21.5 mA

Start of range
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
21.5 mA

Underrange

Short circuit

21.5 mA
3.5 mA
3.5 mA

Start of range
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
3.5 mA

1
2
3
4

PHOENIX CONTACT

79

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducers for
thermocouples
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

S-Port

1

OUT U,I

+ 1

2

U,I

5

– 2

6 –

+24V

4

OUT

passive

GND 1

3

IN

5 +

active

TC

GND 2

6

7 +

D W
H

8 –

FM
GND 2

FM
POWER

Universal measuring transducer
for thermocouples

+24V

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of thermocouple signals.
– For thermocouples according to IEC 584
and GOST
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Configurable via DIP switches and software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: TC sensor type J
IEC 584 TC; cold junction compensation
“ON”; -200 ... 1200°C; 4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation according to NE43
(downscale); fault monitoring contact responds on any error.
Notes:
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88

Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption

B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L
-250°C ... 2500°C (Range depending on the sensor type)
min. 50 K
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
Approx. 12.3 V

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
24.6 mA

≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP

< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)

Transmission error

0.1% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L, U,
M Gost, L Gost) 0.2% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2% > 600 K
(B, R, S, A1, A2, A3)

Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
≤ 0.01%/K
Typ. 400 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Universal temperature transducer for thermocouples
Standard configuration

Screw connection

MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC1)

2902851

1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

Sensor type

Standard

Measuring range

Sensor type

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T

IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1

+500°C ... +1820°C
-230°C ... +1000°C
-210°C ... +1200°C
-250°C ... +1372°C
-200°C ... +1300°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-200°C ... +400°C

L
DIN 43710
-200°C ... +900°C
U
DIN 43710
-200°C ... +600°C
A-1
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +2500°C
A-2
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +1800°C
A-3
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +1800°C
M
GOST 8.585
-200°C ... +100°C
L
GOST 8.585
-200°C ... +800°C
Customer-specific characteristic curves

80

PHOENIX CONTACT

Standard

Measuring range

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for
J- and K-type thermocouples
IN

Sensor / Field

1

OUT

1

PLC / DCS

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
TC
2

3

+ 2
– 3

U,I

6 –

+24V

4

IN

passive

GND 1

D W
H

6

7 +

GND 2

OUT

8 –

Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +1350°C

+24V
GND 2

POWER


Ex:  

Zone 2
Div. 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of thermocouple signals to create standard signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +1350°C
– For J and K thermocouples according to
IEC 584-1
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Thermocouples type J, K (IEC 584-1)

Temperature range

Typ J : -150°C ... 1200°C (configurable)
Typ K : -150°C ... 1350°C
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
Approx. 10 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.2% ; ((150 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)

Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

< 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
< 0.02%/K
< 30 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC1)

2864448
2864299

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for thermocouples
Order configuration
Unconfigured

Screw connection
Screw connection

1
1

Order key for MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Sensor type

Order No.
2864448

1)

Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration certififormation 1) cate (FCC)
Start
End
/
J
/
0
/
1000
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
J = Type J
0
Range
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
B
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
K = Type K
-20
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
-30
OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
-40
0 ... 300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-50
320 ... 700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA
points (a fee is
-100
750...1350 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA
charged)
-150
OUT09 = 10...0 V

For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA
0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V

A
B
C
D

0...20 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Underrange
4...20 mA
0...10 V
4 mA
0V
3.5 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
4 mA
0V

PHOENIX CONTACT

81

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Frequency
Frequency transducers
For up to 80 kHz
OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

Teach In

1

NAMUR

1

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
4

U,I

IN

2

3

2

NPN
PNP

4

OUT

NPN

4

passive

GND 2

6 –

+24V

PNP

GND 1

GND 3

6

7 +

D W
H

8 –

FM
3

FM
POWER

GND 2

Frequency transducer for up to 80 kHz

+24V

4

Zone 2

Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input sources

Configurable 3-way isolated frequency
transducer.
– Suitable for the connection of NAMUR
proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and
EN 50227) as well as for sensors with
NPN and PNP outputs that generate a
frequency signal
– The device is configured via DIP switches
– Frequency range is freely adjustable via a
press/slide button (“teach-in wheel”)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: NAMUR sensor;
mean-value generation “OFF”;
0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz frequency range;
4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation NE43
(downscale); fault monitoring contact
responds on any error
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz (DIP switch)
0.002 Hz ... 80 kHz (Teach-in wheel)
30 V (incl. DC voltage)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.3 V
24.6 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

Frequency measuring range
Maximum input signal
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)

Transmission error of the full measuring span
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

0.1%
0.01%/K
< 35 ms (At f > 500 Hz)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description
MCR frequency transducers
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

82

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC1)

2902832
2902833

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Frequency
Analog-frequency transducer

IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS
supply
max. 30VDC

+ 1

GND

2

U,I

f

– 2

– 4

OUT

+

OUT

5 +

GND 1

+24V

POWER

max. 20mA

GND 2

6 –

+24V

GND 3

–

5

passive

+ 3

IN

IN U,I

4-wire

6

7 +

GND 3

RL

GND – OUT +

OUT
1
U,I
US

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
frequency and PWM output

+24V
GND 3

Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

– Highly compact analog-to-frequency
transducer for electrical isolation, amplification, conversion, and filtering of standard signals to create frequencies or
PWM signals
– Configurable interference filter
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– PWM output of 5 ... 95%
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Minimum load
Maximum load current
Maximum switching voltage
Overrange/underrange
Protective circuit
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

U input
I input
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA 30 V DC
100 mA
Approx. 110 kΩ
Approx. 50 Ω
Frequency output
PWM output
0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz
7.8 kHz (10 bit) / 3.9 kHz (10 bit)
0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz
1.9 kHz (12 bit) / 977 Hz (12 bit)
0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz 488 Hz (14 bit) / 244 Hz (14 bit)
0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz
122 Hz (16 bit) / 61 Hz (16 bit)
4 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA
12 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA
20 mA
30 V
Can be set (via DIP switch)
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 10 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 200 mW
≤ 0.1% (> 7 kHz ≤ 0.2%)
< 0.02%/K
< 15 ms (+ (1/f) smallest filter)
< 1 s (+ (1/f) largest filter)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-F1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP1)

2864082
2810243

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR frequency transducer
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Frequency output
T

T

T

T

T

1
1

T

Variable frequency / Period duration T

PWM output (pulse width modulation)
T

T

T

T

T

T

Variable pulse-pause ratio / Fixed period duration T

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

83

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Potentiometer
Potiposition transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

1

IN

1

PLC / DCS

OUT U,I

5 +

5

active
2

2

3

3

IN

IN

6

7 +

GND 2

OUT

U,I

6 –

+24V

4

R

IN

passive

GND 1

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
automatic potentiometer detection

+24V
GND 2

POWER

Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact potiposition transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of potentiometer
signals to create standard signals
– Automatic potentiometer detection
without manual adjustment
– For potentiometers from 100 Ω to 100 kΩ
– Configurable measuring range and output
signals
– A potentiometer sub-range can be linearized via the “teach-in” switch on the device
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Potentiometer
Reference voltage source
Output data
Output signal

100 Ω ... 100 kΩ
< 3.6 V
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
12.5 V

Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
23 mA
Approx. 12.5 V

Approx. 10 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
0% ... 105% (configurable)

< 500 Ω (20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
< 0.2%
< 0.02%/K
< 30 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-R-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP1)

2864095
2810256

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR potiposition transducer
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Lifting platform

M

Actuator motor

ACTUAL TARGET
0...10 V 0...10 V

Potentiometer

Controller

OUT

1

5

GND1

2

Control system
6

UB +

3

GND2

4

MINI MCR-SL-R-UI

7

8

24V

Mains voltage

Height adjustment of a lifting platform with setpoint and actual
value control

84

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Limit values
Threshold value switch

OUT
5
U,I
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 5

6

– 6
+ 7

U,I

1

4-wire
GND

IN

IN U,I

PLC / DCS

– 8

OUT

GND 1

+24V

2

3

2

14

3

11

4

12

D W
H

GND 2
4

Configurable, with relay PDT output
POWER

GND 2
+24V

Zone 2


Ex:  
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Highly compact threshold value switch for
switching analog limit values
– Input signal, hysteresis, and delay time can
be configured via DIP switches
– Limit value can be freely adjusted via potentiometer on front
– 3-way isolation
– PDT relay at output
– Operating current/quiescent current
switchover
– Status and error signaling via two diagnostic LEDs
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Specification of the switching point
Switching output
Relay output
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch)
Operating and closed circuit current behavior
Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP
switch)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Linearity error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
UL, USA
UL, Canada
GL

U input
0 ... 10 V
30 V
> 100 kΩ
With 25-speed potentiometer

I input
0 ... 20 mA
100 mA
50 Ω

1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC
2A
(0.1%; 1%; 2.5%; 5%)
Switchable using DIP switch
0 s ... 10 s (0 s; 1 s; 2 s; 3 s; 4 s; 6 s; 8 s; 10 s)

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 14 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 330 mW (at 24 V DC)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.02%/K
< 35 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6
Class I, Zone 2, Ex nC IIC T6
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP1)

2864480
2864493

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR threshold value switch
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

85

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+ 1

1

IN

PLC / DCS

OUT 1

5

5

13
DI 1

2

– 2

1
3

OUT 1

IN

+24V

OUT 2

6

6

14

7 +

D W
H

2
1

IN

4

OUT 2

GND

OUT

8 –

2

3
+24V

POWER

Configurable, for NAMUR sensors and
floating contacts

13
DI 2

GND
4

14

Zone 2


Ex: 
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

– Highly compact isolation amplifier for
electrical isolation, amplification, and duplication of proximity sensor signals
– For proximity sensors in accordance with
IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227
– Floating contacts and contacts with resistance circuit can be connected
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– N/O contacts at output
– Second output can be used as a doubler
or error signaling output
– 3-way isolation
– Switchover between operating current
and quiescent current (inverted switching
behavior)
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit

Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points (according to IEC 60947-5-6)

8.2 V DC ±10%
< 1.2 mA (blocking)
> 2.1 mA (conductive)
> 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
< 0.35 mA (With wire break)

Line error detection
Switching output
Relay output
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Minimum contact current
Switching frequency

2 N/O contacts
Hard gold plated AgNi
250 V AC
2A
1 mA (for 5 V DC)
0.5 Hz (240 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A)
10 Hz (without load)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 25 mA
< 600 mW
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO1)
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP1)

2864105
2810269

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR NAMUR switching amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

86

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Constant voltage source

OUT

+ 1
– 2
+ 3

POWER

– 4

OUT U

GND 1

+24V

OUT

OUT U

5 +

GND 1

6 –

+24V

GND 2

7 +

GND 2

OUT

IN
UCV

D W
H

8 –

Configurable,
output signals 2.5 V / 5 V / 7.5 V / 10 V

+24V
GND 2

Zone 2

Ex: 
Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 6.2 mm

Technical data

– Constant voltage source for potentiometers, measuring bridges, encoders
– Highly precise
– Input signal corresponds to power supply
– Input signal and, in turn, the power supply
can be provided via the foot element
(T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
Output 10 V DC
Notes:
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)

Short-circuit current
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

9.6 ... 30 V
10 V DC
7.5 V DC
5 V DC
2.5 V DC
Approx. 32 mA
< 20 mVPP
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 600 mW (at 24 V IN)
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5

Ordering data
Description
MCR constant voltage source
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1)

2902822
2902823

1
1

2940252
2942124

10
10

Accessories
Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ
Resistance value 10 kΩ

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

87

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Feed-through terminal blocks
– Feed-through terminal block for 1:1 forwarding of signals in the MINI Analog
group
– For plugging gaps in system cabling with
the V8 system adapter, e.g., when there
are fewer than eight signals
– Used in conjunction with the
MINI Analog multiplexer
– For direct mounting in the case of applications without signal conversion and without electrical isolation

Sensor / Field

OUT

IN
IN

1

IN

2

3

4

1:1

IN

IN

OUT

PLC / DCS

5

OUT

6

OUT

OUT

7

8

D W
H

1:1 connection
Technical data
General data
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
GL

IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-TB

2811420

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MINI Analog feed-through terminal block
Screw connection

1

Accessories
Marking material
– Flexible labeling system with pivoting
transparent cover and matching insert
strips
– Transparent cover that can be snapped
onto the module instead of the standard
cover
– Insert strips on pre-punched paper sheets
– Marking option for standard cover in the
form of ZBF 6 zack marker strip marking
labels

Transparent cover with insert strips

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2308111

10

2810272

10

Fold-up transparent cover, for labeling MINI Analog modules
with insert strips
MINI MCR DKL

Accessories

88

PHOENIX CONTACT

Insert strips, stamped, for transparent cover

MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL

Zack marker strip, flat
UniCard sheets, for marker groove

ZBF 6 (see Catalog 5)
UC-TMF 6 (see Catalog 5)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Power terminals
– For up to 80 MINI Analog modules
– The MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power
terminal block is used to supply the supply voltage to the DIN rail connector
– Monitoring of supplies in combination
with the fault monitoring module
– Flexible redundant supply from one or
both module sides
– Extended supply voltage range from
0 ... 30 V DC

IN

1

OUT FM

2

3

4

+ 1

+24V

IN
5 +
PWR 1
IN
6 –

PWR 1
IN / OUT-FM

– 2

+ 3

7 +
PWR 2
IN
8 –

PWR 2
IN / OUT-FM

+24V

– 4

+24V

+24V

D W
H

PWR OUT

– +

Zone 2

+24V

Power terminal block, can be monitored

Notes:

Technical data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input voltage range
Output data
Output voltage
Output current
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

0 V DC ... 30 V DC
(Input voltage - 0.8 V)
≤2A
-20°C ... 65°C
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1)
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP1)

2902958
2902959

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MINI Analog power terminal blocks
1
1

Accessories
Error message modules
IN

Fault monitoring module for evaluating
and reporting group errors from the fault
monitoring system.
– Monitoring of supply voltages of
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power terminal blocks
– Drawing off the supply is possible
– The error is reported via an N/C contact
– Standard configuration: group error detection “ON”; redundancy monitoring
“ON”; relay “active”

1

OUT

2
OUT RC

+ 1
+24V

PWR 1
IN

OUT RC

– 2

+ 3
+24V

5 +
FAULT
CONTACT
6 –

7 +
PWR
OUT
8 –

PWR 1
IN

– 4

+24V

FM

– +
+24V

D W
H

Zone 2

Group error message and
Supply monitoring
Technical data

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data/output data
Input signal
Output signal
Output signal maximum current
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Test voltage input/output
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
2A
30 V DC
50 mA
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for

GL

Ordering data
Description
MINI Analog error message modules
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC1)

2902961
2902962

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

89

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
– For bridging the supply voltage
– Reduces wiring costs
– Module can be replaced without interrupting the supply to the remaining modules (hot swap)
– One T-Connector for two MINI Analog
modules
– Current carrying capacity of 2 A to
MINI Analog modules
For bridging the supply voltage

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

10

DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval

Accessories
Power terminals
IN

– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (T-Connector) where DC
voltages of up to 30 V are already available
– Option of redundant supply decoupled
from diode
– For up to 80 MINI analog modules
– For up to 2 A
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic
LEDs

IN
+ 1

+24V

5

+

PWR 1 IN

PWR 2 IN
6

– 2
3

+24V

–
7

4

8

D W
H

PWR OUT

– +
+24V

Zone 2

Redundant supply for existing 24 V
Notes:
Recommended fuse for power terminal block:
Fuse according to IEC 60127-2/V
Nominal current: 2.5 A
Characteristics: Slow-blow
(e.g., Wickmann 5 x 20 mm/No. 195 - glass fuse)
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Output data
Output voltage
Output current
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
(Input voltage - 0.8 V)
≤2A
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-PTB1)
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP1)

2864134
2864147

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR power terminal block

90

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
ME 17,5 TBUS-...T-Connector
– For bridging the supply voltage when using a MINI POWER system power supply
Notes:
If the system power supply is used, you need two ME 17,5 TBUS
T-Connectors to establish the connection with the ME 6,2 TBUS TConnectors of the MINI Analog system and provide an effective
power supply.

For system power supply

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2709561

10

DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval,
two pieces are required per system power supply

Accessories
System power supply

H
W

D

– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (T-Connector) where AC
voltages are available
– 100 ... 240 V AC nominal input voltage
range
– 24 V DC output voltage
– For up to 60 MINI Analog modules
– For up to 1.5 A, secondary
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic
LEDs

For applications with local voltages of
over 100 V
Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX

2866653

1

MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5

2866983

1

System power supply unit, primary-switched with zone 2 approval.
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.

System power supply unit, primary-switched (not for zone 2).
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

91

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
System cabling
A high number of channels enables analog signal transmission across 6 mm in a
confined space for many applications. In
this kind of context, in particular, it is really important to have access to wiring solutions that avoid errors and are time-efficient, thereby cutting costs.
The MINI Analog system cabling solution
allows you to wire up to eight channels
quickly, easily, and without errors.
System cabling can take various forms.
System cabling with a front adapter
This includes:
– A 16-pos. FLK cable
– The V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
modules
– A front adapter that needs to be specifically selected based on the analog card of
the controller
With this solution, all you need to do is
connect the components together. There
is virtually no wiring effort involved.
What's more, it completely rules out wiring errors, as the pre-assembled components ensure correct assignment by virtue
of their design.

V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog

16-pos. FLK cable

System cabling without a front adapter Front adapter for analog card
The version that does not require the
use of a front adapter is the ideal addition.
System cabling with a front adapter
This solution involves using a 16-pos.
FLK cable with open ends on one side. The
open ends are fitted with ferrules and are
The tables below are designed to serve as
numbered. This allows you to create a sys- a configuration aid. Details of other solutem cabling connection to virtually any
tions are available on the Internet or on remodule without having to fit a front adapt- quest.
er. The other advantage is that you can implement system cabling on the module side
quickly, easily, and without errors.

Configuration aid for MINI Analog system cabling
Controller

Analog card

Siemens
SIMATIC S7-300 /
ET 200 M

6ES7-331-7KF02-0AB0
6ES7-331-7KB02-0AB0
6ES7-331-7KB81-0AB0
6ES7-331-7TF00-0AB0
6ES7-332-8TF01-0AB0

Yokogawa
Centum CS 3000 R3

Front adapter

FLK cable

V8 system adapter for MINI Analog

FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 506)

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)

CABLE-40/2/FLK16/.../YUC
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 467)

2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 454)

6ES7-331-1KF01-0AB0
(for current signals)

FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 455)

6ES7-331-5HF00-0AB0
(for current signals)

FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 455)

AAI 141
Not required
AAI 143

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...M
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 502)
Miscellaneous controllers /
actuators / sensors

All cards

Not required

or alternatively
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...M
(molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 502)

92

PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog

Plug-in connection

16-pos. VIP or FLK cable with
open ends

Innovative concept

System cabling without a front adapter

Innovative concept
Thanks to its innovative design concept,
the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A MINI Analog system adapter can be used on both
the input and output side. Consequently,
there is nothing at all to prevent you from
using the same components for system cabling on both output and input modules.
Complete flexibility
The proven FLK cable series offers complete flexibility in terms of selection and is
the ideal solution for system cabling with a
front adapter. The flat and flexible plug
connections mean that the products can
be easily installed in any analog module.

Increased protection
The new VIP cables with molded FLK
plugs offer enhanced protection in harsh
industrial environments. If you opt for system cabling without a front adapter, you
can enjoy all the advantages of the new VIP
cables on the system adapter side.

Complete flexibility

Addition
If the application demands a form of system cabling with fewer than eight channels,
the MINI MCR-SL-TB feed-through terminal block (page 88) represents the perfect
addition.

Increased protection

Addition

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

93

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
MINI Analog system adapter
– Time-saving wiring solution thanks to
unique plug-in concept
– System cabling on PLC side
– Plug and play
– For up to eight channels
– Reduces wiring costs and errors

System adapter


Ex: 
Housing width 50.4 mm

Technical data
General data
Contact resistance
Current carrying capacity
Test voltage

< 10 mΩ
≤1A
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min. from channel to channel)

Vibration resistance
Surge voltage category / Pollution degree
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection to the signal level

≤ 0.7 g
III / 2
-20°C ... 60°C
PBT
50.4 / 46.2 / 45.5 mm
Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13

Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 )
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

10 / ≥ 200

GL

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

2811268

Pcs. /
Pkt.

System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection

MINI Analog system cabling

94

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
MINI Analog multiplexer

AO
1 2

1xIOUT
IN

3

4

5

6

7

8

1 2 3
PWR I
In Out

4

5

6

7

8

BIT1
BIT2
BIT3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

POWER

8xIIN

OUT
3xDO

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
D1+ D1- D2+ D2- D3+ D3-

FLK pin strip assignment

Ex: 
Housing width 50.4 mm

Technical data

– Generates an analog output from up to
eight analog input signals – parallel analog
signals are transmitted serially via a cable
– The desired number of channels is selected via DIP switches (8, 6, 4 or 2 channels)
– The channel currently switched is indicated as a bit pattern via three digital outputs
– Two clock cycles for execution can be selected via DIP switches (one- or two-second clock)
– Supplied by an output loop
– For 4 ... 20 mA current signals
– Can be easily snapped onto MINI Analog
modules with screw connection method
– Huge reduction in analog inputs at controllers
– System cabling on the output side using
pre-assembled FLK cables with open
ends.

Input data
Description
Can be configured/parameterized
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Switching cycles
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Status indication Active input
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection to control level
Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 )
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Notes:

2, 4, 6, or 8-channel (can be switched over)
Via DIP switches
4 ... 20 mA
< 30 mA
2 or 1 sec. (can be selected)
4 ... 20 mA
< 30 mA
((Usupply - 7 V) / I max)
1, 2, 3-bit digital output (can be selected)
3 x PNP optocouplers
30 V DC
7 V DC ... 30 V DC (Loop-powered)
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
< 24 mW (without signal current)
0.3% (0.1%, typical)
< 0.01%/K
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
50.4 / 45.5 / 46.2 mm
Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13
10 / ≥ 200
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for

For six, four or two channels you will also need the corresponding
number of feed-through terminal blocks (i.e., two, four or six).

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Multiplexer for MINI Analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 161)

2811815

1

2811420

1

Accessories
MINI Analog feed-through terminal block

MINI MCR-SL-TB

For round cable with one open end, see
“System cabling for controllers” section
For round cable with one open end, see
“System cabling for controllers” section

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...

1 x Analog IN
Controller
8 x Analog IN

Power
MINI MCR-SL-MUX..

....

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI

AO

4...20 mA
DO
DO
DO

00
t0 l1
Bi nne
a
Ch ve
ti
Ac

Controller

3 x Digital IN

Monitoring of eight motor temperatures with just one
analog control input

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

95

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Termination carrier for
MINI Analog isolating amplifier

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... termination carriers are compact solutions for conveniently and smoothly connecting standard DIN rail isolating
amplifiers from the MINI Analog series to
input/output cards of automation systems
using system cables.
The most compact isolating amplifiers
combined with the most compact and flexible module carriers on the market enable
you to achieve a hitherto unparalleled packing density in your control cabinet together
with professional system cabling.

Compact
– The compact design associated with
MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in
the control cabinet
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from isolating amplifiers
– PCB without active electronics
– Redundant supply via separate DIN rail
module
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
Flexible
– Profile sections without pitch markings
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in cable sets
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Can be flexibly adapted to suit any controller or higher-level control system
– Solutions tailored to your requirements
on request
– Available pre-assembled with modules
and wired, or for self-assembly

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Solutions are also available for MACX Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety

96

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Termination carrier for
MINI Analog isolating amplifier

D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
1 A (Signal/channel)
50 V
II
2
0.5 kV
DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
IP20
-40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)

Shock
Vibration (operation)
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse
Status indication

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
V0
136 / 170 / 160 mm
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2.5 A Slow-blow
2 x red LED (error)
1 x green LED (PWR)

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1)

2902933
2902934

1
1

2902958
2902961
2865599

1
1
1

Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and
feed-through module
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

Accessories

15
34
16
35

13
32
14
33

11
30
12
31

7
26
8
27

5
24
6
25

3
22
4
23

1
20
2
21

17
18
36
37

X1 DSUB 37

5 (+)
6 (-) PW2

CH15

CH16

+
+
1

CH14

CH13
+
+
1

CH11

CH12

+
+
1

CH9

CH10

+
+
1

CH7

CH8

+
+
1

CH6

CH5
+
+
1

CH3

CH4

+
+
1

CH1

CH2

+
+
1

PTB

PTSM
T-BUS

Alarm
1
2

3 (+)
4 (-) PW1

F2

FM

1

MINI PTB
PW1 2864134

X20 COMBICON

F1

9
28
10
29

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1)
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1)
MACX MCR-S-MUX

MINI Analog power terminal blocks
MINI Analog error message modules
HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables

1

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

MINI TB
2811420

Contact us: together, we can develop optimum solutions for your
automation system with the termination carrier for MINI Analog.

Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Maximum operating voltage
Maximum permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution degree
Rated surge voltage
Air and creepage distances
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range

-

Notes:

Housing width 136 mm

+

The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MINI Analog series to input/output cards of automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI
termination carrier version also enables the
coupling and decoupling of HART signals.
– Connection of up to 16 channels
– Can be universally connected, thanks to
37-pos. D-SUB cable with open ends. This
enables flexible connection to automation systems
– Redundant power supply, decoupled from
diode via separate MINI MCR-PTB power
module and MINI MCR-SL-TB feedthrough terminal block

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

97

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Surge protection
LINETRAB LIT
The ideal addition to MINI Analog - the
innovative surge protection solution in
6.2 mm housing.
Because the LINETRAB LIT and
MINI Analog housing is the same shape,
you can benefit from the numerous advantages of system cabling. The advantage of
combining MINI Analog and LINETRAB
LIT products is that it enables you to set
up a space-saving, protected, and optimally
coordinated signal chain from the sensor
right up to the controller.
The tables below are designed to serve
as configuration aids for combining
MINI Analog and LINETRAB products.
On the left, you will find a list of the
components and combination options for
setting up system cabling between
MINI Analog and LINETRAB.
For details of system cabling solutions
that can be used between MINI Analog and
the controller side, please refer to
page 92.
For more detailed information on
LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules,
please see the TRABTECH catalog.

Assembled 16-pos. round cable
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR...

V8 system adapters
for MINI Analog

LINETRAB LIT
LINETRAB LIT surge protection
modules

Reliable and systematic measurements - LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog

Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Cabling via MINI Analog system adapter (8 modules)
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection)
Type

LIT 1X2-24

MINI Analog
Order No.

Type

Order No.

2804610

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-U-U
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC

2864383
2864150
2865007
2813512
2813525
2813541
2813538
2864406
2864684
2864794
2864176
2864422
2864079
2864419
2864082
2864105
2864480
2810858
2810780

Components required for system cabling
Available 16-pos. VIP... round cables
Type

V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
Length

Order No.

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/0,5M
0.5 m
2900154
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/1,0M
1.0 m
2900155
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/2,0M
2.0 m
2900156
VIP... round cables are available in special lengths on request.

98

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type
2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)

Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog

VIP system cable
The new VIP cables provide a way of setting up secure and robust connections,
even in harsh industrial environments.
Innovative concept
The MINI Analog system adapter does
not just support system cabling on the input and output sides. It also allows cabling
to be installed with LINETRAB surge protection modules quickly, easily, and without errors.
Increased protection
In addition to all the advantages associated with electrical isolation, filtering, amplification, and the conversion of standard
analog signals using MINI Analog, there is
now also the option of effective surge protection.

Surge protection
Surge protection is a reliable means of actively preventing and protecting against system damage and downtimes. LINETRAB is
able to limit transient surge voltages safely
and without affecting the signal - all in a
compact device with a design width of just
6.2 mm.
VIP system cable

Innovative concept

Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Manual cabling
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection)
Type

LIT 1X2-24

Increased protection

MINI Analog
Order No.

2804610

LIT 2X2-24

2804623

LIT 2-12
(for 2-conductor connection
technology)

2804665

LIT 4-12
(for 3- and 4-conductor connection
technology)

2804678

LIT 1X2-24

2804610

LIT 4-24

2804678

Type

Order No.

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP

2864383
2864150
2864710
2864163
2810874
2810793
2811213
2810078
2813570
2813583
2813554
2813567
2864723
2864697
2864804
2864189
2864752
2810230
2864749
2864655
2864781
2864309
2864370
2864192
2864202
2864435
2864273
2864736
2864286
2810298
2810308
2810382
2810395
2810243
2810269
2864493
2864095
2810256

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Surge protection

PHOENIX CONTACT

99

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Reliable and safe
MACX Analog - safe and high-performance signal isolating amplifiers. This product range enables you to safely isolate, condition, filter, and amplify all the signals of
your system.
In all phases of the product life cycle, the
MACX Analog range has been consistently
developed and produced according to standards for functional safety. Save planning and
operating costs – by combining high signal
flexibility with safe isolation and SIL evaluation.
The universal nature of the product range
provides you with a solution for all applications using analog signal transmission. You
are free to choose between either multifunctional high-end devices or reasonablypriced standard modules with exactly the
right functions.
Choose the right MACX Analog isolating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN/OUT
– Configurable 3-way isolating amplifiers
– Repeater power supplies with HART signal transmission for supplying 2-conductor transmitters
– Output isolating amplifiers with HART
signal transmission

100

PHOENIX CONTACT

Temperature
– Universal temperature transducers for resistance thermometers, resistance-type
sensors, potentiometers, thermocouples,
and mV sources – also with safe limit value relays as an option
– Configurable temperature transducer for
resistance thermometers and resistancetype sensors
– Configurable temperature transducer for
thermocouples and mV sources
Digital IN
– Isolation amplifiers with input for
NAMUR proximity sensor or switch
– Single-channel with PDT or passive transistor output
– Single-channel with double N/O contact
output
– Two-channel with one N/O contact output per channel
– Two-channel with one PDT or passive
transistor output per channel
Functional safety – from the initial
idea to the finished product
Phoenix Contact meets the requirements
of functional safety according to IEC 61508
in a standardized development process.
Here, all fault avoidance and fault control
measures are taken into consideration,
from the very development and production

of a device right up to device operation.
These measures are audited within the
scope of a full assessment by an independent test center.
Phoenix Contact therefore makes a significant contribution to high system safety and
availability.

DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the
modular bridging of the 24 V supply
voltage.

Wide-range power supply
The modules featuring a wide-range
power supply (...-UP) can be used in
all power supply networks the
world over without the need for additional power supply units.

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog

Safe and reliable functions
– Consistent SIL certification. This ensures
the highest level of reliability and safety
for your systems.

Precise transmission and high
operational reliability
– Thanks to patented transmission concept

Easy configuration
– Without software via DIP switches on the
device front or with the operator interface and display unit.

Easy configuration and monitoring
– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly
stand-alone software – with integrated
monitoring function.

Flexible power bridging
– The DIN rail connector simplifies wiring,
system expansion or module replacement
during operation.

Easy-maintenance connection
technology
– Plug-in connection terminal blocks with
screw connection or fast push-in technology – coded, with integrated sockets.

Precise transmission, long service life
– Patented circuit concepts ensure precise
signal transmission and minimal self-heating.

Even for the Ex area
– Maximum explosion protection for all Ex
zones with the MACX Analog Ex range.

Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MACX Analog devices to the automation
system – plug and play.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

101

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

US

4-wire
[mA]

4-wire
[mV]

4.2

4.2
5.2
5.2
5.1

IN

U,I

U,I

OUT

US

4-wire
[V]

PLC / DCS

4.1
5.2

4.1
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA

active

±10 mA... ±100 mA

3.1

3.2 passive
+
3.1

2.2

2.2

2.1

active
2.1

3.2

+

+

GND
passive

±1 V... ±100 V

GND

5.1

+24 V
5.2

1.2

Universal,
more than 1600 signal combinations

1.1

POWER
GND +24 V

Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Universal isolating amplifier for operating
4-conductor measuring transducers
– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating, filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– 10 kHz limit frequency for time-critical
applications
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Power supply via DIN rail connector possible
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
I input
0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering

Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

±100 V
±100 mA
Approx. 1 MΩ
Approx. 10 Ω
(±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC)
(±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
U output
I output
0 ... 20 mA, please indicate if different setting when ordering

Load RB

≥ 1 kΩ (10 V)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Power dissipation
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)

≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
(passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)

12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% / +25%)
< 0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
0.0075%/K
±4% / ±4%
10 kHz (Can be switched to 30 Hz)
35 µs (at 10 kHz)
11 ms (at 30 Hz)

Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
GL

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL applied for
SIL 2
-

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-UI-UI1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC1)

2811284
2811572
2811446
2811556

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

102

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2811284

Output

/

IN03
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN66
IN29
IN50
IN30
IN52
IN05
IN03
IN67
IN32
IN39
IN68
IN69

2811284 =
...-UI-UI
2811572 =
...-UI-UI-SP

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...300 mV
0...500 mV
0...1000 mV
0...1.0 V
0...1.5 V
0...2.0 V
0...3.0 V
0...5 V
0...10 V
0...15 V
0...20 V
0...30 V
0...50 V
0...100 V

IN53
IN13
IN54
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN16
IN17
IN78
IN18
IN63
IN19
IN65
IN21
IN22
IN79
IN23
IN80
IN81
IN82

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Limit frequency

/

-50...+50 mV
-60...+60 mV
-75...+75 mV
-100...+100 mV
-120...+120 mV
-150...+150 mV
-200...+200 mV
-300...+300 mV
-500...+500 mV
-1000...+1000 mV
-1.0...+1.0 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0...+2.0 V
-3.0...+3.0 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
-15...+15 V
-20...+20 V
-30...+30 V
-50...+50 V
-100...+100 V

IN06 = 1...5 V
IN04 = 2...10 V

IN70
IN71
IN72
IN73
IN36
IN37
IN74
IN01
IN75
IN76
IN77

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...1.0 mA
0...1.5 mA
0...2.0 mA
0...3.0 mA
0...5 mA
0...10 mA
0...15 mA
0...20 mA
0...30 mA
0...50 mA
0...100 mA

IN83
IN84
IN85
IN86
IN33
IN34
IN87
IN35
IN88
IN89
IN90

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-1.0...+1.0 mA
-1.5...+1.5 mA
-2.0...+2.0 mA
-3.0...+3.0 mA
-5...+5 mA
-10...+10 mA
-15...+15 mA
-20...+20 mA
-30...+30 mA
-50...+50 mA
-100...+100 mA

OUT01
OUT19 = 0...2.5 V
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V

OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA

OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V

OUT21 = -5...+5 mA
OUT22 = -10...+10 mA
OUT23 = -20...+20 mA

OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V

OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA

OUT27 = 2.5...0 V
OUT11 = 5...0 V
OUT09 = 10...0 V

OUT28 = 5...0 mA
OUT29 = 10...0 mA
OUT07 = 20...0 mA

/

10K
30 = 30 Hz
10K = 10 kHz

Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

IN91 = 1...5 mA
IN92 = 2...10 mA
IN02 = 4...20 mA

Application example: level measurement and active analog input card

MACX MCR-UI-UI

IN

Level sensor
4.2

0...20 mA

24 V

4.1
5.2
5.1

OUT

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA

–
active

±10 mA... ±100 mA

3.2

+

3.1

GND

2.2
passive

±1 V... ±100 V

2.1
GND
+24 V

1.2
1.1

Controller
24 V

GND +24 V

Mains voltage

Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station

MACX MCR-UI-UI

M

IN
4.2

Shunt resistor

mV

4.1

OUT

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA

–
active

±10 mA... ±100 mA

3.2

D

+

3.1
AI2

5.2
5.1

GND

2.2
passive

±1 V... ±100 V

GND

+

1

2.1

+24 V

–

1.2
1.1

Battery
GND +24 V

24 V

2

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

Mains voltage
IB IL AI 2/SF

(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

103

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

US

4-wire
[mA]

4-wire
[mV]

4.2

4.2
5.2
5.2
5.1

IN

U,I

U,I

OUT

US

4-wire
[V]

PLC / DCS

4.1
5.2

4.1
US

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA
±10 mA... ±100 mA

active

5.1

3.2 passive
+
3.1

2.2

2.2

2.1

active
2.1

+

GND
±1 V... ±100 V

3.1

3.2

+

passive

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

5.2

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations,
wide-range power supply

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating,
filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

U input
I input
0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering

Maximum input signal
Input resistance

±100 V
±100 mA
Approx. 1 MΩ
Approx. 10 Ω
(±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC)
(±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
U output
I output
0 ... 20 mA, configurable via DIP switches
15 V
35 mA
≥ 1 kΩ (10 V)
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
(passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)

Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power dissipation

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.9 W (At 230 V AC / 20 mA)
≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
0.0075%/K
±4% / ±4%

Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
GL

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2
-

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC1)

2811459
2811585
2811297
2811569

Pcs. /
Pkt.

3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
with long-range power supply
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

104

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection

1
1
1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2811459

Output

/

IN03
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN66
IN29
IN50
IN30
IN52
IN05
IN03
IN67
IN32
IN39
IN68
IN69

2811459 =
...-UI-UI-UP
2811585 =
...-UI-UI-UP-SP

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...300 mV
0...500 mV
0...1000 mV
0...1.0 V
0...1.5 V
0...2.0 V
0...3.0 V
0...5 V
0...10 V
0...15 V
0...20 V
0...30 V
0...50 V
0...100 V

IN53
IN13
IN54
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN16
IN17
IN78
IN18
IN63
IN19
IN65
IN21
IN22
IN79
IN23
IN80
IN81
IN82

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Limit frequency

/

-50...+50 mV
-60...+60 mV
-75...+75 mV
-100...+100 mV
-120...+120 mV
-150...+150 mV
-200...+200 mV
-300...+300 mV
-500...+500 mV
-1000...+1000 mV
-1.0...+1.0 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0...+2.0 V
-3.0...+3.0 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
-15...+15 V
-20...+20 V
-30...+30 V
-50...+50 V
-100...+100 V

IN06 = 1...5 V
IN04 = 2...10 V

IN70
IN71
IN72
IN73
IN36
IN37
IN74
IN01
IN75
IN76
IN77

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...1.0 mA
0...1.5 mA
0...2.0 mA
0...3.0 mA
0...5 mA
0...10 mA
0...15 mA
0...20 mA
0...30 mA
0...50 mA
0...100 mA

IN83
IN84
IN85
IN86
IN33
IN34
IN87
IN35
IN88
IN89
IN90

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

-1.0...+1.0 mA
-1.5...+1.5 mA
-2.0...+2.0 mA
-3.0...+3.0 mA
-5...+5 mA
-10...+10 mA
-15...+15 mA
-20...+20 mA
-30...+30 mA
-50...+50 mA
-100...+100 mA

OUT01
OUT19 = 0...2.5 V
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V

OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA

OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V

OUT21 = -5...+5 mA
OUT22 = -10...+10 mA
OUT23 = -20...+20 mA

OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V

OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA

OUT27 = 2.5...0 V
OUT11 = 5...0 V
OUT09 = 10...0 V

OUT28 = 5...0 mA
OUT29 = 10...0 mA
OUT07 = 20...0 mA

/

10K
30 = 30 Hz
10K = 10 kHz

Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE
YES

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

IN91 = 1...5 mA
IN92 = 2...10 mA
IN02 = 4...20 mA

Application example: level measurement and active analog input card

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP

IN

Level sensor
4.2

0...20mA

24V

4.1
5.2
5.1

OUT

±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA

–
active

±10mA... ±100mA

3.2

+

3.1

GND

2.2
passive

±1V... ±100V

2.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.2
≃

1.1

Controller

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP

M

IN
4.2

Shunt resistor

mV

4.1

OUT

±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA
±10mA... ±100mA

–
active

3.2

D

+

3.1
AI2

5.2
5.1

+

–

GND
±1V... ±100V

2.2
passive

1

2.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.2

2

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

≃

1.1

Battery

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
IB IL AI 2/SF

(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

105

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

4.2
2-wire
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

4.1

3.1

3.1

-

active
+
3.2

+

2.2
5.2
US

POWER

I

I

4-wire
5.1

OUT

+

2.2

5.2
2.1

250 W

5.1

GND

IN

+24V

POWER

1.2

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier

1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
< 600 Ω
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL applied for
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1)

2865955
2924207

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

106

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2 - 4.2
2-wire
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

3.2 - 3.2

OUT 1
4.1

3.1

+

3.1

OUT1
2.2

POWER

I

2.2

OUT 2

I

5.2 - 5.2

I

OUT2

US

4-wire
5.1

IN

+

2.1

GND

5.1

+24V

POWER

2.1

passive
+

passive
+

1.2

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
with two electrically isolated outputs

1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop

4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
> 21.5 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)

Output data
Output signal (Per output)

0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
< 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.45 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (Per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I1)
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1)

2924825
2924838

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

107

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies

IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS

active
4.3

+

-

POWER

US

I

I

OUT

4-wire

+

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

4.3

250 W
S1

3.3

3.3
3.2

passive
3.2

3.1

3.1

+
3.2

+

250 W

2-wire

S2

4.2

IN

Power
–
~
24V ...230V AC/DC

– 1.2
1.2 ~

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
wide-range power supply

– 1.1
1.1 ~

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP
switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)

Output data
Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
< 600 Ω (I output)
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.8 W
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL applied for
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1)
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1)

2865968
2924210

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

108

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog OUT
output isolating amplifier

OUT

Sensor / Field

-

P
+

+

OUT

I

I

IN
-

4.1

+

4.1

3.1

+

+

+
3.1

4.2
4.1

GND

POWER

active

3.2 - 3.2

4.2 - 4.2

IN
-

PLC / DCS

1.2

4.2

+24V
4.1

1.1

Power
GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Output isolating amplifier for controlling
I/P transducers, control valves, and displays
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input
– 0/4 ... 20 mA output
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Input voltage
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output
Output data
Output signal
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
5.4 V (at 20 mA)
> 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
< 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 140 µs
< 0.1% (of final value)
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP1)

2865971
2924223

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Output isolating amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

109

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer

ϑ

IN

I

ϑ

ϑ

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2

PLC / DCS

4.2

3.2 - 3.2

μC
4.1

4.1

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

μC
3.1

OUT

GND
+24V

+

3.1

passive
+

1.2

For resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2



Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for operating resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA
or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Resistor
Cable resistance
Sensor input current
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
50 Ω per line
(200 μA ... 1 mA)
min. 50 K
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01%/K
Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05%

Transmission error, total
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation

±5% / ±5%
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP1)
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC1)
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1)

2865065
2924317
2865078
2924320

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Temperature transducer
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

110

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2865065

Sensor type

/

2865065 =
MACX MCRSL-RTD-I

Safety integrity level
(SIL)

PT100

/

Connection
technology

ON

/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

see below

Measuring range:
Start
End

3

/

2 = 2-conductor

0
see below

/

100
see below

3 = 3-conductor
ON only with output range
= OUT02

2924317 =
MACX MCRSL-RTD-I-SP

Measuring
unit
/

Output range

C
C =
F =
O =

/

OUT02

Filter
Oversampling
/

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

°C
°F


OUT02 = 4...20 mA

4 = 4-conductor

Filter
Moving average value

10
1
3
5
7
10
20

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

RES01
PT50
PT100
PT200
PT500
PT100S
PT500S
NI100DIN
NI500DIN
CU50
CU53

Resistor
Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760
Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)

Alarm signal
Short circuit/
overrange
... /

I035
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

0
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-50
-50

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange
/

2000
850
850
850
850
600
600
250
250
200
180


°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

25 
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC

I215

/

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a
fee is charged)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

111

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer

4.2
4.1

IN

I

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

+

PLC / DCS

4.2

3.2 - 3.2

µC

µC
3.1

4.1

OUT

GND
+24V

+

3.1

passive
+

1.2

For thermocouples and mV sources

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2



Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for operating thermocouples and mV sources. The measured values are converted into
a linear 0 ... 20 or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126

Input data
Thermocouple sensors

E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760

Voltage
Measuring range span

-20 mV ... 70 mV
(Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources)

Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01%/K
Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%

Transmission error, total
Cold junction errors
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation

±1 K
±5% / ±5%
Input/output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

Description

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Temperature transducer
Order configuration
Standard configuration

Screw connection
Screw connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-TC-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC1)

2924333
2924346

1
1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

112

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2924333

Sensor type

/

MACX MCRSL-TC-I

J

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON

Cold junction
compensation
/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

see below

Measuring range:
Start
End

1

/

1 = switched on

0
see below

/

1000
see below

0 = switched off
(e.g., for mV voltage measurement)

ON only with output range
= OUT02

Measuring
unit
/

Output range

C

/

C = °C
F = °F
V = mV

OUT02
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA

Filter
Oversampling
/

Filter
Moving average value

10
1
3
5
7
10
20

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
V03
E
J
K
N
L

=
=
=
=
=
=

Voltage (mV)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)

Alarm signal
Overrange
... /

I035
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

-20
-250
-210
-250
-250
-200

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange
/

I215
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

+70
1000
1200
1372
1300
900

mV
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

3 mV
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using
software.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

113

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

-

ϑ
ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

U,I
IN

OUT

I

3.3

U OUT

3.3 -

3.3

OUT 3.2

3.2

+
3.1

4.3

2.3

2.3

4.2

2.2

2.2

11

4.1

2.1

2.1

12

Poti
ϑ

GND

3.1

5.3

5.3

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

µC

TC

S-PORT

RTD

+

14

DI

NC 1.3
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.2

Universal, with switching output,
wide-range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties
– Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Cold junction compensation with separate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

±11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
30 V AC (30 V DC)
0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 1.5 W
0.01%/K
< 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV 1 (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 65°C
Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2, PL d

Ordering data
Description
Temperature transducer
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP1)
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C1)
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C1)

2811394
2811860
2811873
2811970

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

114

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2811873
2811873 =
MACX MCRT-UI-UP-C

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON
ON

= active

Sensor type

/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

Cold junction compensation

4

/

2 = 2-conductor

see below

NONE = not active

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potentiometer, mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see below

150
see below

3 = 3-conductor
2811970 =
MACX MCRT-UI-UP-SP-C

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

1 = on, e.g., with TC

ON only with output
range = OUT02

4 = 4-conductor

Output range

OUT02
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the software

Factory calibration certificate
= FCC
/

NONE
NONE

YES

= without FCC

= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  resistor
0...600  resistor
0...1200  resistor
0...6250  resistor
0...12500  resistor
0...50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  potentiometer
0...600  potentiometer
0...1200  potentiometer
0...6250  potentiometer
0...12500  potentiometer
0...50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

115

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
-

RTD

TC
-

passive
3.3 -

3.3
ϑ

ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

GND
I

3.3

OUT 3.2

U OUT

ϑ

+

3.1

3.1

3x

Poti

3.2

+

3.6 34

4.3

3.5 31

DI

4.2
3.4 32

U,I
IN

4.1
5.3

OUT

5.2

3x

5.1

NC 1.3

5.3
5.2
5.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

2.6

24

2.5

21

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

DI

Universal, with three limit value relays,
wide-range power supply

2.4 22

1.6

14

1.5

11

DI

1.4 12

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 35 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties
– Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in
combination as a safe limit value relay
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Cold junction compensation with separate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

±11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
3 PDTs
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (250 V DC)
2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 2.4 W
0.01%/K
< 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 65°C
Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2, PL d

Ordering data
Description

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Temperature transducer
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP1)
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-C1)
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1)

2811378
2811828
2811514
2811831

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

116

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX-MCR-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2811514
2811514 =
MACX MCRT-UIREL-UP-C

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON
ON

= active

Sensor type

/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

Cold junction
compensation

4

/

2 = 2-conductor

see below

NONE = not active

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potentiometer, mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see below

150
see below

3 = 3-conductor
2811831 =
MACX MCRON only with output
T-UIREL-UP-SP-C range = OUT02

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

1 = on, e.g., with TC
4 = 4-conductor

Output range

OUT02
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the software

Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE

YES

= without FCC

= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  resistor
0...600  resistor
0...1200  resistor
0...6250  resistor
0...12500  resistor
0...50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  potentiometer
0...600  potentiometer
0...1200  potentiometer
0...6250  potentiometer
0...12500  potentiometer
0...50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

117

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories
Operating and display unit
–
–
–
–
–

Local display of actual values
Copy function
Easy guided operation
Easy configuration without PC software
Operating and display unit can be snapped
directly onto compatible devices with a
housing width of 35 mm
– DIN rail mounting possible for thinner
devices in conjunction with cradle unit
– Backlighting
– Installation in zone 2 permissible

Can be snapped directly onto
compatible 35 mm devices
Technical data

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

General data
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection method

PC side
Measuring transducer side

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx

-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
90% (at 25°C, no condensation)
PA 6.6
35 / 99 / 20 mm
S port (socket)
S port (plug)
CE-compliant

 II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

IFS-OP-UNIT1)

2811899

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Operating and display unit
1

Accessories
Cradle unit
– For snapping onto the DIN rail
– For control cabinet mounting of the operating and display unit

H
D

W

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Cradle for operating and display unit
Technical data
General data
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection method

IFS-OP-UNIT operator interface
Measuring transducer side

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx

-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
90% (at 25°C, no condensation)
PA 6.6
35.2 / 29 / 99 mm
S port (socket)
S port (plug)
CE-compliant

 II 3G Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA ic IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

IFS-OP-CRADLE1)

2811886

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Cradle unit, for snapping the operating and display unit onto the
DIN rail

118

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories
Programming adapter
The IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER programming adapter is used for configuring
Phoenix Contact INTERFACE modules
with S-PORT interface.
The adapter is used with FDT/DTM software or ANALOG-CONF software.
For programming MACX Analog and
MINI Analog.
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Applied for:
cUL / UL

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

2811271

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

119

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

4.2

3.2 - 3.2

4.1

3.1

-

4.2

+

2.2

11

DI
3.1

14

2.2

12

IN

OUT
4.2

Faultsignal

+
4.1

4.1

POWER

GND
+24V

1.2

Signal output: PDT relay

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
21 mA (24 V DC)
< 650 mW
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R1)
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP1)

2865997
2924252

Pcs. /
Pkt.

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

120

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

4.2
OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

OUT2

IN

Faultsignal

+
4.1

OUT
4.2

3.2

13

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

13

2.1

2.1

14

DI

DI

1.2

2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

GND
+24V

3.2

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact);
output 2 can be used as an error message
output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
30 mA (24 V DC)
< 950 mW
Input/supply, T connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO1)
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1)

2865010
2924265

Pcs. /
Pkt.

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

121

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

+

CH1
+

4.2
4.1

3.2

3.2

13

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

13

2.1

2.1

14

DI

-

IN1

OUT1

IN2

OUT2

CH2
+

5.2

DI

5.1
Faultsignal

+

+

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay

Power

POWER

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
35 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
Input/supply, T connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO1)
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1)

2865049
2924294

Pcs. /
Pkt.

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

122

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

+

CH1

+

4.3

3.3

3.3 12

3.2

3.2 11

3.1

3.1 14

2.3

2.3 12

2.2

2.2 11

2.1

2.1 14

DI

4.1

+

IN1

OUT1

IN2

OUT2

CH2

+

5.3
5.1

-

24...230 V –
~
AC/DC

+

DI

1.2

2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
wide-range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be
found on page 183
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Approx. 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
can be inverted using DIP switch
20 Hz (Load-dependent)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)

Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
max. 1.3 W
Input/power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP1)
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1)

2865052
2924304

Pcs. /
Pkt.

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

123

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

4.2
4.1

+

PLC / DCS

4.2
OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

IN

OUT1
OUT2

4.2

Faultsignal

OUT2

+
4.1

4.1

POWER

GND
+24V

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

2.2

2.2

-

2.1

2.1

+

DI

DI

1.2

2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up
to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
2 transistor outputs, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 28 mA (24 V DC)
800 mW
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2

1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126

Ordering data

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183

Description

Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

NAMUR isolation amplifier

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

124

PHOENIX CONTACT

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T1)
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP1)

2865023
2924278

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

+

CH1
+

4.2
4.1

3.2

3.2 -

3.1

3.1 +

2.2

2.2 -

2.1

2.1 +

DI

-

IN1

OUT1

IN2

OUT2

CH2
+

5.2

DI

5.1

+

Faultsignal

+

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)

Power

POWER

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5 kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Transistor output, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 34 mA (24 V DC)
1000 mW
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)

Output 1/output 2

1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128

Description

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T1)
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP1)

2865036
2924281

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

125

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories

3.1

14
12 Fault out
11

2.2

–

3.3
3.2

2.1

Faultsignal

Power and error message module
Power and error message module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN
rail connectors and signaling line faults and
power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled
from diode, protected against polarization
– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault
– Bus cable fault message for
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices
connected via DIN rail connectors
– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in zone 2 permissible

LFD

+

1.2

–

1.1

+

PWR 2

H
D

W

PWR 1

+24V

GND


Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Output data
Maximum output signal
Output voltage
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Current consumption
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Fuse
Status indication

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
3.75 A
(Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A)
Relay
1 PDT
Gold (Au)
50 V AC (2 A)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Polyamide (PA 6.6)
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 61010

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP

2865625
2924184

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Supply and error message module, including the relevant
DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

126

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories

ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX
analog modules
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module
replaced even while process is active
– Inter-extendable

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

2869728

10

DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval

Accessories

Marking material for device marking
– For device marking inside the control cabinet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range

Ordering data
Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

white

UC-EMLP (11X9)

0819291

10

white

UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS

0824547

1

UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

127

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... termination carriers are compact solutions for quickly and smoothly connecting DIN rail devices from the MACX
Analog Ex series to input/output cards of
automation systems using system cabling.
The termination carriers combine the advantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.

Compact
– Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
design
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from modules
– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in and coded cable sets

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Flexible
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of channels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with different system plug types

Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety

128

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers

D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
1 A (Signal/channel)
50 V
II
2
0.5 kV
DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
IP20
-40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)

Shock
Vibration (operation)
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse
Status indication

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
V0
244 / 170 / 160 mm
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged)
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 PDT
Au
50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)

Switching output
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1)

2924854
2902932

1
1

2865625
2924184
2865599

1
1
1

Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

CH16
-

+

3.1

3.2

15
34
-

CH15
3.1

3.2

14
33

CH14
+

-

3.2

13
32

CH13
-

+

3.1

3.2

12
31

CH12
-

+

3.1

+

3.1

3.2

11
30

CH11
-

+

3.1

3.2

10
29

CH10
+

-

3.2

3.1

CH9

+

-

3.2

3.1

8
27

CH8

+

-

3.2

3.1

7
26

CH7
-

3.2

3.1

6
25

CH6

+

-

3.2

5
24

CH5
-

+

3.1

3.2

4
23

CH4
-

+

+

3.1

3.2

3.1

3
22

CH3

+

-

3.2

3.1

2
21

CH2

+

-

3.2

3.1

X1 DSUB 37

1
20

CH1
3.2

-

PTSM

+

3.1

5 (+)
6 (-) PWR2

PW2
2.2

Alarm
1
2

3 (+)
4 (-) PWR1

1.2
3.2
2.1

X20 COMBICON

HART multiplexer, 32-channel

9
28

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP
MACX MCR-S-MUX

16
35

Accessories
Supply and error message module

PW1

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

1.1

Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of
various automation systems are available, planned or can be implemented according to your specifications.

Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Maximum operating voltage
Maximum permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution degree
Rated surge voltage
Air and creepage distances
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range

3.1

Notes:

Housing width 244 mm

MACX
MCRPTB

The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MACX Analog series to analog or
binary input/output cards of automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
termination carrier design, when combined
with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer, also enables communication between HART-capable field devices and a
management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Ex i-)isolating amplifiers
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos.
D-SUB plug-in connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

129

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays

Also for special applications
MCR Analog isolating amplifiers and digital displays – for special applications using
signal processing.
Isolating amplifiers in the MCR Analog
range can be used to record temperatures
directly in the field, for example, or to convert digital signals into analog signals. You
can monitor your process values using digital displays.
Choose the right MACX Analog
isolating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN/Analog OUT
– Configurable signal multipliers to double
standard analog signals
– Configurable loop-powered isolators and
standard passive isolators for temperature
– Programmable temperature transducers
– Configurable temperature transducers
for Pt 100
– Temperature relay for Pt 100
– Programmable loop-powered temperature transducers.

130

PHOENIX CONTACT

Frequency
– Programmable frequency transducers for
frequencies of up to 120 kHz
Limit value switches
– Limit value switches for standard analog
signals
Digital displays
– Programmable digital displays for
standard signals
– Setpoint adjuster

Your advantages:
– High operational reliability in the event of
disturbances, thanks to electrical isolation
– User-friendly wiring, thanks to plug-in
connection terminal blocks
– Easy configuration via software,
DIP switches or display keypad
– Digital displays can be programmed without software: via the keypad on the front
– The digital displays are easy to read,
thanks to the large five-digit display

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier

D W
H

IN
IN I/U 1
GND 1 2

IN

U,I

U,I

OUT
U,

U

OUT

5 OUT I/U
6 GND 2

7 +20...30V
8 GND 3

With fixed signal combinations

POWER


Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Processing standard signals
– Fixed setting of input and output signals
– 3-way isolation
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Linear transmission range
(in reference to the output range end value)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

U input
0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V
30 V
100 kΩ
U output
0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V
15 V
≥ 10 kΩ
0% ... 105%
-110% ... 110%
(Bipolar signals)

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
50 Ω
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
30 mA
≤ 500 Ω
-5% ... 105%

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 15 mA (without load)
≤ 0.3% (of final value), typ. < 0.2% (of final value)
< 0.015%/K
30 Hz
11 ms
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Input signal
Output signal
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA

MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC1)
MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC1)
MCR-C-U-U-DC1)
MCR-C-I-I-00-DC1)

2814537
2814511
2814469
2814508

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5
5
5
5

131

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal multiplier

D W
H

OUT
OUT I2 1
OUT U2 2
GND 2 3

OUT1
U,I
IN

U,I

U,I

OUT2

OUT

D

A
D

IN I 4
IN U 5
GND 3 6

A

7 OUT I1
8 OUT U1
9 GND 1
+24V DC
GND 4
12 GND 4

10

A
D

11

With freely configurable input and two outputs

IN

POWER


Ex: 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

– 4-way isolation
– Calibrated reversible input and output
signals
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal

U input
0 V ... 12 V
(freely selectable in 0.1 V steps)

Measuring range span
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

min. 4 V
30 V
200 kΩ
U output
refer to the order key

I input
0 mA ... 24 mA
(freely selectable in 0.1 mA
steps)
min. 8 mA
50 mA
50 Ω
I output
refer to the order key

Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error

15 V
≥ 10 kΩ

35 mA
≤ 600 Ω

Temperature coefficient
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

< 0.015%/K, typ. 0.0075%/K
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 55°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 25 mA
≤ 0.15% (of final value), typ. 0.05% (of final value)

CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations

Ordering data

132

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR signal multiplier, for multiplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration
Standard configuration

MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI1)
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC1)

2814854
2814867

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Order key for MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI (standard configuration entered as an example)

Order No.
2814854

Input signal (standard and special signals)
Initial value
Final value
/
0.0
/

Input signal
/
I
I = Current
U = Voltage

Output signal (standard signals)
Output 1
Output 2
/
OUT01
/
OUT01

20.0

0.0 = 0.0 mA
I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA

20.0 = 20.0 mA
I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA

U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V

U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT16

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
0...10 mA

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT16

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
/
NONE

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
0...10 mA

NONE
YES

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

8.0 mA/4.0 V min. measuring range span
0.1 mA/0.1 V increment

Ordering examples:
2814854

/

Input signal (standard and special signals)
Initial value
Final value
/
5.3
/

I
I = Current

I = 5.3 mA

I

Output signal (standard signals)
Output 1
Output 2
/
OUT01
/
OUT01

13.3

= 13.3 mA

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

NONE

= without FCC

NONE

= without FCC

8.0 mA measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.

2814854

/

U

/

U = Voltage

7.8

/

U = 7.8 V

11.8

/

OUT01

/

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

U = 11.8 V

OUT03

/

OUT03 = 0...10 V

NONE

4.0 V measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.

Combination table for input and output signals that can be set via DIP switches

Input

0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 mA
2...10 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Output 1
0...10 V

0...5 V

1...5 V

2...10 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Output 2
0...10 V

0...5 V

1...5 V

2...10 V

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

Application example: level measurement with subsequent signal multiplication

Level sensor
0...20mA
24V

0...20mA

IN

OUT 2
I2

I

5

U

2

U2

6

GND 3

3

GND 2

1

MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI
POWER

4

7

POWER
+24V

U1

8

GND 4

11

GND 1

9

GND 4

12

OUT 1
I

10

Controller
0...10V
15m3

24V

Mains voltage

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

133

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators

D W
H

IN

IN

I

(+) 0-20mA 1
(-) GND 2

OUT

I

OUT
5 (+) 20mA
6 (-) GND

1-channel,
with safe isolation


Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Electrical isolation without additional
auxiliary power supply
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA
– Safe isolation
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB

Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current
Maximum input voltage
Input voltage limitation
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage input/output
Protection against electric shock

Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
< 50 µA
50 mA (100 mA overload)
30 V (30 V overload)
33 V 5% (with Zener diode)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 50 mA
≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
< 5 mV (rms)
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
0.02% (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Increased insulation according to DIN EN 61 010 part 1 and safe isolation according to VDE 0100 part 410 along the lines of VDE 0106
part 101 up to 300 V AC/DC for surge voltage category II and pollution degree 2 between all isolated distances.

-10°C ... 70°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV

2814841

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power

Input voltage in relation to load for IA = 20 mA
UB

UE [V]
25

UV = 2,5 V

I
UE

I

I
RB

I
MCR-1CLP

The diagram shows input voltage UI in relation to load RB taking
into account voltage failure UV.
If the load is known, the minimum voltage the sensor must supply in order to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive
isolator and the load can be read on the Y-axis.

20
15
10
5
UV= 2,5 V

UE [Ω]

0
0

134

PHOENIX CONTACT

200

400

600

800

1000

1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators

D W
H

IN

IN

I

5 (+) 20mA
6 (-) GND

(+) 0-20mA 1
(-) GND 2

OUT

I

OUT

1-, 2- or 4-channel options


Technical data

– Electrical isolation without additional
auxiliary power supply
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA
– Alternatively 1-, 2- or 4-channel version
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB

Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current
Maximum input voltage
Input voltage limitation
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
< 50 µA
50 mA (100 mA overload)
30 V (30 V overload)
33 V (with Zener diode)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 50 mA
≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)

Ripple
General data
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient

< 5 mV (rms)

Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

510 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-10°C ... 70°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.02% (of measured value)
≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
1-channel
12.5 mm wide
2-channel
12.5 mm wide
4-channel
22.5 mm wide

MCR-1CLP-I-I-00
MCR-2CLP-I-I-00
MCR-4CLP-I-I-00

2814016
2814029
2814045

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

Flow measurement
UB

Magnetic inductive flow sensor

UV = 2,5 V

I
UE

I

I

24V

RB

I

0...20mA
0...20mA
1

I

2

GND 1

MCR-1CLP-I-I-00
IN

MCR-1CLP

I

5

GND 2

6

OUT

Controller

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

135

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer

D W
H

IN

OUT

1
2

D

7

D

C

A

3

U,I
IN

4

OUT

NC

5

NC

6

8
9
10

=
=

(+) 24VDC

11

SP

12

(-) GND

POWER

For resistance thermometers, thermocouples,
resistance-type sensors, and mV sources


Ex: 
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

– For resistance thermometers and
thermocouples
– Measure differential temperatures
– With transistor switching output
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
– Option of inverse output signal ranges

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistor
Voltage
Temperature range

-20 mV ... 2400 mV
(freely adjustable, minimum measuring range span of 10 mV)
(Depending on sensor type used)

Sensor input current

250 µA (resistance thermometer)

Output data
Output signal

U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
±12 V
24 mA
±12 bit
±12 bit
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP
-12 V ... 12 V
0 A ... 24 mA
-12 V ... 12 V
0 A ... 24 mA
Transistor output, pnp
Can carry a load of 100 mA, switches supply voltage (not protected
against short-circuit); locked in case of order-specific configuration,
otherwise freely programmable through MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
U, T, L, J, E, K, N, S, R, B, C, W, HK
0 Ω ... 8000 Ω (freely adjustable, min. measuring range 100 Ω)

Maximum output signal
D/A resolution
Load RB
Ripple
Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange
Switching output

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
GL

18 V DC ... 30 V DC
≤ 60 mA, typ. 40 mA
≤ 0.1% (of maximum range, ±6 mV or ±12 µA at output)
≤ 3 K, typ. 1.5 K
≤ 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
Germanischer Lloyd

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Order configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration, without electrical isolation

MCR-T-UI-E1)
MCR-T-UI-E-NC1)
MCR-T-UI1)

2814113
2814126
2814090

1
1
1

Standard configuration, without electrical isolation

MCR-T-UI-NC1)

2814100

1

MCR temperature measuring transducers, for resistance
thermometers and thermocouple sensors, with electrical isolation
of input/output and input/supply voltage

136

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Order key for MCR-T-UI(-E)... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Sensor type
Order No.
2814113

/

PT100
See tables
under “Sensor type”

2814113 =
MCR-T-UI-E

Input characteristic curve
/

D

/

D = DIN
S = SAMA (see table)

2
3
4
0

0 = for Ni1000 (Landis & Gyr),
Cu10, Cu50, Cu53,
KTY81-110,
thermocouple,
resistor,
potentiometer,
voltage

2814090 =
MCR-T-UI

Connection
technology
3

Resistance thermometers
Sensor type

1)

PT...
NI...
Ni1000
CU10
CU50
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

/

= 2-conductor
= 3-conductor
= 4-conductor
= for
thermocouple,
resistor,
potentiometer,
voltage

Measuring range:
Start
End
-200.0
/
+850.0
for 0 mA
(e.g., 200.0°C)

/

for 20 mA
(e.g.,
+850.0°C)

MeasurOutput
ing unit
C
/
OUT02
=
=
=
=
=

C
F
V
O
P

°C
°F
mV
W
%

OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT05
OUT13
OUT14

Thermocouples

Standard
Measuring
(input charac- range
teristic curve)

Smallest
measuring
range span

DIN/SAMA
-200°C ... 850°C
DIN/SAMA
-60°C ... 180°C
Landis & Gyr -50°C ... 160°C
SAMA
-70°C ... 500°C
–
-50°C ... 200°C
–
-50°C ... 180°C
Philips
-55°C ... 150°C
–
-40°C ... 300°C

Thermocouple

Measuring range

U
T
L
J
E
K
N
S
R
B
C
W
HK

Cu-CuNi
Cu-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
NiCr-CuNi
NiCr-Ni
NiCrSi-NiSi
Pt10Rh-Pt
Pt13Rh-Pt
Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh

-200°C ...
-200°C ...
-200°C ...
-210°C ...
-226°C ...
-200°C ...
-200°C ...
-50°C ...
-50°C ...
500°C ...
-18°C ...
-18°C ...
-200°C ...

Temperature ranges according to IEC 60751/EN 60751 and
DIN 43760 SAMA RC 21-4-1966 with 2, 3 or 4-conductor circuit.
1) Note: Pt sensors in increments of 10, 20, ...100 and
100, 200, ...1000, 2000.
KTY81 = KTY81-110.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.

2)

2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
0...5 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V

Output characFactory calibration
teristic curve
certificate (FCC)
N
/
NONE
N = Normal
I = Inverse

= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)

NONE
YES

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)

Resistors, potentiometers, mV voltages

Sensor
type

0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

Sensor
type

Smallest
measuring
range span

600°C
400°C
900°C
1200°C
1000°C
1372°C
1300°C
1768°C
1768°C
1820°C
2316°C
2316°C
800°C

>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>4K
>4K
> 10 K
>4K
>4K
>1K

Input

Measuring range

Smallest
measuring
range span

RES

Resistor

0  ... 8000 
(2-conductor)

2

POT

Potentiometer
(max. 8 k)

0 ... 100%
(3-conductor)

0.2%

V01

Voltage

-20 mV ...+2400 mV

2 mV

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

2)

Thermocouples according to IEC 60584/EN 60584.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.

Ordering examples with different input versions:
Resistance thermometer

2814113 /

PT100

/

D

/

3

/

-200.0

/

+850.0

/

C

/

OUT02

/

N

/

NONE

(Configuration for 3-conductor Pt 100 sensor; according to DIN from -200.0°C to +850.0°C with 4 ... 20 mA output characteristic curve)
Thermocouple

2814113 /

J

/

0

/

0

/

-346

/

+2192

/

F

/

OUT02

/

I

/

NONE

(Configuration for type J thermocouple from -346°F to +2192°F with 20 ... 4 mA output characteristic curve)
Voltage

2814113 /

V01

/

0

/

0

/

-10

/

1200

/

V

/

OUT03

/

I

/

NONE

/

OUT05

/

N

/

NONE

OUT02

/

N

/

NONE

(Configuration for voltage input from -10 mV to +1200 mV with 10 ... 0 V output characteristic curve)
Resistor

2814113 /

RES

/

0

/

0

/

0

/

7500

/

O

(Configuration for connecting a resistor varying between 0  and 7500 . The output signal is 0 ... 5 V.)

(2-conductor connection)
Potentiometer

2814113 /

(3-conductor connection)

POT

/

0

/

0

/

10

/

90

/

P

/

(Configuration for connecting a 3-conductor potentiometer, where 10 … 90% of the range is used. The output signal is 4 … 20 mA.)

Application examples:
Resistance thermometer: 2-conductor connection technology

Resistance thermometer: 3-conductor connection technology

R L1
1

R,

R L2

3

MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power

7 10

+24 V DC
GND

R L2

OUT I
GND

R L3

Output: 0(4) ... 20 mA current signal

Potentiometer

R L1
MCR-T-UI-E

1

9 12

Application:
• For short distances (< 10 m)
Please note:
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measurement result directly and falsify the result accordingly (example
for Pt 100: 0.385  = 1 K).
Compensation of 5% is possible.

Resistance thermometer: 4-conductor connection technology

R L1
10
8

2
Mode Power

3

+24 V DC
GND

4

R L2
R L3

9 12

OUT U
GND

Thermocouple: absolute temperature measurement

MCR-T-UI-E

10

11
Mode Power

+24 V DC
GND

9 12

SP

Output:
0 ... (5)10 V, (5)10 V voltage signal

Application:
• For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR
module (RL1, RL2, RL3  25 )
Please note:
• To compensate the cable resistance, all cable resistances must
have exactly the same values (RL1 = RL2 = RL3)

1
2
3

R L4

Output: switching output

Application:
• For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR
module and different cable resistances (RL1  RL2  RL3  RL4)
Please note:
• The cable resistance (RL2 + RL4) must not exceed a value of
50 .

Thermocouple: differential temperature measurement

R L1
1

MCR-T-UI-E

3

R L2

7 10
8 11

2

R

Mode Power

+24 V DC
GND

9 12

mV / TC

+
-

1

MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power

OUT I
GND

Application:
• For short distances and gradual changes.
Please note:
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measurement result directly and falsify the result accordingly. Compensation of 5% is possible.

7 10
8 11

2

+24 V DC
GND

9 12

TC
TC

1

+
-

MCR-T-UI-E

7 10
8 11

2
6

Mode Power

+24 V DC
GND

9 12

OUT I
GND

OUT I
GND

Application:
• Connecting a thermocouple or an mV signal.
Note:
• Activate cold junction compensation for the device in the case
of thermocouple measurements.

+
-

Application:
• Differential temperature measurement with thermocouples.
• Deactivate cold junction compensation for the device.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

137

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer

D W
H

IN

OUT

1

7

U
U

2

9

3
=

4

IN

U,I

=

Shield 5

OUT

Shield 6

PT100

OUT U/I

8
GND 1
10

(+) 24VDC

11

GND 2

12

GND 2

Power

POWER

For Pt 100, either voltage or current output

MM


Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers
Temperature range

– Temperature range adjustable via
DIP switch
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment
– Open circuit detection
– Alternatively with galvanically isolated
supply voltage

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
0°C ... 300°C (0 ... 100/150/200/300) /
-50°C ... 250°C (-50 ... 50/100/150/250)
Approx. 1 mA
U output
I output
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
15 V
30 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 500 Ω
> 11 V
> 22 mA
...-U-DC
...-I-DC
...-U
...-I
20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC
35 mA
60 mA
20 mA
45 mA
≤ 0.4% (of final value)
≤ 0.02%/K
±5% / ±5%
11 ms
750 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Sensor input current
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Output signal with open circuit
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Step response (10 - 90%)
Test voltage power supply/signal
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Notes:
When ordering, you must use the order key to specify the desired
configuration.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature
sensors with 2, 3, 4-conductor technology with electrically isolated
supply voltage
Output: 0..0.10 V
Output: 0...(4)20 mA
Output: 0...10 V, without electrical isolation

MCR-PT100-U-DC1)
MCR-PT100-I-DC1)
MCR-PT100-U1)

2810311
2810337
2810340

1
1
1

Output: 0...(4)20 mA, without electrical isolation

MCR-PT100-I1)

2810353

1

Order key MCR-PT100-...(-DC) (standard configuration entered as example)

Order No.
2810337
2810311 = MCR-PT100-U-DC
2810337 = MCR-PT100-I-DC
2810340 = MCR-PT100-U
2810353 = MCR-PT100-I

138

PHOENIX CONTACT

Connection
method
/
3
2 = 2-conductor
3 = 3-conductor
4 = 4-conductor

Temperature range
/
TR01
TR02
TR03
TR04
TR05
TR06
TR07
TR08

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

TR05
-50...+50°C
-50...+100°C
-50...+150°C
-50...+250°C
0...100°C
0...150°C
0...200°C
0...300°C

Output
/

OUT02
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
With the devices:
2810311 MCR-PT100-U-DC
2810340 MCR-PT100-U
The output signal is 0...10 V. No details
are necessary.

Factory calibration
certificate
/
NONE
NONE = Without certificate
YES
= With factory
calibration
certificate (fee)
YESPLUS = Factory
calibration
certificate with
5 measuring
points (fee)

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature relay

D W
H

IN

SETPOINT

1
Pt 100

U

2

IN

OUT

5

11

6

12

OUT
+24 VDC 3

PT100

DC

GND 4

POWER

DC

7

11

8

14

For Pt 100


Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Switching point in the temperature range
from -100°C ... +700°C freely selectable
– Changeover relay output
– Galvanically isolated
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Temperature range
Sensor input current
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching current
Operate delay time
Off delay time
Switching hysteresis

Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2-conductor
-100°C ... 700°C
Approx. 1 mA
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Approx. 6 ms
Approx. 200 ms
Adjustable using DIP switches (0.5 K, 2 K, 3 K, 5 K)

Error/status indicator

Red LED (short-circuit/wire break) / Yellow LED (relay active)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Linearity error
Setting accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 0.1%
< 1%, typ. < 0.5%
< 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-PT100-SP1)

2814948

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR-SL-PT100-SP

MCR temperature relay, for Pt 100 in 2-conductor system

Pt 100

1

SP
ERROR

10

0

20
K
30

50

40

SETPOINT
IN

GND

+24V

1 2
3 4

24V

Application example - Temperature control of a heated medium
1 = mains voltage

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

139

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer

D W
H

IN

-

OUT

1
2

IN

I

POWER

DC
D

C

DC

5 OUT I

D
A

IN

6 POWER

3

OUT
+

Loop-powered,
programmable

4


Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers

– Two-wire transmitter for resistance
thermometers, thermocouples,
resistance-type, and voltage sensors
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000);
minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U;
minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K
(Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω;
minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω)

Thermocouple sensors
Resistor

Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
(Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output))

Output signal with short-circuit

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error

-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Step response (10 - 90%)
Pickup delay
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

12 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
<2s
4s
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40°C ... 85°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-T-LP-I

2864561

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and
voltage sensors

140

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer

D W
H

IN

OUT

1
2

IN

I
PT100

POWER

DC
D

C

DC

5 OUT I

D
A

IN

6 POWER

3

OUT

Loop-powered,
programmable

4


Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

– Two-wire transmitter for
Pt 100 resistance thermometers
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149

Input data
Resistance thermometers

Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor

Output data
Output signal
Load RB

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
(Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output))

Output signal with short-circuit
Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error
Resistance thermometers
Step response (10 - 90%)
Pickup delay
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

12 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K
<2s
4s
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-40°C ... 85°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I

2864558

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for Pt 100 resistance thermometer

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

141

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature head transmitter

IN

OUT

3
4

IN

POWER

I

DC
D

C

DC

1 OUT I

D
A

IN

2 POWER

5

OUT

Loop-powered,
programmable

6


Ex: 
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers

– Two-wire transmitter for resistance
thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and voltage sensors
– For mounting in the connecting head,
form B
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000);
minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U;
minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K
(Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω;
minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω)

Thermocouple sensors
Resistor

Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
(Max (Vsupply - 8 V) / 0.025 A (current output))

Output signal with short-circuit

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error

-10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Step response (10 - 90%)
Pickup delay
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

8 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
<2s
6s
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
-40°C ... 85°C
Any
Polycarbonate, PC
0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-HT-T-I

2864529

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type, and
voltage sensors

∅44
∅33

4

6

2

∅7

∅5

5

3

21

1

142

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature head transmitter

IN

OUT

3
4

IN

POWER

I
PT100

D
D

C

A

1

OUT I

2

IN
POWER

5

OUT

Loop-powered,
programmable

6


Ex: 
Technical data

– Two-wire transmitter for Pt 100
resistance thermometers
– For mounting in the connecting head,
form B
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond.connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149

Input data
Resistance thermometers

Pt 100 ; minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor

Output data
Output signal
Load RB

4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
(Max (Vsupply - 10 V) / 0.023 A (current output))

Output signal with short-circuit
Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error
Step response (10 - 90%)
Pickup delay
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Resistance thermometers

10 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K
<2s
4s
IP00, IP54 (integrated in the connecting head)
-40°C ... 85°C
Any
Polycarbonate, PC
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I

2864516

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, loop-powered
for Pt 100 resistance thermometer

1

∅44
∅33

4

6

2

∅7

∅5

5

3

21

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

143

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Frequency
Frequency transducer

D W
H

NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact

U,I
IN

f,U,I

1
2

+8,2 V

3
4

f in

5
6

NPN
PNP
+15 V

DC
DC

Namur
IN

DC

GND 1

mC

A

OUT
0-10 V

7

U in

8

I in

0-20 mA

D

D
D

+24 V
GND

11

SW

12

GND

13

NC

14

I OUT

15
16

U OUT
GND 2

A

D
A

POWER

9
10

A

Programmable,
for frequencies of up to 120 kHz


Ex: 
Housing width 45 mm

Technical data

– Frequencies up to 120 kHz
– For NAMUR sensors, floating contacts,
frequency generators, and NPN/PNP
transistor outputs
– Analog and switching output
– 3-way isolation
– Programmable using membrane keypad or
software
– Display of input or output signal
Notes:
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Frequency range
Input sources

Transducer supply
Signal level

Maximum input signal
Signal form
Pulse length
Resolution
Signal conversion time
Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Resolution
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
Switching output

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Step response (10 - 90%)
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Status indication
Operating elements
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
GL

Frequency input
0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz
NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
Frequency generator
Approx. 15 V DC / max. 25 mA (constant)
2 VPP (In case of rectangle 0.1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
2 VPP (In case of sine 8 Hz ... 120 kHz)
13 VPP (In case of sine 1 Hz ... 120 kHz)
30 V (incl. DC voltage)
Any
≥ 1 µs
> 12 bit
≤ 32 ms
Isolating amplifier function
0 V ... 10 V (freely adjustable)
0 mA ... 20 mA (freely adjustable)
12 V
24 mA
95 kΩ
200 Ω
14 bit (full-scale)
14 bit (full-scale)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
12.5 V
25 mA
≥ 500 Ω
≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP
Transistor output, pnp
Switches supply voltage to terminal block SW, can carry a load of
100 mA, not protected against short-circuit

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA (without load, without switching output)
≤ 0.15% (of measured value), typ. 0.1%
0.015%/K, typ. 0.01%/K
±25% / ±25%
< 25 ms
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C (for specified data)
LC display
Membrane keypad with 3 keys and LCD display
ASA-PC (V0)
45 / 75 / 110 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
Germanischer Lloyd

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-F-UI-DC1)

2814605

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR frequency measuring transducer, for conversion of
frequencies into analog signals 0(4)...20 mA, 0...(5)10 V and
their inverse signals

144

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Connection examples for common frequency transmitters

7 U IN

bu

bk

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

7 U IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

Incremental rotary transducer with push-pull:
• Supply of the external signaling encoder
UB = 5-30 V DC

UB = 0 V DC

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

UB = 24 V DC

K1, K2, K0
K1, K2, K0

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V
7 U IN

7 U IN
UB = 0 V

• Supply of the signaling encoder from the module
15 V/25 mA

8 I IN

• Supply of the signaling encoder from the module

The external supply can
be picked off by
terminal blocks 9
+24VDC and 0 GND
as well.
Any 3-way isolation
then no longer applies.

15 V/25 mA

K1, K2, K0
K1, K2, K0

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN
4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

7 U IN

7 U IN

7 U IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

8 I IN

Application examples:
The MCR-F-UI-DC frequency
transducer converts the pulse signal into an
analog standard signal that provides
information about the numbers of bottles in
filling systems recorded in a defined time
unit.
For speed measurements, it is possible
to enter the measuring range in revolutions
per minute (rpm) and to display the current
measured value on the device.
The frequency measuring transducer has
an automatic measuring range selection
function (autorange) to ensure the best
possible resolution. This permits response
times to be reduced to a minimum and the
measured value is optimally adapted to the
input value.

MCR-f-UI-DC

Incremental rotary transducer with HTL logic:
• Supply of the external signaling encoder

8 I IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

bk

bn

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

8 I IN

• With NPN transistor output

wh

bu

7 U IN

8 I IN

npn

bk

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

7 U IN

7 U IN

bn

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

bn
npn

• NPN transistor with pull-up resistance

MCR-f-UI-DC

• With NPN transistor output

MCR-f-UI-DC

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

bu

bn

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

MCR-f-UI-DC

bk
wh

bu

8 I IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

pnp

bk

8 I IN

4-wire DC
• With PNP transistor output

bu

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

8 I IN

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

bn

bk

7 U IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

bu

pnp

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

7 U IN

2-wire DC NAMUR sensor
bn

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

bu

MCR-f-UI-DC

4 GND1
NPN
5 PNP
6 +15 V

bn

Terminal block 1
also possible instead
of terminal block 6.

MCR-f-UI-DC

1 +8,2 V
2 NAMUR
IN
3 f IN

MCR-f-UI-DC

bu

3-wire DC
• PNP transistor with pull-down resistance

MCR-f-UI-DC

bn

3-wire DC
• With PNP transistor output

MCR-f-UI-DC

2-wire DC (mechanical contact)

Application example:
Flow measurement
1
2
3
4
NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact

5
6

+8,2 V

DC
DC

Namur
IN
F in

11 SW

GND 1

μC

NPN
PNP

0-10 V

7
8

24 V

13 NC
A

0-20 mA

12 GND

+15 V

NAMUR sensor

9 +24 V
10 GND

DC

U in

A

D
A

I in

14 I OUT

D

Mains voltage
15 U OUT

D
A

D

16 GND 2

Control system

Application example:
Measurement of revolutions of a drive
1
2
3
4
NPN
PNP
Dry
Contact

5
6

+8,2 V

DC
DC

Namur
IN
F in

11 SW

GND 1

μC

NPN
PNP

0-10 V

7
8

12 GND

U in

14 I OUT

D
A

D
A

I in

24 V

13 NC

+15 V

A

0-20 mA

9 +24 V
10 GND

DC

Mains voltage
15 U OUT

D
D

A

16 GND 2

NAMUR
Actuated:
 1.2 mA
Not actuated:  2.1 mA

Control system

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

145

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Programmable limit value switch

45

110

75

IN

,U,I,R

OUT

MCR-PSP-DC
POWER


(+) 24 VDC 1
POWER
2
(-) GND

– For thermocouple sensors, resistance
thermometers, and linear resistors
– For current or voltage signals
– Four independently adjustable switching
thresholds
– With or without electrical isolation of
input signals
– Programming via membrane keypad or
MCR-PICONF-WIN software
– Continuous measured value display

-

9

0000

10

MM
shield
IN

3
4

12
11
14

I (±)
12
U (±)
13 GND (±)
14
U (-)
15
U (+)
16
I
11

D

μC

5

A

OUT
22
21
24

Technical data
Input data
Input sources

Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Measuring rate
Input resistance
Discontinuous control resolution
Switching output
Contact type

Current / voltage

Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Mechanical service life
Response delay
Status indication
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage input/power supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Status indication
Mounting
Housing material
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Description

6
7
8

E

Resistance thermometer 2, 3 or 4-conductor system (according to
DIN 43760/DIN IEC 751 or SAMA RC 21-4-1966), e.g., PT sensors,
Ni sensors, etc.
Thermocouple sensors (according to DIN IEC 584-1/DIN 43710):
B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U
Resistance: 0 kΩ ... 8 kΩ (only 2-conductor connection)
Current: - 30 mA...+30 mA
Voltage: - 30 V...+30 V
2 Hz
50 Ω / 200 kΩ
0.1°C / 0.01 V / 0.01 mA / 0.1 Ω
2 x PDT contact, / 2 switching points each, pick-up/drop-out
(can be switched)
AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated)
250 V AC
2 A AC
2 x 107 cycles
0 s ... 2 s (adjustable)
LED display
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA
0.1% (of final value)
≤ 0.01%/K
1 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
5-position 7-segment display and LEDs
Any
ABS
CE-compliant
cULus

Type

Order No.

MCR-PSP-DC1)
MCR-PSP1)

2811925
2811912

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR threshold value switch, with two relay contacts
With electrically isolated input

146

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Limit values,
threshold value switch

D W
H

OUT

IN

IN I/U 1
GND 1 2
GND 1 3

IN

U,I

3x

OUT

POWER

12
11
14

0

A B C

IN

4
5
6

7 OUT A
8 OUT B
9 OUT C
+ 24VDC
GND 2
12 GND 2

10

For either standard voltage or
standard current signals

11


Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

–
–
–
–
–

0 ... 10 V or 0 ... 20 mA input
Relay/transistor output
Limit indicator
Adjustable hysteresis
Monitoring of three signal statuses

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Limit value setting
Setting range of the limit value
Setting range for the hysteresis

MCR-SWS-U1)
MCR-SWS-I1)
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
11 V
22 mA
≥ 100 kΩ
≤ 120 Ω
Setting potentiometer, scaled 270° potentiometer
0 V ... 10 V
0 A ... 20 mA
0.1 V ... 10 V
0.2 mA ... 20 mA
(setting accuracy: ±30 mV)
(setting accuracy: ±60 µA)

Internal hysteresis

±30 mV (around the lower/upper
switching point)

Switching output
Number of outputs
Output voltage
Continuous load current
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Mechanical service life
Error/status indicator
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Transistor output, pnp
3
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
100 mA
Relay output
1 PDT
AgNi 0,15 + HTV (hard gold-plated)
250 V AC (30 V DC)
2A
107 cycles

Notes:

±60 µA (around the lower/upper
switching point)

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
Typ. 60 mA
≤ 0.02%/K
< 25 ms
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR threshold value switch, with adjustable hysteresis and
relay/transistor output
Input: 0..0.10 V
Input: 0(4) - 20 mA

MCR-SWS-U1)
MCR-SWS-I1)

2766465
2766478

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

147

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Setpoint value potentiometer
D W
H

Uref
IN

OUT
U

10 V

Sw

0V

0V


Housing width 30 mm

Technical data

– For direct setpoint definition in combination with a constant voltage source
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Resistance value
Linearity

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
4.7 kΩ ±20%
5% (of final value)

EMG 30-SP-10K LIN
10 kΩ ±20%
5% (of final value)

Load capacity
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG

1W

0.5 W

0°C ... 40°C
Any
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F
30 / 75 / 68 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

2940252
2942124

10
10

2902822
2902823

1
1

Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ
Resistance value 10 kΩ

Accessories
MCR constant voltage source
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection

148

PHOENIX CONTACT

MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1)

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Accessories
Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable MCR measuring transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
Notes:
The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

1

2814317

1

MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

Accessories
Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces.)

MCR-ET 38X35 WH

USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
The following adapter cables are available
for programming:
– USB adapter cable
– Interface converter
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

The following modules are supported:
MCR-T-UI(-E)...
MCR-F-UI-DC
MCR-PSP...
MCR-FL-T-LP-I
MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I
MCR-FL-HT-T-I
MCR-SL-HT-PT100-I

Data cable

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

MCR-TTL-RS232-E

2814388

1

MCR-TTL-RS232

2814391

1

2309000

1

2761295

1

USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB),
1.2 m long, for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and
MCR-F-... modules

Software adapter cable (6-pos./D-SUB 25-pos.), 1.5 m length,
for programming MCR-PSP modules

Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection,
for programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules
MCR-PAC-T-USB

Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded,
9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

149

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN
standard signals

10 VDC/30 mA

1

GND 1 2

-

GND 1 3

μC

LATCH 4

U,I

IN

00000
IN

I 5
GND 2 6
U 7

A
D

0000

For standard analog signals, programmable

POWER


Housing width 48 mm

Technical data

– For 0 ... 10 V and 0(4) ... 20 mA standard
analog signals
– Programmable
– 5 positions displayed
– 8 mm LED, 7-segment
– Galvanically isolated
– Min./max. value saving
– Freely programmable decimal point
display
– Latch/hold function for storing the display
value
– Display 48 x 24 mm

Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance

U input
0 ... 10 V
30 V DC
> 1 MΩ

Resolution
Measuring rate
Input latch signal
Switching level

1 mV
0.5 to 2 measurements/second
Display stop
4 V DC ... 30 V DC
0 V DC ... 2 V DC

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)

I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
(approx. 100 Ω with 5 mA /
approx. 70 Ω with 20 mA)
2 µA

Output data
Display
Number of the displayed positions
Accuracy

7-segment LED; 8 mm; red
5
< 0.1% ±1 digit (At an ambient temperature of 20°C)

General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Data memory

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
EEPROM 1 mil. memory cycles or 10 years

Resolution A/D
System hum suppression
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Control panel cutout
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

14 bit
Digital filtering 50/60 Hz
500 Vrms (50/60 Hz, 1 min.)
IP65 from the front
-10°C ... 50°C
Macrolon 2405
48 / 24 / 68 mm
22(+0.6)x45(+0.8) mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR digital display, for measurement and display of
standard signals
MCR-SL-D-U-I

2864011

1

2810081

1

Accessories
MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing

150

PHOENIX CONTACT

59

max. 19,3

24

48

MCR-SL-D-RA

Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog OUT
setpoint adjuster

0000

Uref
Iref

+10...30 V

1

GND 1

2

HOLD

4

GND 2

3

DC
DC

7
µC

OUT
IN

0000

6

D
A

5

0...12 V
U OUT
GND 3
I OUT
0...24 mA

With manual and automatic ramp function

POWER


Housing width 48 mm

Technical data

– Manual setpoint definition with step
width setting
– Manual setpoint definition via direct input
– Automatic setpoint definition with hold
function and 20 support points
– Highly adjustable 0 ... 12 V or 0 ... 24 mA
signal ranges
– Data backup in case of a power failure
– Display value parameterization
– Electrical isolation between output and
supply

Input data
Display
Number of the displayed positions
Switching level

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)

Output data
Output signal
Length of step
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Control panel cutout
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

7-segment, 8 mm, red
4
4 V DC ... 30 V DC
0 V DC ... 2 V DC
U output
0 ... 12 V
10 mV
≥ 2 kΩ

I output
0 ... 24 mA
10 µA
≤ 500 Ω (Up to 20 mA)
≤ 400 Ω (> 20 mA)

≤ 10 mVPP
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
1 W (With 24 mA/12 V)
< 0.2% ((full-scale) at rated voltage)
500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP65 from the front
-20°C ... 65°C
Macrolon 2405
48 / 24 / 68 mm
45(+0.6)x22.2(+0.3) mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR digital setpoint encoder, for presetting current and
voltage signals
MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI

2710314

1

2810081

1

Accessories
MCR DIN rail adapter for digital displays in a 24 x 48 mm housing

MCR-SL-D-RA

59

max.19,3

24

48

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

151

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Highly compact – leading technology
MACX Analog Ex – single- and two-channel signal isolating amplifiers for intrinsically
safe circuits in the Ex area.
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers ensure maximum system safety and explosion
protection within a minimum amount of
space. With a design width of just 12.5 mm,
this comprehensive range for analog signal
conditioning is approved according to ATEX
and IECEx and consistently SIL-certified.
Maximum explosion protection for all
Ex zones and gas groups
Many process technology systems have
areas where potentially explosive atmospheres may occur. As such, measuring and
control circuits are usually designed with intrinsic safety protection type Ex i.
MACX Analog Ex i isolating amplifiers and
measuring transducers isolate intrinsically
safe circuits from non-intrinsically safe circuits and safely limit the energy supplied to
the Ex area. Furthermore, they handle extensive signal conditioning tasks.
All MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
are approved in accordance with the applicable ATEX and IECEx standards:
– [Ex ia] – for intrinsically safe circuits up to
Ex zone 0 and Ex zone 20
– Ex n – for installing devices in Ex zone 2
– In addition, relevant national approvals
152

PHOENIX CONTACT

such as UL and GOST are available.
Choose the right MACX Analog Ex
isolating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN
Measuring transducer repeater power
supply and input isolating amplifier for the
intrinsically safe operation of 2-wire transmitters, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and current sources.

Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifiers for the intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors
and switches.
Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers for the intrinsically safe
operation of solenoid valves and alarm
transmitters.

Analog OUT
Output isolating amplifiers for the intrinsically safe operation of control valves, I/P
converters, and displays.
Temperature
Configurable temperature transducers
for the intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers, remote resistancetype sensors, thermocouples, and mV
sources – with safe limit value relays as an
option.

DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the
modular bridging of the 24 V supply
voltage.

Wide-range power supply
The modules featuring a wide-range
power supply (...-UP) can be used in
all power supply networks the
world over without the need for additional power supply units.

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Significant space savings
– Housing width of just 12.5 mm for all single- and two-channel 24 V devices. Saves
up to 45% of space, when compared to
design widths up to 22.5 mm.

Easy-maintenance connection method:
– Plug-in connection terminal blocks with
screw connection or fast push-in technology – coded, with integrated sockets.

Flexible power bridging and diagnostics
– Supply voltage bridging and the option of
redundant, diode-decoupled supply and
error indication.

Easy configuration and monitoring
– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly
stand-alone software – with integrated
monitoring function.

Easy configuration
– Without software via DIP switches on the
device front or with the operator interface and display unit.

Precise transmission, long service life
– Patented circuit concepts ensure precise
transmission and minimal self-heating.

High operational reliability
– High operational reliability, thanks to safe
3-way electrical isolation.

Safe and reliable functions
– Consistent SIL certification. This ensures
the highest level of reliability and safety
for your systems.

Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MACX Analog Ex devices to the automation system – plug and play.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

153

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Facts about explosion protection
The chemical and petrochemical industries involve industrial processes which produce explosive atmospheres. They are
caused, for example, by gases, fumes or vapors. Explosive atmospheres are also likely
to occur in mills, silos, and sugar and fodder
factories due to the dust present there.
Therefore, electrical devices in potentially
explosive areas are subject to special directives.
Devices and protective systems in potentially explosive areas
European Parliament directive 94/9/EC of
March 23, 1994 (ATEX manufacturer directive) is of particular importance within
CENELEC (European Community and
Western European EFTA states). It is designed to facilitate the harmonization of legal provisions in the member states of the
European Union for devices and protective
systems in terms of ensuring correct use in
potentially explosive areas. Directive
94/9/EC must be applied to all explosionprotected devices and protective systems
placed on the market in the European
Union.
The scope of this directive also includes
safety, monitoring, and control devices
which are used outside of potentially explosive areas, but which are necessary for, or
contribute towards, the safe operation of
devices and protective systems with respect
to explosion hazards.
The term device includes machines,
equipment, stationary or mobile devices,
control components, and system accessories. The directive also covers alarm and
protection systems which are meant to be
used, either individually or in combination,
for the generation, transmission, storage,
measurement, control, and conversion of
energy as well as for processing materials
and which have the potential to ignite and
cause an explosion.
Protective systems are devices designed to stop an incipient explosion immediately and/or restrict the area affected by
the explosion, and which are placed on the
market separately as autonomous systems.

Components are defined as those parts
that are necessary for ensuring the safe operation of devices and protective systems,
but do not perform an autonomous function in themselves.
European directives are implemented in
ordinances or laws at a national level.
Systems in potentially explosive areas
Directive 1999/92/EC (ATEX Operator
Directive) was passed in Europe to regulate
the operation of systems in potentially explosive areas.
Terminology associated with the Ex area
Explosive atmosphere
A mixture of combustible gases, steam, vapors or dust and air in atmospheric conditions that allow the entire mixture to combust once ignited.
Potentially explosive area
An area where the atmosphere has the potential to explode due to local or operational conditions (“Ex area”).
Electrical equipment
The entire set of components, electric circuits or parts of electric circuits that are usually located within a single housing.
Intrinsically safe electrical equipment
An electrical device in which all circuits are intrinsically safe.
Note: these devices may be used directly in the Ex area.
Associated equipment
Electrical devices that contain both intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe circuits and that are designed in such a way that the non-intrinsically safe circuits cannot influence the intrinsically safe ones.
Note: associated electrical equipment must not be used directly in potentially explosive areas without additional protection defined by a further protection type.

Classification into groups
The general stipulations of EN 60079-0
divide electrical devices for potentially explosive areas into three groups.
Group I:
Electrical devices for firedamp areas
(mines) which are susceptible to pit gases
(methane) and/or combustible dusts (coal
dust).
Group II:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive gas atmospheres are likely

154

PHOENIX CONTACT

to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.
This also includes devices for the chemical, petrochemical, and pharmaceutical industries as well as for waste water treatment.
Electrical devices are further divided into
subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.
In the case of the intrinsic safety protection type, classification is based on the minimum ignition energy of the gas or vapor.
Designation

Typical gas

Ignition energy/J
Intrinsic safety

II A
II B
II C

Propane
Ethylene
Hydrogen

> 180
60 ... 180
< 60

Group III:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive dust atmospheres are likely
to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.
This includes devices for areas associated
with the food industry (mills, silos), for example.
Electrical devices are further divided into
subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.
Designation

Dusts

III A
III B
III C

Combustible flyings
Non-conductive dust
Conductive dust

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Classification into temperature classes

Zone classification

Categories

Simply dividing the various gases into explosion or gas groups according to their
minimum ignition energy is not sufficient to
describe the gases adequately with regard
to their explosive properties.
A gas may explode either when the ignition energy is exceeded or where there is
an excessively high temperature caused by a
hot surface. This ignition temperature is,
however, not usually linked to the ignition
energy, i.e., a gas with a low ignition energy
does not necessarily explode at a low temperature. Consequently, devices that are
used directly in potentially explosive atmospheres are divided into temperature classes. Temperature classes define the maximum surface temperature even in the event
of errors. Parallel to this, the gases are classified according to their different ignition
temperatures.

Potentially explosive areas are divided
into zones according to the probability of
their occurrence. The EN 60079-10-1 standard defines the zones containing explosive atmospheres as follows:

The ATEX Directive assigns devices for
use in potentially explosive areas to categories. In IEC 60079-0, “Equipment Protection
Level (EPL)” is the term used instead of
“category”.
In the same way that there are different
zones, there are also different device categories. These consist of categories M1 and
M2 for Group I and categories 1, 2, and 3 for
Group II. The categories for equipment
group II are described in more detail below:

Temperature class

Maximum permis- Ignition temperasible surface
tures of combustible
temperature of
substances
equipment
°C

°C

T1

450

> 450

T2

300

> 300  450

T3
T4

200
135

> 200  300
> 135  200

T5
T6

100
85

> 100  135
> 85  100

The following table provides an overview
of the ignition energies and ignition temperatures for certain gases:
Substance

Tign

Temperature
class

Emin

Zone 0:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous or long periods.
These conditions are usually present inside containers, pipelines, apparatus, and
tanks.
Zone 1:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
to be expected only occasionally during
normal operation.
This includes the immediate area surrounding zone 0, as well as areas close to
filling and emptying equipment.
Zone 2:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
not expected during normal operation;
however, if it does occur, then it does so
only rarely and for a short period.
Zone 2 includes areas that are used exclusively for storage, areas around pipe connections that can be disconnected, and generally the immediate area surrounding
zone 1.
Areas that are potentially explosive as a
result of combustible dusts are divided
into the following zones according to EN
60079-10-2 (formerly: EN 61241-10):

Group

Ethoxyethane

170

T4

190

II B

Ethylene
Ammonia

425
630

T2
T1

82
14000

II B
II A

Butane
Methane

365
595

T2
T1

250
280

II A
I

Propane

470

T1

250

II A

Carbon disulfide
Hydrogen

95
560

T6
T1

9
16

II C
II C

Zone 20:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous, frequent or long periods in the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust.
Zone 21:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of combustible dust is to be expected only occasionally
during normal operation.
Zone 22:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of combustible dust is not expected during normal operation. However, if it does occur, then it
does so only for a short period.

Category 1:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
Devices in this category must guarantee
the required degree of safety even in the unlikely event of a device failure and therefore
be provided with measures to protect
against explosion, so that:
– In the event of one integrated protection
measure failing, a second, independent
protection measure is able to guarantee
the necessary safety.
– In the event of two independent errors,
the necessary safety is guaranteed.
Category 2:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
The explosion protection measures associated with this category guarantee the required degree of safety, even in the case of
frequent device failures or common error
states.
Category 3:
Devices constructed to guarantee a standard degree of safety.
Devices in this category guarantee an adequate degree of safety in normal operation.
The table below shows which categories
are assigned to which zones:
Category

For Zone

Also possible

1

0
20

1 and 2
21 and 22

2

1
21

2
22

3

2
22

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

155

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Protection types
Protection principle

Protection type

Oil immersion
Sand filling

Isolation

o
q

Standard

Transformers, relays, startup controls, switching devices

EN 60079-6

Transformers, relays, capacitors

EN 60079-5

Coils of relays and motors, electronics, solenoid valves, connection systems

EN 60079-18

p

Control cabinets, motors, measuring and analysis devices, computers

EN 60079-2

Flameproof enclosure

d

Motors, switching devices, power electronics

EN 60079-1

Increased safety

e

Terminal blocks, housing, lights, motors

EN 60079-7

Electronics, measurement and control

EN 60079-11

i*

Electronic systems

EN 60079-25

Fieldbus systems

EN 60079-27

Motors, housing, lights, electronics

EN 60079-15

Molded encapsulation

m*

Exclusion

Pressurized enclosure

Special mechanical design

Clearance from electrically
conductive parts

Intrinsic safety
Energy limitation

Area of application (selection)

Intrinsically safe systems
Intrinsically safe fieldbus systems

Improved industrial quality
nA: non-sparking
nC: sparking equipment
nR: restricted breathing housing
nL: energy-limited
nP: simplified pressurized enclosures

Protection type “n”

n**

* ia, ma: application in zone 0, 1, 2 / ib, mb: application in zone 1, 2 / ic, mc: application in zone 2 only

Marking according to
ATEX Directive

Designation according to
EN 60079-0

Current year of manufacture


0344

10



II (1) G

EC-type examination certificate

Associated electrical
equipment

Conformity assessment according to ATEX Directive
94/9/EC
Associated electrical equipment

** Application in zone 2 only

Intrinsic safety

IBExU 08 ATEX 1069

[Ex ia Ga] IIC
Increased safety


0344

10



II

2 G

Ex e IIC T6 Gb
Certificate number
Atmosphere
(G = Gas, D = Dust)

Equipment category
(1, 2, 3)

Equipment group
(I, II)

Notified body, production
monitoring (e.g., KEMA)

 mark does not apply to components.

156

PHOENIX CONTACT

Equipment protection level (EPL)
(Ga, Gb, Gc, Da, Db, Dc)
Temperature class,
for equipment used directly
in the Ex area (T1 ... T6)

Type-tested according to
94/9/EC

Year of EC-type examination
certificate
Gas group
(IIA, IIB, IIC) or
Dust group
(IIIA, IIIB, IIIC)
Protection type
(ia, ib, ic, e, d, ...)
Explosion-protected

Notified body

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Solenoid drivers for controlling solenoid valves
In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i
solenoid valves, you have to have an intrinsically safe control circuit. This is provided
by the solenoid drivers that are available
from Phoenix Contact.
The following must be taken into account
when dimensioning your intrinsically safe
control circuit:
– Valve
– Cable with corresponding resistance
– Solenoid driver
As a result, it may be the case that not all
valves are compatible with the solenoid
drivers.

Below is an extract from a table showing
possible combinations of valves and solenoid drivers.
A complete and updated list (along with
details of the technical data of suitable
valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the
maximum cable resistances of the individual
combinations) can be found on the Internet
at:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Example circuit
Ex area

PLC

Intrinsically safe
equipment
 II 1 G
Ex ia IIB T6

Valves overview
Type designation

Ex certificate

ASCO

Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Piezo
Piezo
Coil VZ07
Coil VZ33
Coil VZ08
Coil VZ09
Coil VZ95
Coil VZ23
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Pilot valve
Pilot valve
Pilot valve
Solenoid

LCIE 08 ATEX 6083
INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
PTB 01 ATEX 2101
PTB 01 ATEX 2101
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175

FESTO
Norgren Herion

Hörbiger
Parker

Samson

Seitz

Associated equipment, e.g.,
MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-...
 II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC

INTERFACE Ex solenoid driver

Manufacturer

Bürkert

Safe area

195
302 (12 V)
302 (24 V)
AC 10, standard
AC 10, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03
(J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03
2050
2051
2052
2053
2085
2086
3039
2003
P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65
P20 381RF-NG-CPN61
488650.01
494035.10
488660.01
488670.01
482160.01
482870.01
3701-11 (6 V)
3701-12 (12 V)
3701-13 (24 V)
3963-11 (6 V)
3963-12 (12 V)
3963-13 (24 V)
3964-11 (6 V)
3964-12 (12 V)
3964-13 (24 V)
3965-11 (6 V)
3965-12 (12 V)
3965-13 (24 V)
3967-11 (6 V)
3967-12 (12 V)
3967-13 (24 V)
PV 12F73 Ci oH
PV 12F73 Xi oH
PV 12F73 Xi oH-2
11 G 52

PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 03 ATEX 2097
PTB 03 ATEX 2097
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
PTB 03 ATEX 2134
PTB 04 ATEX 2010
DMT 01 ATEX E026X
DMT 01 ATEX E025X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 99 ATEX 2146
PTB 00 ATEX 2030
PTB 00 ATEX 2030
PTB 01 ATEX 2020

Condition

MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EXSL-SD-21-25-LP SL-SD-21-40-LP SL-SD-24-48-LP SL-SD-21-60-LP

700 mW / 65°C
700 mW / 65°C
900 mW / 45°C
900 mW / 45°C
900 mW / 60°C
900 mW / 60°C
600 mW / 50°C
600 mW / 50°C
800 mW / 40°C
800 mW / 40°C
1000 mW / 40°C
1000 mW / 40°C

30 V type
30 V type

EEx ia IIB T6

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

157

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Safety-related function for the Ex
area
The term SIL (safety integrity level) is becoming more and more significant in the
field of process technology. It defines the requirements that a device or a system is expected to fulfill so that the failure probability can be specified. The aim is to achieve
maximum possible operational reliability. If a
device or system fails, a defined state is attained. Standard-based inspections are carried out to determine statistical probability.
Application of SIL on the basis of
EN 61508 and EN 61511
The SIL standard is used for a wide range
of industries within the process industry, including the chemical industry, refineries, oil
and gas production, paper manufacturing,
and conventional power generation. In addition to functional safety requirements, systems in potentially explosive areas are also
subject to Ex standards EN 60079-0 ff.
EN 61508: “Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems”
This standard describes the requirements
that the manufacturer has to bear in mind
when producing devices or systems.
EN 61511: “Functional safety - Safety
instrumented systems for the process
industry sector”
Standard EN 61511 describes the requirements for achieving systems with functional
safety.
Compliance with the standard is determined by operators, owners, and planners
on the basis of safety plans and national regulations. In addition, the standard also describes the requirements for using a device
in an application on the basis of its proven
effectiveness (proven in use).

SIL marking on devices
The products in the MACX range from
Phoenix Contact, which have been developed in accordance with EN 61508, are
marked with the designation SIL 2 or SIL 3.
This indicates clearly that the devices may
be suitable for safety instrumented functions (SIF).
To determine whether they can actually

be used, you need to calculate the sum of
the probability failure values for all the devices in the signal circuit. The values required for this can be found in the safety
manual accompanying any SIL product.

Overview of terms from SIL standards EN 61508 and EN 61511
SIL

Safety integrity level
One of four discrete levels for the specification of requirements for the safety integrity of safety instrumented functions, which are assigned to the E/E/PE safety
instrumented systems, where SIL 4 is the highest and SIL
1 the lowest level.

EUC

Equipment under control
Equipment, machines, devices or systems used in production, materials processing or transport.

MTBF

Mean Time Between Failures
The expected mean time between failures.

PFD

Probability of failure on demand
The probability of a failure on demand.
Describes the probability of a safety instrumented system failing to perform its function when required.

PFDavg

158

PHOENIX CONTACT

Average probability of failure on demand
The average probability of the function failing on demand.

E/E/PES

Electrical/electronic/programmable electronic
systems
This term is used for all electrical devices or systems
which can be used to execute a safety instrumented
function. It includes simple electrical devices and all types
of programmable logic controllers (PLCs).

PFH

Probability of dangerous failure per hour
Describes the probability of a dangerous failure occurring per hour.

SFF

Safe failure fraction
Describes the proportion of harmless failures. This is the
ratio of the rate of safe failures plus the rate of diagnosed
or detected faults in relation to the total failure rate of
the system.

SIF

Safety instrumented function
Describes the safety instrumented functions of a system.

SIS

Safety instrumented system
An SIS (safety instrumented system) consists of one or
more safety instrumented functions. An SIL requirement
is applicable for each of these safety instrumented functions.

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
SIL inspection
The complete signal path must be taken
into account during the SIL inspection. The
example shows how in a typical safety application the calculation is based on average
failure probabilities of individual devices.
Table 2 of standard EN 61508-1 describes
the relationship between the average failure
probability and the attainable SIL. Here, the
level required determines the overall budget
for the sum of all PFD values.

A system with a single-channel structure
with a low demand rate is used as an example; for SIL 2 the average PFD value is between 10-3 and < 10-2.

The INTERFACE Analog and INTERFACE
Ex product ranges include products that
meet the requirements for explosion protection as well as functional safety.

Operating mode with a low demand rate

Safety integrity
level
SIL

(average probability of the specified function failing
on demand)

4

 10-5 to < 10-4

3

 10-4 to < 10-3

2

 10-3 to < 10-2

1

 10-2 to < 10-1

Safety integrity level: failure limit values for a safety function which is operated in an operating mode with a low demand rate.

Example:
A sensor and actuator are assembled in
the field and are exposed to chemical and
physical loads (process medium, pressure,
temperature, vibration, etc.). Accordingly,
these components have a high risk of failure:
– The sensor accounts for 25% of the overall
PFD
– The actuator accounts for 40% of the
overall PFD
Neither the failsafe controller nor the interface modules come into contact with the
process medium and both are usually located in a protected control cabinet:
– The failsafe controller accounts for 15% of
the overall PFD
– Each of the interface modules accounts for
10% of the overall PFD

Error distribution in the closed-loop control circuit

Sensor
Sensor

PFD1

Digital
input

Digital
output

Analog
input

Controller

PFD2

PFD3

10%
Signal path

35%
Sensors and signal path

Analog
output

PFD4

Actuator
Actuator

PFD5

10%
Signal path

15%
SPLC

50%
Actuator and signal path

Typically, the values form the basis for a
calculation.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

159

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

4.1

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

2.2
2.1

I

I

5.1

OUT

+

+

-

2.1

5.2 - 5.2

POWER

-

active

250 W

GND

5.1

IN

+24V

3.2

+

1.2
1.1

2.2

-

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

2.1

+

 Functional safety
Ex:    // Applied for: GL
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
< 600 Ω
< 20 mVrms

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1)

2865340
2924016

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

160

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

OUT 1
4.1

OUT1

2.2

I
POWER

I

2.1

I

OUT2

5.1

+

GND

5.1

IN

+24V

1.2

+

passive

OUT 2
5.2 - 5.2

-

2.2
2.1

+

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
with two electrically isolated outputs

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal (Per output)
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
< 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (Per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1)

2865366
2924236

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

161

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
CH1
+
4.1
4.1

3.2

3.2

CH1

active

3.1

3.1

HHT

+
HHT
passive

POWER
IN
POWER
IN

I
I

I
I

5.2 - 5.2
CH2
+
5.1
5.1

OUT
OUT

2.2 2.2
CH2

active

2.1

HHT

GND
+24V
Power

POWER

2.1

-

+
HHT

1.2

2-channel repeater power supply
1.1

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Repeater power supply for the operation
of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor measuring transducers installed in the Ex area.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2-channel
4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered)
4 ... 20 mA output (active)
Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Installation in zone 2 permitted

Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Underload/overload signal range
Output data
Output signal
Load
Underload/overload signal range
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation

Per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
Per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
450 Ω (at 20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)
< 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2, PL d

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP

2865382
2924676

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, 2-channel, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

162

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply with wide
range power supply, Ex i
IN

Sensor / Field

OUT

PLC / DCS

AI
- 4.2
+

4.1

passive
4.3
4.2

250 W

3.2

S1

3.2
3.1

I

I

+

OUT

3.3
4.2

24...230 V –
~
AC/DC

IN

+

active

- 4.3

POWER

-

3.1
250 W

4.1

3.3

S2

-

1.2
1.1

3.2

+

Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
wide-range power supply

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex:    // Applied for: GL
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data

Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the
DIP switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on marking material can be found on page 127
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)

Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
< 600 Ω (I output)
< 20 mVrms
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 80 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.6 W
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43

Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1)

2865793
2924029

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

163

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog OUT
Output isolating amplifier, Ex-i

OUT

Sensor / Field

IN

PLC / DCS

AO
-

P
+

+

OUT

I

I

IN

+

POWER

4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

3.2

3.2
+

4.1

3.1

3.1

4.2
4.1

GND

4.2

+24V
4.1

1.2
1.1

Power

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2

GND +24V

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Output isolating amplifier for controlling
intrinsically safe (Ex-i) I/P converters,
control valves, and indicators installed in
Ex areas.
– 0/4...20 mA input
– 0/4...20 mA output, [Ex ia] IIC
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184

Input data
Input signal
Input voltage
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output
Output data
Output signal
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Output/input
Output/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
5.4 V (at 20 mA)
> 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
< 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 140 µs
< 0.1% (of final value)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
27.7 V
92 mA
633 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP

2865405
2924032

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Output isolating amplifier, smart, output intrinsically safe
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

164

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
ϑ

IN

I

ϑ

ϑ

4.2

4.2

μC
4.1

4.1

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

μC

OUT

GND
+24V

passive
+

1.2

For resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2


Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers and resistance-type sensors
installed in Ex areas. The measured values
are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or
4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia]
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation with Ex
measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Resistor
Cable resistance
Sensor input current
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
50 Ω per line
(200 μA ... 1 mA)
min. 50 K
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01%/K
Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
0.05% x 100 [K] / measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
±5% / ±5%

Transmission error, total
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
Red LED (module error, ERR)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
6V
6.3 mA
9.4 mW
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

Temperature measuring transducers for
resistance thermometers, intrinsically safe input
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC1)

2865939
2924142
2865573
2924168

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

165

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

AI
4.2
4.1

IN

I

+

4.2

μC

3.2

3.2

3.1

3.1

μC

4.1

OUT

GND
+24V

passive
+

1.2

For thermocouples and mV sources

1.1

Power

POWER

GND +24V

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2


Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Programmable temperature transducer
for intrinsically safe operation of thermocouples and mV sources installed in Ex areas. The measured values are converted
into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for thermocouples and mV sources,
[Ex ia]
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation with Ex
measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input data
Thermocouple sensors

E, J, K, N as per IEC / EN 60584, L as per DIN 43760

Voltage
Measuring range span

-20 mV ... 70 mV
(Min. 50 K for thermocouples, 3 mV for mV sources)

Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)

0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
0.01%/K
Typ. 800 ms (With SIL)
max. 1200 ms (With SIL)
Typ. 700 ms (Without SIL)
max. 1100 ms (Without SIL)
0.05% x 200 [K]/Measuring range span [K] + 0.05%
±1 K
±5% / ±5%

Transmission error, total
Cold junction errors
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply

Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage, PWR)
Red LED, flashing (line, sensor error, ERR)
Red LED (module error, ERR)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6V
4.7 mA
7 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA ic [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 TÜV Rheinland 968/EZ374.00/09

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

Temperature measuring transducers for thermocouples,
intrinsically safe input
Order configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Screw connection

MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC1)

2865942
2865586

1
1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

166

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP)
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I(-SP) temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

Sensor type

2865939

/

2865939 =
MACX MCR-EXSL-RTD-I

Safety integrity level
(SIL)

PT100

/

Connection
technology

ON

/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

see below

Measuring range:
Start
End

3

/

0

2 = 2-conductor

/

100

see below

Measuring
unit
/

C
C =
F =
O =

see below

3 = 3-conductor
ON only with output range
= OUT02

2924142 =
MACX MCR-EXSL-RTD-I-SP

Output range

/

OUT02

Filter
Oversampling
/

10

OUT01 = 0...20 mA

°C
°F


Filter
Moving average value

1
3
5
7
10
20

OUT02 = 4...20 mA

4 = 4-conductor

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

RES01
PT50
PT100
PT200
PT500
PT100S
PT500S
NI100DIN
NI500DIN
CU50
CU53

Resistor
Pt 50 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 500 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760
Ni 500 acc. to DIN 43760
CU50 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.428)
CU53 acc. to GOST 6651 ( = 1.426)

Alarm signal
Short circuit/
overrange
... /

0
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-50
-50

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange

I035

/

25 
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC

I215

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA


°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

2000
850
850
850
850
600
600
250
250
200
180

/

NONE

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a
fee is charged)

9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

Order key and temperature ranges
for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I
temperature transducer
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-SL-TC-I temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

Sensor type

2924942

/

MACX MCR-EXSL-TC-I

J

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON

Cold junction compensation
/

ON
= active
NONE = not active

see below

1

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

1 = switched on

0
see below

/

1000
see below

0 = switched off
(e.g., for mV voltage measurement)

ON only with output range
= OUT02

Measuring
unit
/

Output range

C

/

C = °C
F = °F
V = mV

OUT02
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA

Filter
Oversampling
/

Filter
Moving average value

10
1
3
5
7
10
20

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

1 value
3 values
5 values
7 values
10 values
20 values

1
1
2
3
4

=
=
=
=

/ ...

1 value
2 values
3 values
4 values

Smallest measuring
range span
V03
E
J
K
N
L

=
=
=
=
=
=

Voltage (mV)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)

Alarm signal
Overrange
... /

I035
I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

-20
-250
-210
-250
-250
-200

Alarm signal
Sensor break/
underrange
/

+70
1000
1200
1372
1300
900

mV
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

3 mV
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Factory calibration certificate = FCC

I215

/

I000 = 0 mA
I035 = 3.5 mA
I215 = 21.5 mA

NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with 5 measuring points (a
fee is charged)

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

I035 only with output range = OUT02
Alarm signals can also be configured individually using software.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

167

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
passive

-

ϑ
ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

U,I
IN

OUT

I

3.3

U OUT

3.3 -

3.3

OUT 3.2

3.2

+
3.1

4.3

2.3

2.3

4.2

2.2

2.2

11

4.1

2.1

2.1

12

Poti
ϑ

GND

3.1

5.3

5.3

5.2

5.2

5.1

5.1

μC

TC

S-PORT

RTD

+

14

DI

NC 1.3
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

1.2

Universal, with switching output,
wide-range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties for intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type
sensors, and potentiometers installed in
Ex areas
– Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Relay switching output
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation with
Ex measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Cold junction compensation with separate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

±11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Switching output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
30 V AC (30 V DC)
0.5 A (30 V AC) / 1 A (30 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 1.5 W
0.01%/K
< 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

-20°C ... 65°C
Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2, PL d

6V
7.4 mA
11 mW
CE-compliant

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

Ordering data

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118
Description
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C1)

2865654
2924689
2811763
2924692

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface

168

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UI-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2811763
2811763 =
MACX MCR-EXT-UI-UP-C

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON
ON

= active

Sensor type

/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

Cold junction
compensation

4

/

2 = 2-conductor

see below

NONE = not active

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potentiometer, mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see below

150
see below

3 = 3-conductor
2924692 =
MACX MCR-EXT-UI-UP-SP-C

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

1 = on, e.g., with TC

ON only with output
range = OUT02

4 = 4-conductor

Output range

OUT02
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the software

Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE

YES

= without FCC

= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-20091 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  resistor
0...600  resistor
0...1200  resistor
0...6250  resistor
0...12500  resistor
0...50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  potentiometer
0...600  potentiometer
0...1200  potentiometer
0...6250  potentiometer
0...12500  potentiometer
0...50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

169

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature transducer, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS
-

RTD

TC
-

passive
3.3 -

3.3
ϑ

ϑ

+

4.3

4.3

4.2

4.2

4.1

4.1

GND
I

3.3

OUT 3.2

U OUT

ϑ

+

3.1

3.1

3x

Poti

3.2

+

3.6 34

4.3

3.5 31

DI

4.2
3.4 32

U,I
IN

4.1
5.3

OUT

5.2

3x

5.1

NC 1.3

5.3
5.2
5.1

Power
24V ...230V AC/DC

24

2.5

21

1.2
1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

2.6

Zone 2

DI

Universal, with three limit value relays,
wide-range power supply

2.4 22

1.6

14

1.5

11

DI

1.4 12

Functional safety
Ex:  
Housing width 35 mm

Technical data

Universal temperature transducer with
freely configurable properties for intrinsically safe operation of resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type
sensors, and potentiometers installed in
Ex areas
– Input for resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, potentiometers, and mV sources, [Ex ia]
– Measure differential temperatures
– Freely programmable input and output
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
– Three limit value relays, can be used in
combination as a safe limit value relay
– Configuration via software (FDT-DTM) or
IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit
– Programming during operation with
Ex measuring circuit connected and also
voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROGADAPTER programming adapter
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Cold junction compensation with separate connector
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, CA, DA, A1G, A2G, A3G, MG, LG

Resistor
Potentiometer
Voltage
Output data
Output signal

0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
0 Ω ... 50 kΩ
-1000 mV ... 1000 mV
U output
I output
4 mA ... 20 mA (in the case of SIL; further free configuration without SIL)

Maximum output signal
Load RB
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
General data
Supply voltage range
Power consumption
Temperature coefficient
Transmission error, total
Electrical isolation

±11 V
22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA)
According to NE 43 or freely configurable
Relay output
3 PDTs
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (250 V DC)
2 A (250 V AC) / 2 A (28 V DC)
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 2.4 W
0.01%/K
< 0.1% (e.g., for Pt 100, 300 K span, 4 ... 20 mA)
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/switching output
Output/power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

-20°C ... 65°C
Typ. 5% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
35 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2, PL d

6V
7.4 mA
11 mW
CE-compliant

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC ic IIC T4 Gc X

Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)

The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).

Ordering data

Information on the IFS-OP-UNIT operating and display unit and the
associated IFS-OP-CRADLE DIN rail cradle can be found on
page 118

Description

For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119

Temperature transducer, intrinsically safe input

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration
Order configuration

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-C1)
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C1)

2865751
2924799
2865722
2924809

1
1
1
1

2811271

1

Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT
interface

170

PHOENIX CONTACT

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Order key for MACX-MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP(-SP)-C temperature transducer (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.

2865722
2865722 =
MACX MCR-EXT-UIREL-UP-C

Safety integrity level
(SIL)
/

ON
ON

= active

Sensor type

/

PT100

Connection
technology
/

Cold junction
compensation

4

/

2 = 2-conductor

see below

NONE = not active

0
0 = off, e.g., with
RTD, R, potentiometer, mV

Measuring range:
Start
End
/

-50

/

see below

150
see below

3 = 3-conductor
2924809 =
MACX MCR-EXON only with output
T-UIREL-UP-SP-C range = OUT02

Measuring
unit
/

C
C
F
O
P
V

/

= °C
= °F
= 
= %
= mV

1 = on, e.g., with TC
4 = 4-conductor

Output range

OUT02
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
Others can be freely
configured in the software

Factory calibration
certificate = FCC
/

NONE
NONE

YES

= without FCC

= with FCC (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)

Smallest measuring Other setting options can be configured
with the IFS-CONF software:
range span
Resistance thermometers (RTD)
Others can be selected or freely configured in the software.

PT100
PT200
PT500
PT1000
PT100S
PT1000S
PT100G
PT1000G
PT100J
PT1000J
NI100
NI1000
NI100S
NI1000S
NI1000L
CU10
CU50
CU100
CU53
KTY81
KTY84

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Pt 100 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 200 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 500 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 1000 acc. to IEC 751
Pt 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Pt 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 1000 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt 100 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Pt 1000 acc. to JIS C1604/1997
Ni 100 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 1000 acc. to DIN 43760/DIN IEC 60751
Ni 100 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Ni 1000 (Landis & Gyr)
Cu 10 acc. to Sama RC21-4-1966
Cu 50 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 100 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00428)
Cu 53 acc. to GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00426)
KTY81-110 (Philips)
KTY84-130 (Philips)

-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-200
-60
-60
-60
-60
-50
-70
-50
-50
-50
-55
-40

850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
250
250
180
180
160
500
200
200
180
150
300

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
20 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
100 K
20 K
20 K

500
-230
-210
-250
-250
-50
-50
-200
-200
-200
0
0
0
0
0
-200
-200

1820
1000
1200
1372
1300
1768
1768
400
900
600
2315
2315
2500
1800
1800
100
800

°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C

50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K

Thermocouples (TC)
Others can be selected in the software.

B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
L
U
CA
DA
A1G
A2G
A3G
MG
LG

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCr-Ni)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (NiCrSi-NiSi)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt13Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584-1 (Pt10Rh-Pt)
acc. to IEC 584 (Cu-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Fe-CuNi)
acc. to DIN 43760 (Cu-CuNi)
C ASTM JE988 (2002)
D ASTM JE988 (2002)
A-1 GOST 8.585-2001
A-2 GOST 8.585-2001
A-3 GOST 8.585-2001
M GOST 8.585-2001
L GOST 8.585-2001

Remote resistance-type sensors (R)
(2, 3, 4-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

RES03
RES05
RES06
RES09
RES10
RES12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  resistor
0...600  resistor
0...1200  resistor
0...6250  resistor
0...12500  resistor
0...50000  resistor

0
0
0
0
0
0

150
600
1200
6250
12500
50000








10% of the selected
measuring range

Potentiometers
(3-conductor)
Others can be selected in the software.

POT03
POT05
POT06
POT09
POT10
POT12

=
=
=
=
=
=

0...150  potentiometer
0...600  potentiometer
0...1200  potentiometer
0...6250  potentiometer
0...12500  potentiometer
0...50000  potentiometer

0
0
0
0
0
0

100
100
100
100
100
100

%
%
%
%
%
%

10% of the selected
measuring range

Voltage signals (mV)
Others can be selected in the software.

V04

-1000

+1000

mV

= Voltage (mV)

- Freely configurable user characteristic curve
with 30 interpolation points
- Output behavior in the event of a short circuit,
sensor break or overrange/underrange can be
freely configured or set according to NE43
(standard configuration: NE43 upscale)
- Filter setting (standard configuration: 1)
- Restart after failsafe (standard configuration:
ON)
- Switching behavior: switching output ?
(limit values, times, etc.) (standard configuration: OFF)

10% of nominal
span

9

Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:

T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

171

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

11

4.1

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

12

-

4.2

IN

OUT
4.2

Faultsignal

+
4.1

4.1

POWER

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2

GND
+24V

1.2

Signal output: PDT relay

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
21 mA (24 V DC)
< 650 mW
1
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

172

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: PDT contact
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP1)

2865434
2924045

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

13

3.1

3.1

14

2.2

2.2

13

2.1

2.1

14

OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

OUT2

OUT1
OUT2

IN

Faultsignal

+
4.1

4.2

1.2

2 signal outputs: N/O contact relay

1.1

Power

4.1

POWER

GND
+24V

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Two relay signal outputs (N/O contact);
output 2 can be used as an error message
output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
30 mA (24 V DC)
< 950 mW
1
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/supply, T connector

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: 2 N/O contacts
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1)

2865450
2924061

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

173

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
+

4.2

CH1

3.2

3.2 13

3.1

3.1 14

2.2

2.2 13

2.1

2.1 14

CH1

+

4.1

-

OUT1

IN2

5.2

CH2

+

CH2
5.1
Faultsignal

+

IN1

-

OUT2

+

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay

Power

POWER

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
35 mA (24 V DC)
<1W
2
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/supply, T connector

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

174

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: N/O contact
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP1)

2865476
2924087

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
+

4.3

CH1

3.3

3.3 12

3.2

3.2 11

CH1

+

4.1
3.1

3.1 14

2.3

2.3 12

2.2

2.2 11

2.1

2.1 14

+

IN1

OUT1

IN2

5.3

CH2

+

CH2

5.1

-

OUT2

24...230 V –
~
AC/DC

+

1.2

2-channel, signal output: PDT relay,
wide-range power supply

1.1

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

Functional safety
Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (PDT)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on resistance circuits and marking material can be
found on page 183
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Approx. 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
can be inverted using DIP switch
20 Hz (Load-dependent)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range

24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)

Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
max. 1.3 W
Input/output
Input/power supply

Output 1/output 2/input, power supply

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC/DC (Supply terminals)
250 V AC (Output terminals)
120 V DC (Output terminals)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: Changeover contact
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1)

2865984
2924249

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

175

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

2.2

2.2

-

2.1

2.1

+

OUT1
4.1

-

4.2

IN

OUT1
OUT2

4.2

Faultsignal

OUT2

+
4.1

4.1

POWER

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2

GND
+24V

1.2

2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

  Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive);
up to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
2 transistor outputs, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 28 mA (24 V DC)
800 mW
1
Input/output
Input/supply, T-Connector
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Output 1/output 2

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data

176

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, input intrinsically safe,
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP1)

2865463
2924074

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI
+

CH1

+

4.2

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

2.2

2.2

-

2.1

2.1

+

CH1
4.1

-

OUT1

IN2

CH2

+

5.2
CH2
5.1

-

OUT2

+

Faultsignal

+

IN1

GND
+24V

1.2
1.1

2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)

Power

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2
Div. 2

Div. 1,2

  Functional safety
Ex: 
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data

Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5 kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Transistor output, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 34 mA (24 V DC)
1000 mW
2
Input/output
Input/supply, T-Connector
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Output 1/output 2

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP1)

2865489
2924090

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

177

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i

OUT

IN

Sensor / Field

PLC / DCS

DI-NAM
4.2
4.1

+

4.2

3.2

4.1

3.1

3.2
3.1

+

-

4.2

+

IN

OUT

4.2

Faultsignal

4.1

4.1

POWER

Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

GND
+24V

1.2

With line fault transparency

1.1

Power
LFD +24V
GND

Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal

NAMUR isolation amplifiers for the intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors or mechanical contacts installed in the
Ex area.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output with resistive behavior
(transistor)
– Signal output with line fault transparency:
line error message directly via output to
PLC or PCS. The output responds in accordance with EN 60947-5-6.
– Up to 5 kHz
– Direction of operation can be selected
– Line fault detection can be activated/deactivated
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183

NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Resistive (transistor, passive)
Typ. 8.2 V DC ±10% (according to EN 60947-5-6)

No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
Impedance 0-signal
Impedance 1-signal
Impedance fault
Switching behavior
General data
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation

≤ 5 kHz (Ohmic load)
11 kΩ ±5%
1.4 kΩ ±5%
> 100 kΩ
can be inverted using DIP switch
12 V DC ... 24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
25 mA (24 V DC)
< 0.6 W
Input/output
Input/supply, T-Connector
Input/output/supply, T-Connector

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326

 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Yes
SIL 2

Ordering data

178

PHOENIX CONTACT

Description

Type

Order No.

NAMUR isolation amplifier, intrinsically safe input, output with
line fault transparency
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP

2866006
2924883

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i

OUT

Sensor / Field

IN

PLC / DCS

DO
-

4.2

4.2

3.2

3.2

-

4.1

4.1

3.1

3.1

+

Faultsignal

+

IN

4.2

+

4.1

Faultsignal

+

OUT

GND
+24V

POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

LFD +24V
GND

2.2

2.2

2.1

2.1

DI

1.2

Current limitation 48 mA,
with line fault detection

1.1

Zone 2

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe
control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm transmitters or indicators installed in the
Ex area.
– Input: logic (low/high signal)
– Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.5 V,
[Ex ia]
– Line fault detection (can be activated/deactivated)
- Directly via signal channel
- Or via switching output
– Transparent for test pulses
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182

Input data
Switching level 0 signal (“L”)
Switching level 1 signal (“H”)
Input current
Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output
Transparent for test pulses
Output data
Output voltage
Current limitation
No-load voltage
Internal resistance
Immunity to short-circuiting
Response time tA
Line error detection
Error message output
Switch contact
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Short-circuit-proof
General data
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
Input/output, supply, error message output

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication

Degree of protection
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)

0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open)
15 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 12 mA
3 MΩ (High resistance (Mega Ω))
Yes
≥ 9.5 V DC (At 48 mA)
> 48 mA (With cable error detection)
> 23 V DC
≥ 269 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
< 30 ms
< 50 Ω (short circuit on the line)
> 10 kΩ (line break)
N/C contact
30 V DC
50 mA
Yes
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 90 mA
< 1.5 W
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.3 V
94 mA
595 mW
253 V
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
Yes
SIL 3 (applied for)

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault
detection
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP

2924867
2924870

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

179

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i

OUT

Sensor / Field

IN

PLC / DCS

DO
+

+

OUT

+

4.2 - 4.2
4.1

+

4.1

3.2

3.2

-

3.1

3.1

+

4.2
4.1

IN

+

Current limitation 25 mA
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22

Zone 2

Div. 1,2

Div. 2

 Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Solenoid drivers for controlling intrinsically safe solenoid valves, alarm transmitters, and indicators installed in Ex areas.
– 20 ... 30 V DC input
– Output [Ex ia]
– Various output characteristic curves compatible with the commercial solenoid
valves
– Loop-powered: The required power is
supplied via the control signal on the input side.
– Mechanically compatible with DIN rail
connector
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– Up to SIL 3 as per EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit
are available from the download center at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Information on marking material can be found on page 127
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184

Input data
Input signal
Input current
Output data
Output voltage
Current limitation
No-load voltage
Internal resistance
Immunity to short-circuiting
Response time tA
General data
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Electrical isolation

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA DC ... 70 mA DC (45 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)
5.5 V DC (At 25 mA)
25 mA
21.9 V DC
641 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
20 ms
<1W
0.01%/K
Output/input

Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Degree of protection
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.1 V
39 mA
245 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3

IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP

2865492
2924113

1
1

40

60

Solenoid driver, loop-powered, output intrinsically safe

output voltage UV [V]

Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

30
21,9 V

20

10
5,5 V
0

0

10

20

30

50

output current IV [mA]

180

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex

Current limitation 40 mA

Current limitation 48 mA

 Functional safety
Ex:   

Current limitation 58 mA,
[Ex ia] IIB

 Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

 Functional safety
Ex:   
Housing width 12.5 mm

Technical data

Technical data

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA ... 95 mA (65 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA ... 95 mA (75 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA ... 105 mA (95 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)

10 V DC (At 40 mA)
40 mA
21.9 V DC
287 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
20 ms

10.5 V DC (At 48 mA)
48 mA
24 V DC
276 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
30 ms

12.9 V DC (At 58 mA)
58 mA
21.9 V DC
133 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
30 ms

< 1.2 W
0.01%/K

< 1.4 W
0.01%/K

< 1.4 W
0.01%/K

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage, surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2, safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yellow LED (switching state / status, lights up when output circuit is
active)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

25.1 V
87 mA
550 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)

27.7 V
101 mA
697 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)

25.1 V
188 mA
1.18 W
253 V AC (125 V DC)

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3

CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
 II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIB/IIA
 II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
 II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 3

Ordering data

Ordering data

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP

2865764
2924139

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

21,9 V
20
10,0 V

10

0

0

10

20

30

40

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP

2865609
2924126

output voltage UV [V]

30

Type

50

60

output current IV [mA]

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

30
24 V
20
10,5 V

10

0

0

10

20

30

40

50

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP

2865515
2924100

output voltage UV [V]

Order No.

output voltage UV [V]

Type

Ordering data

60

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

30
21,9 V
20
12,9 V
10

0

output current IV [mA]

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

output current IV [mA]

PHOENIX CONTACT

181

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Accessories

ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX
analog Ex modules.
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module replaced even while process is active
– Inter-extendable

3.1

14
12 Fault out
11

2.2

–

3.3
3.2

2.1

Faultsignal

Power and error message module
Power and error message module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN
rail connectors and signaling line faults and
power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled
from diode, protected against polarization
– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault
– Bus cable fault message for
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices connected via DIN rail connectors
– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in zone 2 permissible

LFD

+

1.2

–

1.1

+

PWR 2

H
D

W

PWR 1

Power and error message module

+24V

GND


Ex:   // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm

Technical data
Input data
Input signal
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Output data
Maximum output signal
Output voltage
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Current consumption
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Fuse
Status indication

19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
3.75 A
(Input voltage - max. 0.8 V at 3.75 A)
Relay
1 PDT
Gold (Au)
50 V AC (2 A)

-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Polyamide (PA 6.6)
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada

CE-compliant

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 61010

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP

2865625
2924184

1
1

2869728

10

Supply and error message module, including the relevant
DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.

Accessories
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage,
can be snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715,
with UL approval

182

PHOENIX CONTACT

ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Accessories

Marking material for device marking
– For device marking inside the control cabinet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range

Ordering data
Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

white

UC-EMLP (11X9)

0819291

10

white

UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS

0824547

1

UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm

Accessories

Resistance circuit
Double-level terminal block with resistance circuit according to NAMUR for line
fault detection in the case of mechanical
contacts
Important:
– For intrinsically safe circuits, only in combination with D-UKK 3/5 cover

Ordering data
Description

Color

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

50

D-UKK 3/5
D-UKK 3/5 BU

2770024
2770105

50
50

Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
With screw connection
Cover, width 2.5 mm
gray
blue

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

183

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex-isolating amplifiers

Select standard DIN rail device

Select module carrier

TC... termination carriers are
compact solutions for quickly and smoothly
connecting DIN rail devices from the
MACX Analog Ex series to input/output
cards of automation systems using system
cables.
The termination carriers combine the advantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.

Compact
– Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
design
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum
carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from
modules
– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in and coded cable sets

Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable

Flexible
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of channels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with different system plug types

Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety

184

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex-isolating amplifiers

D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
1 A (Signal/channel)
50 V
II
2
0.5 kV
DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
IP20
-40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)

Shock
Vibration (operation)
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse
Status indication

15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
V0
244 / 170 / 160 mm
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged)
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 PDT
Au
50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)

Switching output
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1)

2924854
2902932

1
1

2865625
2924184
2865599

1
1
1

Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

CH16
-

+

3.1

3.2

15
34
-

CH15
3.1

3.2

14
33

CH14
+

-

3.2

13
32

CH13
-

+

3.1

3.2

12
31

CH12
-

+

3.1

+

3.1

3.2

11
30

CH11
-

+

3.1

3.2

10
29

CH10
+

-

3.2

3.1

CH9

+

-

3.2

3.1

8
27

CH8

+

-

3.2

3.1

7
26

CH7
-

3.2

3.1

6
25

CH6

+

-

3.2

5
24

CH5
-

+

3.1

3.2

4
23

CH4
-

+

+

3.1

3.2

3.1

3
22

CH3

+

-

3.2

3.1

2
21

CH2

+

-

3.2

3.1

X1 DSUB 37

1
20

CH1
3.2

-

PTSM

+

3.1

5 (+)
6 (-) PWR2

PW2
2.2

Alarm
1
2

3 (+)
4 (-) PWR1

1.2
3.2
2.1

X20 COMBICON

HART multiplexer, 32-channel

9
28

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP
MACX MCR-S-MUX

16
35

Accessories
Supply and error message module

PW1

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

1.1

Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of
various automation systems are available, planned or can be implemented according to your specifications.

Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Maximum operating voltage
Maximum permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution degree
Rated surge voltage
Air and creepage distances
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range

3.1

Notes:

Housing width 244 mm

MACX
MCRPTB

The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MACX Analog Ex series to analog
or binary input/output cards of automation
systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
termination carrier design, when combined
with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer, also enables communication between HART-capable field devices and a
management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Ex i-)isolating amplifiers
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a
37-pos. D-SUB plug-in connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring in
separate DIN rail module

TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

185

Measurement and control technology
Multiplexers for HART signals
Multiplexers for HART signals
H
D

Multiplexer for digital connection of
HART-capable field devices (such as measuring transducers or control valves) to a PC
or management system.
– Supports online configuration and diagnostics for the connected HART-capable
field devices
– Constant documentation of process variables and states
– 32 HART channels per multiplexer
– Up to 128 HART multiplexers at one
PC interface
– Communication via software tool
(e.g., HART OPC Server) using RS-485 interface
– Electrical isolation between auxiliary energy, RS-485 bus and the HART channels
– HART field devices are accessed at the
same time that the measurement signal is
transmitted without affecting measured
value processing
– HART field devices connected via universal HART connection boards; direct connection if processing non-Ex signals, with
separate Ex i signal isolator connected
upstream if processing Ex signals
– Power supplied via HART connection
board
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

W

Housing width 35.2 mm

Technical data
Field devices interface (HART)
Channels
Connection method
Signal
HART specification

16 or 32; adjustable using a switch
Flat-ribbon cable, 14-pos. (inclusive)
HART FSK
HART Field Communication Protocol Rev. 6.0 (downward compatible
up to Rev 4.0); FSK Physical Layer Specification (Rev. 8.1)

Data transmission display
Display error

Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “HART” LEDs
Red “ERR” LED (flashes in case of an error in the HART bus)

RS-485 interface
Connection method
Signal
Data flow control/protocols

D-SUB-9 socket
RS-485
Compatible with OPC HART server, PDM, PRM, and FDT/DTM

Number of HART multiplexers per bus segment
Address setting
Data rate

Max. 31
0...127; using a rotary switch at the front
9600 / 19200 / 38400 / 57600 [bps]; via rotary switch at the front

Transmission length
Display
General data
Supply voltage range
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Operating voltage display
Undervoltage monitoring

≤ 1200 m
Two yellow “Tx” and “Rx” “RS-485” LEDs

Galvanic isolation of HART signal/RS-485
Galvanic isolation of HART signals between each other
Galvanic isolation of HART signal/supply
Galvanic isolation of RS-485/supply
Error monitoring
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Dimensions W / H / D
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

18 V ... 31.2 V
24 V DC
55 mA
1.35 W
Green “PWR” LED
Yes (no faulty devices / output states)
350 V AC
100 V DC (Capacitive)
350 V AC
350 V AC
Processor error: The “PWR” LED flashes;
error in the HART communication: the “ERR” LED flashes
-20°C ... 60°C
≤ 95% (no condensation)
35.2 / 99 / 114.5 mm
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

HART multiplexer, 32-channel including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables
MACX MCR-S-MUX

2865599

1

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1)

2902932

1

- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer

TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1)

2902934

1

HART connection board
Interface converter, for conversion from RS-232 (V.24) to
RS-485, with electrical isolation, rail-mountable, changeover of
data direction self-controlling or through RTS/CTS

MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB
PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P1)

2308124
2744416

1
1

Repeater, for electrical isolation and increased range

PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P1)

2744429

1

Accessories
Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer
Universal termination carrier for 16 MINI MCR isolators

186

PHOENIX CONTACT

Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducer,
Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 1
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– HART-capable (MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX)
– Configuration using software

D W
H

-

1
2

DC

D

DC

D

5 OUT 1

A

6

GND 1

3
+

4

Loop-powered,
programmable

Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.



Ex:  
Housing width 12.5 mm

Block diagram MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX

To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device
(2864587), you need a HART modem.

Technical data
To configure the MCR-FL-T-LP-EX device (2864574), you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN software, see page 190

Measuring input
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measurement range 10 Ω)
10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measurement range 100 Ω)
-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Yes, programmable

Voltage
Configuration
Measuring output
Output signal range
Maximum output signal
Load
Line monitoring
Short-circuit current

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
≤ 23 mA
≤ 520 Ω (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 12 V / 0.023 A)
NE 43
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Test voltage input/output
Switch on delay time
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection method
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Ui
Maximum current Ii
Maximum power Pi
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Gas group
- max. external inductivity Lo
- max. external capacity Co
Maximum ambient temperature

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
-

1
2

DC

D

DC

D

[mH]
[µF]

12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA
<2s
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4s
NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
Plug-in screw connection
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX
MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
30 V
30 V
100 mA
100 mA
750 mW
750 mW
5 V DC
4.4 V DC
5.9 mA
9.6 mA
7.2 mW
10.6 mW
II A
II B
II C
II A
II B
II C
100
100
100
100
100
100
10
10
2
12
12
2.4
T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C,
T4 = 85°C, T5 = 65°C,
T6 = 55°C
T6 = 50°C

CE-compliant

4

6

CE-compliant

 II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T6

 II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T4...T6

cULus
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

cULus
-

5 OUT 1

A

3
+

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA

Ordering data

GND 1

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX
MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

2864587
2864574

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature transducer, for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, resistance-type sensors, and voltage sensors
HART-compatible

1
1

Block diagram MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

187

Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducers
with connection heads, Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 0
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– HART-compatible

3
4

DC

D

DC

D

1 OUT 1

A

2 GND 1

5
6

Loop-powered,
programmable

Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-conductor connection.



To configure the MCR-FL-TS-LPI-EX HART-capable device,
you need a HART modem.

Ex:  

Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX

Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measurement range 10 Ω)
10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measurement range 100 Ω)
-10 mV ... 75 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Yes, programmable

Voltage
Configuration
Measuring output
Output signal range
Maximum output signal
Load
Line monitoring
Short-circuit current

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
≤ 23 mA
≤ 630 Ω (At UV = 24 V; Usupply - 10 V / 0.023 A)
NE 43
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Test voltage input/output
Switch on delay time
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Connection
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Ui
Maximum current Ii
Maximum power Pi
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Gas group
- max. external inductivity Lo
- max. external capacity Co
Maximum ambient temperature

[mH]
[µF]

∅44
∅33

4

6

∅7

∅5

5

3

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)

12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA
<2s
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...75 mV)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
6s
IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B
Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Polycarbonate, PC
V0
0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15
30 V
100 mA
750 mW
5 V DC
5.4 mA
6.6 mW
II A
II B
II C
100
100
100
9.9
9.9
2
Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C

CE-compliant

 II 1 G and II 2 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
cULus
SIL 2 according to EN 61508

2

Ordering data
1

21

Description

188

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX

2864545

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR temperature measuring transducer, smart, for
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
and voltage sensors
1

Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Programmable loop-powered
temperature measuring transducers
with connection heads, Ex i
– 1-channel
– Loop-powered
– Input for resistance thermometers,
thermocouples, and linear mV signals,
Ex ia IIC
– Output 4...20 mA/20...4 mA
– Can be installed in zone 0
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– Configuration using software

3
4

DC

D

DC

D

1 OUT 1

A

2 GND 1

5
6

Loop-powered,
programmable

Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.



You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 190

Ex:  

Block diagram MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

Technical data
Measuring input
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors

Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000); min. measurement range 10 K
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U; min. measurement range 50 K/500 K

Resistor

10 Ω ... 400 Ω (min. measurement range 10 Ω)
10 Ω ... 2000 Ω (min. measurement range 100 Ω)
-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Yes, programmable

Voltage
Configuration
Measuring output
Output signal range
Maximum output signal
Load
Line monitoring
Short-circuit current

4 mA ... 20 mA / 20 mA ... 4 mA
≤ 25 mA
≤ 720 Ω (For UV = 24 V; Usupply - 8 V / 0.025 A)
NE 43
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)

Output current with open circuit
Output current, measuring range overrange/underrange
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error

≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
3.8 mA ... 20.5 mA (linear increase/decrease)

Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor

Test voltage input/output
Switch on delay time
Degree of protection
Mounting position
Connection
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Ui
Maximum current Ii
Maximum power Pi
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Gas group
- max. external inductivity Lo
- max. external capacity Co
Maximum ambient temperature

[mH]
[µF]

∅44
∅33

4

6

30 V
100 mA
750 mW
8.2 V DC
4.6 mA
9.35 mW
II B
II C
8.5
4.5
1.9
0.974
Category 1: T4 = 60°C, T5 = 50°C, T6 = 40°C
Category 2: T4 = 85°C, T5 = 70°C, T6 = 55°C

CE-compliant

 II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
cULus

∅7

∅5

5

3

Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

8 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA
<2s
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
6s
IP00, IP66 (integrated in the connecting head)
Connecting head according to DIN 43729 form B
Installation in connection head according to DIN 43729 form B
NAMUR recommendation NE 21
Polycarbonate, PC
V0
0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.75 mm² / 24 - 15

2

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

2864532

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

21

MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, resistance-type sensors,
and voltage sensors

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

189

Measurement and control technology
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Accessories

Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable loop-powered temperature
transducers.
– For temperature transducers
MCR-FL-T(S)-LP-I-EX and
MCR-FL-HT-T(S)-I-EX
– Galvanically isolated
– Configuration possible during operation
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
The computer and the measuring transducer communicate with one another via a
software adapter cable and a serial interface.

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR configuration software, for programming MCR-T-...-,
MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-..., and
MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

Notes:

1

The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

Accessories

USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
For connecting the programmable
MCR-/PI modules to the USB interface of a
computer, the USB adapter cable
CM-KBL-RS232/USB can be used together with the relevant adapter cables. Programming with the MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
software is possible under the operating systems Windows 98™, Windows 2000™ and
Windows XP™.
The following modules are supported:
– MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
– MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

MCR-PAC-T-USB

2309000

1

2761295

1

USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
Software adapter cable, 2.4 m length, with USB connection, for
programming MCR-...-LP-... and MCR-...-HT-... modules

Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded, 9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB
pin

190

PHOENIX CONTACT

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

Measurement and control technology
Accessories
Accessories

Shield fast connection
– For connecting cable shielding to cable
terminal points
– Can be connected to PLUGTRAB PT
– Easy assembly

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Shield fast connection
For Ø 3-6 mm
For Ø 5-10 mm

SSA 3-6
SSA 5-10

2839295
2839512

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MPS-MT
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201744
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Accessories

Test plug

Ordering data
Description
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Color

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

191

192

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
EMpro energy meters measure, analyze,
and communicate important electrical system parameters.
PSK DL data logger kits monitor and log
operating states.
PSK meters record compressed air consumption.
Current transformers
PACT current transformers convert currents up to 4000 A into secondary currents
of 1 and 5 A.
Current and voltage measuring technology
MCR current and voltage transducers
convert currents and voltages into standard
analog signals.
Solar and PV system monitoring
The SOLARCHECK modular monitoring
system is used for string monitoring in
photovoltaic systems.
Residual current monitoring
RCM devices provide residual current
monitoring in grounded power supply
systems. They detect residual currents at an
early stage before they result in forced
shutdown.
Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control is the charging controller used to charge electric vehicles on
the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.
Electronic monitoring relays
EMD monitoring relays detect and indicate deviations in important system parameters at an early stage.
Electronic timer relays
ETD timer relays are used for straightforward time control functions.

Product range overview
Product overview

194

Energy and
power measuring technology
EMpro energy meters
Extension modules
Complete packages for data logging
Compressed air meters

196
200
202
206
208

Current transformers
Selection guide
PACT current transformers
Accessories

210
212
213
223

Current and
voltage measuring technology
Current transducers
Voltage transducers
Accessories

226
229
236
237

Solar and
PV system monitoring
SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring

238
240

Residual current monitoring
Residual current monitoring - RCM

242
244

Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control charging controller

246
247

Monitoring relays, timer relays,
special function modules
EMD electronic monitoring relays
ETD electronic timer relays
EMG special function modules

248
250
258
262

Special function modules
EMG special function modules enable
simple components such as diodes to be
used in an industrial context. These products feature professional housing and connection technology.

PHOENIX CONTACT

193

Monitoring
Product overview
Energy and power measuring technology

EMpro energy meters for
front-panel installation

Page 200

EMpro energy meters for
DIN rail mounting

Page 201

Special function and
communication modules

DIN rail adapters
Page 202

Page 205

Current and voltage measuring technology

PACT winding current transformers
Page 222

Mounting accessories, shock protection
Page 223

MCR current transducers for AC/DC and
distorted currents up to 600 A
Page 229

MCR current transducers for AC/DC and
distorted currents up to 55 A, programmable
Page 230

Solar and PV system monitoring

Accessories
Configuration software and
USB adapter cable

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Communication module
Page 240

Monitoring relays

EMD-BL
Compact monitoring relays

194

PHOENIX CONTACT

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Current measuring modules
Page 241

SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Voltage measuring modules
Page 241

Page 149

Timer relays

Page 250

EMD
Multifunctional monitoring relays

Page 252

ETD-BL
Ultra-narrow timer relays

Page 258

ETD
Multifunctional timer relays

Page 260

Monitoring
Product overview
Current transformers

Complete packages for data logging
Page 206

Compressed air meters

MCR current transducers for AC currents,
sinusoidal up to 12 A
Page 232
Passive, up to 5 A
Page 234

MCR current transducers for AC currents, sinusoidal and distorted, up to 200 A
Page 233

Page 208

Residual current monitoring

PACT bus-bar current transformers
Page 212
Can be calibrated
Page 224

PACT plug-in current transformers
Page 214
Can be calibrated
Page 224

MCR current protectors for AC currents,
sinusoidal up to 16 A
Page 235

MCR voltage transducers
for DC voltages up to 660 V
For AC voltages up to 444 V

Page 236
Page 236

EV Charge Lock Release
Mains failure plug release

Page 247

Components for E-Mobility

RCM type B+ for DC residual currents and
pulsating DC and AC residual currents
Page 244

RCM type A for pulsating DC and
AC residual currents
Page 245

EV Charge Control
Charging controller

Special function modules

Lightning current
measuring system

HMIs

Signal towers

EMG
Diode modules, lamp testing modules,
display modules
Page 262

Lightning current measuring system
See Catalog 6

HMIs
See Catalog 8

Signal towers
See Catalog 8

Page 247

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

195

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology

Energy costs at a glance
Within industry, energy is viewed as a
variable cost factor. As a result, lower energy costs are becoming increasingly important in terms of providing companies with a
major competitive advantage in the areas of
production, process, and industrial engineering.
Alongside energy consumption, the quality of the energy supplied, the reliability of
supply, and effective system utilization also
play an important role in ensuring profitability. This calls for continuous measurement
and analysis of all sources of energy.

196

PHOENIX CONTACT

Advantages of energy data acquisition
Continuously recorded energy flow provides the basis for a target-oriented energy
management system.
Access comprehensive information regarding the characteristic electrical data of
your machinery and benefit from the advantages of this:
– Reduce your energy costs by identifying
potential energy savings.
– Optimize your system capacity: through
intelligent switching of system parts, uniform network load, and reduced harmonics.
– Reduce peak loads using forward-looking
trend calculation and load management.
– Safeguard your production processes and
minimize downtimes by continuously
monitoring important system parameters.

Measurement – monitoring – communication
Efficient energy management – networkcapable EMpro energy meters can be used
to acquire and monitor the characteristic
electrical data of your machines and systems.
They can be freely extended with communication modules and special function modules, enabling your energy meters to keep
pace with your growing requirements. Future-proof planning and investment is therefore ensured.

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology

The communication expert
The EMpro MA600 is capable of performing all measurement tasks associated with
power supply applications up to 700 V AC –
from straightforward current and power
measurement and detection of harmonics
to spectral analysis and trend calculation.
– Flexible network connection
– Can be extended with plug-in communication modules and special function modules
– Remote access via web server

The universal solution on the front panel
The EMpro MA400 is capable of all standard measurement tasks in the main distribution up to 500 V AC.
– Plug-in RS-485 extension module for integration in JBUS and MODBUS systems

Data logger kits
PSK DL data logger kits monitor the operating state of your plant and inform you of
any change in state by SMS.
The complete package is available in two
versions:
– PSK DL BASIC with all basic functions
– PSK DL FLEX allows programming directly in SQL and supports modular expansion. Sends e-mails via GPRS or DSL.

Sensors and meters
Use of resources at a glance - determine
all relevant states using sensors and meters.
– Detailed procurement measurement,
thanks to precise sensor and meter technology
– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks
to IO-Link technology

The compact starter for use in the
sub-distribution
The EMpro MA200 energy meter is ideal
for simple measurement tasks where onsite analysis of the measured values is sufficient.
The highly communicative device for
use on DIN rails
The EMpro MA250 performs simple measuring tasks in small control cabinets directly on the machine.
– With built-in RS-485 interface for integration in JBUS and MODBUS systems

Inline power measurement terminal
The Inline power measurement terminal
enables analysis of AC networks.
– For measuring current, voltage, and
power, as well as identifying distortion
and harmonics
The power measurement terminal can be
found in Catalog 8, control technology, I/O
systems, and network structure.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

197

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Energy meters

Ethernet

SHDSL modem
PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.23 13 643

VCC

RS-485
EMpro

EMpro

EMpro

692,1 V
U2-3689,9
3-1690,3
F 50,00 Hz

470,8 kW

87,2 kW

101,2 kvar

1,5 kvar

C 000217683 kWh

481,6 kVA

87,2 kVA

Energy meter
EMpro MA600

Energy meter
EMpro MA400

100 100 100

50

50

50

LINK
STAT
STAT

LINK

ETH

USB

ERR

DSL A
ETH

LINK

DSL B

DIAG
ACT

RS-485
EthernetGateway

Energy meter
EMpro MA400

DSL (up to 20 km)

Measurement – monitoring – communication
In order to achieve efficient energy management, all energy data that has been determined is acquired and analyzed centrally
in the control center.
For data transmission, integrate the EMpro measuring devices flexibly into your
network structures.
The network components from Phoenix
Contact offer interference-free and highperformance communication of energy data, even in harsh industrial environments:
– Copper-based and fiber optic data transmission
– Ethernet and modem communication
– Industrial wireless transmission

SHDSL modem
PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/ETH
Ord.-No.23 13 643

VCC

STAT

LINK

ETH

USB

ERR

DSL A
ETH

LINK

LINK
STAT

DSL B

DIAG
ACT

COM-Server

Energy meter
EMpro MA400
EMpro

720,2 kW
350,6 kvar

UL

FD

Ethernet

100
TD
RD

RS-485

801,0 kVA

Direct access to measured values
Analyze your system parameters quickly
on site. At the touch of a button, you can
access precisely those measured values that
are of relevance.
You can also use the user-friendly web
server function to request measured values
directly from the control center.

198

PHOENIX CONTACT

Planning reliability and investment security
EMpro extension modules, special function modules, and communication modules
enable you to remain flexible and extend
your EMpro measuring devices at any time:
– Digital inputs and outputs
– Pulse outputs
– Analog outputs
– Communication interfaces
– Measured data memory
– Temperature measurement

Remote access to multiple meters with just one IP address
The web server that has been integrated
into the Ethernet communication modules
allows you to conveniently configure key parameters online. It also allows remote access to key electrical characteristics such as
current, voltage, power, energy, and harmonics.

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
You can easily select the right device for
your application by referring to the table below:

Product type

The compact starter

The highly communicative
device for use on DIN rails

The universal solution
on the front panel

The communication expert

EEM-MA200

EEM-MA250
with RS-485

EEM-MA400

EEM-MA600
EEM-MA600-24DC

∙

∙

∙

∙

∙
∙

∙
∙

∙

∙

∙

∙
∙
∙
∙

∙
∙
∙
∙

∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙

∙

∙

∙
∙

∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙

Up to 51st harmonic

Up to 51st harmonic

Up to 51st harmonic

Up to 63rd harmonic

∙
∙
∙
∙

∙
∙
∙
∙

∙

∙
∙
∙

Mounting
DIN rail
Front panel
Measurement
Currents
I1, I2, I3, Σ3
I1, I2, I3, IN (calculation)
Maximum values
Average values
Supports current measurement without an external transformer

∙
∙
∙

Voltages
U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3
Maximum values
Average values
Voltage measurement via voltage transducer
Voltage measurement, direct, up to 500 V
Voltage measurement, direct, up to 700 V
Frequency
Power
ΣP, ΣQ, ΣS (±)
P, Q, S per phase (±)
Maximum values P, Q, S
Average values P, Q, S
Trend power
Power factor
ΣPF
PF per phase
THD (Total Harmonic Distortion)
I1, I2, I3, U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3
Temperature
Temperature measurement (internal)
Metering
Active and reactive energy (kWh+, kvarh+)
Active and reactive energy (kWh±, kvarh±)
Two-tariff meter
Operating hours
Analysis

∙

Up to 63rd harmonic

Harmonics analysis
Outputs
One configurable pulse output (kWh+, kvarh+) or alarm (threshold value)
Inputs
One configurable input for tariff switch-over
Special function modules (optional)

∙
∙

∙
∙

Memory
Two digital I/Os

∙

One pulse output or one threshold value
Two pulse outputs
Two analog outputs
Temperature measurement
Communication modules (optional)

∙

JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS (D-SUB)
Ethernet
RS-485/Ethernet gateway

Key
I1, I2, I3
IN
U12, U23, U31
V1, V2, V3

Conductor currents
Neutral conductor current
Phase conductor voltages
Conductor voltages to N

P
Q
S
PF
THD

∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙

Real power
Reactive power
Apparent power
Power factor
Total harmonic distortion

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

199

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Energy meters
H
W

D

EMpro energy meters are capable of acquiring, monitoring, and displaying all electrical system and machine parameters locally.
EEM-MA600
– Can be extended with special function
and communication modules
– Remote access via web server, integrated
into Ethernet communication module
– Acquisition of individual harmonic components up to 63rd order
– Trend calculation for active and reactive
power

Measuring voltage of up to 700 V AC,
extendable


Housing width 96 mm

EEM-MA400
– Can be extended with a pulse module
– Can be extended with RS-485 communication module (JBUS/MODBUS)
– Acquisition of total harmonic content up
to harmonic of 51st order
EEM-MA250
– Two-tariff measurement via pulse input
– Pulse output
– RS-485 interface ( JBUS/MODBUS)
EEM-MA200
– Two-tariff measurement via pulse input
– Pulse output
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Technical data
Input data
Measuring principle
Acquisition of harmonics
Measured value
Voltage measuring input V1, V2, V3
Input voltage range

Accuracy
Current measuring input I1, I2, I3
Input current range ( Via external transformers )
Overload capacity
Operate threshold
Accuracy
Power measurement
Measuring range
Accuracy
Active energy (IEC 62053-22)
Reactive power (IEC 62053-23)
Digital input
Voltage input signal
Switching output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
Current carrying capacity
Serial port
Output description
Serial transmission speed
Display
Type
Measuring rate
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Dimensions W / H / D With extension module
Connection cross section (solid / stranded / AWG)
Voltage and other connections
Current connection
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 63rd harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)
18 V AC ... 700 V AC (Phase/Phase)
11 V AC ... 404 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers)
(Secondary, 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC)
0.2%
9999 A (primary)
(1 A and 5 A, secondary)
6 A (Permanent)
10 mA
0.2%
0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA
0.5%
Class 0.5S
Class 2
(Via extension module)

Via extension module
Via extension module
LCD display, backlighting
approximately

10 VA
20 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
IP52 (front), IP30 (back)
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm
96 / 96 / 80 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8
CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EEM-MA6001)

2901366

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Energy meter, for installation in front panel
Energy meter, for front-panel installation, 24 V DC

Energy meter, for mounting on a DIN rail

200

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
H

H
W

D

Measuring voltage of up to 700 V AC,
supply voltage 24 V DC

H
W

D

Measuring voltage of up to 500 V AC,
can be extended with RS-485 interface

Measuring voltage of up to 500 V AC,
with DIN rail mounting,
also with RS-485 interface


Housing width 96 mm

W

D



Housing width 96 mm

Technical data

Housing width 72 mm

Technical data

Technical data

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 63rd harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 51st harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)

True r.m.s. value measurement
up to 51st harmonic
AC sine (50/60 Hz)

18 V AC ... 700 V AC (Phase/Phase)
11 V AC ... 404 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
500 kV AC (Primary, via external voltage transducers)
(Secondary, 60, 100, 110, 115, 120, 173, 190 V AC)

50 V AC ... 500 V AC (Phase/Phase)
28 V AC ... 289 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
-

50 V AC ... 519 V AC (Phase/Phase)
28 V AC ... 300 V AC (Phase/neutral conductor)
-

0.2%

0.2%

0.2%

9999 A (primary)
(1 A and 5 A, secondary)
6 A (Permanent)
10 mA
0.2%

9999 A (primary)
5 A (secondary)
6 A (Permanent)
5 mA
0.2%

9999 A (primary)
5 A (secondary)
6 A (Permanent)
5 mA
0.2%

0 MW ... 8000 MW / 0 Mvar ... 8000 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 8000 MVA

0 MW ... 11 MW / 0 Mvar ... 11 Mvar / 0 MVA ... 11 MVA

0 kW ... 9999 kW / 0 kvar ... 9999 kvar / 0 kVA ... 9999 kVA

0.5%
Class 0.5S
Class 2

0.5%
Class 0.5S
Class 2

0.5%
Class 0.5S
Class 2

(Via extension module)

-

230 V AC 10% (Tariff switchover: e.g., day/nighttime tariff)

Via extension module
-

-

Via extension module
-

Via extension module
-

Transistor output, active
30 V DC
27 mA
EEM-MA2501)
Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485
2,4 ... 38.4 kbps

LCD display, backlighting
approximately

LCD display, backlighting
approximately

LCD display, backlighting
approximately

10 VA
20 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
IP52 (front), IP30 (back)
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm
96 / 96 / 80 mm

5 VA
10 VA (With maximum number of extension modules)
IP52 (front), IP30 (back)
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
96 / 96 / 82 mm
96 / 96 / 80 mm

5 VA

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 6 mm² / 0.5 ... 6 mm² / 20 - 8

0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 ... 4 mm² / 0.5 ... 4 mm² / 20 - 10

CE-compliant
-

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Type

EEM-MA600-24DC

IP51 (front), IP20 (back)
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
72 / 90 / 64 mm

Ordering data
Order No.

2902352

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EEM-MA2001)
None

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EEM-MA4001)

2901364

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-MA2501)
EEM-MA2001)

2901363
2901362

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

201

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Extension modules

Plug-in special function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-2DIO-MA600
– Two digital inputs and outputs
– Configurable threshold values
EEM-2AO-MA600
– Two 0 ... 20 mA/4 ... 20 mA analog outputs, configurable
Two digital inputs and outputs

Two analog outputs

Technical data

Technical data

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Digital input
Voltage input signal
Input pulse length
Output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 ms

-

Relay output
250 V AC/DC

Current output
-

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
With two digital I/Os
With two analog outputs

EEM-2DIO-MA6001)

2901371

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-2AO-MA6001)

2901475

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Extension modules

Plug-in special function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-MEMO-MA600
– Stores the last ten alarms together with
the time and date
– Stores the real and reactive power, e.g.,
for 45 days with a 15-minute synchronization pulse
Memory module

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Technical data
Digital input
Voltage input signal
General data
Supply voltage
Memory size
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

10 V DC ... 30 V DC
9 V (via EEM-MA600)
512 kByte
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EEM-MEMO-MA6001)

2901370

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Memory module (for EEM-MA600)

202

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Extension modules

Communication modules
EEM-RS485-MA...
– JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
EEM-PB...-MA600
– PROFIBUS DP, with transmission speeds
of 1.5 or 12 Mbps
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

RS-485

PROFIBUS

Technical data
Serial port
Output description
Serial transmission speed
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Technical data

Modbus RTU/JBUS RS-485
2.4 ... 38.4 kbps

EEM-PB-MA6001)
PROFIBUS DP RS-485
9.6 kbps ... 1.5 Mbps

9 V (via EEM-MA400)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description
Communication module (for EEM-MA400)
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
Communication module (for EEM-MA600)
JBUS/Modbus RTU (RS-485)
PROFIBUS DP (1.5 Mbps)
PROFIBUS DP (12 Mbps)

Type

EEM-PB12-MA6001)
PROFIBUS DP RS-485
9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EEM-RS485-MA4001)

2901365

1

EEM-RS485-MA6001)

2901367

1

Type

Order No.

EEM-PB-MA6001)
EEM-PB12-MA6001)

2901368
2901418

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Communication modules

EEM-ETH-MA600
– Ethernet
– Integrated web server
EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600
– Ethernet/RS-485 gateway
– MODBUS RTU master for up to
246 slaves
– Integrated web server
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Serial port
Output description
Serial transmission speed
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Ethernet
(MODBUS TCP)

Ethernet/RS-485 gateway
(MODBUS TCP/MODBUS RTU)

Technical data

Technical data

Modbus TCP Ethernet (RJ45)
10/100 Mbps

Modbus TCP Ethernet (RJ45)
10/100 Mbps

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

CE-compliant
UL 61010-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Communication module (for EEM-MA600)
Ethernet
RS-485/Ethernet gateway

EEM-ETH-MA6001)

Ordering data
Order No.

2901373

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-ETH-RS485-MA6001)

2901374

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

203

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Extension module

Plug-in special function module for the
EEM-MA600 energy meter
EEM-TEMP-MA600
– Temperature recording for up to three
PT 100 temperature sensors
– Temperature measuring range -20°C...+150°C
– Internal temperature recording of the ambient temperature -10°C...+55°C

Temperature module

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Technical data
Input data
Description of the input
Temperature range

Pt 100 input: 2, 3, 4-conductor
-20°C ... 150°C (Connected sensors)
-10°C ... 55°C (in the immediate vicinity)
0.5 K/m (2-conductor)
0.25 K/m (3-conductor)
0 K/m (4-conductor)
±1 K

Transmission error

Basic accuracy
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EEM-TEMP-MA6001)

2901949

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
1

Extension modules

Plug-in special function modules for the
EEM-MA400 and EEM-MA600 energy meters.
EEM-IMP-MA400
– One configurable pulse output
– One configurable threshold value
EEM-IMP-MA600
– Two configurable pulse outputs

Digital input
Voltage input signal
Input pulse length
Output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Pulse module

Pulse module

Technical data

Technical data

-

-

Relay output
100 V DC

Relay output
100 V DC

9 V (via EEM-MA400)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

9 V (via EEM-MA600)
IP20
-10°C ... 55°C (14°F to 131°F)

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Special function module (for EEM-MA600)
With two digital I/Os
With two analog outputs

EEM-IMP-MA400

2904314

204

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EEM-IMP-MA600

2904313

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Measuring instrument bracket
H
D

– For mounting the EEM-MA600 or
EEM-MA400 energy meters on a
35 mm DIN rail according to EN 60715

W

For mounting on DIN rails

Technical data
General data
Vibration resistance
Weight
DIN rail clip material
Fixing sheet material
Dimensions W / H / D

57 Hz ... 150 Hz (2 g)
265 g
Aluminum, natural anodized
Stainless steel VA
116 / 112 / 115 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

EEM-MKT-DRA

2902078

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DIN rail adapter for EEM-MA600 and EEM-MA400 energy meters

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

205

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Complete packages for data logging

BASIC data logger kit
Optimize your use of energy and resources. Data loggers from Phoenix Contact can
be used to monitor and log the supply of
water, compressed air, and electricity to
your system. This enables efficient cost control. No additional software or operator
panels are needed to parameterize data loggers – simply use a web browser on your
PC.
The BASIC data logger kit features:
– Low installation and energy costs, thanks
to parameterization via web interface
without programming knowledge
– Comprehensive solution – complete
package available under one order number
– Flexible communication, thanks to the integrated GSM/GPRS modem and Ethernet interface
– Maximum system availability, thanks to
limit value monitoring
– Standardized data routing, thanks to SQL
interface
– Process information sent to the user via
e-mail or SMS
– Set digital outputs on the data logger via
SMS
– Integrated FTP and web server

206

PHOENIX CONTACT

Technical data
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

PSK DL BASIC

2700726

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Parameterizable data logger kit with Ethernet interface and
GSM modem, including power supply unit with 8 digital outputs
and 16 digital inputs, plus accessories and patch cable

1

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Complete packages for data logging

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

FLEX data logger kit
The PSK DL FLEX data logger kit is the
extended version of the PSK DL BASIC basic package. A maximum of three digital input terminals and four analog input terminals
from the Inline I/O system can also be connected to the FLEX kit. The mounted terminals are automatically detected and started
up. The PSK DL FLEX can be used to send
digital and analog status information via SMS
or e-mail or via mobile phone networks or
Ethernet. In addition, the PSK DL FLEX can
write the information directly to an SQL database that is provided.
In addition to all the properties of the
BASIC version, the FLEX extended
solution kit also offers the following:
– Direct SQL connection via SQL interface
– Process information via e-mail and SMS
– Flexible extension with additional
I/O modules

Technical data
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Extendable parameterizable data logger kit with Ethernet interface
and GSM/GPRS modem, including power supply unit with 8 digital
outputs, 24 digital inputs, and 8 analog inputs, plus accessories and
patch cable
PSK DL FLEX

2700727

1

IB IL 24 DI 2-PAC1)
IB IL 24 DI 4-PAC1)
IB IL 24 DI 8-PAC1)
IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC1)
IB IL DI 8/S0-PAC1)

2861221
2861234
2861247
2861250
2897020

1
1
1
1
1

IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC1)
IB IL AI 8/SF-PAC1)
IB IL AI 8/IS-PAC1)

2861302
2861412
2861661

1
1
1

Accessories
Inline digital input terminal, complete with accessories
(connector and labeling field)
- 2 inputs
- 4 inputs
- 8 inputs
- 16 inputs
- S0 counter
Inline analog input terminal, complete with accessories
(connector and labeling field)
- 2 inputs
- 8 inputs
- 8 inputs, initiator with supply outputs

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

207

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology
Sensors and meters
Compressed air meters
Use meters from Phoenix Contact to
monitor the use of compressed air, an expensive production resource. By using compressed air efficiently, you can decrease
compressor usage and therefore reduce energy costs. The calorimetric measuring procedure records even the smallest consumption rates. You can therefore detect wear or
leaks based on the amount of air consumed.
Compressed air counter up to 75 Nm3/h

Use compressed air meters to acquire
the following values:
– The current volumetric flow according to
ISO 2533 and DIN 1343
– The total volume used
– The temperature of the compressed air in
the monitored operating processes
The compressed air meters impress
thanks to their:
– Detailed reference measurement with
flow rate, total volume, and temperature
display
– Intelligent sensor communication, thanks
to IO-Link technology
– Measuring range from 0.06 Nm3/h to
700.0 Nm3/h
– Flexible use, thanks to IP65 protection:
resistant to dust and splash water


Technical data
PSK AFS6050IOL
Flow monitoring
Measuring range
Display area
Repeatability
Response time
Measured value error

PSK AFS6000IOL

0 Nm³/h ... 75 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 90 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
±15% of the measured value
Depending on the air quality:
+1.5% of the measuring range fi±3% of the measured value
nal value
+0.3% of the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured
value +0.6% of the measuring
range final value

Temperature monitoring
Measuring range
Display area
Response time
Resolution
Accuracy
Supply for module electronics
Connection method
No. of pos.
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Digital outputs
Pulse value
Pulse length
Delay time
Analog outputs
Type of protection
Current output signal
Load/output load current output
General data
Weight
Width
Height
Depth
Degree of protection
Protection class
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6

0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA
0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³
min. 0.04 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness)
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
581 g

961 g
45 mm

111 mm
79.5 mm

300 mm
76.8 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS6050IOL

2700704

1

PSK AFS6000IOL

2700707

1

Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection,
measuring range up to 75 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: G1/2 process connection,
measuring range up to 75 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R1/4 process connection,
measuring range up to 15 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R1 process connection,
measuring range up to 225 Nm3/h
Compressed air meter: R2 process connection,
measuring range up to 700 Nm3/h

208

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Energy and power measuring technology

Compressed air counter up to 15 Nm3/h

Compressed air counter up to 225 Nm3/h



Compressed air counter up to 700 Nm3/h





Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

0 Nm³/h ... 15 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 18 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value

0 Nm³/h ... 225 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 270 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value

2 Nm³/h ... 700 Nm³/h
0 Nm³/h ... 840 Nm³/h
(±1.5% of the measured value)
< 0.1 s ((dAP = 0))
Depending on the air quality: ±3% of the measured value +0.3% of
the measuring range final value; ±6% of the measured value +0.6%
of the measuring range final value

0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)

0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)

0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)

M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA

M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA

M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA

0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³
min. 0.2 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness)

0.0030 m³ ... 3000000 m³
min. 0.02 s
1 s (Operational readiness)

0.0100 m³ ... 4000000 m³
min. 0.043 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness)

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω

Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω

887 g
45 mm
193.3 mm
74.5 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

2.053 kg
45 mm
475 mm
88.5 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

4.332 kg
133 mm
475 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS5000IOL

2700705

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS8000IOL

2700708

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PSK AFS2000IOL

2700709

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

209

Monitoring
Current transformers

Extremely versatile
PACT current transformers offer a complete product range for converting alternating currents up to 4000 A into secondary
currents of 1 A and 5 A. Depending on requirements, bus-bar, plug-in, and winding
current transformers are available. PACT
current transformers are available in different transformation ratios, accuracy classes,
and rated powers - in 3000 versions, for
your current measurement requirements.

210

PHOENIX CONTACT

Also available for higher accuracy classes
For standard applications, such as in machine building or system manufacturing,
Phoenix Contact offers current transformers with accuracy classes 0.5 and 1 in a version that cannot be calibrated.
For higher accuracy or for billing purposes
in energy supply, type-tested transformers
that can be calibrated as well as calibrated
transformers are available - with classes
0.2/0.2S/0.5 and 0.5S.

Monitoring
Current transformers

I PN
120 %

100 %

t

Fast and secure installation
The current transformer quick-action
mechanism offers the following advantages:
– Tool-free mounting
– Considerable reduction in installation
time
– Easy handling and secure fastening by
pressing with finger
– Current transformers align themselves –
no need for subsequent alignment

ETH

Variable and space-saving mounting
In addition to the vertical and horizontal
mounting position, the optional accessories
offer further installation options such as
mounting on the DIN rail or on the control
cabinet panel.
All PACT current transformers are just
30 mm wide. This saves space – for example
flat mounting when measuring branch outlets.

ETH

PLC
MRESET

LNK
ACT
100

PLC
MRESET

RUN
STP

LNK
ACT
100

FAIL

RUN / PROG

PLC

INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999

LNK
ACT
100

IB

RB OUT

RC

IL

PRG

RB IN

IL

PRG

RDY / RUN

BA

RD

BSA

RD

BSA

TR

FAIL

TR

FAIL

BA

PLC

RB OUT

RDY / RUN

PF

PF

1.1

1.1

1.1

1.1

1.1

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I

OUT GND GND GND

PWR

ERR

1.1

1.1

Current transducer

PWR

ERR

ON OFF

nc

D

1
2

0,5

0,5

nc

D

PACT MCR V2
12020-1 59

0,5

Current transducer

ON OFF
1
2

0,5

1.1

OUT GND GND GND

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I

RC

RB IN

FAIL

INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999
RESET

RESET

IB

RUN
STP

RUN / PROG

10/100

10/100

LNK
ACT
100

Current transformer
According to EN 60044-1

PACT current transformer

Safe detection of current peaks
PACT current transformers can be used
to safely detect current peaks greater than
the rated nominal current strength – without resulting in any damage: the transformers are designed for a continuous thermal
nominal current that is 120% of the primary
rated current strength.
Example: a PACT transformer with a
specified rated power of 10 VA does indeed
deliver 14.4 VA on a continual basis.

Safe isolation
PACT current transformers are manufactured in accordance with EN 50178. This
is relevant for electronic equipment for use
in power installations.
EN 50178 differs considerably from
EN 60044, the usual standard for transformers, with regard to safety.
Your advantages:
– PACT current transformers offer safe isolation, thanks to greater air and creepage
distances
– PACT current transformers ensure that
there is no sparkover on the secondary
side of the transformer and human life is
protected inside and outside the control
cabinet
– Up to 1000 V (L-N) operating voltage
possible
– Routine testing with 12 kV (1.2/50 s)
– Surge voltage category 3 is met

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

211

Monitoring
Current transformers
Selection guide

– Complete range consisting of winding,
bus-bar, and plug-in current transformers
– Popular types available from stock; alternatively, order key can be used for custom
dimensioning
– Versions available to support official calibration
Selection
– Select your converter in accordance with
the dimensions of the copper rail
– Specify the four electrical characteristics
of the converter:
1.The primary rated current
strength Ipn - the maximum amperage
occurring in the path to be measured
2.The secondary rated current Isn supplied to the downstream measuring
devices
3. Class - accuracy for adherence to the
specified tolerances
4. Rated power Sn [VA] - takes account of all the loads occurring in the
measuring circuit

Calculation guide

Technical data
Input data
Thermal rated short-time current
Rated surge current
Rated frequency
Surge current limitation factor
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Test voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulating material class
Connection capacity of secondary terminals
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Housing material

Ith = 60 * In
Idyn = 2.5 * Ith
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
FS 5
1 kV
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
12 kV (1.2 / 50 μs)
E
2 x (2.5 x 4) mm
-25°C ... 40°C
IEC 60044-1, EN 50178
Polyamide PA fiberglass reinforced

Order key - example for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
Preferred types that can be ordered directly are marked in green in the selection table.

Determination of the secondary side rated power Sn
All the occurring loads must be added:
– Calculate the power requirement of the copper cable (forward and
return line)
– Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices
(measuring devices)
– Add a reserve requirement

Order No.
2277271

IP00600
IP00750
IP00800
IP01000
IP01250
IP02000
IP02500

Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve

IP02000
= 60 A
= 75 A
= 80 A
= 100 A
= 125 A
= 200 A
= 250 A

/

IS05

Rated power Sn

C10

2.

Secondary current Isn
1A

0.2917
0.1750
0.1094
0.0729

0.0117
0.0070
0.0044
0.0029

Example:
Sn copper cable = cable length x 2 x rated power
Sn copper cable = 10 m x 2 x 0.1750 VA/m = 3.50 VA

Selection table (extract)
Isn

Cl.

Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
60
75
80
100
125
150
1.25
2.5
2.5

0.5
1A

1.25

2.5

2.5

2.5

1

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

200
2.5
3.75

250
2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5
10

Sn measuring device = 2 VA
Sn reserve < 0.5 x (Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device)
Sn reserve = 2 VA
Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve
Sn total = 3.5 VA + 2 VA + 2 VA = 7.5 VA

0.5
5A

1.25
1

PHOENIX CONTACT

1.25
1.5

1.25
2

2.5

2.5
3.75

P125
P250
P375
P500
P750
P1000

3.

2.5
3.75
5

Rated power Sn [VA]

Secondary current Isn
5A

/

C02 = 0.2
C05 = 0.5
C10 = 1

Rated power in VA/m
(consider the forward and return line)

1.5
2.5
4
6

212

Class
/

IS01 = 1 A
IS05 = 5 A

1.

Power requirement of copper cables with a different diameter
Conductor cross
section in mm2

Secondary current Isn

Primary current Ipn
/

=
=
=
=
=
=

P750
1.25 VA
2.5 VA
3.75 VA
5.0 VA
7.5 VA
10 VA

4.

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V1-21-44
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 21 mm
16

Notes:

30

44

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

Bus-bar curr. transf.,
official calibration as an option

21

50
26

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 50 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
2.5 VA
- 100 A
2.5 VA
- 125 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
5 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 250 A
5 VA
- 300 A
10 VA
- 400 A
5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1

2277019
2277611
2277022
2277763
2277035
2277776
2277048
2277789
2277051
2277792

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V1-21-44

2277268

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
2277268

/

IP05000

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V1-21-44 (Order No.: 2277268)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
50
60
75
80
100
125
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

1.25
C10
=1

1.25
1.5

2.5

2.5

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

/

C05

Rated power Sn
/

P1000

150
2.5
3.75

200
2.5
5

250
2.5
5
7.5

300
2.5
5

400
2.5
5
7.5

500
2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

1.25
1.5

1.25
2.0

1.25
2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224

213

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

30

60

16

PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...750) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 28 mm
– Rail dimensions:
30x15 mm; 20x20 mm

28

23x23

16x33

64

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

33x16

Notes:

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 60 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
1.5 VA
- 80 A
1.25 VA
- 100 A
2.5 VA
- 125 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
5 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 200 A
7.5 VA
- 250 A
5 VA
- 250 A
7.5 VA
- 250 A
10 VA
- 300 A
7.5 VA
- 400 A
10 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1

2277815
2277828
2276502
2277831
2277064
2277624
2277844
2277077
2277637
2277857
2276544
2277860
2277080
2277640
2277093
2277653
2277103
2277666

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60

2277271

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP07500

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277271)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
50
60
75
80
100
125
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1

/

1.25
C10
=1

214

PHOENIX CONTACT

1.25
1.5

1.25
2

2.5

2.5
3.75

Rated power Sn
/

P1500

150
2.5

200
2.5
3.75

250
2.5
5

300
2.5
5
7.5

400
2.5
5
10

500
2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
10
15

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

C05

2.5
3.75
5

2.5
5
10

600
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

750
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277271

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

70

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224

13x40,5

33

31x31

74

40,5x13

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

16

PACT MCR-V2-4012-70
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(75...1000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 33 mm
– Rail dimensions:
40x12 mm; 2x 30x10 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 250 A
5 VA
- 300 A
7.5 VA
- 400 A
7.5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1

2277116
2277679
2277129
2277682
2277132
2277695
2277145
2277158

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70

2277284

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP010000

/

IS05

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277284)
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
75
80
100
125
150
200
1.25
2.5
2.5
C05
3.75
= 0.5
IS01
=1 A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
5
5
=1

1.25
C10
=1

1.25

2.5

C10

Rated power Sn
/

P250

250
2.5
5

300
2.5
5

400
2.5
5
7.5

500
2.5
5
10

600
2.5
5
10

750
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

1.25

2.5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

/

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

2.5
5
10
15

800
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

1000
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277284

2.5
5
10

PHOENIX CONTACT

215

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

13x50,5

42

41x31

31x41

92

50,5x13

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

85
16

PACT MCR-V2-5012-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(100...1500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 42 mm
– Rail dimensions:
50x12 mm; 2x 40x10 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 150 A
3.75 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 250 A
7.5 VA
- 300 A
10 VA
- 400 A
10 VA
- 500 A
15 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 600 A
15 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1

2276117
2276120
2276133
2276146
2277161
2276159
2277174
2276162
2276175
2277187
2276463
2277190
2277200
2276188

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85

2277297

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276612

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65

2276625

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP02500

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277297)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
100
125
150
200
250
300
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
= 0.5
7.5
IS01
=1A

1.25

2.5

C10
=1

2.5
3.75

2.5
5
7.5

1.25

2.5
5

2.5
3.75

2.5
5
7.5

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

1.25
C10
=1

216

PHOENIX CONTACT

2.5

2.5
5
7.5
10
2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

/

400
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

C10

500
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

Rated power Sn
/

600
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
20
2.5
5
20
15
5
10
15
20

P750

750
2.5
5
10

800
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

1000
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

1250
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

1500
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
30
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277297

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

16x60,5

52

42x42

32x52

52x32

92

60,5x16

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

85
16

PACT MCR-V2-6015-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...1600) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 52 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x15 mm; 2x 50x10 mm; 40x40 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 200 A
2.5 VA
- 250 A
2.5 VA
- 300 A
2.5 VA
- 400 A
2.5 VA
- 500 A
5 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1

2277873
2277886
2277899
2277909
2277912
2277925
2277938
2277941
2277954
2277967
2277970
2277983

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85

2277336

1

Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP05000

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277336)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
1.25
1.25
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1

2.5
C10
=1

C10

Rated power Sn
/

P375

600
2.5

750
2.5
5

800
2.5

1000
2.5

1250
2.5
5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
3.75

2.5
3.75

2.5
5

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20

1.25

1.25

1.25
2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

/

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

1500

1600

5
10
15
20
5
10
15
30

5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277336

5
10
15

PHOENIX CONTACT

217

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-6315-95
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 53 mm
– Rail dimensions:
63x15 mm
2x 50x10 mm
40x40 mm
PACT MCR-V2-6040-96
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x40 mm; 50x50 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

96
95

61

44x64

105

54x54

53

32x54

54x32

42x42

16x64

16
105

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

64x16

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225

16

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1250 A
10 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
10 VA
- 1600 A
10 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
- 2000 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

30

30

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1

2277213
2277226
2277239

1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1

2277242
2277255

1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95

2277307

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1

2276191
2276201
2276214
2277705

1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1

2276227
2277718

1
1

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1

2276230
2276243

1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96

2277349

1

Accessories

Accessories

Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276638

1

Fixing pin length 65 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65

2276641

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
IP25000

/

IS05

/

C05

Rated power Sn
/

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277307)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
7.5 10 10 15 15
15
15
15
IS01
20
=1A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C10 3.75 5
5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
15
=1
7.5 10 10 10 15 15
15
15
20
15
20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
3.75 5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
7.5 10 10 10 15 15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
15 15 20 20
30
20
30
30
30
30
=5A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
10
5
5
10
10
10
C10 3.75 5
5
5
10 10 10 10
15
10
10
15
15
15
=1
10 10 15 15 15 15
30
15
15
30
30
30
15 20 20 30 30
30
30

218

PHOENIX CONTACT

P500
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277349)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
7.5
7.5 7.5 10
10
IS01
=1A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
=1
7.5 7.5
7.5 7.5 10
10
2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 3.75 5
=1

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

2.5
5
10

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

5
10
15
5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

/

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277307

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...2500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
80x15 mm; 2x 60x10 mm; 3x 50x10 mm
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(500...2000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 70 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 80x10 mm; 60x60 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Notes:

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

30

105

70

31x81

60x64

16
116

61

33x63

Ordering data

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 400 A
7.5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
15 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
10 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
- 2000 A
10 VA
- 2000 A
20 VA
- 2500 A
20 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Type

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1

2276256
2276269
2276272
2276285
2276298
2277721
2276308
2276311
2277734
2276324

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1

2276337
2276340

1
1

PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105

2277352

1

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
2277352

/

IP25000

/

IS05

/

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277352)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1250
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
10
7.5
10
IS01
=1A
C10
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

1500
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15

C10

1600
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1

2277747

1

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1

2277750

1

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1

2276382

1

PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105

2277365

1

Rated power Sn
/

2000
5
10
15
20
10
15
20
25
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20

P3000
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277365)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500
600
750
800 1000 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
IS01

2500

5
10
15
20
10
15
20
30

Rated power Sn [VA]

Rated power
Sn

Ordering data

=1A
C10
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
7.5

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

1600
2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
7.5

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15

2000

2.5
5
10

Rated power Sn [VA]

116

53x53

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

64x53

16x83

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225

Description

30

105

16

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

5
10

PHOENIX CONTACT

219

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 85 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 100x10 mm; 80x64 mm
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
3x 100x12 mm

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option

Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

30

140

85

64x84

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 2500 A
15 VA
- 3000 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A

2276395

PACT MCR-V2-10020-129

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP40000

/

IS05

/

C05

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A

2276405

1

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129

2277381

1

1

1

Rated power Sn
/

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277378)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS01
20
20
=1A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
30
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
20
20
25
25
=5A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
25
30
30
30

220

2277378

P2500

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277378

Ordering data

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277381)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS01
20
20
=1A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
30
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
20
20
25
25
=5A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
25
30
30
30

Rated power Sn [VA]

140

81x54

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

56x101

31x101

16

Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225

30

129
16

129

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V2-12020-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 96 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 120x10 mm; 3x 100x10 mm;
80x80 mm
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
4x 120x10 mm

Plug-in current transformer

Notes:

Plug-in current transformer

30

30

159
16

16

159

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

172

72x122

96

55x103

Ordering data
Rated power
Sn

Description

Type

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 4000 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP08000

/

IS01

/

C05

1

Order No.

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A

2276418

1

PACT MCR-V2-12040-159

2277404

1

Rated power
/

Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 (Order No.: 2277394)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
= 0.5 10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
IS01
15
20
30
30
30
30
30
45
= 1A
2.5
5
5
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
C10
5
10
10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
=1
10
15
15
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
30
15
20
20
15
20
30
30
30
30
30
45
45
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
10
5
5
5
10
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
15
10
10
10
15
15
= 0.5 10
10
10
10
10
15
15
30
15
15
15
30
30
IS05
15
15
30
30
45
30
30
30
45
45
=5A
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
5
5
10
10
10
C10
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
10
10
15
15
15
=1
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
15
15
30
30
30
15
20
20
20
30
30
30
45
30
30
45
45
45

P250
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 (Order No.: 2277404)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
= 0.5
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
IS01
Rated power Sn [VA]

2277404

2277394

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

= 1A
C10
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

10
15
30

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

10
15
30

2.5
5
10

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

5
10
15

5
10
15

10
15
30

10
15
30

10
15
30

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

172

83x83

34x126

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

221

Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers

PACT MCR-V3-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(1...40) A
30

16

60

– Current-carrying copper lines connected
directly to the screw terminal blocks on
the primary side

Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.

64

Notes:

Winding current transformer

The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-V3-60

2277417

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type

Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/

IP00025

/

IS01

Selection table PACT MCR-V3-60 (Order No.: 2277417)
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
1
2
2.5
4
5
6
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
IS01
=1 A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
5
5
5
5
5
5
=1

C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1

222

PHOENIX CONTACT

/

C10

Rated power Sn
/

P250

7.5
2.5
5

10
2.5
5

12.5
2.5
5

15
2.5
5

20
2.5
5

25
2.5
5

30
2.5
5

40
2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

Rated power Sn [VA]

2277417

1

Monitoring
Current transformers
Quick-action mechanism for
PACT current transformers
– No tools necessary for mounting
– Extremely easy handling, thanks to secure
fastening by pressing with finger
– Set consisting of two fixing pins and a
holding latch
Notes:
The 16 mm wide quick-action mechanism can also be used for
larger current transformers if the length of the fixing pins is sufficient.

General data
Material
Ambient temperature (operation)

for: ...-V2-4012-70..., ...-V2-5012-85...

for: ...-V2-3015-60..., ...-V2-6015-85...,
...-V2-6315-95...

Technical data

Technical data

PA 6
-25°C ... 120°C

PA 6
-25°C ... 120°C

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40

2276641
2276638

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2276625
2276612

1
1

Fixing pin length 65 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm

1
1

Accessories

–
–
–
–

Copper sleeves
DIN rail adapter
Secondary terminal cover
Insulating caps

Description

Copper sleeves
DIN rail adapter

Secondary terminal cover
Insulating caps

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PACT MCR-ETC-60
PACT MCR-ETC-75

2277572
2277585

9
9

PACT MCR-ICAP

2277608

18

Copper sleeves, for establishing a conductive connection during
the horizontal assembly of PACT analog current transformers. The
size of the copper sleeve depends on the diameter of the inner hole
of the current transformer.
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...
- for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60-...
- for PACT MCR-V2-5012-85-...
DIN rail adapter

Ø 21/8 mm
Ø 21/12 mm
Ø 28/12 mm
Ø 42/12 mm

Secondary terminal cover, for increasing the clearances and
creepage distances
Length: 60 mm
Length: 75 mm
Insulating caps, for protection against unintended contact with
mounting screws of the primary rail

PACT MCR-CB-21- 8
PACT MCR-CB-21-12
PACT MCR-CB-28-12
PACT MCR-CB-42-12

2277569
2277556
2277543
2277530

1
1
1
1

PACT MCR-RA

2277598

12

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

223

Monitoring
Current transformers
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
Rated power Sn
/

/
IP01500
IP02000
IP02500
IP03000
IP04000
IP05000
IP06000
IP07500
IP08000
IP10000
IP12000
IP12500
IP15000
IP16000
IP20000
IP25000

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

150 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
750 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1250 A
1500 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

IS05 = 5 A

Calibration

/
C02S =
C02 =
C05S =
C05 =

Calibration certificate

/

0.2S
0.2
0.5S
0.5

P250
P500
P1000
P1500
P2000
P3000

=
=
=
=
=
=

/
NONE = not calibrated
YES = calibrated

2.5 VA
5.0 VA
10 VA
15 VA
20 VA
30 VA

NONE
YES

= no calibration certificate
= calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
is charged)

PACT MCR-V1C-21-44 (Order No.: 2277420)
You will find information about the product on page 213.
Add order key from the selection table
2277420
/ IP03000 / IS05 / C02 / P250
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
150
200
250
300
400
500
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
=

/ NONE / NONE

C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

PACT MCR-V2C-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277446)

You will find information about the product on page 214.
Add order key from the selection table
2277433
/ IP02000 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
=
10
10
0.2S

You will find information about the product on page 215.
Add order key from the selection table
2277446
/ IP06000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
C02S
5
5
5
10
=
10
10
0.2S

2.5
C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

Rated power Sn [VA]

PACT MCR-V2C-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277433)

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

5
10

2.5
5
10

5
10

PACT MCR-V2C-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277462)

You will find information about the product on page 216.
Add order key from the selection table
2277459
/ IP10000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
C02S
5
5
5
10
10
=
10
10
15
15
0.2S
20
30
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
= 0.2
10
10
10
15
15
IS05
30
30
=5A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05S
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
=
10
10
15
15
0.5S
30
30
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
10
10
15
15
30
30

You will find information about the product on page 217.
Add order key from the selection table
2277462
/ IP02500 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
5
=
10
10
0.2S

224

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

PACT MCR-V2C-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277459)

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

Rated power Sn [VA]

IS05
=5A

2.5
5

Rated power Sn [VA]

C02
= 0.2

Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S

Monitoring
Current transformers
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
Rated power Sn
/
IP01500
IP02000
IP02500
IP03000
IP04000
IP05000
IP06000
IP07500
IP08000
IP10000
IP12000
IP12500
IP15000
IP16000
IP20000
IP25000

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

150 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
750 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1250 A
1500 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

IS05 = 5 A

Calibration

/
C02S =
C02 =
C05S =
C05 =

Calibration certificate

/

0.2S
0.2
0.5S
0.5

P250
P500
P1000
P1500
P2000
P3000

=
=
=
=
=
=

/
NONE = not calibrated
YES = calibrated

2.5 VA
5.0 VA
10 VA
15 VA
20 VA
30 VA

NONE
YES

= no calibration certificate
= calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)

YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
is charged)

PACT MCR-V2C-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277488)

You will find information about the product on page 218.
Add order key from the selection table
2277475
/ IP15000 / IS05 / C05 / P3000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250
2.5
5
5
C02S
5
10
10
=
10
15
15
0.2S
20
20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
= 0.2
10
10
10
15
15
15
IS05
15
15
20
20
20
=5A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
C05S
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
=
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
0.5S
15
20
20
20
30
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
30
30
20
30

You will find information about the product on page 218.
Add order key from the selection table
2277488
/ IP12000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
=
10
0.2S
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.2
10
10
IS05
15
=5A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05S
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
=
10
10
10
10
10
0.5S
15
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15

1500
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
30
5
10
15
30
5
10
15
30

Rated power Sn [VA]

PACT MCR-V2C-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277475)

PACT MCR-V2C-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277491)

PACT MCR-V2C-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277501)

You will find information about the product on page 219.
Add order key from the selection table
2277491
/ IP05000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
C02S
5
=

You will find information about the product on page 219.
Add order key from the selection table
2277501
/ IP15000 / IS05 / C05S / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
=

IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

PACT MCR-V2C-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277514)

PACT MCR-V2C-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277527)

You will find information about the product on page 220.
Add order key from the selection table
2277514
/ IP08000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
=

You will find information about the product on page 220.
Add order key from the selection table
2277527
/ IP16000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15

2500

C02S
=
0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S

2500
2.5
5
10

C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

2.5
5
10
15

C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5

2.5
5

2.5
5

2.5
5
10

2.5
5
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Rated power Sn [VA]

C02
= 0.2

2.5
5
10

Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S
2.5
5

Rated power Sn [VA]

0.2S

Rated power Sn [VA]

/

225

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology

With flexible power supply – current
transducers up to 12 A AC
Active current transducers convert sinusoidal alternating currents up to 12 A. The
integrated wide-range power supply unit enables use in various different countries.
With hinged Rogowski sensor – current transducers up to 200 A AC
The AC current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents up to 200 A. The hinged Rogowski
sensor ensures very easy installation, as cables that are to be measured do not have to
be isolated. This enables mounting to be
carried out without interruptions.
Limit value monitoring with the
current protector
At the current protector, a desired amperage is specified at which a PDT contact
switches a load on or off.

226

PHOENIX CONTACT

Flexible signal conditioning – current
transducers up to 55 A AC/DC
Current transducers up to 55 A offer an
infinitely adjustable measuring range. This
range is mapped over the entire output signal range. This ensures extremely accurate
resolution of measured values. Basic configuration can be performed quickly via the
DIP switches. Additional useful device functions can be set via the software.
For high currents – current
transducers up to 600 A AC/DC
The universal current transducers are the
ideal solution for measuring high currents
with any waveform up to 600 A AC/DC.
The product range offers various different
devices in graded measuring ranges with
current or voltage output.

Voltage transducers, AC and DC
Voltage transducers convert AC and DC
voltages into standard analog signals.

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology

For sinusoidal alternating currents up
to 12 A
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range version from 19.2 ... 253 V
AC/DC
– Voltage bridging with DIN rail connector
– Input/output can be configured via DIP
switches
– Suitable for potentially explosive areas,
thanks to ATEX approval for Ex zone 2

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
alternating currents up to 200 A
– Distorted alternating currents up to
6000 Hz can be also acquired, thanks to
true r.m.s. value measurement (RMS)
– Uninterrupted installation and lossless
current measurement thanks to hinged
Rogowski sensor
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch

Limit value monitoring
The current protector converts sinusoidal alternating currents to binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0 ... 16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current/quiescent
current behavior

With flexible measuring ranges for all
waveforms up to 55 A
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Optimum mapping of the measuring
range up to 55 A, thanks to software-programmable upper and lower limits
– Limit value alarm in the event of threshold
value overrange or underrange up to 55 A
– via relay or transistor output

For high currents – current transducers up to 600 A AC/DC
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Compact dimensions also enable distributed use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation
– For a conductor diameter of up to 32 mm

Voltage transducers, AC and DC
– For DC voltages from 0 ... ±660 V DC and
AC voltages from 0 ... 444 V AC
–
–
–
–

Bidirectional output signals
Adjustable voltage ranges
ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
3-way isolation

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

227

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology

Current acquisition
If purely ohmic loads (incandescent
lamps, heaters, etc.) are operated on a
conventional 230 V network, no distortions are produced on the power grid.
As non-linear loads increase as a result
of phase angle-controlled regulation modules, pure sinusoidal waves gradually take
on a trapezoidal waveform.
The majority of current and voltage
transducers are calibrated for sinusoidal alternating currents, which means that they
can only indicate the r.m.s. value of an alternating current by mean-value generation.
True r.m.s. measuring transducers do
not rely on specific form factors and accept all waveforms.
r.m.s. value acquisition according to
the transformer principle (RMS)
According to Faraday's law of induction,
a magnetic flux which changes over time
produces an induced voltage at the terminals of a coil. A circuit arrangement consisting of two electrically isolated but magnetically coupled circuits is known as a
transformer. This is one of the simplest
and most commonly used methods of current transfer.

True r.m.s. value acquisition according
to the Rogowski principle (TRMS)
The Rogowski measuring principle is
used to measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents. A non-ferrous
induction coil (air-core coil), known as the
Rogowski coil, measures the magnetic
voltage along a closed circumference
around a live conductor.
The output signal of the Rogowski coil is
then conditioned so as to obtain an exact
replica of the primary current.
True r.m.s. value acquisition with a
Hall sensor (TRMS)
The magnetic flux generated by the primary current IP is condensed in the magnetic circuit and measured in the air gap
using a Hall sensor. The output signal of
the Hall sensor is then conditioned so as
to obtain an exact replica of the primary
current.
r.m.s. value acquisition according to the transformer principle (RMS)

True r.m.s. value acquisition according to the
Rogowski principle (TRMS)

Mean-value generation
r.m.s. value
(root mean square value)
The r.m.s. value of an alternating current
corresponds to the steady-state value that
results from the instantaneous values of this
current. This steady-state value generates
the same thermal work in an ohmic resistor
as a direct current of identical magnitude.
The term “true r.m.s. value” simply means
that distorted, direct, and pulsating currents
can be acquired. Here, the measuring transducer is compatible with any waveform.
For a sinusoidal AC current this means:
I
US
Irm = S
Ur =
2
2

Arithmetic average value
The arithmetic average value is used to
measure direct currents or filter a DC component out from a pulsating current. Applying the arithmetic average value to a symmetrical alternating current would result in
a measured value of “0”.
The arithmetic average value enables direct currents to be made available at the
output in the form of standard analog signals. The polarity can be evaluated by means
of a bipolar output signal.

Analog
OUT

True r.m.s. value acquisition with a Hall sensor
(TRMS)

IS

For a 230 V/50 Hz power grid, this results
in the following with regard to the voltage
levels:
Urms
= 230 V
US

= 325 V

Uavg

=

Irms

Iavg

0V
Arithmetic average value

228

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC/DC current transducers and
distorted currents
The MCR-SL-CUC-... current transducers measure DC, AC, and distorted currents of 0 ... 600 A.
– Universal current measurement, no shunt
required
– Compact dimensions also enable distributed use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– Simple connection method thanks to
COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation

For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 300 A,
voltage output

For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 600 A,
current output





Housing width 90 mm

Housing width 90 mm

ADC

IN

μC

1.4

GND

1.3

NC

NC

1.2

OUT I

+24 V DC

1.1

+24 V DC

1.4

GND

1.3

OUT U

1.2
1.1

DAC

U

ADC

IN

Technical data
Input data
Frequency range
Curve type
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Overload capacity

Universal current transducer
Input current range: 0 ... 100 A
Input current range: 0 ... 200 A
Input current range: 0 ... 300 A
Input current range: 0 ... 400 A
Universal current transducer without UL approval
Input current range: 0 ... 500 A
Input current range: 0 ... 600 A

6 x IIN
3 x IIN
3.33 x IIN
2.5 x IIN

3.6 x IIN
3 x IIN

µC

I

Technical data

20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
AC, DC or distorted currents
Cable design: 32 mm diameter

20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
AC, DC or distorted currents
Cable design: 32 mm diameter

0 ... 10 V
≥ 10 kΩ

4 ... 20 mA
< 25 mA
< 300 Ω

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
<±1% (of final value)
typ. 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40 ... 65°C)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
<±1% (of final value)
typ. 0.02%/K (0 ... 60°C) 0.04%/K (-40 ... 65°C)

150 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC
III / 2
IP20
-40°C ... 65°C
90 / 33.8 / 85 mm
0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

150 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC
III / 2
IP20
-40°C ... 65°C
90 / 33.8 / 85 mm
0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

DAC

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

MCR-SL-CUC-100-U
MCR-SL-CUC-200-U
MCR-SL-CUC-300-U

2308108
2308205
2308302

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-CUC-100-I
MCR-SL-CUC-200-I
MCR-SL-CUC-300-I
MCR-SL-CUC-400-I

2308027
2308030
2308043
2308072

1
1
1
1

MCR-SL-CUC-500-I
MCR-SL-CUC-600-I

2308085
2308098

1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

229

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC/DC current transducers and
distorted currents
The MCR-S-...-UI(-SW)-DCI current
transducers measure direct, alternating and
distorted currents.
– Device can be set via DIP switches or
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software
– True r.m.s. value measurement
– 3-way isolation
– With optional relay and transistor output

D W
H

D W
H

For DC, AC, and distorted currents
0 ... 11 A

For DC, AC, and distorted currents
0 ... 55 A

Notes:
To order a configurable product, enter the required configuration
by referring to the adjacent order key.


Ex: 

Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 237

Housing width 22.5 mm

12 1
11 2
14 3
NC 4

OUT

DAC

OUT
I

ADC

IN

DAC

11 GND 2
12 GND 2

U
Po
wer

13 24VDC
14 GND 1

=

15 SW
16 GND 1

12 1
11 2
14 3
NC 4

OUT

Technical data
Input data
Input current
Operate threshold
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal (normal and inverse)
Load RB
Switching output
Relay output

Transistor output pnp

Contact material
Max. switching current
Output voltage
Continuous load current

Setting range of the threshold value
Response delay
Status indication
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

OUT
I

9 O UT I
10 O UT U

DAC

11 GND 2
12 GND 2

U
Po
wer

13 24VDC
14 GND 1

=

15 SW
16 GND 1

Technical data

0 A ... 11 A (AC/DC)
2% (of measuring range nominal value 1/5/10 A)
15 Hz ... 400 Hz
AC, DC or distorted currents
2 x IN (continuous)
20 x IN (1 s)
Screw connection
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω

0 A ... 55 A (AC/DC)
0.8% (of measuring range nominal value 50 A)
15 Hz ... 400 Hz
AC, DC or distorted currents
Depending on through connected conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Through connection, diameter 10.5 mm
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2 ... 10 V / -5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω

1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
80 mA (Not short-circuit proof)
1% ... 110%
0.1 s ... 20 s
Yellow LED

1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
80 mA (Not short-circuit proof)
1% ... 110%
0.1 s ... 20 s
Yellow LED

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 50 mA (without load)
< 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
typ. < 0.025%/K
330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
as per EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 50 mA (without load)
< 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
typ. < 0.025%/K
330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
as per EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6

CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6

Ordering data
Description

DAC

µC

9 O UT I
10 O UT U

SPAN

µC

SET
TIME POINT ZERO

8

IN

ADC

SPAN

1A

Housing width 22.5 mm

5
6
7

SET
TIME POINT ZERO

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

10A
5A


Ex: 

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI1)
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC1)
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI1)
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC1)

2814650
2814731
2814634
2814715

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI1)
MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC1)
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI1)
MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC1)

2814663
2814744
2814647
2814728

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR current measuring transducer for measuring AC, DC, and
distorted currents with relay and transistor switching output
Configurable product
Standard product
Configurable product, without switching output
Standard product, without switching output

230

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Order key for the current transducers (standard configuration entered as example)

Order No.
2814634

/

2814650

/

Measuring range:
Start
End
0.00
/

2814634 =
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI
2814650 =
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI

Order No.
2814647
2814663

0.00

Output

/

5.00

/

5.00

/

Measuring range
starting value is
between
0.00…7.50 A

Measuring range
final value
between
0.2...11 A

0.00 = 0.00 A

5.00 = 5.00 A

50.0

/

/

50.0

/

2814647 =
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI
2814663 =
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI

0.0

OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT07
OUT08
OUT09
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT17
OUT18

Measuring range:
Start
End
/
0.0
/

Threshold value

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

/

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
20...0 mA
20...4 mA
10...0 V
10...2V
5...0 V
5...1 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
+10...-10 V
+5...-5 V

Output

/

Measuring range
start value is
between
0.00…37.5 A

Measuring range
final value
between
9.5...55 A

0.0 = 0.0 A

50.0 = 50.0 A

Suppression
time

Operating behavior of relay and transistor

OUT01
50

/

3.0

Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%

between
0.1 ... 20 s

50 = 50% of set upper
measuring range
value (here: 2.5 A)

3.0 = 3 s

Threshold value

/

Suppression
time

A

/

O

A = Operating
current
controlled

O = Overrange

R = Closed-circuit
current
controlled

U = Underrange

Operating behavior and transistor

OUT01
OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT07
OUT08
OUT09
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT17
OUT18

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
20...0 mA
20...4 mA
10...0 V
10...2V
5...0 V
5...1 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
+10...-10 V
+5...-5 V

/

50

/

3.0

Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%

between
0.1 ... 20 s

50 = 50% of set upper
measuring range
value (here: 25 A)

3.0 = 3 s

/

A

/

O

A = Operating
current
controlled

O = Overrange

R = Closed-circuit
current
controlled

U = Underrange

Function diagrams: Switching behavior of relay and transistor output:
1) Operating current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded

2) Operating current-controlled when below the threshold value
I IN

IIN
SW condition

SW condition

t

t
( H)

Operating voltage UB

( H)

Operating voltage UB

( L)

( L)
t

(1)
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

(0)

t1

Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

t1

(0)

t1

t

(0)
Relay N/C contact

t

(1)

t

(0)
t1

t1

t

(1)

3) Quiescent current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded

Relay N/C contact

(1)

t1

4) Quiescent current-controlled when below the threshold value
IIN

IIN
SW condition

SW condition

t
Operating voltage UB

( H)

t
Operating voltage UB

( H)
( L)

( L)
t

(1)
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

t

(0)

t1

Relay N/O contact and
transistor output

t1

t

(1)

t1

t1

t

(0)

t1

t

(0)

(0)
Relay N/C contact

t

(1)

Relay N/C contact

t1

(1)

t

(0) = N/O contact and transistor open / N/C contact closed
(1) = N/O contact and transistor closed / N/C contact open

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

231

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal
The MCR-SL-CAC-... current transducers measure sinusoidal alternating currents
within the range 0 ... 1/5/12 A.
– Wide-range version from
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– 3-way isolation
– Input/output can be configured using the
DIP switch

H

H
W

D

W

D

For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A

Notes:

For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 5 A/0 ... 12 A

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571


Ex: 
Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

OUT

L(+) 1.1

OUT

L(+) 1.1

L(+) 1.2

3.1

OUT1

L(+) 1.2

3.1

OUT1

N(-)

1.3

3.2

GND

N(-)

1.3

3.2

GND

N(-)

1.4

3.3

GND

N(-)

1.4

3.3

GND

3.4

GND

3.4

GND

4.1

1A

4.1

12A

4.2

5A

4.2

5A

4.3

NC

4.3

NC

4.4

4.4

IN

IN

Technical data
Input data
Input current (configurable)
Nominal frequency
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal (configurable)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error

Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category Input/output
Pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada

Technical data

0 A AC ... 1 A AC (configurable) /
0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable)
50 Hz
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (continuous)
20 x IN (1 s)
Screw terminal block

0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable) /
0 A AC ... 12 A AC (configurable)
50 Hz
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
1 x IN (continuous)
8 x IN (1 s)
Screw terminal block

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
25 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 32 mA
(at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA)
≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1)
19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
< 30 mA
(at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA)
≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)

0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
25 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1)
19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
< 33 mA
(at 24 V DC)
≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)

< 0.02%/K
max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms
acc. to EN 61010
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14

< 0.02%/K
max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms
acc. to EN 61010
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14

< 0.02%/K
< 300 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X
-

 II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X
UL 508 Recognized

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Description

Type

Order No.

MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal alternating
currents
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC

MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1)

2810612
2810625

1
1

2707437

50

Accessories
DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage (19.2...30 V DC),
can be snapped on to 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715

232

PHOENIX CONTACT

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

Type

Order No.

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1)

2810638

Accessories

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal and distorted
The MCR-SL-S-...00-... current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents within the range
0 ... 200 A.
– True/r.m.s. value measurement from
30...6000 Hz
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch
– Loop-powered
– Can be retrofitted with the open-up
Rogowski coil

D W
H

D W
H

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents, 0 ... 200 A,
voltage output

For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents, 0 ... 200 A,
current output (loop-powered)


Ex: 


Ex: 

Housing width 55 mm

Housing width 55 mm

OUT

OUT
GND

IN

Input data
Input current (configurable)
Operate threshold
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Cable position error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

=

OUT

=

U

IN

I

OUT
+24V

+24V

Technical data

Technical data

...-S-100-U
...-S-200-U
0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)
0 A ... 200 A (0..100/150/200 A)
1% (of final value)
30 Hz ... 6000 Hz
Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Depending on laid conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm

...-S-100-I-LP
...-S-200-I-LP
0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)
0 A ... 200 A (0...100/150/200 A)
1% (of final value)
30 Hz ... 6000 Hz
Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Depending on laid conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm

0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
((0 V ... 10 V) 14 V, (0 V ... 5 V) 7 V)
≥ 10 kΩ

4 ... 20 mA
< 25 mA
((UB - 12 V) x 350 / 12 A)

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 1% (of final value)
< 0.63%
< 0.035%/K
< 340 ms
As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 1% (of final value)
< 0.63%
< 0.025%/K
< 340 ms
As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

CE-compliant
cULus

CE-compliant
cULus

Ordering data
Description

Type

MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal and
non-sinusoidal alternating currents
Input current range: 0...50/75/100 A
Input current range: 0..0.100/150/200 A

MCR-SL-S-100-U
MCR-SL-S-200-U

Ordering data
Order No.

2813457
2813460

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

Type

Order No.

MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP
MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP

2813486
2813499

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

233

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Passive AC current transducers,
sinusoidal

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

The MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 passive current
transducer measures sinusoidal alternating
currents within the range 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A.
– Loop-powered
– Measuring ranges 1 A and 5 A AC, reconnectable

D W
H

For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A


Housing width 22.5 mm

IN
1A
5A
NC

OUT
IOUT

1
2
3
4

9 OUT I
J
10
500

OUT U

11

GND

12

GND

Technical data
Input data
Input current
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Permissible output range
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB

Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

1 A input
0 A AC ... 5 A AC
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (5 min. at 60°C ambient
temperature)
50 A (1 s)
1.2 x IN
Screw connection
U output
0 ... 10 V
20 V
> 100 kΩ

< 50 mVPP

5 A input
0 A AC ... 0.005 A AC
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
Sine
100 A (1 s)
1.2 x IN
Screw connection
I output
0 ... 20 mA
30 mA
< 750 Ω
< 250 Ω (when current and
voltage outputs are used
simultaneously)
< 50 mVPP

< 0.5% (of final value)
< 0.015%/K
< 200 ms
as per EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-01)

2814359

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR passive current measuring transducers for sinusoidal
alternating currents

234

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC current protectors, sinusoidal

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

The MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24 current
protector converts sinusoidal 50 Hz/60 Hz
alternating currents into binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0...16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current/quiescent
current behavior

D W
H

For sinusoidal alternating currents,
0 ... 16 A AC


Housing width 22.5 mm
SETPOINT

5
6
7
8

Delay

IN

=

24V DC 13
GND 14
NC 15
NC 16

=

12
11
14
NC

OUT

Technical data
Input data
Input current
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Connection method
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching current
Switching hysteresis
Response delay
Operating and closed circuit current behavior
Relay status display
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Setting accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

0 A AC ... 16 A AC
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (continuous)
Through connection, diameter 4.2 mm
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Adjustable using a DIP switch (0.5%, 5%, 10%, 15%)
Typ. 0.1 s ... 10 s (Adjustable using a potentiometer)
Adjustable using a DIP switch
Yellow LED (relay active)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 0.5%
< 0.02%/K
40 ms
as per EN 50178, EN 61010-1
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant

L1

N

Ordering data
Description
Lighting system

10

40
30

Emergency lighting

L2

N

20
K

NC

RELAY ACTIV

50

14

Order No.

MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 241)

2864464

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR current protector for sinusoidal alternating currents

0

SETPOINT

11

DELAY TIME

12

Type

MCR - SL - S - 16 - SP - 24

1

+ 24V
GND
NC
NC

24V

Mains voltage

Lighting system with emergency lighting

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

235

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Voltage transducers

The MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC voltage
transducer measures DC voltages within
the range 0 ... ±660 V DC.
The MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC voltage
transducer measures sinusoidal AC voltages
from 0 ... 444 V AC.
– Bidirectional output signals
– Adjustable voltage ranges
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
– 3-way isolation

D W
H

D W
H

For DC voltages
0 ... ±660 V DC

For sinusoidal AC voltages
0...444 V AC

Notes:





1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

IN
±550V
±370V
±250V
±170V
±120V
±80V
±54V
±36V
±24V
GND 1

IN

OUT
9 OUT I
10 OUT U
11 GND2
12 GND2

1
2
3
4

5
6
7

9 OUT I
10 OUT U
11 GND2
12 GND2

0-370V 1
0-250V 2
0-170V 3
0-120V 4

13 + 24VDC
14 + 24VDC
15 GND3
16 GND3

J
J
J

OUT

8

0-80V
0-54V
0-36V
0-24V
GND 1

5
6
7

J
J

8

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range / resistor

ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Frequency range
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

-550 V DC ... 550 V DC
-370 V DC ... 370 V DC
-250 V DC ... 250 V DC
-170 V DC ... 170 V DC
-120 V DC ... 120 V DC
-80 V DC ... 80 V DC
-54 V DC ... 54 V DC
-36 V DC ... 36 V DC
-24 V DC ... 24 V DC
±20% / ±20%
U output
-10 ... 10 V
±15 V
> 10 kΩ
< 50 mVPP

Technical data

550 kΩ
370 kΩ
250 kΩ
170 kΩ
120 kΩ
80 kΩ
54 kΩ
36 kΩ
24 kΩ

I output
-20 ... 20 mA
±30 mA
< 500 Ω
< 50 mVPP

0 V ... 370 V AC
0 V ... 250 V AC
0 V ... 170 V AC
0 V ... 120 V AC
0 V ... 80 V AC
0 V ... 54 V AC
0 V ... 36 V AC
0 V ... 24 V AC

370 kΩ
250 kΩ
170 kΩ
120 kΩ
80 kΩ
54 kΩ
36 kΩ
24 kΩ

±20% / ±20%
45 Hz ... 400 Hz
U output
0 ... 10 V
15 V
> 10 kΩ
< 50 mVPP

I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
30 mA
< 500 Ω
< 50 mVPP

18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC
< 50 mA
< 1% (of final value)
< 0.015%/K
40 Hz
12 ms
acc. to EN 50178
II / 2
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 50°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC
< 45 mA
< 1.5% (of final value)
250 ms
acc. to EN 50178
300 V DC
III / 2
3.3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

13 + 24VDC
14 + 24VDC
15 GND3
16 GND3

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC1)

2811116

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC1)

2811103

Pcs. /
Pkt.

MCR voltage measuring transducer, for DC voltages from
0...±20 V DC to 0...±660 V DC
1

MCR voltage transducer, for sinusoidal AC voltages from
0...20 V AC to 0...440 V AC

236

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Accessories
Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable MCR measuring transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
Notes:
The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.

For MCR-S-... current transducer

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

MCR/PI-CONF-WIN

2814799

1

2814317

1

MCR configuration software, for programming
MCR-T-...-, MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-...,
and MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM

Accessories
Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces)

MCR-ET 38X35 WH

USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
The following adapter cables are available
for programming the MCR-S... current
transducers:
– USB adapter cable
– Software adapter cable

For MCR-S-... current transducer

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2881078

1

2814388

1

2761295

1

USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB

Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB), 1.2 m long,
for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and MCR-F-... modules

MCR-TTL-RS232-E

Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded,
9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin

PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

237

Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring

Utilize solar electricity efficiently
Detect errors – increase efficiency: photovoltaic systems should achieve maximum
energy yield within the shortest possible
time.
SOLARCHECK provides reliable information regarding the performance of your
photovoltaic system. It can be used to detect faults, which may be caused by damaged
panels, defective contacts or damage in the
cabling. This allows you to implement countermeasures quickly, thereby increasing the
efficiency of your system.

238

PHOENIX CONTACT

Current topic: reliable monitoring
Whether a small roof-top system on a
family home or a megawatt outdoor system:
for reliable operation, the photovoltaic market requires monitoring systems where status information is continuously available and
visualization is easy. Phoenix Contact offers
a comprehensive portfolio of hardware and
software products specifically designed for
this purpose.

Energy of the future
From installation to monitoring - in the
“Components and systems for photovoltaics” brochure you will find further innovative solutions for your photovoltaic system,
such as:
– Connection technology
– Surge protection
– Hardware and software solutions
– Generator connection boxes
– Tools and marking

Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring

GSM

E

I2

I10

US

RDY FAIL

I5

I6

I13 I14

UM

BSA PF

I7

I8

I15 I16

AV TR
UL

MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG

LNK

ACT

SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave

SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave
1....8 x SCK-M-...

+24V

GND1 GND1

COM

COM

B

A

T5
T7

0...10V

P_OUT

0...10V

P_OUT

SCK BUS

SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242

P TX

P TX

SCK BUS

D_IN

P TX

D_IN

SCK BUS

SCK-M-I-4S-...

0...10V

P_OUT

STRING
CURRENT

STRING
CURRENT

P TX

D_IN

SCK BUS

0...10V

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

P TX

SCK BUS

D_IN

P TX

D_IN

P - In

24V 0V

≤4 x 0...20 A DC

2...10 V OUT

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591

+ PE-

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

+

!

1 x 1500 V

1 x 1500 V

≤4 x 0...20 A DC

P - In

24V 0V

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

2...10 V OUT

SCK-M-U-1500V

-

≤8 x 0...20 A DC

SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591

+ PE-

P_OUT

VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC

+

!

SCK-M-I-8S-...

0...10V

STRING
CURRENT

VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC

-

P_OUT

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

STRING
CURRENT

STRING
CURRENT

D_IN

SCK-M-I-8S-...

0...10V

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241

SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241

SCK-M-I-4S-...

SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
2903239

SCK-M-I-8S-...

STRING
CURRENT

SCK BUS

A

T6
T8

UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN

SCK-M-U-1500V

B

T5
T7

SCK-M-I-8S-...

P_OUT

GND2 GND2

T6
T8

SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242
2903239

GND2 GND2

GND1 GND1

SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
2903239

+24V

1....8 x SCK-M-...

Easy integration in monitoring systems
The modular Solarcheck monitoring system consists of various measuring modules
for current and voltage measurement and
an associated communication module.
The communication module collects the
measured values from the current measuring modules and forwards them to a higherlevel controller. You can acquire up to eight
or four string currents with one current
measuring module each. A maximum of
eight current measuring modules of any
type can be connected to one communication module. The 2-conductor communication cable is also used to supply the measuring modules with power. This means that no
additional power supply unit is required in
the field.
The voltage measuring module is usually
connected to and also supplied via the analog input provided on the 8-channel current
measuring modules.

1500 V DC

Contact-free current measurement
Contact-free measurement using Hall
sensors offers many advantages:
– Safe isolation is already ensured by the cable insulation.
– No contact resistance due to additional
contact points.
– The current is forwarded safely as the line
circuit is not directly accessed.

Space-saving installation without an
additional power supply unit
With a width of just 22.5 mm, the narrow measuring module bundles the cables in
a confined space.
– The 2-conductor communication cable is
also used to supply the measuring modules.
– This means that one communication
module supplies up to eight measuring
modules – without an additional power
supply unit.

Flexible expansion
Optional extension of voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC.
– Also suitable for grounded systems.
– Suitable for PV systems with extra high
system voltages.
– Flexible use, even outside the Solarcheck
system.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

239

Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
PV string monitoring
Solarcheck

Notes:

H

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

D

The modular Solarcheck monitoring system consists of various devices for current
and voltage measurement and an associated
communication module.

W

Communication module:
– For connecting and collecting measured
values from up to eight measuring modules
– Provision of data for transfer to higherlevel controllers

Communication module
RS-485 (Modbus RTU)

Current measuring modules:
– 8-channel current measurement up
to 20 A DC
– Detection of reverse currents
up to -1 A
– 4-channel extension modules
for 20 A DC
– Internal temperature monitoring
– Digital input for monitoring, e.g., the remote indication contacts of surge protection modules
– Supply via the communication module
Voltage measuring module
– Voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC in
any grounded PV system
– Connection and supply is usually via the
analog input provided (0 ... 10 V) on the
8-channel Solarcheck current measuring
module
– Output of the voltage measured value as
a 2 ... 10 V analog signal
– As an option, can also be removed from
the Solarcheck group and used separately

Housing width 22.5 mm
T1
T2
RS-485

T4
T5
T6

A
B

INPUT
SCK-MODBUS

T3

GND2

C

GND2
+24 V
DC

T7

DC

+24 V
GND1
GND1

T8

Technical data
Supply
Supply voltage
Own current consumption
Measuring input
Current measuring range
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Reverse current detection
Number of measuring channels
Voltage measuring range
Connection method
Digital input
Controlled by external floating contact
Analog input
Input voltage range
Analog output
Output voltage range
SCK-C-MODBUS data interface
Cable length (for 0.15 mm2)
Communication protocol
Serial port
Serial transmission speed
Cable length
Communication protocol
General data
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

24 V DC -10% ... +25%
12 mA
RS-485
9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps
≤ 1200 m
Modbus RTU
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 106 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

SCK-C-MODBUS1)

2901674

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Communication module
Current measuring module, 8-channel
Current measuring module, 4-channel for extension
Voltage measuring module

240

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
H

H
W

D

H
W

D

Current measuring module, 20 A DC,
8-channel

D

Extension module, 4-channel
Current measurement 20 A DC

Housing width 22.5 mm

W

Voltage measuring module,
0...1500 V DC

Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

Digital
IN

μC
+
0...10V

–

SCKBUS
OUT

Digital
IN

COM

mC

SCKBUS
OUT

RX

U1

COM

U-IN

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

U_OUT

0...1500 V DC

RX

1
2
3
4

8x

I-IN

U2

4x

I-IN
P_IN

0V
24 V

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

-

-

24 V DC -10% ... +25% (or via SCK-M-I-8S-...)

45 mA

45 mA

35 mA

0 A ... 20 A
±1% (From the measuring range final value)
0.02%/K (From T > 25°C)
-1 A ... 0 A
8
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter

0 A ... 20 A
±1% (From the measuring range final value)
0.02%/K (From T > 25°C)
-1 A ... 0 A
4
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter

1% (After additional adjustment)
< 0.03%/K
1
0 V DC ... 1500 V DC
Screw connection

Floating switch contacts

-

-

0 V ... 10 V

-

-

-

-

2 V ... 10 V

max. 300 m
Proprietary

max. 300 m
Proprietary

max. 0.5 m
-

-

-

-

IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

SCK-M-I-8S-20A

2903241

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

SCK-M-I-4S-20A

2903242

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

SCK-M-U-1500V

2903591

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

241

Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Detect errors before they actually occur

RCM devices provide residual current
monitoring in grounded power supply systems. They detect residual currents at an
early stage, such as those that occur as a result of insulation errors. They can therefore
be used to prevent forced system shutdown. Plans can be made to remove errors
outside of operating hours. RCM devices
also act as a form of fire prevention.

Increasing use is being made of equipment
such as frequency inverters. In the event of
an error, residual currents with a frequency
of up to 50 kHz can be generated. Type B+
RCM devices from Phoenix Contact are already able to detect residual currents with
frequencies up to 100 kHz. This far exceeds
present-day requirements of 20 kHz for
type B+ devices.

Single-phase

Single-phase
with smoothing

Three-phase
star circuit

Type A

–

–

Type B

Type B

Type B

Circuit

Correct load current

Residual current to ground potential

Solution

242

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Residual current monitoring

Residual currents can increase continually
due to gradual processes. This can be attributed to humidity or conductive dirt on live
parts, for example. Residual current circuit
breakers trip at different rated residual currents In, depending on their type. Additionally installed residual current monitoring devices prevent sudden system downtimes
thanks to early warnings. The continuous
supply of information about gradually increasing residual currents allows timely intervention. Unplanned system failures can
be avoided.

In

Ialarm

t
Normal operation

Warning range

Normal operation
following intervention

System failure

Full bridge circuit

Semi-controlled
full bridge circuit

Full bridge circuit
between phase
conductors

Three-phase
full bridge circuit

Phase-controlled modulator

Burst control

Type A

Type A

–

–

Type A

Type A

Type B

Type B

Type B

Type B

Type B

Type B

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

243

Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Residual current monitoring - RCM

– Adjustable residual response current of
30 mA to 3 A
– Adjustable pre-alarm threshold and delay
time
– Actual differential current can be read via
LED display
– Remote signaling for main and pre-alarm

kHz

Notes:
Cables for type B+ converter connection (RJ45, 4-pair, 1:1 line)
can be found in the accessories section by entering the order number (RCM/converter) at: www.phoenixcontact.net/products

RCM type B+ for smooth and pulsating DC and
AC residual currents up to 100 kHz

Total width 71.6 mm

Converter for RCM type B+

Total width 65.5 mm

RJ 45
U

U

I

I

12 14

A1
A2

11

Alarm

RJ 45

12 14
11

Pre-alarm

Technical data
Electrical data
Nominal voltage range
Nominal frequency fN
Rated current In
Max. required back-up fuse
RCM data
Rated response differential current Idyn
Differential current acquisition characteristic

3A
Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz)

Response differential current IΔn
Discrimination threshold main alarm

Technical data
...SCT-35
125 A
-

...SCT-70
200 A
-

...SCT-105
300 A
-

30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable)
80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn)

3A
Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type B+
(DC up to 100 kHz)
0.1 A ... 3 A
-

Discrimination threshold pre-alarm

10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable)

-

-

-

Response time for 2 x IΔn
Thermal permanent differential current Icth

0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable)
-

Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp
General data
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Maximum permissible outside diameter of cables
Housing material
Ambient temperature (operation)
Degree of protection
Test standards
Test standards
Pollution degree
Surge voltage category
Mounting
Mounting type

4 kV

150 A (50
Hz/20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
8 kV

150 A (50 Hz/20 kHz)

Thermal rated short-time differential current Ith

150 A (50
Hz/20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
8 kV

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
polycarbonate
-25°C ... 65°C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 / DIN VDE 0664-110
2
III

Remote indication contact
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Max. operating voltage
Max. operating current

PDT contact
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC
5 A (cos phi > 0.9)

85 V AC ... 264 V AC
50 Hz (60 Hz)
16 A (B)

23.00 mm

2
IV

DIN rail: 35 mm

8 kV

46.00 mm
70.00 mm
polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414 / DIN V VDE V 0664-110
2
2
IV
IV

Screw mounting

Screw mounting

Screw mounting
-

Ordering data
Description

3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz)

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

RCM-B/50/85-264V

2806210

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

RCM-B-SCT- 35
RCM-B-SCT- 70
RCM-B-SCT-105

2806223
2806236
2806249

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Evaluation unit
Current transformer
20 mm Ø
30 mm Ø
35 mm Ø
70 mm Ø
105 mm Ø
140 mm Ø
210 mm Ø

244

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

1
1
1

Monitoring
Residual current monitoring

RCM type A for pulsating DC and
AC residual currents with 50/60 Hz

Converter for RCM type A

Total width 71.6 mm

Converter for RCM type A

Total width 32 mm

Total width 33 mm

k l
A1
A2

12 14

=

11

Alarm
12 14

l

k

11

l

k

Pre-alarm

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

85 V AC ... 264 V AC
50 Hz (60 Hz)
16 A (B)

...SCT-20
50 A
-

...SCT-30
100 A
-

...SCT-35
125 A
-

...SCT-70
200 A
-

...SCT-105
250 A
-

...SCT-140
350 A
-

...SCT-210
400 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable)
80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn)

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-

10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable)
-

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

1.5 x In

-

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

10 x In (for 1 s)

4 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

8 kV

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
polycarbonate
-25°C ... 65°C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664
2
III

13.00 mm

2
IV

DIN rail: 35 mm

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
20.00 mm
23.00 mm
46.00 mm
polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C
IP20 (terminal blocks)
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414
2
2
2
IV
IV
IV

DIN rail: 35
mm

PDT contact
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC
5 A (cos phi > 0.9)

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

RCM-A/50/85-264V

2806016

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DIN rail: 35
mm

Screw mounting

70.00 mm

2
IV

Screw mounting

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
93.00 mm
140.00 mm
polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C
IP20 (terminal blocks)
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414
2
2
IV
IV

Screw mounting

Screw mounting

Screw mounting

-

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

RCM-A-SCT- 20
RCM-A-SCT- 30
RCM-A-SCT- 35
RCM-A-SCT- 70

2806045
2806058
2806061
2806074

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

RCM-A-SCT-105
RCM-A-SCT-140
RCM-A-SCT-210

2806087
2806090
2806100

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1

245

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility

EV Charge Control charging controller
EV Charge Control is the charging controller used to charge electric vehicles on
the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.
The control and monitoring functions that
are defined here for charging mode 3 serve
as the basis for the equipment.
– Control Pilot evaluation and control
– Monitoring of the PE protective ground
connection
– Evaluation of the proximity
– Control of the charge contactor and locking actuators
Plug-in charging systems
For information on plug-in charging systems, see Catalog 2, connection technology
for field devices.

Additional functions:
All necessary control functions are integrated in a single device. No additional controller is required.
– Easy configuration directly at the device
or via the integrated web server
– Adjustable charging current limitation of
6 ... 80 A
– Parameterizable automatic rejection of
charging cables with low current carrying
capacity
– Automatic or manual locking as well as
selection of DC motor or magnetic locking actuators
– Optional locking confirmation and external enabling as a switching requirement
– Integration into your charging infrastructure via Ethernet interface (Modbus/TCP)
– Charging process enabling, status requests, and dynamic load management via
remote access
– 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs
– Two digital outputs configurable via web
server
– 4 relay outputs

EV Charge Control
IEC G195
Mode 3

Charging
controller

0 1
9
2
8
3
7
6 5 4

Charging
contactor

Simple charging point with permanently connected cable

Central
controller

0 1
2
89
3
7
6 5 4

Charging
controller

0 1
9
2
8
3
7
6 5 4

LNK1

ACT1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.1

2.1

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

1.2

2.2

EV Charge Control

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

1.3

2.3

IEC G195
Mode 3

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

1.4

2.4

0 1
9
2
8
3
7
6 5 4

M

DC motor
Lock

Charging contactor
EV Charge Control charging controller in conjunction with
a central controller

246

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control charging controller
EV Charge Control
– Charging controller for charging electric
vehicles on AC mains according to
IEC 61851-1.

H
D

W

EV Charge Lock Release
– Optional extension module for plug release in the event of mains failure.
Notes:

Charging controller

For information on plug-in charging systems, see
Catalog 2, connection technology for field devices.

Mains power failure plug enable

Housing width 71.6 mm

Housing width 35.6 mm

Technical data
Input
Description of the input
Nominal input voltage UN
Input current
Input ranges

Switching output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Switching output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Switching output
Output description
Maximum output voltage
Maximum output current
Ethernet interface
Connection method
Transmission speed
Transmission length
General data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Maximum current consumption
Own current consumption
Frequency range
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Technical data

Digital input
24 V
8 mA (24 V)
-3 V ... 5 V (Off)
15 V ... 30 V (On)

Signal input
12 V
Approx. 5 mA (at 12 V)
-3 V ... 3 V (Off)
-30 V ... -10 V (Locking ON)
10 V ... 30 V (Unlocking ON)

Relay output C1.2 and V1.2
250 V AC
6A

Relay output
Approx. 11.5 V (Operating/capacitor voltage minus the diode voltage of ~ 0.5 V)
4A

Relay output R1.3 and R2.4
30 V AC/DC
6A

-

Digital output
30 V
0.6 A

-

RJ45 socket
10/100 Mbps
100 m (with shielded, twisted-pair data cable)

-

12 V DC ±5%
-

110 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
95 V AC ... 264 V AC
40 mA
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
71.6 / 61 / 90 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

4 A (4 mA in idle state)
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
35.6 / 61 / 90 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EM-EV-CLR-12V

2903246

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EV Charge Control charging controller
EM-CP-PP-ETH

2902802

1

Mains failure plug release EV Charge Lock Release

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

247

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules

For high system availability
EMD monitoring relays can be used to detect deviations in important system parameters at an early stage. These can be indicated or system parts can be shut down
selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure
error-free and cost-effective operation of
your system. They are an inexpensive solution for numerous monitoring functions.
– Surge voltage and undervoltage
– Overcurrent and undercurrent
– Phase failure, phase sequence, and phase
asymmetry
– Power factor and real power
– Motor winding temperature
– Levels
For system monitoring, choose from two
product ranges: compact or multifunctional
monitoring relays.

248

PHOENIX CONTACT

Perfect timing
ETD timer relays ensure optimum time
sequences.
The modules are the cost-effective alternative to a PLC: with easy configuration and
fast wiring.
Choose from two product ranges for
your ideal time control application:
– Ultra-narrow timer relays each with one
time range and one function
– Multifunctional timer relays with selectable time ranges and functions

Professionally packaged components
Special function modules with professional housing and connection technology can
be used to integrate electronic components
in your system. They can be used to perform a variety of tasks:
– Diode modules provide protection
against polarity reversal. In addition, they
decouple messages in fault reporting systems.
– Lamp testing modules decouple signals in
isolation in the field of fault reporting
technology.
– Display modules simplify troubleshooting
and provide help for monitoring processes.

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules

Compact monitoring relays
Ideal for simple monitoring tasks – from
series production to building installation.
– Compact installation housing
– Quick and tool-free wiring with push-in
technology
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LED

Multifunctional monitoring relays
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Fast error detection, thanks to fine tuning
and short response times
– Worldwide use, thanks to wide-range
power supply unit or plug-in transformer
– Space saving – with two PDT outputs in
22.5 mm wide housing
– Electrically isolated measuring and supply
circuits
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LEDs

Multifunctional timer relays
For universal use thanks to wide range of
functions.
– Just three versions for all conventional
time control applications.
– Two floating PDT outputs on a design
width of just 22.5 mm
– Supply voltage via wide-range power supply unit
– Optimum setting of times ranging from
milliseconds to several days

Special function modules
Special function modules transform components such as diodes into a shock-proof
and dust-proof electronics module.
– Easy installation, thanks to electronics
housing with IP20 protection that can be
installed in a control cabinet
– Fast mounting on DIN rails, thanks to the
foot catch
– User-friendly wiring, thanks to practical
connection technology

Ultra-narrow timer relays
The space-saving and inexpensive solution
for simple time control applications.
– Each with one time range and one function
– Design width of just 6.2 mm - saves up
to 70% space compared to conventional
timer relays
– Precise time setting using the illuminated
thumbwheel
– Fast wiring through the use of plug-in
bridges

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

249

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Single-phase current and voltage
monitoring
Single-phase current monitoring
The EMD-BL-C-10 monitors AC currents from 0 ... 10 A.
– Adjustable response delay
– 0 ... 5 A or 0 ... 10 A measuring range
– Adjustable via rotary switch on the front
Single-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-V-230 monitors DC and
AC voltages.
– 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front

H

H
W

D

W

D

Current monitoring, 1-phase
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window

Voltage monitoring, 1-phase
Undervoltage, window

Housing width 17.5 mm

Housing width 17.5 mm

16 18

16 18
Li

U1

24 V DC

Lk

U2

24 V AC

N

U3

230 V AC

15

U = 230 V AC

15

GND

Technical data

Technical data

Functions
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window

Undervoltage, window

Input
Input ranges

Input ranges

Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption

0 V DC ... 24 V DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V AC ... 24 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V AC ... 230 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
-

0 A ... 5 A AC
0 A ... 10 A AC
(Configurable via rotary switches)
3 mΩ
5% ... 95% (From IN)
10% ... 100% (From IN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5% (of the nominal value)
±5% (of the nominal value)
≤ 2%

75% ... 115% (From UN)
80% ... 120% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

230 V AC ±15%
5 VA (0.8 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

-25% ... +20% (= measuring voltage)
10 VA (At 230 V AC (0.6 W))
1.3 VA (At 24 V AC (0.8 W))
0.6 W (at 24 V DC)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-BL-C-10-PT

2903522

EMD-BL-C-10

2903521

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

EMD-BL-V-230-PT

2903524

1

1

EMD-BL-V-230

2903523

1

Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection

Compact monitoring relays with screw connection

250

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Three-phase voltage monitoring,
phase monitoring
Three-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-3V-400 monitors threephase AC voltages.
– 3~ 400 V AC/230 V AC ±30%
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit
Phase monitoring
The EMD-BL-PH-400 monitors threephase AC voltages.
– 3~ 208 ... 480 V AC/120 ... 277 V AC
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable asymmetry: 5 ... 25%/OFF
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit

H

H
W

D

W

D

Voltage monitoring, 3-phase
Window, phase sequence

Phase monitoring
Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

Housing width 17.5 mm

Housing width 17.5 mm

16 18

16 18

L1

L1

L2

L2

L3

L3
15

15

Technical data

Technical data

Functions
Input
Monitoring range
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Asymmetry
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption

Window, phase sequence

Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

280 V AC ... 519 V AC
3~ 400/230 V
70% ... 120% (From UN)
80% ... 130% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5% (of the nominal value)
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

187 V AC ... 519 V AC
3~ 208 ... 480 V/120 ... 277 V
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

±30% (= measuring voltage)
10 VA (1 W)

Degree of protection

IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

±10% (= measuring voltage)
10 VA ((1 W) at 400 V/50 Hz)
16 VA ((1.5 W) at 480 V/60 Hz)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)

Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection
EMD-BL-3V-400-PT

2903526

1

EMD-BL-PH-480-PT

2903528

1

EMD-BL-3V-400

2903525

1

EMD-BL-PH-480

2903527

1

Compact monitoring relays with screw connection

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

251

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Single-phase current monitoring
H

H

EMD-...C... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC currents within the range
0 ... 10 A.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

W

D

W

D

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring

Overcurrent or undercurrent monitoring





Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18

16 18 26 28
I1

100 mA

I1

100 mA

I2

1A

I2

1A

I3

10 A

I3

10 A

15

GND

25

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data

Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Setting range for starting delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

Technical data

Overcurrent, undercurrent, window, error memory

EMD-SL-C-OC-10
Overcurrent

0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)
470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A)

0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)
470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A)

5% ... 95% (From IN)
10% ... 100% (From IN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
0 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

5% ... 95% (From IN)
10% ... 100% (From IN)
0.2 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

POWER
MODULE

A2

Functions
Input
Input ranges

15

GND
A1

A1 A2

EMD-SL-C-UC-10
Undercurrent

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-C-101)

2866022

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-C-OC-10
EMD-SL-C-UC-10

2866019
2867937

1
1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

Electronic monitoring relay

Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

252

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Single-phase voltage monitoring
H

H

EMD-...V... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC voltages within the range
0 ... 300 V.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

W

D

W

D

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Undervoltage and overvoltage monitoring

Undervoltage monitoring





Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18

16 18 26 28
U1

30 V

U1

30 V

U2

60 V

U2

60 V

U3

300 V

U3

300 V

15

GND

25

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

15

GND
A1

A1 A2

A2

Technical data

POWER
MODULE

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

Technical data

Functions

Input
Input ranges

Input resistance

Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Setting range for starting delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Undervoltage, overvoltage, window, error memory

Undervoltage

0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
5% ... 95% (From UN)
10% ... 100% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
0 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
5% ... 95% (From UN)
10% ... 100% (From UN)
0.2 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-V-UV-300

2866035

1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

Electronic monitoring relay
EMD-FL-V-3001)
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

2866048

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

253

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Three-phase voltage monitoring
H
D

EMD-...-3V... monitoring relays monitor
three-phase AC voltages of 160 ... 897 V AC
(depending on the device concerned).
– Adjustable response delay
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
– Adjustable asymmetry

W

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
400 V or 230 V


Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18 26 28
L1
L2
L3
15

(N)

25

A1 A2
U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data
Functions

Input
Monitoring range
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Asymmetry
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

EMD-FL-3V-4001)
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

EMD-FL-3V-2301)
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 MΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN)
-20% ... 30% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

161 V AC ... 299 V AC
3 N ~ 230/132 V
470 kΩ

5 % ... 25% / OFF

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

L1
L2
L3
N
24 V~
0V

Order No.

EMD-FL-3V-4001)
EMD-FL-3V-2301)

2866064
2885773

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay

max. 20 A
A1

N

15

L1

L2

L3

15

25

16 18 26 28
25

26

28

16

18

A2

Connection example

254

Type

PHOENIX CONTACT

Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC

1
1

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
H
D

H
W

D

Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
500 V or 690 V

H
W

D

Undervoltage/overvoltage monitoring,
400 V with/without neutral conductor





Housing width 45 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

Phase monitoring, 400 V


Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18 26 28

16 18
12 14 22 24

L1

L1

L2

L2

L1

L3

L3

L2

15
A1

25

L3

15
A1

POWER
U = 110...500 V AC
MODULE

A2

W

POWER
MODULE

A2

Technical data

11

(N)

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

Technical data

21

Technical data

EMD-FL-3V-690
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

EMD-FL-3V-500
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure

EMD-SL-3V-400
Window, without neutral
conductor connection

EMD-SL-3V-400-N
Window, with neutral
conductor connection

483 V AC ... 897 V AC
3 ~ 690 V
1 MΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN)
-20% ... 30% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

350 V AC ... 650 V AC
3 ~ 500 V
1 MΩ

280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 ~ 400 V
1 MΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN)
-20% ... 30% (From UN)
0.2 s ... 10 s

280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 MΩ

Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry

±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%

342 V AC ... 3 N ~ 400/230 V
15 kΩ
≤ 350 ms (fixed setting)
Fixed, approx. 30%
-

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
45 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

(From the measured voltage)
9 VA
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

5 % ... 25% / OFF

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-3V-690
EMD-FL-3V-500

2885249
2867979

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC

2885281
2885744
2885294
2885304

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

1
1
1
1

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-3V-400
EMD-SL-3V-400-N

2866051
2885278

1
1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-PH-400

2866077

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

255

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Effective power monitoring,
load monitoring (cos φ)

H

H

Effective power monitoring
The effective power in single- and 3-phase
networks can be monitored with the
EMD-FL-RP-480 effective power monitoring relay.
– Monitoring range up to 7.2 kW
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Temperature monitoring of the motor
winding
– Variable supply voltage range
– Detection of switched off loads
Load monitoring (cos φ)
The EMD-FL-PF-400 monitoring relay
is a cos φ monitor for load monitoring in
single- or three-phase networks.

W

D

D

Effective power monitoring

W

Load monitoring (cos φ)


Housing width 45 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

16 18

i

16 18 26 28

k
L1I

L1

Notes:

L2

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

L3

15

L2

26 28

L3

T1
T2

15

L1K
Y1 Y2

25

25
A1 A2

POWER
MODULE
supply≤ 500 V AC

A1
A2

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data

Technical data

Functions

Input
Description of the input
Measured value
Measuring ranges PN
Nominal input voltage UN
Input ranges
Input ranges
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Switching threshold cos φ
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Rated insulation voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Min.
Max.

Underload, overload, window, winding temperature monitoring

Underload, overload, Window

Voltage input
AC sine (10 Hz ... 400 Hz)
Can be switched between 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 3 kW and 6 kW

AC sine (10 ... 100 Hz)
-

480 V (3 N ~ 480/277 V)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
0.15 A ... 6 A (Range: 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW)
0.3 A ... 12 A (Range: 3 kW and 6 kW)
5% ... 110% (of PN)
10% ... 120% (of PN)
-

(3 N ~ 415/240 V)
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
0.5 A ... 10 A (Connection terminal blocks: L1i and L1k)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

3.5 VA (3 W)
300 V (According to EN 50178)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
45 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

4.5 VA (1.5 W)
300 V (According to EN 50178)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL applied for

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

0.1 ... 0.99
0.2 ... 1

Ordering data
Description

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-RP-480

2900177

1

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC
EMD-SL-PS45-500AC

2885281
2885744
2885294
2885304
2885317

1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

EMD-FL-PF-4001)

2885809

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC
Supply voltage 425 ... 550 V AC

256

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Temperature monitoring,
filling level monitoring
Temperature monitoring
(motor winding)
The monitoring relay EMD-SL-PTC
monitors the motor winding temperatures
by means of PTC (PTC thermistor resistance) as per DIN 44081.
– Test function with integrated test/reset
button
– Variable supply voltage range
– Short-circuit and open-circuit monitoring
Filling level monitoring
The EMD-SL-LL-... monitoring relay
monitors the level of electrically conductive
liquids with the help of conductive probes
(not supplied as standard).
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front

H

H
W

D

D

Temperature monitoring (motor windings)

W

Filling level monitoring





Housing width 22.5 mm

Housing width 22.5 mm

12 14 22 24

16 18 26 28

T1

E1

T2

E2

R

E3
11

A1

POWER
MODULE

A2

15

21

25

A1 A2

U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC

U = 230 V AC

Technical data

Technical data

Functions

Input
Total cold resistance
Response value
Release value
Basic accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Measuring input
Max. probe voltage
Max. probe current
Length of probe cable

Switching threshold
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada

Winding temperature monitoring

Pumping up (minimum monitoring),
pumping down (maximum monitoring)

< 1.5 kΩ
≥ 3.6 kΩ (Relay drops out)
≤ 1.8 kΩ (Relay picks up)
±10% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
-

Conductive probe, type: SK1, SK2, SK3
16 V AC
7 mA
< 1000 m Set value < 50% (Capacity 100 nF/km)
< 100 m Set value 100% (Capacity 100 nF/km)

-

0.25 kΩ ... 100 kΩ (4 mS ... 1 μS)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)

2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
EMD-SL-LL-230
EMD-SL-LL-110
230 V AC -15% ... +15% AC
110 V AC -10% ... +15% AC
2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data
Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

EMD-SL-LL-230
EMD-SL-LL-110

2885906
2901137

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic monitoring relay

Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC

EMD-SL-PTC

2866093

1

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129

1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

257

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Ultra-narrow timer relays
D W
H

The ETD-BL-1T-... ultra-narrow timer
relays show their strengths in applications
that involve set parameters for functionality
and time range.
– Purposeful device selection: one function,
one time range
– High level of setting accuracy thanks to labeled and illuminated thumbwheel
– 6.2 mm slim design width

Timer relay with switch-on delay,
voltage controlled


12

14

A1 +

t

A2 –
U = 24 V DC

11

Technical data
Functions
ON: With switch-on delay

Control contact
Connection
Control pulse length
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Mechanical service life
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal current typ.
Impulse withstand voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX

24 V DC
+ –

min. 50 ms
1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

Ordering data

L1
N

2

A1+
A2B1

Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Time range 0.1...10 s
Time range 3...300 s
Time range 0.3...30 min
Time range 3...300 min
Compact timer relay, with push-in technology

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN

2917379
2917382
2917395
2917405

1
1
1
1

Time range 0.1...10 s
Time range 3...300 s
Time range 0.3...30 min
Time range 3...300 min

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT

2901476
2901477
2901478
2901479

1
1
1
1

Compact timer relay, with screw connection

1

11
14
12

Conveyor belt 1 starts immediately

24 V DC
+ –
L1
N

2

A1+
A2B1

1

11
14
12

Conveyor belt 2 starts with a time delay

258

PHOENIX CONTACT

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
D W
H

D W
H

Timer relay with switch-on delay,
with control contact

D W
H

Timer relay with off delay,
with control contact



Timer relay with flashing indic. function,
beginning with the pulse


B1

12


B1

14

12

14

12

A1 +

A1 +

A1 +

t

t

t

A2 –

A2 –
11

U = 24 V DC

A2 –

U = 24 V DC

Technical data

11

11

U = 24 V DC

Technical data

Technical data

ON-CC: With switch-on delay with control contact

OFF-CC: Off delay with control contact

F: Flashing beginning with pulse

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1
min. 50 ms

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1
min. 50 ms

min. 50 ms

1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

CE-compliant

CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

CE-compliant
 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X

 II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN

2917418
2917421
2917434
2917447

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT

2901480
2901481
2901483
2901484

Pcs. /
Pkt.

14

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN

2917450
2917463
2917467
2917489

1
1
1
1

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT

2901485
2901486
2901487
2901488

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1

ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN

2917492
2917502
2917515
2917528

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT

2901489
2901490
2901491
2901492

1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

259

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Multifunctional timer relays
H
W

D

The full range of conventional applications
can be accommodated by the three versions
of the ETD multifunctional timer relay.
– Suitable for universal use thanks to varied
functions and selectable time ranges
– Time ranges from a few milliseconds to
several days
– Variable supply voltage range
– 2 floating PDT outputs

Multifunctional timer relay,
two adjustable times

Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571


Housing width 22.5 mm

Y1 Y2

16

18

26

28

A1

t

A2
Z2 Z1
U = 24...240 V AC/DC

25

15

Technical data
Functions
lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause
li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse
ER: With switch-on and release delay with control contact
EWu: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge, voltage
controlled
EWs: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge with control
contact
WsWa: With single shot leading edge and single shot trailing edge
with control contact
Wt: Pulse sequence evaluation (retriggerable release delay)

Time ranges
Setting range
Control contact
Connection
Load capacity
Cable length
Control pulse length
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity

50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges)
Floating, basic isolation between connection and
input/output/bridge Y1-Y2
Cannot carry load
max. 10 m
min. 50 ms (Only with Wt function: > 7 ms)
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

TT1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

ETD-FL-2T-DTI1)

2866187

A1 Y1 25
Y2

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic timer relay with adjustable functions and times
WATCHDOG

25 26 28
16 18 A2

Message for incorrect pulse

260

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
H

H
W

D

W

D

Multifunctional timer relay,
one adjustable time

Impulse encoder,
adjustable pulse and pause times





Housing width 22.5 mm

B1

Housing width 22.5 mm

16

18

26

16

28

18

26

28

A1

A1

t

t

A2

A2
U = 24...240 V AC/DC

25

15

U = 24...240 V AC/DC

Technical data

25

15

Technical data

E: With switch-on delay
R: With release delay and control contact
Es: With switch-on delay and control contact
Wu: With single shot leading edge, voltage controlled
Ws: With single shot leading edge and control contact
Wa: With single shot trailing edge and control contact
Bi: Flashing beginning with pulse
Bp: Flashing beginning with pause

lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause
li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse

50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)

50 ms ... 100 h (7 time end ranges)

Non-floating, terminals A1-B1

-

Parallel switched minimum load current 1 VA (0.5 W), terminals A2-B1

-

max. 10 m
min. 70 ms

-

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

Approx. 2 x 107 cycles

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %
2.5 VA (1 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

24 V DC ... 240 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
24 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %
2.5 VA (1 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

ETD-SL-1T-DTF1)

2866161

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Type

Order No.

ETD-SL-2T-I1)

2866174

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

261

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Diode modules

Diode circuits perform various tasks in
electrical control systems, particularly in
electronic ones:
– Electrical decoupling of messages in fault
signaling systems
– Spark-suppression diodes for limiting
surge voltages of inductive loads, (solenoid valves, DC relays or similar)
– Can be supplied as “diode gates” combined with anode or cathode or as freely
assignable diodes

D W
H

D W
H

with diode type 1 N 4007

with diode type 1 N 5408

Notes:



Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products


1

3

5

7

1

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

2

4

6

8

Technical data
Diodes
Max. operating voltage Umax
Peak reverse voltage per diode
Reverse current per diode
Conducting state voltage per diode
Conducting state current per diode
with single load
with simultaneous loads
General data
Ambient temperature range
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Technical data

4E / 8E / 17E / 7P / 7M
250 V AC
1300 V
5 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

14P / 14M / 32P / 32M
250 V AC
1300 V
5 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

4E-... / 4P-... / 4M-... / 8E-...
250 V AC
1000 V
10 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

8P-... / 8M-...
250 V AC
1000 V
10 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

0.7 A
0.5 A

0.7 A
0.2 A

1.5 A
1A

1.5 A
0.3 A

-20°C ... 50°C
300 V (According to EN 50178)
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
2 (according to EN 50178)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
75 / 55 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

-20°C ... 50°C
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
2 (according to EN 50178)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
75 / 55 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

Ordering data
Description

Housing width

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-DIO 4E
EMG 45-DIO 8E
EMG 90-DIO 17E

2950048
2950103
2954895

10
5
5

EMG 22-DIO 7P

2950064

10

EMG 45-DIO14P
EMG 90-DIO 32P

2950116
2954918

5
5

EMG 22-DIO 7M

2950077

10

EMG 45-DIO14M
EMG 90-DIO 32M

2950129
2954934

5
5

2947035

50

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408
EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408

2952790
2949389

10
5

EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408

2952198

10

EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408

2954879

5

EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408

2952211

10

EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408

2954882

5

2947035

50

Diode module, can be individually wired
4 diodes
8 diodes
17 diodes
Diode module, with P-polarity (common cathode)

22.5 mm
45 mm
90 mm

4 diodes
7 diodes
8 diodes
14 diodes
32 diodes
Diode module, with M polarity (common anode)

22.5 mm
22.5 mm
45 mm
45 mm
90 mm

4 diodes
7 diodes
8 diodes
14 diodes
32 diodes

22.5 mm
22.5 mm
45 mm
45 mm
90 mm

Accessories
Equipment marker

262

PHOENIX CONTACT

EMG-GKS 12

Accessories
EMG-GKS 12

Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Lamp testing modules,
display modules
Lamp testing modules
Lamp testing modules for checking lamps
that are installed and ready for operation:
– Individual checking of separate lamps
(EMG...-E/LP)
– Centrally controlled checking of lamps
(EMG...-M/LP)
Display modules
– Light indicator modules facilitate the
monitoring of processes on electronic
control systems during troubleshooting
Notes:

D W
H

D W
H

Lamp testing module,
groups of 2 diodes with common cathode



Further circuit diagrams can be found in the data sheet at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Light indicator module,
with common return line


1

2

4

3

5

6

7

10

1

2

3

4

8

9 11 12

5

6

7

0

Technical data
Diodes
Max. operating voltage Umax
Peak reverse voltage per diode
Reverse current per diode
Conducting state voltage per diode
Conducting state current per diode
with single load
with simultaneous loads
Input
Current required per light indicator
General data
Ambient temperature range
Rated insulation voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance

Technical data

8E/16E
250 V AC
1300 V
≤ 5 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

14M/32M
250 V AC
1300 V
≤ 5 µA
Approx. 0.8 V

0.7 A
0.4 A

0.7 A
0.2 A

LA 7S

LED 7S/LED 14S

Approx. 1 mA

Approx. 3 mA

-20°C ... 50°C
300 V (According to EN 50178)
III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
2 (according to EN 50178)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
75 / 55 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

-20°C ... 45°C

CE-compliant

CE-compliant

III, basic insulation (as per EN 50178)
2 (according to EN 50178)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
75 / 47.5 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
Description

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

22.5 mm

EMG 22-LA 7S/230

2949677

10

22.5 mm
45 mm

EMG 22-LED 7S/24
EMG 45-LED 14S/24

2952305
2952334

10
5

2947035

50

Housing width

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Lamp testing module, for individual wiring
4-pair
8-pair
Lamp testing module, with common control

45 mm
90 mm

EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP
EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP

2954798
2954808

5
5

7-pair
16-pair
Light indicator module, 110 ... 230 V AC input voltage

45 mm
90 mm

EMG 45-DIO14M/LP
EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP

2950132
2954785

5
5

7 glow lamps
Light indicator module, 24 V DC input voltage
7 LEDs
14 LEDs

Accessories
Equipment marker

EMG-GKS 12

Accessories
2947035

50

EMG-GKS 12

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

263

264

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
The importance of the reliability of industrial automation equipment is growing with
the increase in use of electronic modules.
Modern relay or solid-state relay interfaces perform a wide range of tasks. Whether
in production engineering, for the electrical
equipment of machines or in control engineering for energy distribution, building automation and materials processing – the
main aim is to guarantee the exchange of
signals between the process peripherals and
the superior, central control systems. This
exchange must provide reliable operation,
be floating and electrically unambiguous.
Safe electrical interface modules that meet
the requirements of modern system concepts must include the following features:
– Coupling of different signal levels
– Safe electrical isolation between input and
output
– High interference insensitivity.
In practice, a relay interface comes into
use with a flexible interface configuration
with a large switching capacity range and the
possibility of combining different types of
contact. Further important features of relay
interfaces are:
– Electrical isolation between open contacts
– Switching of independent switching current types
– High short-term overload resistance in
the event of a short circuit or voltage
peaks
– Practically impervious to electromagnetic
fields
– Easy handling.
Solid-state relay modules are used when
an interface between the process peripherals and electronics is subject to the following requirements:
– Low control power
– High switching frequencies
– Wear-free switching with no contact
bounce
– Resistance to vibration and impacts
– Long service life.

Product range overview
Product overview

266

Basics of relay technology

268

Basics of
solid-state relay technology

272

RIFLINE complete

274

PLC series

320

PR series

370

DEK series

396

Special relay and
solid-state relay modules

402

PHOENIX CONTACT

265

Relay modules
Product overview
RIFLINE complete

RIF-0 for miniature and solid-state relays
Page 276

RIF-1 for miniature and solid-state relays
Page 282

RIF-2 for industrial relays

RIF-3 for octal relays

With switch

Page 326

For high inrush/continuous currents
Page 332
Resistant to interference currents/voltages
Page 334

Page 397

Actuator series with miniature relays
Page 399

Sensor series with miniature relays
Page 399

Safety devices

Monitoring relays

Timer relays

Safety devices
See Catalog 8

Monitoring relays

Page 290

Page 294

PLC series

With relay/solid-state relay
Page 322
As sensor/actuator version

For NAMUR initiators
Page 350

For railway applications

Page 364
Types of electronics

Page 359

Page 365

DEK series

With miniature relay

266

PHOENIX CONTACT

Timer relays
Page 250

Page 258

With solid-state relay
Page 400

Relay modules
Product overview

RIF-4 for high-power relays

Accessories
Page 298

Page 304

PR series

PR1 for miniature or solid-state relays
Page 372

PR2 for industrial relays

PR3 for octal relays
Page 378

Accessories
Page 382

Page 373

Special relay and solid-state relay modules

Relay terminal blocks with switch
Page 403

Interference-free relays and
solid-state relays

Relays for switching lamp loads
Page 404

Page 407

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Solid-state power relays with
400 V AC/400 V AC/3 A output

Page 408

PHOENIX CONTACT

267

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
To allow DC or AC voltage operation, a
bridge rectifier is connected in the input circuit. The diodes are simultaneously responsible for performing rectification, freewheeling, and polarity reversal protection
functions. The interrupting voltage of the
coil is limited to approximately 1.4 V.
To protect the input circuit against overvoltages, a varistor is also connected (depending on the type) upstream of the bridge
rectifier.

working range becomes restricted as a result.
The diagram below illustrates how the
operating voltage behaves as a function of
the ambient temperature.

Operating voltage

General
Electromechanical relays are used as interface modules between the process I/O
devices, on the one hand, and the openloop/closed-loop control and signaling
equipment, on the other, for level and power adjustment purposes.
Essentially, electromechanical relays can
be divided into two main groups: monostable and bistable relays.
With monostable DC or AC relays, the
contacts automatically return to the release
state as soon as they are de-energized.
In the case of bistable relays, the contacts remain in their present switch position
when the excitation current is switched off.

Coil side
Basic construction of a relay with AC/DC input

Input circuits and voltage types
There are various kinds of input circuit
depending on the type of relay used and the
nature of the control voltage.
If pure AC relays are used (AC input),
the input circuit is generally nothing more
than a visual switching status indicator.
Unless otherwise specified, the frequency of the control voltage is 50/60 Hz.

Bistable remanence relays with a double
winding are only ever operated with DC
voltage.
With these types of relay, there are
three coil connections on the coil side. In
addition to the common connection, there
are separate connections for “setting” and
“resetting”; these are controlled by short
pulses only. As a result, the relays hardly
heat up at all. Simultaneous control of both
control inputs is not permitted.
A distinction is made between negative
switching (M) and positive switching (P)
types, depending on the polarity of the freewheeling and reverse polarity protection diodes.

Basic construction of a relay with AC input

Ambient temperature in °C
Basic curve of a relay operating voltage

I: Maximum permissible voltage with 100%
operating time (OT) and assuming compliance with the coil temperature limit
II: Minimum operate voltage
Interference voltages and interference currents on the coil side
When inductive or capacitive interference voltages are coupled into the long supply lines of a relay, this can prevent the relay
from operating safely.
If the coupled-in voltage exceeds the release voltage required by the IEC 61810-1
“relay standard”, in extreme cases the relay
may fail to release. In the case of DC relays,
this release voltage is  0.05 x U and for
purely AC relays, it is  0.15 x U .
The same disturbances can occur when
a relay with a low input power is controlled
by an electronics module with an AC voltage output featuring an RC circuit. The typical leakage current from RC elements of
this kind (generally in the region of several
mA) provides sufficient control power to
prevent the downstream relay from releasing or even enough power to excite it.
The disturbance level of any interference voltages that are present can be reduced by connecting an RC element parallel
to the relay coil. This measure also subjects
the interference voltage to a capacitive load,
causing it to collapse.
N

In the case of a pure DC input, the most
important addition to the circuit is a freewheeling diode. This limits the voltages induced on the coil on circuit interruption to
a value of approximately 0.7 V, which does
not pose a danger to any connected control
electronics.
As the freewheeling diode can only perform its required function if the polarity of
the voltage connection is correct, a reverse
polarity protection diode is also integrated
into the input circuit.

N

Block diagram of a bistable relay, negative switching type

Block diagram of bistable relay, positive switching type

Basic construction of a relay with DC input

268

PHOENIX CONTACT

Operating voltage range
The ambient temperature prevailing at
the location of use has a major impact on
certain relay operating parameters.
As the ambient temperature increases,
the coil winding heats up, causing the operate and release voltages to rise. At the same
time, the maximum permissible coil voltage
decreases, which means that the usable

Relay modules

UINTERF

Basics of relay technology

External RC interference suppression filter to prevent interference voltage coupling

The following values are recommended
for the purpose of dimensioning the RC element:
– R = 100 ... 220 
– C = 220 ... 470 nF
The SO46 series have been developed
to provide even higher levels of immunity to
interference. These products already contain an integrated RCZ filter. See, for example, PLC...SO46.
Contact side, contact materials
Given the wide variety of potential applications in the different industrial sectors,
the relays used must be matched to the various tasks that need to be performed by selecting the right kind of contact material.
The voltage, current, and power values
play an important role when determining
the suitability of contact materials. Other
criteria include:
– Contact resistance
– Erosion resistance
– Material migration
– Welding tendency
– Chemical influences
In this way, the various contact materials
(generally noble metal alloys) can be
matched to the relevant areas of application.
The adjacent table provides details of
some of the key materials.

Contact material

Typ. properties

Typ. applications

Guide values
for the area of
application*

Gold Au

Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres; low
and constant contact resistances in the range of
small switching capacities with nickel (AuNi) or silver
(AuAg) alloys

Dry measuring and switching circuits, control inputs

A ... 0.2 A
V ... 30 V

Silver Ag

High electrical conductivity; sensitive to sulfur, therefore often gold-flashed (approximately 0.2 m) as
protection; nickel (AgNi) or copper (AgCu) alloys increase the mechanical resistance and erosion resistance and reduce the welding tendency.

Universal; suitable for medium
loads; nickel alloys (AgNi 0.15)
for DC circuits with medium to
large loads.

 12 V
 10 mA

Silver, hard goldplated Ag+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the Ag contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.

 100 mV
 1 mA

Tungsten W

Highest melting point; very high erosion resistance;
greater contact resistances; very low welding tendency; susceptible to corrosion; often used as lead
contact.

Loads with very high inrush currents, e.g., glow lamps, fluorescent lamps.

 60 V
1A

Silver nickel
AgNi

High erosion resistance; low welding tendency; higher contact resistances than with pure silver.

Universal; suitable for medium to
high loads; DC circuits and inductive loads.

 12 V
 10 mA

Silver nickel
AgNi+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.

 100 mV
 1 mA

Silver tin oxide
AgSnO

Low welding tendency; very high erosion resistance
for high switching capacities; low material migration

Application depends heavily on
the relay type; switching circuits
with high make and break loads,
e.g., glow lamps and fluorescent
lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to
different alloys and production
procedures, partly also suitable
for smaller loads.

 12 V
 100 mA
( 10 mA)

Silver tin oxide,
hard gold-plated
AgSnO+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgSnO
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.

 100 mV
 1 mA

* Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions.

Contact protection circuit
Every electrical load constitutes a mixed
load with ohmic, capacitive, and inductive
components.
When these loads are switched, the
switching contact is in turn subjected to a
load, to either a lesser or greater extent.
This load can be reduced by including a suitable contact protection circuit.
In view of the fact that loads with a large
inductive component are predominantly
used in practice (e.g., contactors, solenoid
valves, motors, etc.), these application scenarios are worth considering in more detail.
On interruption, voltage peaks with values of up to several thousand volts occur
due to the energy stored in the coil.

These high voltages cause an arc on the
switching contact which can destroy the
contact due to material vaporization and
material migration. The electrical service
life is reduced considerably as a result. In extreme cases, the relay may fail in the very
first cycle with DC voltage and a static arc.
A protective circuit must be used to
suppress the formation of an arc. With optimum dimensioning, almost the same number of cycles can be achieved as with an
ohmic load.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

269

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
In principle, there are a number of possible ways of achieving an effective circuit:
1. Contact wiring
2. Load wiring
3. Combination of both wiring methods

Load wiring

Diode

Additional
Defined
Effective bidropout de- induction voltage limi- polar attenlay
tation
uation
Large

Yes (UD)

No

Advantages:
• Good effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
• Easy implementation
• Inexpensive
• Reliable
• Dimensioning not critical
• Low induction voltage
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only via load resistor
• Long dropout delay

Medium to
small

Yes (UZD)

No

Advantages:
• Dimensioning not critical

Load

Diode/Zener diode
series connection

Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts

Load
Contact wiring

Advantages/disadvantages

Inductive load wiring

In principle, protective measures should
intervene directly at the source of the interference.
Wiring a load should therefore be given
priority over wiring the contact.
The following points are advantageous
for the load circuit (image on right):
1. The circuit is only loaded with the induction voltage during interruption. By contrast, the sum of the operating voltage
and the induction voltage is applied to
the contact circuit.
2. When the contact is open, the load is
electrically isolated from the operating
voltage.
3. It is not possible for the load to be activated or to “stick” due to undesired operating currents, e.g., from RC elements.
4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be coupled into parallel control lines.
Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually
connected using valve plugs that are also
supplied with LEDs and components that
limit the induction voltage. Valve plugs with
an RC element, varistor or Zener diode often do not quench the arc and only serve to
comply with legislation governing EMC.
Only valve plugs with an integrated 1N4007
freewheeling diode quench the arc quickly
and safely, thereby increasing the service life
of the relay by a factor of 5 to 10. Valve
plugs with LED, integrated 1N4007, and
free cable end can be supplied on request as
part of the SAC range.

Suppressor diode

Medium to
small

Yes (UZD)

Yes

Load

Varistor

Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
Medium to
small

Yes (UVDR)

Yes

Advantages:
• High energy absorption
• Dimensioning not critical
• Suitable for AC voltages
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UVDR
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts

Load

R/C combination

Advantages:
• Inexpensive
• Dimensioning not critical
• Limitation of positive peaks
• Suitable for AC voltages

Medium to
small

No

Yes

Load

Switching small loads
Small loads must be processed mainly in
applications where signals must be forwarded to control inputs (e.g., of a PLC).
With these loads, no switching sparks
(arcs) occur on the contacts in the small
load range.
In addition to the constant cleaning effect due to contact friction, this switching
spark assumes the function of penetrating
non-conductive contamination layers that
are formed on the contact surfaces of power contacts.

Advantages:
• HF attenuation due to energy storage
• Suitable for AC voltages
• Level-independent damping
Disadvantages:
• Precise dimensioning required
• High inrush current surge
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts

Evaluation
electronics

Application example: measurement point changeover

Limit switch

PLC
input
board

Application example: PLC input signal

270

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
These contamination layers are usually
oxidation or sulfidation products of the
contact materials silver (Ag) or silver alloys
such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact resistance may rise so considerably within a
short time that reliable switching is no longer possible in the case of small loads.
Due to these properties, the high-performance contact materials mentioned are
not suitable for small load applications.
Gold (Au) has become accepted as the
contact material of choice for these areas of
application mainly on account of its low and
constant contact resistances even with
small loads and its insensitivity to sulfurous
atmospheres.
For the smallest of loads and even greater contact reliability, double contact relays
with gold contacts are used.
The slotted contact spring in this design
provides two parallel contact points with
even lower contact resistances and considerably higher contact reliability.

Switching large loads
A few important points also need to be
considered with regard to switching operations in the large load range that involve
power contacts made of either silver (Ag)
or silver tin oxide (AgSnO).
A basic distinction must be made between switching DC and AC loads.
Switching large AC loads
When switching large AC loads, the relay can be operated up to the corresponding
maximum values for switching voltage, current, and power. The arc that occurs during
interruption depends on the current, voltage, and phase angle. This cut-off arc usually
disappears automatically the next time the
load current passes through zero.
In applications with an inductive load, an
effective protective circuit must be provided, otherwise the service life of the system
will be reduced considerably.

Switching large DC loads
Conventional switching relays can only
switch off relatively small direct currents
(which contrasts with their ability to switch
off the maximum permissible AC current),
since there is no zero crossing to extinguish
the arc automatically. This maximum DC
value is also dependent to a large extent on
the switching voltage and is determined,
among other things, by constructional features such as contact spacing and contact
opening speed.
The corresponding current and voltage
values are documented by relay manufacturers in arc or load limit curves.
A non-attenuated inductive DC load fur-

Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type)

ther reduces the values given for switchable
currents. The energy stored in the inductance can cause an arc to occur, which forwards the current through the open contacts.
With an effective contact protection circuit, preferably type 1N4007 freewheeling
diodes, the service life can be increased by a
factor of 5 to 10 compared with unprotected or poorly protected inductive loads (see
also “Contact protection circuits” section).
If higher DC loads than those documented are to be switched or if the electrical service life is to be increased, several
contacts of a relay can be connected in series. See, for example, REL-IR... industrial
relays.
Alternatively, solid-state relays with DC
voltage output can also be used.

Switching lamps and capacitive loads
Regardless of the type of voltage, all
kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive
component impose extreme requirements
on the switching contacts. The moment it is
switched on, in other words precisely in the
dynamic chattering phase of the relay, extremely powerful current peaks occur.
These are often in the region of several tens
of amps, and not infrequently are known to
exceed 100 A, which results in welding of
the contact. This can be remedied by using
specially optimized “lamp load relays” that
can cope with these inrush peaks. See, for
example, PLC...IC type.

Switching capacity in accordance with
utilization categories AC15 and DC13
(IEC 60947)
In practice, both the maximum interrupting rating for AC loads and the DC interruption values taken from the load limit
curves provide only a rough guide for the
choice of relay. In reality, this is insufficient,
since real loads in the vast majority of industrial applications have inductive or capacitive components and the wiring of the loads
can be totally different. As already described, this sometimes leads to considerable variations in terms of service life.
The IEC 60947 contactor standard
seeks to avoid these disadvantages by dividing the loads into various utilization categories (DC13, AC15, etc.). This standard is
also partly applied to relays. However, users
must be aware of the fact that these values
are only applicable in practice to a limited
extent as well, since all DC13 and AC15
test loads are highly inductive and are also
operated without any protective circuit at
all (see “Contact protection circuit” section). Moreover, the switching capacity test
in accordance with IEC 60947 only requires
6060 cycles to be performed by way of a
minimum requirement.
A much more reliable way to determine
the switching capacity and the anticipated
service life is to refer to the specific application data. Using a comprehensive data bank,
the service life can be accurately estimated
for most applications and, if necessary, suggestions for improvement can be made. In
the case of critical applications, the user is
advised to gather service life information
based on empirical data.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

271

Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
Control side
Solid-state relays for various voltage and
power levels are available from Phoenix
Contact for use as interface modules designed to match process I/O devices to control, signaling, and regulating devices. The
solid-state relay element which is actually
located in the module is limited to one defined voltage range by virtue of its design.
The current consumption on the input side
fluctuates depending on the circuit architecture and voltage level.
To accommodate all industrial voltages
between 5 V and 230 V, an input circuit is
provided. The inputs for DC voltage and AC
voltage must always be differentiated.

DC input
Adjustments are made in accordance
with the various voltage levels by adding
electronics which have been specially adapted to the desired voltage range. In the case
of most modules, a polarity protection diode provides reliable protection against destruction in the event of a control voltage
being connected incorrectly. Specially coordinated filters reliably suppress possible
high-frequency noise emissions.

Figure 1: block diagram for DC input

AC input
The solid-state relay element requires a
stable control voltage to ensure reliable operation. In the case of the AC input, this is
achieved by connecting a rectifier and filter
capacitor upstream. Rectifying is followed,
in principle, by the same circuit architecture
as the DC input.

272

PHOENIX CONTACT

The switching frequency always lies beshows the maximum load current as a
low half the mains frequency. Due to the filfunction of the ambient temperature.
ter capacitor, a higher switching frequency 3. Output circuit
cannot be achieved. This would result in
The 2-conductor output is similar to a
continuous through-switching.
mechanical contact. Only the polarity of
the connections is specified and must be
observed.

Figure 2: block diagram for AC input

Load side
Depending on the application and the
type of load, the solid-state relay output
must meet various requirements. The following are crucial:
– Power amplification
– Matching the switching voltage and the
switching current (AC/DC)
– Short-circuit protection
For these different applications, the solid-state relay element must also be processed using additional electronics on the
output side.

DC output
In order to achieve the necessary output
power, the solid-state relay element is supplemented by one or more semiconductor
components.
The on-site user should nevertheless
simply regard the connection terminal
blocks of the output as conventional switch
connections. Observing the specified polarity is the only essential requirement.
For practical reasons, the following criteria should be taken into account when selecting a suitable solid-state relay:
1. Operating voltage range
(e.g., 12 ... 60 V DC)
This determines the minimum or maximum voltage to be switched. The lower
value must be observed in order to ensure reliable operation. In order to protect the output transistor, the upper
value must not be exceeded.
2. Maximum continuous current (e.g., 1 A)
This value indicates the maximum continuous current. If this value is exceeded
continuously, the output semiconductor
will be destroyed. The dependence of
the output current on the ambient temperature of the solid-state relay should
also be taken into consideration. A derating curve is therefore generally specified for solid-state power relays. This

Figure 3: 2-conductor output

The 3-conductor output is non-isolated
and requires both potentials from the voltage source on the output side to be connected if it is to operate reliably.
When switched off, a permanent reference to ground (negative potential) is established. In addition, this output circuit offers
the advantage of an almost constant internal
resistance.

Figure 4: 3-conductor output

AC output
In order to control the switching and
control devices for AC voltage, a semiconductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or thyristor)
is connected downstream of the solid-state
relay element.
As with the DC output, it is particularly
important to consider the maximum operating voltage range and the maximum continuous load current as a function of the ambient temperature.

Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
Application notes
Input solid-state relays acting in the direction from the I/O devices to the controller (signaling, controlling, monitoring)

Example: load contactor monitoring (DC contactor)

Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
– DEK-OE...
– EMG 10-OE...
– SIM-EI...
– OPT...

e.g., PLC
IN

Example: load contactor monitoring (AC contactor)

Zero voltage
switch

In addition, the maximum peak reverse
voltage of the TRIAC (e.g., 600 V) is crucial
with AC outputs. This must not be exceeded even in the case of voltage fluctuations
or interference voltage peaks in order to
prevent destruction. That is why the AC
outputs of all solid-state relays from Phoenix Contact have an internal RC protective
circuit to protect against interference voltage peaks.

e.g., PLC
IN

Figure 5: basic circuit diagram of AC output

Example: position indication with limit stop contact or initiator

Protective circuits
The moment inductive loads (contactors, solenoid valves, motors) are switched
off, surge voltages occur and these can
reach very high amplitudes. Electronic components and switching elements are particularly susceptible to these. A protective circuit should therefore always be provided to
prevent destruction.
A parallel connection to the load effectively reduces the switching surge voltage to
a harmless level. Depending on the solidstate relay output and type of load:
– A freewheeling diode/suppressor diode
(DC only)
– A varistor (AC and DC)
– Or an RC element (AC only)
can provide the necessary protection.

Load

Protection

e.g., PLC
IN

Output (power) solid-state relays acting
in the direction from the controller to the
I/O devices (switching, amplifying, controlling)

Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(DC load)

e.g., PLC
OUT

Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
– DEK-OV...
– EMG 10-OV
– EMG 12-OV
– EMG 17-OV
– OV...
– OPT...

Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(AC load)

e.g., PLC
OUT
Figure 6: protective circuit with DC voltage output

Load

Protection

Remarks:
1)

Ground (negative) potential from the input and output of the solidstate relay must not be connected.
DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit
(e.g., diode).
3) AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
2)

Figure 7: protective circuit with AC voltage output

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

273

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

RIFLINE complete is an inexpensive relay
system with various accessories. It consists
of DIN rail bases, electromechanical or solid-state relays, plug-in input/interference
suppression modules, marking material, and
bridging material. The range of accessories
is rounded off with a timer module. This can
be used to transform a basic relay into a timer relay with three different functions.
The RIFLINE complete relay range consists of seven different base versions from
RIF-0 to RIF-4 – these range from one N/O
contact up to four PDT contacts. The field
of application of this product group ranges
from coupling relay applications with
switching currents of one milliamp to replacement for miniature contactors with
currents up to 16 A.
The relay bases feature push-in connection technology, which enables quick and
tool-free conductor contacting. The RIF-1
to RIF-4 bases offer double the contact options on both the input and output side.
On the input side of all bases, the negative
potential (A2) can be bridged – regardless of
the base size. On the output side, the
grouped contact (11) can be bridged within
the RIF-0 base version. This connection can
also be bridged within the RIF-1 base size.
To offer diverse marking options, the engagement lever can be fitted with a zack
marker strip. In addition, marker carriers
274

PHOENIX CONTACT

can be mounted on the bases so that additional marking surfaces are available.
RIFLINE complete can be extended using
many elements from the CLIPLINE complete accessories range. This includes marking material, bridges, and test adapters.
To make ordering and management easy,
RIFLINE complete modules are provided in
the most popular voltages as complete
modules with relay and input/interference
suppression module. For individual assembly, tailored to the requirements of the application, additional voltage levels are offered in the modular system.

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

RIF-0
The narrow 6.2 mm RIF-0 base series is
designed for miniature relays with one contact. Switching currents up to 6 A are implemented here. Two base versions are available: 1 N/O contact and 1 PDT contact.
RIF-0 is therefore a good choice for all coupling applications.

RIF-1
The narrow 16 mm RIF-1 base series is
designed for miniature relays with 2 contacts. Currents up to 13 A can be switched
when using the FBS 2-8 plug-in bridge. This
is the ideal relay for applications that require
coupling, power switching, and signal duplication.

RIF-2
The 31 mm wide RIF-2 base series is designed for industrial relays with up to 4 contacts. Currents up to 12 A are no problem
for these bases. This relay is ideal for applications that require power and signal multiplication.

RIF-3
The 40 mm wide RIF-3 base series is designed for octal relays with up to 3 contacts.
Switching currents up to 10 A can be implemented here. Two base versions are available: 2 PDT contacts and 3 PDT contacts.
RIF-3 bases are ideal for all applications that
require power and signal multiplication.

RIF-4
The 43 mm wide RIF-4 base series is designed for power relays with up to 3 contacts. Currents up to 16 A can be switched.
RIF-4 bases are a good choice for applications that require power and signal multiplication, e.g., in miniature contactor applications.

Accessories
A wide range of accessories are available
for the RIFLINE complete relay system that
round off the range. These include bridges,
professional marking material, special function modules, test plugs, and end brackets.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

275

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-0 relay base

Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with miniature power relays or solid-state relays with
a nominal voltage of 12 to 24 V DC.
The advantages:
– Integrated freewheeling diode for input
circuit and interference suppression circuit
– LED for status display
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Professional marking material
– Holders for test plugs
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time (A2 and 11/13)
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and
output side

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

D W
H

1 PDT relay base for
miniature power relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

230 V AC (Contact side)
max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
78 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-0-BPT/21

2900958

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6

3030336
3036932
3032237
3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224

50
50
50
50
10
10
10

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

RIF-0 relay base, PDT version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection
RIF-0 relay base, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
5-pos. red
10-pos. red
20-pos. red
50-pos. red
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and

276

PHOENIX CONTACT

MPS-MT

0201744

10

Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black
Zack marker strip, 10-section, unprinted: pack contains enough
to label 100 terminal blocks

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10-section

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

1051003

10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H

1 N/O contact relay base for
miniature power relay

Technical data
230 V AC
max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
66 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2901873

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6

3030336
3036932
3032237
3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224

50
50
50
50
10
10
10

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

1051003

10

Type

RIF-0-BPT/1

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

277

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for
RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 6 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection RT III (comparable with IP67)
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Can be soldered in on PCB

1 PDT

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.



For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 344

A2

12

A1

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
②
refer to the diagram
14
7
5
5
2.5
2.5
Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact

278

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②

12 V DC
24 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 24DC/21

2961150
2961105

10
10

①
②

12 V DC
24 V DC

REL-MR- 12DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21AU

2961163
2961121

10
10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-MR-.../21... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating

20

3
Switching current [A]

U
UN

2,5
A

2

1,5

1

10
6
4

1

0,5
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100
TU [°C]

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

B

1

2

10

20

30

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

279

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in solid-state relays

Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 345

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-0
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Max. DC voltage output of 3 A



A2

13+

A1

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level

1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

①
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 150 mV

W/H/D

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

280

PHOENIX CONTACT

Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state power relays

①

24 V DC

Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays

①

24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2

2966595

10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2
solid-state relays

Load current [A]

3

Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA

Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA



2
1
0

0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

60

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1
solid-state relays


Load current [mA]

750

A2

13+

A1

A2

14

13+

A1

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
10
5
3
6000
500
10

48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤1V

253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)
10 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
0.5
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
<1V

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data

OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100

0

0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

60

14

Technical data

①
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300

Type

300

Ordering data
Order No.

2966618

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2967950

10

10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

281

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-1 relay base

Notes:

D W
H

Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
1 or 2 PDT relays or solid-state relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)
– FBS 2-8 plug-in bridges for the output side
(11/21)

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

2 PDT relay base for
miniature power relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

230 V AC
max. 13 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
16 mm
75 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-1-BPT/2X21

2900931

10

3030336
3036932
3032237
3030284
3032567
3032541

50
50
50
10
10
10

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-1 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-1 relay base

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

282

PHOENIX CONTACT

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

FBS
FBS
FBS
FBS
FBS
FBS

2-6
2-6 BU
2-6 GY
2-8
2-8 BU
2-8 GY

7042

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

Relay retaining bracket

Technical data
-

-

Ordering data
Type

RIF-RH-1

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2900953

10

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

283

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2
PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1, and
PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.





A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7

3

3

3

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

3

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7

3

Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact

284

PHOENIX CONTACT

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

3

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
25 A (20 ms)
50 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
12 A (20 ms)
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

3

⑤

Single contact, 1-PDT

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Description

3

④

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961309
2961312
2834821
2961325
2961338
2961406
2961419
2961422

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961257
2961192
2834834
2961273
2961202
2961435
2961448
2961451

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961532
2961545

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU

2961561
2961503
2961516
2961529

10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU

2961299
2961215
2834847
2961286
2961228
2961464
2961477
2961480

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

1
2

1
0,8

2
1
0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

2

3

1

10

20

30

10

6

10

5

10

4

2

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

100

1

10
6
4

Cycles

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

0,6

Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

2

1
0,8

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100

Ambient temperature [°C]

10
6
4

1

2

4

1

0,1

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

10

6

10

5

10

4

2

1

0,5
0,3
0,2

1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

3

Cycles

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

0,6

Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

300

2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

285

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with 1 or 2
PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
– Can be soldered in on PCB

1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay



Notes:



If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.

A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12

Technical data

④

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12

3.5

6
2-8

2-8

2-8

3 - 12

2-8

2-8

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
32 A (20 ms)
32 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
8A
16 A (20 ms)
16 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
-40°C ... 70°C
5 x 106 cycles
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

3.5

6
2-8

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
-40°C ... 70°C°C
5 x 106 cycles
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

2987888

- Status LED
②
24 V AC
- Status LED
③
120 V AC
- Status LED
④
230 V AC
Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with
hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position
indicator
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2①
24 V DC

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987891
2987901
2987914

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS

Description

④

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS

2987943

10

10
10
10

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987956
2987969
2987972

10
10
10

2987927

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2987985

10

2987930

10

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS

2987998

10

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-

- Status LED

286

PHOENIX CONTACT

①

④

230 V AC

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Electrical service life

107
20

1

10

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current

10

5

10

4

1

2

0,1
10

100

6

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

2

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Electrical service life

107
20

1

10

1
2
3
4

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

2
3

2

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 DC coils, 0 A contact current
2 DC coils, 16 A contact current
3 AC coils, 0 A contact current
4 AC coils, 16 A contact current

100

0,1
10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

287

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in solid-state relays

Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 345

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-1,
PR1, and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/5 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Max. DC voltage output of 5 A



A1

13+

14

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level

1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
10
400
300

②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
400
300

③
0.9 1.1
35
20
3
25
400
300

33 V DC
3 V DC
5 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 200 mV

W/H/D

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113
2982100
2982126

10
10
10

Plug-in solid-state relays
①
②
③

288

PHOENIX CONTACT

5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 solid-state relays

Load current [A]

5

Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA

Load current [A]

13

3
2
1
0

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 solid-state relays



A1

4

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0

14

1
2

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

1 Aligned with > 10 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

A2

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
3
1
15
10000
10000
10

②
0.8 1.2
18
8.4
7
10000
10000
10

③
0.9 1.1
40
20
2.6
10000
10000
10

253 V AC
24 V AC
2 A (see derating curve)
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Surge protection
≤1V
Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / See derating curve
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2982168
2982171
2982184

10
10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

289

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-2 relay base

Notes:

D W
H

Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 4 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

4 PDT relay base for
industrial relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

250 V AC
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
31 mm
75 mm
93 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-2-BPT/4X21

2900934

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3036932
3032237

50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-2 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

290

PHOENIX CONTACT

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

Relay retaining bracket

Technical data
-

-

Ordering data
Type

RIF-RH-2

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2900954

10

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

291

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in industrial relays

Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for RIF-2 and PR2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode

2 PDT relay

4 PDT relay

Notes:
For other voltages, see www.phoenixcontact.net/products





11

14

12

A1

A2
44

42

Technical data

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
78
41
22
13
13
13

14

14

14

Input voltage
UN

12

21

24

22

31

34

32

41

44

42

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

18
13

8
13

70

13

6.5

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

14

14

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
78
41
22
13
13
13

14

14

14

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

18
13

8
13

70

13

6.5

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 15

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

14

14

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 4-PDT

Single contact, 4-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
12 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
6A
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
-

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664

Ordering data
Description

14

A2
41

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

11
A1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 48DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 60DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903659
2903660
2903661
2903662
2903663
2903666
2903667
2903668

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21

2903676
2903677
2903678
2903679
2903680
2903686
2903687
2903688

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU

2903669
2903670
2903671
2903672
2903673
2903683
2903684
2903685

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Plug-in industrial relays, with power contacts
①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
48 V DC
④
60 V DC
⑤
110 V DC
⑥
24 V AC
⑦
120 V AC
⑧
230 V AC
Plug-in industrial relays, with multi-layer gold contacts

With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode

With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode

292

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-IR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

2,4

1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8

10
6
4
2

10

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

6

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

7

Cycles

2

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

2,2

0,6

Electrical service life

10

80

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

10

300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

5

0

1

2
Switching capacity [kVA]

3

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-IR4... (4 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

2,4

1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8

10
6
4
2

10

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

6

1

0,1

0

7

Cycles

2

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

2,2

0,6

Electrical service life

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

10

5

0

1

2
Switching capacity [kVA]

3

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

293

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-3 relay base

Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)

For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

D W
H

2 PDT relay base for
octal relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

250 V AC
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
40 mm
90 mm
100 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-3-BPT/2X21

2900937

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3036932
3032237

50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-3 relay base, 2 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

RIF-3 relay base, 3 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-3 relay base

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

294

PHOENIX CONTACT

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H

3 PDT relay base for
octal relay

Relay retaining bracket

Technical data

Technical data

250 V AC
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)

-

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

-

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

-

40 mm
90 mm
100 mm

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-3-BPT/3X21

2900938

10

Type

RIF-RH-3

Accessories

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2900955

10

Accessories

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3036932
3032237

50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

295

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in octal relays

Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-3 and PR3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
2 PDT relay

3 PDT relay




(A1)

(14)

(14)
2

(A1)

3

(11) 1

4

8

5

(21)

3
2

(12)

(11)

(31)

(22)

6

(A2)

1

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
60
108
23
18
5 - 15 5 - 15

[ms]
[ms]

5 - 20

W/H/D

5 - 20

7

Input voltage
UN

9

(24)

8

(32)

Technical data

④

5 - 15

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
60
108
23
18
5 - 15 5 - 15

5 - 20

5 - 20

13

5 - 20

④
13
5 - 15

5 - 20

Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
10 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

Single contact, three PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
10 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm

Ordering data
Description

6

11

(34)

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

(22)
(21)

(A2)

(24)

(12)
5

10
7

4

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21

2903689
2903690
2903691
2903692

10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21
REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21

2903693
2903694
2903695
2903696

10
10
10
10

Plug-in octal relays, with power contacts
With freewheeling diode

296

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-OR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

10
6
4

Cycles

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

6

2
1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

10

7

10

80

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

5

10

300

4

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
Switching capacity [kVA]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-OR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

10
6
4

Cycles

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

6

2

0,1

0

10

7

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

5

10

4

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
Switching capacity [kVA]
 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

297

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-4 relay base

Notes:

D W
H

Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.

Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays or 3 N/O relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)

For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.

3 PDT relay base for
high-power relay

Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN

400 V AC
max. 16 A (Depends on application/assembly)

General data
Ambient temperature (operation)

-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Input side
Output side
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
43 mm
90 mm
107 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-4-BPT/3X21

2900961

10

FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY

3030336
3036932
3032237

50
50
50

CLIPFIX 35

3022218

50

MPS-MT

0201744

10

MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK

0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2

1050004
0811972
0800967

10
10
100

RIF-4 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection

Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-4 relay base

Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part

Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5

298

PHOENIX CONTACT

red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

Relay retaining bracket

Technical data
-

-

-

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

RIF-RH-4

2900956

10

Accessories

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

299

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays

Plug-in high-power relays with 2 or 3 PDT
contacts for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage

2 PDT relay

3 PDT relay





11

14

12

A1

A2
34

32

Technical data

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

250 V AC
440 V AC
Motor load according to UL 508

General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
56
116
23
20
5 - 25 5 - 25

Input voltage
UN

12

21

24

22

31

34

32

Technical data

④

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
56
116
23
20
5 - 25 5 - 25

12
5 - 25

15

④
12
5 - 25

15
5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

Single contact, three PDTs
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)

4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)

4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

Ordering data
Description

14

A2
31

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

11
A1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21
REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21
REL-PR2-120AC/2X21
REL-PR2-230AC/2X21

2903698
2903699
2903700
2903701

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21
REL-PR3-120AC/3X21
REL-PR3-230AC/3X21

2903702
2903703
2903704
2903705

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in high-power relays, 2 PDTs with power contacts
①
24 V DC
②
24 V AC
③
120 V AC
④
230 V AC
Plug-in high-power relays, 3 PDTs with power contacts
①
②
③
④

300

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-PR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

7

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

Cycles

10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

5

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

6

2
1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

10

10

80

Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 16 A

20

30

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

5

10

500

4

0

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

Minimum operate voltage
For pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 16 A

1

2
3
Switching capacity [kVA]

4

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-PR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

7

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

Cycles

10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

5

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

6

2

0,1

0

10

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

500

5

10

4

0

1

2
3
Switching capacity [kVA]

4

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

301

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays

Plug-in high-power relays with 3 N/O
contacts suitable for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:0
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm contact opening
3 N/O relay



11

14

21

24

31

34

A1

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
70
116
23
20
5 - 25 5 - 25

④
12
5 - 25

15
5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

Single contact, 3 N/O contacts
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
250 V AC
440 V AC

Motor load according to UL 508

General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1
REL-PR3-120AC/3X1
REL-PR3-230AC/3X1

2903706
2903707
2903708
2903709

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in high-power relays, 3 N/O contacts with power contacts
①
②
③
④

302

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

1
1
1
1

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete

REL-PR2... (3 N/O contacts)
Operating voltage range

Interrupting rating

1,8

7

1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8

Cycles

10
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

10

20

1,6

0,6

Electrical service life

5

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

80

1
10

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load

DC coils
AC coils

6

2

0,1

0

10

50

70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]

500

5

10

4

0

1

2
3
Switching capacity [kVA]

4

 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

303

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Input modules/interference
suppression modules for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
Plug-in input modules/interference
suppression modules for optional fitting of
RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against incorrect connection
Input/interference suppression module

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the
coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:

RIF-LDP-12-24 DC
RIF-LDP-48-60 DC
RIF-LDP-110 DC

2900939
2900940
2900941

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)

RIF-LV-12-24 UC
RIF-LV-48-60 UC
RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC

2900942
2900943
2900944

10
10
10

RIF-V-12-24 UC
RIF-V-48-60 UC
RIF-V-120-230 UC

2900945
2900947
2900948

10
10
10

RIF-RC-12-24 UC
RIF-RC-48-60 UC
RIF-RC-120-230 UC

2900949
2900950
2900951

10
10
10

Description
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode
to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity: A1+, A2-,
input voltage:

Plug-in module, with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
Plug-in module, with RC element to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω)
- 120 - 230 V AC/110 DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω)

304

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in timer module for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
The multifunctional plug-in timer module
transforms the relay module into a timer relay. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be fitted
with this module. Using DIP switches, you
can choose from three time ranges and select four time functions. Fine adjustments to
the time are made using a potentiometer.
Relays can be operated with an input voltage of 24 V AC/DC.
Time module

Functions:
– Switch-on delay
– Single shot leading edge
– Flasher/pulse generator
–
–
–
–

12

Time ranges:
0.5 s - 10 s
5 s - 100 s
0.5 min - 10 min
5 min - 100 min

14 22

34 42

24 32

44

A2A1+

t

11

21

31

41

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Nominal input voltage range with reference to UN
Input circuit
Output data
Limiting continuous current
General data
Mounting position
Repeat accuracy
Ambient temperature (operation)

With switch-on delay

U
LED

t10m)

L
E.g. 230 VAC
N

Leakage current

A1
U
A2

L1
L2
L3
Parallel signal cables or load cables

Occurrence of interference signals
Scenario 2: long signal cables

334

PHOENIX CONTACT

Load

Plug-in miniature relays
with gold contact
with power contact

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21

Relay modules
PLC series
D W
H

D W
H

Sensor design

D W
H

2 PDT universal design



1 PDT for high continuous currents





21
24

13

A2

14

BB

22

A2

A2

11
A1

14
A1

14

A1

12

12

Technical data

Technical data

120 V AC
0.8 ... 1.4
50 V AC
7 mA / 8 mA
7 ms
20 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
REL-MR-60DC/21
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
80 V AC
8.8 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

Technical data

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
70 V AC
8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
10 ms

REL-MR-60DC/21AU
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

120 V AC
0.78 ... 1.4
16 V AC
6 mA / 7 mA
7 ms
10 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
Single contact, 2-PDT

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
Single contact, 2-PDT

120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.4
16 V AC
6 mA / 7 mA
7 ms
20 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
Single contact, 1-PDT

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V AC/DC
6A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA

AgNi, + 5 µm Au
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)

2980322
2980348
2980364
2980380
2900456
2900457

10
10
10
10
10
10

Accessories

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO461)

2980416
2980429

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO461)

2980432
2980445

10
10

2961338

10

Accessories
2961134
2961118

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21

230 V AC
0.78 ... 1.14
70 V AC
8.5 mA / 10 mA
7 ms
20 ms

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data

Type

REL-MR- 60DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21

11

Accessories
2961228
2961202

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

335

Relay modules
PLC series
Basic terminal blocks with interference
current filter that can be fitted with
solid-state relays
PLC basic terminal blocks with integrated
filter to protect against interference voltages or currents due, for example, to long
control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in residual AC currents
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Universal design



A2

11

A2

11

A1

14

A1

14

12

12

DC

AC

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with optocoupler) 0 signal (“L”)
Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz)
Typ. response time/switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Input circuit
Output data with:
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Output protection

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current
Leakage current in off state
Max. phase shift (inductive consumer)
Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

7 mA / 8 mA
6 ms
10 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
48 V DC
30 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
15 A (10 ms)
Protection
Protection
against polarity against polarity
reversal, Surge reversal, Surge
protection
protection
< 1 V DC
< 200 mV
-

8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms
10 ms

-

4.5 A2s

-

OPT...230AC/...
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
RCV circuit

< 1 V AC
< 1 mA
0.5

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relays or solid-state relays
With screw connection
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection
With push-in connection

Voltage UN

120 V AC
230 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO461)
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO461)

2980319
2980335
2980351
2980377
2900453
2900455

10
10
10
10
10
10

2966621
2966605
2967963

10
10
10

Accessories
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays
Solid-state power relays
Solid-state power relays

336

PHOENIX CONTACT

OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

Relay modules
PLC series
D W
H

Sensor design



13

A2

13

A2

14

BB

14

BB

A1

A1

DC

AC

Technical data
120 V AC
0.85 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

230 V AC
0.8 ... 1.1
≤ 0.4

7 mA / 8 mA
6 ms
10 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Filter
OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/...
48 V DC
30 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
15 A (10 ms)
Protection
Protection
against polarity against polarity
reversal, Surge reversal, Surge
protection
protection
<1V
< 200 mV
-

8.8 mA / 10 mA
6 ms
10 ms

-

-

OPT...230AC/...
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A
30 A (10 ms)
RCV circuit

<1V
< 1 mA
0.5
4.5 A2s

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 55°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)
PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO461)

2980322
2980348
2980364
2980380
2900456
2900457

10
10
10
10
10
10

2966621
2966605
2967963

10
10
10

Accessories
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

337

Relay modules
PLC series
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for
PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and PR1
relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 344
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 343

1 PDT



A2

12

A1

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
38
14
9
5
5
5
2.5
2.5
2.5

④

⑤

7
5
2.5

3
5
2.5

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
(on request)
1 mA (at 24 V)

140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA

1.2 W
-

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / In rows with zero spacing

Dimensions

W/H/D

5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact

338

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

4.5 V DC
12 V DC
18 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC

REL-MR- 4,5DC/21
REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 24DC/21
REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961367
2961150
2961383
2961105
2961118

10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

4.5 V DC
12 V DC
18 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 12DC/21AU
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU

2961370
2961163
2961493
2961121
2961134

10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
PLC series

2 PDT

1 N/O contact, for high inrush currents



1 PDT for high continuous currents





A1

12

11

14

A1

A1

A2

22

21

24

A2

A2

13

Technical data
②
refer to the diagram
33
7
3

④

⑤

14

12

Technical data

⑥

8.2
7
3

4.1
7
3

②
refer to the diagram
33
7
3

17
8
3

④

⑤

⑥

17
7
3

8.2
7
3

4.1
7
3

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 100 mA)
16 A
80 A (20 ms)
100 mA (at 12 V DC)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA

190 W
85 W
60 W
44 W
60 W
2000 VA

1.2 W
-

384 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
4000 VA

384 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
4000 VA

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21

2961257

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21

2961192
2961273
2961202

10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU

2961299

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU

2961215
2961286
2961228

10
10
10

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

REL-MR- 24DC/1IC

14

Technical data

④
refer to the diagram

17
7
3

11

2961341

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC

2961309

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961312
2961325
2961338

10
10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

339

Relay modules
PLC series
Plug-in solid-state relays

Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for
PLC-INTERFACE and RIF-0, RIF-1, and PR1
relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/5 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB

Max. DC voltage output of 3 A

Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA

Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly,
see page 345





A2

A1

②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300

③
0.8 1.2
35
20
3
40
500
300

13+

14

A2

A1

②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300

③
0.9 1.1
52
40
3
50
800
100

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level

1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
20
300
300

13+

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
4
20
300
300

33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
≤ 150 mV

48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
≤1V

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state power relays
Solid-state power relays
Solid-state power relays
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays
Solid-state input relays
Solid-state input relays

340

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③

5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC

①
②
③

5 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC

14

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967989
2966595
2966605

10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100

2967992
2966618
2966621

10
10
10

Relay modules
PLC series

Max. DC voltage output of 5 A

Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA



Max. AC voltage output of 2 mA



A1

13+



A2

A1

②
0.8 1.2
10
5
3
6000
500
10

③
0.9 1.1
50
15
3
9000
700
10

Technical data
②
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
400
300

14

A2

A2

①
0.8 1.2
2.5
0.8
9
10
400
300

13

A1

14

13+

14

Technical data

③
0.9 1.1
35
20
3
25
400
300

Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
3
1
15
10000
10000
10

②
0.8 1.2
18
8.4
7
10000
10000
10

③
0.9 1.1
40
20
2.6
10000
10000
10

33 V DC
3 V DC
5 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
≤ 200 mV

253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)
10 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
0.5
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
<1V

253 V AC
24 V AC
2 A (see derating curve)
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Surge protection
≤1V

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm

Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664
2 / III
Any / See derating curve
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113
2982100
2982126

10
10
10

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2967950
2967963

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2982168
2982171
2982184

10
10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

341

Relay and
solid-state relay
options

342

OPT-5DC/48DC/100

2967992

OPT-24DC/48DC/100

2966618

OPT-60DC/48DC/100

2966621

OPT-24DC/24DC/5

2982100

OPT-60DC/24DC/5

2982126

OPT-24DC/230AC/2

2982171

OPT-60DC/230AC/2

2982184

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR-18DC/21AU
2961493

REL-MR-12DC/21-21
2961257
X

REL-MR-12DC/21-21AU
2961299
X

REL-MR-24DC/21-21
2961192
X
X
X

REL-MR-24DC/21-21AU
2961215
X
X
X

REL-MR-60DC/21-21
2961273
X

REL-MR-60DC/21-21AU
2961286
X

REL-MR-110DC/21-21
2961202
X
X

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
2961228
X
X

REL-MR-12DC/21HC
2961309

REL-MR-24DC/21HC

2961312

REL-MR-60DC/21HC

2961325

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961338

OPT-24DC/230AC/1

2967950

OPT-60DC/230AC/1

2967963

OPT-5DC/24DC/2

2967989

OPT-24DC/24DC/2

2966595

OPT-60DC/24DC/2

2966605

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2900283
2900284
2900285
2900286
2900287
2900288

2900253
2900254
2900255
2900256
2900257
2900258
2900259

PLC-BPT-24DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-24UC/21-21
PLC-BPT-48DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-60DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-120DC/21-21
PLC-BPT-230DC/21-21

PLC-BPT-12DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-24DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-24UC/21HC
PLC-BPT-48DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-60DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-120DC/21HC
PLC-BPT-230DC/21HC

REL-MR-4,5DC/21
2961367
X
X
X

REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU
2961370
X
X
X

REL-MR-12DC/21
2961150
X

REL-MR-12DC/21AU
2961163
X

REL-MR-24DC/21
2961105
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-24DC/21AU
2961121
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-60DC/21
2961118
X
X
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-60DC/21AU
2961134
X
X
X
X
X
X

REL-MR-24DC/1IC
2961341

REL-MR-18DC/21
2961383

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2900261

2900260

PLC-BPT-24DC/1IC/ACT

2900450

2900449

PLC-BPT-24DC/21RW

PLC-BPT-24UC/1/ACT

PLC-BPT-24DC/1/ACT

2900448

2900282

PLC-BPT-12DC/21-21

PLC-BPT-5DC/1/ACT

PLC-BSP-230DC/21

2900281

PLC-BPT-230DC/21

2900452

PLC-BSP-120DC/21

2900280

PLC-BPT-120DC/21

PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN

PLC-BSP-60DC/21

2900279

PLC-BPT-60DC/21

2900451

PLC-BSP-48DC/21

2900447

PLC-BPT-48DC/21

PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN

PLC-BSP-24UC/21

2900446

PLC-BPT-24UC/21

2900262

PLC-BSP-24DC/21

2900445

PLC-BPT-24DC/21

PLC-BPT-24DC/1/SEN

PLC-BSP-12DC/21

2900444

PLC-BPT-12DC/21

2967183

2967167

2967332

2967329

2967222

2967219

2967426

2980238

2912439
2912442
2912455
2912468
2912471
2912484

PLC-BSP-24DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-24UC/21-21
PLC-BSP-48DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-60DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-120DC/21-21
PLC-BSP-230DC/21-21

2912345
2912358
2912361
2912374
2912387
2912390

PLC-BSP-24DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-24UC/21HC
PLC-BSP-48DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-60DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-120DC/21HC
PLC-BSP-230DC/21HC

2967154
2967170

PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN
PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN

2961396

2982809

2967196

2980254

PLC-BSP-24DC/1IC/ACT

2912400

IC basic terminal block

PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW

PLC-BSP-24UC/1/ACT

PLC-BSP-24DC/1/ACT

PLC-BSP-5DC/1/ACT

Actuator basic terminal block

2967206

PLC-BSP-24DC/1/SEN

Sensor basic terminal block

2912332

PLC-BSP-12DC/21HC

HC basic terminal block

2912426

PLC-BSP-12DC/21-21

2 PDT basic terminal block

PLC-BSP-5DC/21

2900443

1 PDT basic terminal block

Spring-cage connection

PLC-BPT-5DC/21

Push-in connection

PLC-BSC-24DC/1IC/ACT

PLC-BSC-24UC/1/ACT

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/ACT

PLC-BSC-5DC/1/ACT

PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN

PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN

PLC-BSC-5DC/1/SEN

PLC-BSC-230DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-120DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-60DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-48DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-24UC/21HC

PLC-BSC-24DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-12DC/21HC

PLC-BSC-230DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-120DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-60DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-48DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-24UC/21-21

PLC-BSC-24DC/21-21

PLC-BSC-12DC/21-21

2967837

2982799

2966058

2980241

2966087

2966074

2966061

2980267

2967824

2967811

2967808

2967798

2967785

2967772

2967769

2967044

2967031

2967316

2967264

2967028

2967015

2967251

2966045

2980018
PLC-BSC-230DC/21

2966032
PLC-BSC-125DC/21

2966100

2966090

2966029

2966016

2966896

2980225

PLC-BSC-120DC/21

PLC-BSC-60DC/21

PLC-BSC-48DC/21

PLC-BSC-24UC/21

PLC-BSC-24DC/21

PLC-BSC-12DC/21

PLC-BSC-5DC/21

Screw connection

Relay modules

Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings

Relay options for PLC basic terminal blocks

X

X
X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 6.2 mm versions,
equipped with relay

PLC-R...-12DC...

U
U N 1,4
1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

A

1,1
UN= 12 V DC

1

UN= 24 V DC

1

0,9

0,9

0,8
0,7

PLC-R...-24DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

0,8

B
20

25

30

40

35

45

50

55

60

0,7

65

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-24UC...

U
U N 1,4
1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

1,1
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC

1

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60 65
TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-120UC...

U
U N 1,4

0,7

1,3

1,1
UN= 48 V DC

0,8

B
20

25

30

40

35

45

50

55

60

0,7

65

PLC-R...-125DC...

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

1,1

0,7

1

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

45

50

55

0,7

A

0,8

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

0,7

65

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

PLC-R...-12DC...

U
U N 1,4
1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

A

1,1
UN= 12 V DC

1

UN= 24 V DC

1

0,9

0,9
B

0,8
20

25

B

0,8
30

35

40

45

50

55

60

0,7

65

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-24UC...

1,3

1,3

1,2

1,2

1,1

1,1
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC

1

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

1,3

1,1
UN= 48 V DC

PLC-R...-120UC...
UN= 110 V DC

A

1,3

0,9
B

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

1,1

1

1

0,7

UN= 110 V DC

UN= 120 V AC
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

20

UN= 220 V DC

UN= 230 V AC

0,7

UN= 230 V AC

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

1)

UN= 220 V DC

0,8

25

General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal
or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous
current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).
Curve B
Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1)
(see relevant technical data).

A

0,9
B

0,8

65

PLC-R...-230UC...

U
U N 1,4

1,1

0,9

60

0,7

TU [ ° C]

1,2

UN= 120 V DC

B

0,8

1,3

1,2

UN= 60 V DC

1

TU [ ° C]

U
U N 1,4

A

1,2

0,8
0,7

65

PLC-R...-60DC...

U
U N 1,4

0,9
B

0,8

60

TU [ ° C]

A

1

0,9

0,7

PLC-R...-48DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

65

PLC-R...-24DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

60

TU [ ° C]

1,1

U
U N 1,4

65

UN= 220 V DC / 230 V AC

TU [ ° C]

0,7

60

PLC-R...-230UC...

1

TU [ ° C]

Operating voltage ranges for
PLC-INTERFACE, 14 mm versions,
equipped with relay

40

0,9

0,8

B

35

1,1
UN= 125 V DC

0,9

0,8

30

U
U N 1,4

A

1,3

1

25

TU [ ° C]

1,2

0,9

B
20

TU [ ° C]

1,3

UN= 110 V DC / 120 V AC

UN= 60 V DC

1
0,9

U
U N 1,4

A

A

1,2

0,8

B

PLC-R...-60DC...

U
U N 1,4

0,9

0,8

65

TU [ ° C]

A

1

0,9

0,7

PLC-R...-48DC...

U
U N 1,4

A

60

65

TU [ ° C]

Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time,
the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold
coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield
better values, but are not practical.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

343

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Plug-in miniature power relays
REL-MR...21

REL-MR...21-21

5 mm design width

12.7 mm design width

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

1

1,3

1,9

5

5

1,28

1,2

1,3

Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm

Pitch division: 2.5 mm

12,7

29

5

15

15,7

3,5

3,6

28

Permissible input voltage range
for REL-MR...21

Permissible input voltage range
for REL-MR...21-21, REL-MR-24DC/1IC, REL-MR...21HC

U
UN

U
UN

3

3
2,5

2,5

A

A

2

2

1,5

1,5

1
0,5

1

B

0

10

20

30

40

B

50

60

70

80

90 100
TU [°C]

General conditions:
Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating time, horizontal
or vertical mounting.
Curve A
Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous
current on the contact side (see relevant technical data).
Curve B
Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see relevant technical data).
1) Pre-excitation: relay has been operated in a thermally steady
state at the ambient temperature TA with nominal voltage UN and
limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time,
the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The Uop values for cold
coils (Tcoil = TA = 20°C) indicated by other manufacturers yield
better values, but are not practical.

344

PHOENIX CONTACT

0,5

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100
TU [°C]

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Plug-in solid-state relays
OPT...DC/24DC/2
OPT...DC/230AC/1

OPT...DC/24DC/5
OPT...DC/230AC/2

5 mm design width

12.7 mm design width

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

1,3

1,3

1,9

5

1,28

1,2

1

Pitch division: 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm

Pitch division: 2.5 mm

29

5

3,6

15
3,5

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2
solid-state relays

Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/5 and PLCOS.../24DC/5/ACT solid-state relays

5

2

Load current [A]

Load current [A]

3

1
0

0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

60

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1
solid-state relays

Load current [A]

300

0

0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]

60

4
3
2
1
0

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/2 and PLCOS.../230AC/2/ACT solid-state relays

750
Load current [mA]

12,7

15,7

28

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
0

1
2

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient temperature range [°C]

1 Aligned with > 10 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

345

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
Electrical interrupting rating for
PLC-INTERFACE

PLC-INTERFACE for railway
applications

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relays

Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW

20

1

10

6

10

5

1

2
1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

Cycles

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50

70

100

200

300

10

4

0

2

4

6

8

Switching current [A]

1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21-21
with 2 PDT relays

Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW

107

20

2
1

1
4

10

6

1

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
50 70 100
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

200

300

Cycles

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

10

5

10

4

2

1
2
3
0
Switching current [A]

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

9

10

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Electrical service life for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...1IC/ACT
for high inrush currents

107
20

6

10

5

10

4

1
2

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

20
10
6
4
2
1

1
3

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

346

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
2
3
0
Switching current [A]

4

5

6

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21HC
for high continuous currents

Switching current [A]

10

2

Cycles

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

50

70

100

200

300

7

8

Relay modules
Tables, diagrams, dimensional drawings
EMG-OV solid-state power relays

ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO
power circuit breaker solid-state relays
with signal logic

UEGM-OE/AV logic pulse expansion
module

Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...48DC/2

Derating curve for ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO

Time diagrams for UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100

Scenario 1: input pulse tI < output pulse tO set

1
0

2
1

30
40
50
20
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Aligned without spacing
2 Stand-alone device

60

Operating voltage present

4
3
2

UE

1 A type

24 V

1
0

40

30

20

50

60
t0

Ambient temperature [°C]

UA

tE

t

Output pulse tO

24 V

Time-current characteristic, 1 A version

1000
t0

tA Set

t

Scenario 2: input pulse tI  output pulse tO set: tI = tO

100

Operating voltage present

10

UE
24 V

Switching time [ms]

2

Load current [A]

3

1

Current limitation

t0
UA

tE

t

tA

t

Output pulse tO

24 V

0,1
IN

10

20

I [A]

30

t0

tA Set

Time-current characteristic, 4 A version

1000
Table of adjustable output pulse lengths

100

DIP switches1)
S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

10

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

20

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

50

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

100

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

200

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

500

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1500

10

Switching time [ms]

Load current [A]

4 A type

1

Current limitation

Length of
output pulses [ms]
(when in
“on” switch
position)

0,1
IN

20

40

60

80

I [A]

1) If

no switch is actuated, the output voltage is not defined.

If the input pulse is longer than the set time, the output is switched
off almost simultaneously with the input.
Intermediate values can be obtained by combining several DIP
switches according to the following formula:

State diagram

Operating
state

Switching
level
Input

Light indicator,
yellow LED

Light indicator,
red LED

Not activated

L

L

L

Normal operation

H

H

L

Overload/short
circuit

H

H

H

Open circuit

L

L

H

Alarm contact/
CONTROL
1
Ttot = ––––––––––––
1 + 1 + ... + 1
t1 t2
tn

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

347

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with two integrated
relays
Relay module with two permanently
soldered-in power relays
The advantages:
– 100% more channel density than the
conventional 6.2 mm relay
– Two switching channels in a 6.2 mm housing
– Integrated input circuit/protective circuit
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contacts and between
contacts
– Screw, spring-cage, and push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Two integrated relays

A1.1+

13
K1
14

A2–

23
K2

A1.2+

24

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input circuit DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage output/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

[mA]
[ms]

①
7
4/6
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC
3.5 A
5 mA

W/H/D

3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①

348

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC

PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 11)

2987309

10

24 V DC

PLC-2RSP-24DC/

11)

2987312

10

24 V DC

PLC-2RPT-24DC/11)

2901639

10

Relay modules
PLC series

Application example for PLC-2RS...24DC/1

VCC

+-

A1.2 A1.2
A2– A2–
A1.1 A1.1

y1

14

14

13

13

23

23

24

24

y2

y3

y4

Operating voltage range

U
U N 1,4

A

1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 24 V DC

Input voltage

1
0,9
B

0,8
0,7
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

Ambient temperature

Interrupting rating

20

Switching current [A]

10
6
4
2
1

1

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

1 DC, ohmic load

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

349

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch and relay

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay module with manual switch and integrated power relay for manual, zero, and
automatic functions
The advantages are:
– Max. switching current of 6 A
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver

Relay module with manual switch
and integrated relay

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571



A2
13

M
A1

0

14
2(CTL)

1(CTL)

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input circuit AC/DC
Output data
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Feedback
Operating mode “Automatic” floating

Application example PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...

VCC

+-

A1
A2
CTL2

General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

A
O
M

CTL1

M
13
14

[mA]
[ms]

①
②
11
11
6 / 15 6 / 15
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)
max. 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA
min. 2 V AC/DC / 1 mA

W/H/D

250 V AC
6 kV
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm

Ordering data
Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...

Description

U
U N 1,4

PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
②
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
②
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②

A

1,3
1,2
1,1
UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC

1
0,9
0,8
0,7

B
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60 65
TU [ ° C]

Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A

350

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L1)

2982236
2834876

10
10

24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/L1)

2982249
2834889

10
10

24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L1)

2900328
2900327

10
10

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with
manual switch without relay
Switching module without relay for manual,
zero, and automatic functions
The advantages:
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Floating confirmation contact
– Screw and spring-cage connection technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm
PLC...H - manual operation
PLC...L - operation using screwdriver

Module with manual switch without relay



I

AUTO
0

A1

OUT

MANUELL

2(CTL)
1(CTL)

Technical data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Cycles, max.
Feedback
Operating mode “Automatic” floating
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Dimensions

72 V DC
2 V DC
50 mA
1 mA
100 (At 72 V DC / 50 mA) / 10000 (at 12 V DC / 100 mA)

≤ 72 V DC / 50 mA

W/H/D

85 V AC
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-SC-S/H
PLC-SC-S/L

2980733
2980775

10
10

PLC-SP-S/H
PLC-SP-S/L

2980746
2980788

10
10

PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection

PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
Application example PLC-S...S...

VCC

+-

OUT A1
A1

A2

I

A
O
M

1
11
14
2

12

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

351

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with
an integrated solid-state relay
The slim 6.2 mm PLC housing with integrated electronics in various versions offers
the following advantages:
– Option of bridging adjacent modules
– Status display
– Protection circuits in input and output
– Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching
– Integrated protection circuit
– DC outputs of up to 300 V DC/1 A or up
to 24 V DC/10 A
– Electronic PDT output of up to
48 V DC/500 mA
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
The housings of the following modules are open on one side:
- PLC-OS...-...-300DC/1
- PLC-OS...-24DC/24DC/10/R

Power solid-state relay with
DC voltage output, max. 1 A

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571



14
A1

14

A2

13+

A2

13+

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Alarm output
Operating range
Output data
Max. / min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[Hz]

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
15
50

②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
6
50

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
8
50

④
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5
50

⑤
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5
50

⑥
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3
50

⑦
0.8 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5.6
10

⑧
0.8 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
8.4
10

-/300 V DC / 12 V DC
1 A (see derating curve)
< 500 mV

W/H/D

300 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
①
②
③
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
②
③
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②
③
48 V DC ... 60 V DC
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

352

PHOENIX CONTACT

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 11)

2980652
2980665
2980678
2980681
2980694
2980704
2980717
2980720

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PLC-OSP- 5DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP- 12DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP- 24DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP- 60DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP-110DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP-220DC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP-120AC/300DC/ 11)
PLC-OSP-230AC/300DC/ 11)

2980814
2980827
2980830
2980843
2980856
2980869
2980872
2980885

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/11)
PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/11)

2900381
2900382
2900383
2900384
2900385
2900387
2900388
2900389

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
PLC series
Derating curve for PLC...300DC/1

D W
H

1
Load current [A]

D W
H

0,7

0

1

40
50
30
Ambient temperature [°C]

60

1 For input voltages 220 V DC and 230 V AC

Power solid-state relay with
short-circuit-proof DC voltage output,
max. 10 A, with feedback

Input solid-state relay with
DC voltage output,
max. 500 mA, with electronic PDT



Derating curve for PLC-...24DC/24DC/10/R


12
A1

A

A2

14

Load current [A]

10
0

A1

7

0
30

+
+24V

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

A2

11

A2

11

Err

Derating curve for PLC...24DC/48DC/500/W

Technical data

Technical data
③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3
1000

Load current [mA]

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3
100
3 V DC ... 33 V DC (High active) / 100 mA

-/-

33 V DC / 5 V DC
10 A (see derating curve)
≤ 50 mV

48 V DC / 3 V DC
500 mA (see derating curve)
< 1.2 V

300 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

300 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data

0,5
0,35

0

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R1)

2982702

10

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1)

2980636

10

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R1)

2982715

10

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1)

2980649

10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R1)

2900398

10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W1)

2900378

10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

353

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE
Solid-state relays up to 100 kHz
A solid-state relay for the safe acquisition
of short pulses.
– Status display
– Bridging options
– Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Features a capacitor on the input side for
interference suppression

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

with DC voltage output
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

A
A1
+
0

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level with reference to UN

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[kHz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input protection:
Output data
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current
Quiescent current
Residual voltage drop at “H”
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

①
②
0.8 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.8
> 0.8
< 0.4
< 0.4
7
6
1.5
1.5
2
2
100
100
LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

4 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
4.3 mA
< 0.5 V
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

W/H/D

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Input solid-state relay with push-in connection

354

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
Input solid-state relay with screw connection

5 V DC
24 V DC

PLC-OSC- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ1)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ1)

2902963
2902964

1
1

①
②

5 V DC
24 V DC

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ1)

2902969
2902970

1
1

Relay modules
PLC series

with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

A
A1
+

A
A1
+

0

0

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

A2
–

+

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.5 > 0.8
< 0.3 < 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.5
> 0.8
< 0.3
< 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

4 V DC ... 18 V DC
50 mA
8.5 mA
< 1.2 V
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
15 mA
< 2.2 V
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)

2902965
2902966

PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)

2902971
2902972

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1)

2902967
2902968

1
1

1
1

PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1)

2902973
2902974

1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

355

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the input

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a robust miniature relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– RTIII degree of protection
– Safe isolation in accordance with
EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
– 4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil
and contact.
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Basic terminal block, for fitting
with relay for TTL (5 V)



GND

13+

UVN

14

IN

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN

5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current IVN
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

41 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
0.9 ... 1.2

Rated actuating current IC
Typ. response time at Uc
Typ. release time for Uc
Input circuit

2.5 mA
4.5 ms
3.5 ms
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

Output data with:
Contact type

REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

REL-MR-4,5DC/21
Single contact, 1 N/O contact

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

250 V
6 kV
-20°C ... 60°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position / Assembly
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

W/H/D

Ordering data

Switching current [A]

20
10
6
4

1

2
1

10

20

30

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

Max. interrupting rating

356

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

PLC-BSC-TTL/11)
PLC-BSP-TTL/11)
PLC-BPT-TTL/11)

2982689
2982692
2900458

10
10
10

2961370
2961367

10
10

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

Description

PHOENIX CONTACT

Accessories

300

Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with power contact

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 4,5DC/21

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the input
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a solid-state
relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– IP67-protected solid-state relay electronic unit
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– Alternative input or power solid-state relay
– Wear-free and output-free
– Integrated protection circuit
– Insensitive to vibrations and shocks
– 2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between input and output
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Basic terminal block for fitting
with solid-state relay for TTL (5 V)



GND

13+

UVN

14

IN

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN

5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current IVN
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) (TTL signal)
Switching level 0 signal (“L”) (TTL signal)
Rated actuating current IC
Typ. response time/switch-on time at Uc
Typ. switch-off time at UC
Input circuit
Output data with:
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Output protection

11.5 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
> 2 V DC
< 0.8 V DC
2.5 mA
35 µs
320 µs
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
OPT-5DC/48DC/100
OPT-5DC/24DC/2
48 V DC
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
Protection against polarity reversal, Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
<1V
< 200 mV

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits

250 V
6 kV/basic isolation
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

W/H/D

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

PLC-BSC-TTL/11)
PLC-BSP-TTL/11)
PLC-BPT-TTL/11)

2982689
2982692
2900458

10
10
10

2967992
2967989

10
10

Accessories
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays
Solid-state power relays

OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

357

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the output
The PLC-OS24DC/TTL with a built-in
solid-state relay can be used for fast and
wear-free switching of TTL (5 V) signals.
The module offers the following advantages:
– Switching capacity TTL (5 V), fan out = 1
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– Integrated protection circuit
– Insensitive to vibrations and shocks
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Input solid state relay
with TTL (5 V) output


A1
+

+

A1
+

+
+

A2
–

A

A2
–

0

A2
–

0

Technical data

Derating curve for PLC-OSP...24DC/3RW

2

Load current [A]

3
2,5

1

2

Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2

Switching level 1 signal (“H”)
Switching level 0 signal (“L”)
Rated actuating current IC
Typ. switch-on time for Uc
Typ. switch-off time at UC
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC

> 0.8
< 0.4
3.4 mA
35 µs
35 µs
1 kHz
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

Output data with:
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2

Limiting continuous current

(A TTL load (Fan out = 1)/50 mA for switching mode)

Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits

Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 80 mV

Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

250 V DC
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

W/H/D

1,5
1

Ordering data
20
30
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]

70

1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with  20 mm spacing

Load current [A]

Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW

3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0

358

20
35
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
PHOENIX CONTACT

70

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL1)
PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL1)

2982728
2982731
2900363

10
10
10

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state relays for railway applications
The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are
intended for use as per DIN EN 50155
(VDE 0115 part 200) “Railway applications,
Part 200: Electronic devices in rail vehicles”.
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 - 1.25 x UN
– Shock resistance according to DIN 50155
(requirements according to EN 61373).
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

D W
H

D W
H

Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A

Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A



Notes:



Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.

14

A1

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

14

A1

14

14

For derating curves see page 358
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

A2

13+

A2

13+

A2

13+

A2

13+

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

W/H/D

Technical data

①
⑥
0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
≥ 0.6
≥ 0.6
≤ 0.3
≤ 0.3
8.5
3
0.04
0.08
0.2
0.6
300
100
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
< 0.4
< 0.4
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
12
12
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
0.4
0.4
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
50
50
300
300
300
300
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 200 mV

140 V DC
12 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 150 mV

250 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

160 V DC
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

Input voltage
UN

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC
36 V DC
48 V DC
72 V DC
96 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980513

10

PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980526

10

24 V DC
36 V DC
48 V DC
72 V DC
96 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW1)

2900379

10

PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW1)

2900380

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW1)

2982511
2982524
2982537
2982540
2982553
2982566

10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW1)

2900391
2900392
2900393
2900394
2900395
2900396

10
10
10
10
10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

359

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically for
use in railway applications
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection method

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Basic terminal block that can be fitted
with 1 PDT relay



A2

11

A1

14
12

Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type

Permissible input voltage range for
PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
(with REL-MR-18DC/21... relay)

1,5
1,4

A

1,3
1,2

Input voltage U/UN

1,1
1,0

UN= 24 V DC

0,9
0,8

B

0,7
0,6
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

Ambient temperature [°C]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

24 V DC
See diagram
12 mA
5 ms
8 ms
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
REL-MR-18DC/21
REL-MR-18DC/21AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
3A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

W/H/D

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 70°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Curve A
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 3 A
Curve B
Minimum operate voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 3 A

Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relay
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

Voltage UN

24 V DC
24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW1)
PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW1)

2961396
2900261

10
10

2961383
2961493

10
10

Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relay

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays
with power contact
with gold contact

20

Switching current [A]

10
6
4

1

2
1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

360

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
PHOENIX CONTACT

50

70

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

100

200

300

REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay module for input voltages with a
nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz
The advantages:
– Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection method

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in parentheses then apply for further operation. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

For 16.7 Hz input frequency
with 2 PDTs


21
24
A2

11

A1

14

22

12
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Input nominal frequency
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

Permissible input voltage range
for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF

230 V AC
16.67 Hz
(refer to the diagram)
4.8 mA (with AC)
20 ms
60 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

W/H/D

( 250 V AC/DC )
( 5 V AC/DC )
(6A)
(8A)
( 10 mA )

6 kV
-25°C ... 60°C
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description

1,4

PLC-INTERFACE
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

1,3
1,2

Voltage UN

230 V AC
230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1)
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1)

2968001
2900345

10
10

A

Input voltage U/UN

1,1
1

UN= 230 V AC

0,9
B

0,8
0,7
20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

Ambient temperature [°C]
Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

361

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications
Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically designed for railway applications
The advantages:
– Certified to EN 50155
– Optimum relay operation thanks to widerange electronics
– Temperature range from -40°C to +70°C
(short-term 85°C)
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
(short-term 1.4 x UN)
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection method

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Electrical service life diagrams, see page 346
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

1 PDT



A2

11

A1

14
12

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
9
3
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact
With spring-cage connection

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW1)

2987011
2987037
2987053
2900318
2900319
2900320

10
10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
①
②
③

24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW1)

2987024
2987040
2987066
2900321
2900322
2900323

10
10
10
10
10
10

With push-in connection

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order No.

①
②
③
With push-in connection
①
②
③
PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact
With spring-cage connection

362

Type

Relay modules
PLC series
Derating curve for

D W
H

D W
H

PLC-RSP...21/RW
PLC-RSP...21AU/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW

7
Switching current [A]

6

2 PDT

5
4

3
2
1
0

0
30
35
40
45
Ambient temperature [°C]

55

50

60

65

70

200

300

1 PDT up to 10 A
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW



20



10
6
4

24
A2

11

A1

14

11

22

A2
14
A1
12

12
Technical data

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

1
10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

Technical data

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
2x 6 A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A (With inserted bridge 2967691)
30 A (300 ms)
10 mA

20
10
6
4

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-RSPPLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW1)

2987105
2987121
2987147
2900346
2900347
2900348

10
10
10
10
10
10

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW1)

2987118
2987134
2987150
2900349
2900350
2900351

10
10
10
10
10
10

1

Type

Order No.

24UC/21HC/RW1)

PLC-RSPPLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW1)

1
4

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms

Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW

Ordering data
Order No.

2

5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

2987079
2987082
2987095
2900324
2900325
2900326

20

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10
10
10
10
10
10

10
6
4
Switching current [A]

5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm

Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW

Switching current [A]

①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
20
6
4.5
5
5
5
11
11
11
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

24UC/21-21/RW1)

2

1 Ohmic load

①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
20
6
4.5
5
5
5
11
11
11
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode

Type

Switching current [A]

21

2
1

1
3

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]

50

70

100

200

300

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

363

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC electronic sensor terminal block
for NAMUR proximity sensors
The PLC-...EIK 1-SVN electronic sensor
terminal block from Phoenix Contact converts the changeable resistance of a
NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that
can be read by all PLCs.
In addition, the electronics unit monitors
the sensor side for short-circuits or wire
breaks and reports this error via an integrated LED.
Due to a corresponding resistance circuit,
the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to monitor all mechanical switches (N/C contact or
N/O contact) for short-circuits and/or wire
break.
In addition to a high packing density, this
switching amplifier features the following:
– Regulated power supply for the NAMUR
proximity switch
– 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly
connecting programmable logic controls
– Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

For inductive proximity sensors according
to NAMUR, with light indicators
for sensor signal and faults


-

Out

Out

ERR
GND
UVN
UVN
24V
ERR

+

(M) (P)

Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN
Typ. input current at UVN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit

24 V DC ±20%
Approx. 14 mA
Approx. 350 Hz
Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:

Application 1

+

ERR
OUT
U VN
GND

NAMUR initiator

Application 2

Protective circuit
Alarm output
Operating voltage range (positive switching)
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Output protection
Signal output
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop UR at max. limiting continuous current
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

8.2 V DC ±10%
≥ 2.1 mA (In conductive state)
≤ 1.2 mA (In blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)
Surge protection
(UVN - URes)
50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Red LED, Surge protection
50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Surge protection

W/H/D

50 V DC
0.4 kV / Basic isolation
-25°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2/I
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
+

ERR

1k
10k

OUT

Description

U VN

Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, positive switching

GND

Limit switch

With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1)
PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1)
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1)

2982663
2982676
2900397

10
10
10

2941662

50

Accessories
Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
Initiator state

Switching level

LED

OUT

ERR

Green

Red

conductive

L

L

OFF

OFF

blocking

H

L

ON

OFF

short circuit

L

H

OFF

ON

open circuit

L

H

OFF

ON

364

PHOENIX CONTACT

With screw connection

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC series
Electronic reversing load relay for
DC motors
The PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC electronic
reversing load relays are used to switch mechanically commutated DC motors up to
24 V/2 A.
– Wear-free reversing
– Braking by controlling both inputs
– Short-circuit and surge- and overloadproof output
– Integrated locking circuit and load wiring
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

With overload and short-circuit-proof output


UV

T

M+

R
L

M-

GND

Technical data

Application example for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

Input data
Control voltage UST right/left
Control input current IST right/left
Input protection:

24 V DC ±20%
Approx. 3 mA
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

PWM option
Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs

1000 Hz

Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM
Output data
Supply voltage range UV
Quiescent current
Output protection

R

0% ... 100%
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA
Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

T
L

Motor switching output
Continuous current IA max.
Current limitation at short-circuits
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

L
R

U

GND

VCC

24 V
M+

+-

M-

M

Status table
Input

2 A (see derating curve)
15 A (during braking)

W/H/D

50 V DC
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Output

Ordering data
Right

Left

M+

M–

0

0

1

0

+24 V

GND

0

1

GND

+24 V

1

1

GND

GND

High resistance High resistance

Description

Type

Order No.

PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1)
PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1)

2980539
2980555

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Electronic reversing load relays, for driving DC motors,
with light indicator and protection circuit
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection

1
1

Load current [A]

Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

2
1,5
1

2
1
30
40
50
20
Ambient temperature [°C]

60

1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

365

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE
Pulse expansion module
A solid-state relay for acquiring and extending short pulses.
– Pulse detection can be set from > 0.1 ms
or > 2 ms
– Status display
– Delay times of 10 to 2550, can be set via
DIP switches
– Bridging options
– Can be retriggered
– Screw and push-in connection technology

With DC voltage output
Max. 100 mA

US

GND

A1+

+
A

A2-

0

Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US

24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2

Rated control supply current IS
Input low, output low
Input high, output high
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating current IC
Switching threshold “0” signal in reference to UC
Switching threshold “1” signal in reference to UC
Status indication
Operating voltage display
Input circuit
Output data
Output voltage range UE
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

13 mA
19 mA
24 V DC
3 mA
< 0.4
> 0.8
Yellow LED
Green LED
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
3 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
< 1 V DC
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection, Free running

W/H/D

50 V DC
0.5 kV
-25°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903171

1

PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100

2903173

1

PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection

366

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PLC series
UCC
U
24 V
V
24

U
UEE

t00

tININ

t

24
24 V
V

t00

tDIP/OUT

t

Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(no restart when triggered again)

U
UCC
24 V
V
24

U
UEE

t00

tININ

t

tOUT

t

24 V
V
24

t00

tDIP

Input pulse t1 ≥ set output pulse t3, then input pulse t1 = output pulse t2
(no restart when triggered again)

U
UCC
24
24 V
V

U
UEE

t00 tININ t00

tININ

t

24 V
V
24

t00

tOUT

tDIP

t

Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(restart when triggered again)

DIP

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

10

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

20

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

40

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

80

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

160

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

320

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

640

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1280

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

367

Relay modules
PLC series
PLC accessories

The PLC-ESK power terminal helps with
supplying the bridge potentials; the PLCATP partition plate helps with optical and
safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC
modules. The PLC-BP (A1-14) passive
feed-through bridge is used instead of a relay and connects the A1 and 14 terminal
points.

D W
H

Ordering data
Description

Color

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

gray
Separating plate, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of a
PLC terminal strip. It is also used for visual separation of groups, safe
isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as per
DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of different potentials, and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages > 250 V

PLC-ESK GY

2966508

5

black

PLC-ATP BK

2966841

25

SZF 1-0,6X3,5

1204517

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-BP A1-14

2980283

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN

1051016

10

Power terminal block, for supply of up to four potentials, with the
same shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC

Screwdriver
Blade: 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm
Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay
or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14
black

PLC accessories

The colored isolated FBST plug-in bridges
are not required for the PLC interface up to
70%. The 500 mm long FBST 500-PLC
“endless bridges” are especially effective.
The 2-pos. FBST 6 single plug-in bridges
are especially suited for bridging a smaller
number of PLC modules.

Ordering data
Description

Color

Cont. plug-in bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 32 A
red
blue
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 6 mm long,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 6 A
red
blue
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 8 mm long,
for potential distribution with a partition plate
Nominal current: 6 A
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 10 A
black
Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section,
with consecutive numbers, e.g., 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100

368

PHOENIX CONTACT

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

FBST 500-PLC RD
FBST 500-PLC BU
FBST 500-PLC GY

2966786
2966692
2966838

20
20
20

FBST 6-PLC RD
FBST 6-PLC BU
FBST 6-PLC GY

2966236
2966812
2966825

50
50
50

FBST 8-PLC GY

2967688

50

FBST 14-PLC BK

2967691

50

Relay modules
PLC series
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE

PLC-V8/... are VARIOFACE adapters
which connect the 6.2 mm wide PLC RELAY
modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling
Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488

VARIOFACE adapter
for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE

VARIOFACE adapter
for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Power supply
Signal level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

24 V DC ±25%
1 A (per signal path)
3A
500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

24 V DC ±25%
1 A (per signal path)
3A
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2299660

1

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

1

V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with F
LK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
OUTPUT
14
49.6 mm
INPUT
14
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

2295554
2296553

1
1

OUTPUT
14
INPUT
14
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304102
2304115

1
1

Pin strip
15
Socket strip
15
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296058
2296061

1
1

PLC-V8/D15S/IN
PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296074
2296087

1
1

Pin strip
15
49.6 mm
Socket strip
15
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, positive switching
14
112.3 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, negative switching
14

112.3 mm

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

369

Relay modules
PR series

The PR series is a low-priced relay modular system, consisting of DIN rail bases, relays, plug-in input/interference suppression
modules, engagement levers, and the
matching marking labels and universal bridging materials for all bases. The modules are
largely compatible with the usual standards
on the market, have the major international
approvals and are therefore accepted worldwide.
Besides the familiar relay bases with the
screw connection method, relay bases with
the spring-cage connection method for miniature power relays with one or two PDT
contacts and for industrial relays with two
or four PDT contacts are available in the PR
series. The connections in these bases are
configured with double spring cages for free,
simple bridging of all potentials.
The PR series also boasts its own particular features:
– Relay retaining bracket: The EL... plastic
relay retaining bracket, with which the relays can be held and, if necessary, ejected,
have an exposed, smooth, large equipment marking area for standard self-adhesive labels that can be printed easily and
inexpensively using standard printers.
When fitted, the engagement lever is securely connected to the base, which
means that the labeling cannot be lost.
– Industrial relays: All REL-IR... industrial relays have as standard an LED status display
370

PHOENIX CONTACT

and all DC types also have an integrated
freewheeling diode. In most cases, this
eliminates the plug-in input modules that
are otherwise also used.
– Plug-in input modules with RC element:
most standard input/interference suppression modules with an RC element
used for compensation of interference
coupling on long lines or in the event of
leakage currents from electronic AC outputs have only low capacitance values.
This greatly limits the filter effect. In contrast, the RC-120-230UC and RC3-120230UC plug-in module series for mains
voltage applications have a filter function
that is improved up to a factor of 10. Unlike with the discharge resistors that are
normally used for such applications, using
RC plug-in modules gives rise to no additional heating!

Relay modules
PR series

PR1 series
The narrow 16 mm PR1 base series for
relays with one or two contacts is available
with a screw or spring-cage connection
method. Both the traditional 2/2-level bases
and two modern “logical” 1/3-level versions
with fully opposite coil and contact connections are available.

PR2 series
The PR2 base series accommodates plugin industrial relays with two or four PDT
contacts. Like the PR1 series, the bases are
available with screw and spring-cage connection methods, as well as in the traditional 2/2-level and modern “logical” 1/3-level
versions.

PR3 series
The robust octal relays with two or three
PDT contacts that are widely used in some
areas fit on the PR3 base with touch-protected screw connections. All the base connections have a wide connection cross section and are arranged on one level with
good accessibility.

The active components of the PR1 modular system include various miniature power
relays (optionally available with manual test
function) and electronic solid-state relays.
Matching relay retaining brackets with integrated marking area prevent them from being shaken loose. Depending on requirements, input/interference suppression
modules with various functions can also be
plugged in. Marking labels and loop bridges
in various colors that are suitable for universal use with all PR bases complete the
range of accessories.

The PR2 modular system is specifically
designed for plug-in industrial relays. Industrial relays from Phoenix Contact feature
the following as standard: a manual test button, switch position indicator, status LED,
and freewheeling diode (DC coils only). Interference suppression modules with a varistor or RC element can also be plugged in
as an option. Relay retaining brackets with
integrated marking areas prevent the relays
from being shaken loose. Marking labels and
loop bridges in various colors that are suitable for universal use with all PR bases complete the range of accessories.

The PR3 modular system is specifically
designed for the robust octal relays. The relays have a switch position indicator and a
manual test button and there is a wire
bracket to prevent them from being shaken
loose. Input/interference suppression modules with various functions can also be
plugged in as an option. The base can be
marked with an 8 x 20 mm standard adhesive label. Loop bridges in various colors for
universal use round off the range of accessories.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

371

Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR1 relay base

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 1 PDT or 2 PDT relay or solid-state
relay
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

2/2-level design with
screw connection


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm
63 mm (EL1-P16)
71 mm (EL1-P25)
75 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR1-BSC2/2X21

2833518

10

for 16 mm tall miniature power relay and solid-state relay

EL1-P16

2833547

10

for 25 mm tall miniature switching relay and solid-state relay

EL1-P25

2833550

10

MP 1

2833631

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

Description
Relay base PR1, 2/2-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With screw connection
Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With screw connection
Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and integrated equipment marking area (7.5 x 15 mm), suitable for relay socket PR1

Accessories
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray

372

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
D W
H

D W
H

1/3-level design with
screw connection

1/3-level design with
spring-cage connection



Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

300 V AC/DC
12 A

300 V AC/DC
10 A

-

-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

-25°C ... 85°C
0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

-

16 mm
71 mm (EL1-P16)
79 mm (EL1-P25)
78.5 mm

16 mm
72 mm (EL1-P16)
80 mm (EL1-P25)
97 mm

-

Ordering data

-

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR1-BSC3/2X21

2833521

10

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR1-BSP3/2X21

2833534

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EL1-P16

2833547

10

EL1-P16

2833547

10

EL1-P16

2833547

10

EL1-P25

2833550

10

EL1-P25

2833550

10

EL1-P25

2833550

10

Accessories

Accessories

MP 1

2833631

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

Accessories

MP 1

2833631

10

1

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

1
1
1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

373

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1,
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.





A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7

3

3

3

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

3

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7

3

Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact

374

PHOENIX CONTACT

⑥

⑦

⑧

8.2
7

4.1
7

32

7

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-9

2-9

2-9

3

3

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
12 A (20 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)

4000 VA

-

2000 VA

-

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

3

⑤

Single contact, 1-PDT

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Description

3

④

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961309
2961312
2834821
2961325
2961338
2961406
2961419
2961422

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961257
2961192
2834834
2961273
2961202
2961435
2961448
2961451

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961532
2961545

10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU

2961561
2961503
2961516
2961529

10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU

2961299
2961215
2834847
2961286
2961228
2961464
2961477
2961480

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Relay modules
PR series

REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

1
2

1
0,8

2
1
0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

2

3

1

10

20

30

10

6

10

5

10

4

2

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

1

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

100

1

10
6
4

Cycles

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

0,6

Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

2

1
0,8

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100

Ambient temperature [°C]

10
6
4

1

2

4

1

0,1

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

10

6

10

5

10

4

2

1

0,5
0,3
0,2

1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

3

Cycles

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

0,6

Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

300

2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

375

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays

Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and
PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling diode
– Can be soldered in on PCB

1 PDT relay

2 PDT relay



Notes:



If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.

A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12

Technical data

④

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12

3.5

6
2-8

2-8

2-8

3 - 12

2-8

2-8

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
32 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
8A
16 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)

4000 VA

-

2000 VA

-

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
5 x 106 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

3.5

6
2-8

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
5 x 106 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V DC

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

2987888

- Status LED
②
24 V AC
- Status LED
③
120 V AC
- Status LED
④
230 V AC
Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with
hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position
indicator
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2①
24 V DC

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987891
2987901
2987914

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS

Description

④

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS

2987943

10

10
10
10

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987956
2987969
2987972

10
10
10

2987927

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2987985

10

2987930

10

REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS

2987998

10

Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-

- Status LED

376

PHOENIX CONTACT

①

④

230 V AC

Relay modules
PR series

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Electrical service life

107

20

1

10

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5
2

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current
10

20

30

10

5

10

4

1

2

0,1
10

100

6

1
0,5
0,2

0

10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Electrical service life

107

20

1

10

1
2
3
4

Cycles

2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

Interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

2

2

3

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

1
0,5
0,2

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 DC coils, 0 A contact current
2 DC coils, 16 A contact current
3 AC coils, 0 A contact current
4 AC coils, 16 A contact current

0

10

20

30

100

0,1
10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1

Reduction factor

0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

377

Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR2 relay base

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 2 PDT or 4 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

2/2-level design with
screw connection


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
27 mm
84 mm (EL2-P35)
75 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR2-BSC2/4X21

2833563

10

2833592

10

MP 2

2833644

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 2/2-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packaging
With screw connection
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packaging
With screw connection
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP1 marking labels per packaging
With spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket, with eject function and integrated device
marking area (8 x 25 mm), to suit relay base PR2, for 35 mm high
industrial relay
EL2-P35

Accessories
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

Equipment marking label, labeling surface 9 x 25 mm

Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray

378

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
D W
H

D W
H

1/3-level design with
screw connection

1/3-level design with
spring-cage connection



Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

300 V AC/DC
12 A

300 V AC/DC
10 A

-

-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16

-

27 mm
86 mm (EL2-P35)
78.5 mm

31 mm
84 mm (EL2-P35)
95 mm

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR2-BSC3/4X21

2833576

10

EL2-P35

2833592

10

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR2-BSP3/4X21

2833589

10

2833592

10

EL2-P35

Accessories

Type

EL2-P35

Accessories

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2833592

10

Accessories

MP 1

2833631

10

MP 2

2833644

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

379

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in industrial relays suitable for
PR2 relay base
Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for PR2 and RIF-2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling diode

2 PDT relay with
power contacts

4 PDT relay with
multi-layer gold contact

Notes:
For 48 V DC and 60 V DC types, see
www.phoenixcontact.net/products





21

24

22

A1

A2
14

12

Technical data

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

250 V AC

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
75
38
10
13
13
13

5

5

5

44

42

31

34

32

21

24

22

11

14

12

A2
11

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

41
A1

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

7.2
13

3.6
13

54

11

5

4 - 10

4 - 10

4 - 10

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

5

5

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
75
38
10
13
13
13

5

5

5

Single contact, 2-PDT
Ag
250 V AC/DC
5V
10 A
1 mA

Single contact, 4-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC/DC
1V
5A
1 mA

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

7.2
13

3.6
13

54

11

5

4 - 10

4 - 10

4 - 10

3 - 12

3 - 12

3 - 12

5

5

2500 VA

1250 VA

General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-55°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-55°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Mounting position/mounting

Any / On relay base PR2

Any / On relay base PR2

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ①
12 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ②
24 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ③
110 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ④
125 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ⑤
220 V DC
⑥
24 V AC
⑦
120 V AC
⑧
230 V AC
Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator (Japanese standard)
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +

380

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
110 V DC

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21
REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21

2834012
2834025
2834041
2834960
2834957
2834054
2834067
2834070

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU

2834083
2834096
2834119
2834313
2834973
2834122
2834135
2834148

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21

2834151
2834164
2834177
2834180

10
10
10
10

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU

2834193
2834203
2834216
2834229

10
10
10
10

Relay modules
PR series

REL-IR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
AC interrupting rating

20

1,6

10
6
4

1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

Cycles

1
0,5
0,3
0,2

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

3

1

1

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10

2

2

300

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms

Service life reduction factor

1

2

0,8
Reduction factor

10

10
6
4

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

1

6

2

80

Electrical service life

10

20

1

2

0,1

0,6

DC interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

1,8
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

0,6

0,4

4

0

2

4

6

8

10

0,3

Switching current [A]

1

0,8

0,6

0,4

COS j

0,2

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

REL-IR...4x21AU (4 PDTs)
AC interrupting rating

20

1,6

10
6
4

1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

10

10
6
4

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

1

1

4

2

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10

3

2

10

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

1
2
3
4

20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series

300

Service life reduction factor

1
0,8
Reduction factor

Cycles

0,5
0,3
0,2

2
10

2

1

1

6

1

80

Electrical service life

10

20

2

0,1

0

DC interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

1,8
Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range

5

0,6

0,4

4

0

1

2

3

4

Switching current [A]

5

0,3

1

0,8

0,6

0,4

COS j

0,2

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

381

Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR3 relay base

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 2 PDT or 3 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules
– Relay retaining bracket
– Loop bridges

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

Relay base for
2 PDT octal relay


Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height

400 V AC/DC
10 A
-40°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR3-BSC1/2X21

2833602

10

2833628

10

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with two PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection
Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with three PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection
Relay retaining bracket, wiring to suit relay base PR3,
for 52 mm high octal relay
EL3-M52

Accessories
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray

382

PHOENIX CONTACT

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

Relay modules
PR series
D W
H

Relay base for
3 PDT octal relay

Relay retaining bracket


Technical data

Technical data

400 V AC/DC
10 A

-

-40°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

-

38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm

-

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PR3-BSC1/3X21

2833615

10

2833628

10

EL3-M52

Accessories

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY

Type

EL3-M52

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2833628

10

Accessories

2821180
2820916
2820929

1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

383

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in octal relays suitable for
PR3 relay base
Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts, suitable for PR3 and RIF-3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Extremely robust design

2 PDT relay with
power contacts

3 PDT relay with
power contacts




(A1)

(14)

(14)
2

(A1)

3

(11) 1

4

8

5

(21)

3
2

(12)

(11)

(31)

(22)

6

(A2)

1

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting

①
56
12

②
110

③
22

④
10

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

7

Input voltage
UN

9

(24)

8

(32)

Technical data
①
56
12

6

②
110

③
22

④
10

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

6

Single contact, 2-PDT
AgSnIn
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A (N/O contact)
10 mA

Single contact, three PDTs
AgSnIn
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A (N/O contact)
10 mA

2500 VA

2500 VA

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
10 x 106 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664
Any / On relay base PR3

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
10 x 106 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664
Any / On relay base PR3

Ordering data
Description

6

11

(34)

Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

(22)
(21)

(A2)

(24)

(12)
5

10
7

4

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR-120AC/2X21
REL-OR-230AC/2X21

2834232
2834245
2834258
2834261

10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR- 24DC/3X21
REL-OR- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR-120AC/3X21
REL-OR-230AC/3X21

2834274
2834287
2834290
2834300

10
10
10
10

Plug-in octal relay with power contacts, with a test button and
mechanical switch position indicator
①
②
③
④

384

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
PR series

REL-OR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

Electrical service life

3

7
5

10

1

2

0,9

1
10

3

6

Reduction factor

1

10

Cycles

Switching current [A]

20

1

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

5

2

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

10

300

4

0

2

4

6
8
10
Switching current [A]

12

0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

1 250V AC, ohmic load
2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

REL-OR...3x21 (3 PDTs)
Interrupting rating

Electrical service life

3

7
5

10

1

2

0,9

1
10

3

6

Reduction factor

1

10

Cycles

Switching current [A]

20

1

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

5

2

10

20

30

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

10

4

0

2

4

6
8
10
Switching current [A]

12

0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

1 250V AC, ohmic load
2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

PHOENIX CONTACT

385

Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in octal relays for
high DC loads
Plug-in octal relays with two N/O contacts connected in series suitable for PR3
and RIF-3 relay bases.
The relays are specially designed for
switching high DC loads.
Further advantages:
– Full shutdown by means of 2 x 1.7 mm
contact opening
– With lockable manual operation
– Integrated status LED
– Integrated freewheeling diode with
DC types

1 N/O contact, with blow magnet

1 N/O contact




(-)
A1

14

12

A1

22

11

14

12
22

11

21

21

31

31
A2

24
34

A2

32

24
34

32

(+)

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
55
13
7
20
20
20

30

30

Technical data

④

⑤

⑥

100

22

11

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

①
②
③
refer to the diagram
55
13
7
20
20
20

30

30

Input voltage
UN

⑤

⑥

100

22

11

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

5 - 20

30

Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts)
with blowout magnet
AgNi
250 V AC / 220 V DC
10 V (at 10 mA)
10 A
10 mA (at 10 V)

Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts)
AgNi
250 V AC / 220 V DC
10 V (at 10 mA)
10 A
10 mA (at 10 V)

2500 VA

2500 VA

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 61810, EN 60947
Any / On relay base PR3

2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 61810, EN 60947
Any / On relay base PR3

Ordering data
Description

30

④

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1/MB
REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1/MB
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1/MB
REL-OR/L- 24AC/1/MB
REL-OR/L-120AC/1/MB
REL-OR/L-230AC/1/MB

2901901
2901902
2901904
2901905
2901906
2901907

10
10
10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1
REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1
REL-OR/L- 24AC/1
REL-OR/L-120AC/1
REL-OR/L-230AC/1

2901908
2901909
2901910
2901911
2901912
2901913

10
10
10
10
10
10

Plug-in octal relay for high DC loads
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

386

PHOENIX CONTACT

24 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Relay modules
PR series

REL-OR.../1/MB (1 N/O contact with blow magnet)
Operating voltage range of the relay

DC interrupting rating

2,0

20
Switching current [A]

U/UN


1,5


1,0



0,5

10

2

2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A)
2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation
0

1

10
6
4

20

10

20

30

1 DC, ohmic load
2 L/R = 40 ms

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

REL-OR.../1 (1 N/O contact)
Operating voltage range of the relay

DC interrupting rating

2,0

20
Switching current [A]

U/UN


1,5


1,0



0,5

30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A)
2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation
0

10

20



10
6
4
2
1



0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10

20

30

 DC, ohmic load
 L/R = 40 ms

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

387

Relay modules
PR series
Input modules/interference suppression
modules for PR1, PR2, and PR3
Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules for optional fitting of PR...
relay base
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against
incorrect connection
Input/interference suppression module to
match PR1 and PR2



Input/interference suppression module to
match PR3


Ordering data

Ordering data

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 +, A2 –,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 –, A2 + (Japanese standard),
Input voltage:

LDP- 12- 24DC
LDP- 48- 60DC
LDP-110DC

2833657
2833660
2833673

10
10
10

LDP3- 12- 24DC
LDP3- 48- 60DC
LDP3-110DC

2833770
2833783
2833796

10
10
10

LDM- 12- 24DC
LDM- 48- 60DC
LDM-110DC

2833686
2833699
2833709

10
10
10

LDM3- 12- 24DC
LDM3- 48- 60DC
LDM3-110DC

2833806
2833819
2833822

10
10
10

LV- 12- 24UC
LV- 48- 60UC
LV-120-230AC/110DC

2833712
2833725
2833738

10
10
10

LV3- 12- 24UC
LV3- 48- 60UC
LV3-120-230AC/110DC

2833835
2833848
2833851

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with RD-element to attenuate the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:

V- 12- 24UC
V- 48- 60UC
V-120-230UC

2833864
2833877
2833880

10
10
10

V3- 12- 24UC
V3- 48- 60UC
V3-120-230UC

2833929
2833932
2833945

10
10
10

- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω)
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω)

RC- 12- 24UC
RC- 12- 24UC
RC-120-230UC

2833741
2833754
2833767

10
10
10

RC3- 12- 24UC
RC3- 48- 60UC
RC3-120-230UC

2833893
2833903
2833916

10
10
10

- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with varistor to limit the coil
induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:

388

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
PR series
Terminal assignment PR1 base / Solid-state relay
Terminal blocks, PR1 base
A1

A2

SIM-EI...48DC/100

A2 (-)

SIM-EI...TTL/100

A2 (-)

SIM-EI...48DC/100RC

11

12

14

21

A1 (+)

A

+

A1 (+)

A

+

A2 (-)

A1 (+)

A

+

SIM-EI-OV-24DC/24DC/3

A2 (-)

A1 (+)

A

+

OPT-...24DC/5

A1 (+)

A2 (-)

13

14

OPT-...230AC/2

A1 (+)

A2 (-)

13

14

22

24

Solid-state relays

0

The relay bases of the PR1 series can also be equipped with wear-free solid-state relays (OPT… or
SIM-EI...) as an alternative to the electromechanical relay.
LDP... and LV... plug-in modules cannot be used in conjunction with SIM-EI... solid-state relays

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

389

Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules
with screw connection
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, consisting of:
– Relay base
– 1/2 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.

D W
H

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

PR1 relay module with
1 PDT relay

12

12

14

14

11

11

A1+

A2-

A1

DC coils

A2

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Maximum inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
12 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
3000 VA (for 250 V AC)
For more data, see diagram

Winding to contact
Contact/contact

Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Service life, electrical
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position / Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

120 V AC

230 V AC

9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16

6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22

PR...AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage UN

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/211)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/211)

2834326
2834339
2834342
2834355

5
5
5
5

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU1)

2834368
2834371
2834384
2834397

5
5
5
5

0819288

1

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
multi-layer contact relay

Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

390

PHOENIX CONTACT

EML (15X6) R YE

Relay modules
PR series

PR1-RSC3.../21 (1 PDT)

D W
H

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

20

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

1
2

1
0,8

PR1 relay module with
2 PDT contact relay

Interrupting rating

0,6

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range of the relay

2
1
0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

10
6
4
2

10

12 22

14 24

14 24

11 21

11 21

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

1 DC coils
2 AC coils
12 22

2

3

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

100

1

Service life reduction factor

Electrical service life

107

Cycles

1

A1

A2-

DC coils

A2
AC coils

Technical data

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)
2000 VA (for 250 V AC)
For more data, see diagram

120 V AC

230 V AC

9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

0,7
0,6

2

0,5
0,4
0,3

6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

PR...AU
Single contact, 2-PDT

PR1-RSC3.../2x21 (2 PDT)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-

Operating voltage range of the relay

Coil voltage U/UN

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT

0,8

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm

Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

20

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

2

1
0,8
0,6

Switching current [A]

A1+

Reduction factor

0,9

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

10
6
4
2

4

1

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

90 100

1

10

Ambient temperature [°C]

1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

300

Ordering data
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211)

2834481
2834494
2834504
2834517

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1)

2834520
2834533
2834546
2834559

5
5
5
5

5
5
5
5

Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

Electrical service life

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

107

1

Cycles

Order No.

0,9
Reduction factor

Type

0,8

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

0,7
0,6

2

0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

391

Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules
with spring-cage connection
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, consisting of:
– Relay base
– 1/2 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.

D W
H

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
There is a double spring-cage for each terminal point.
Other input voltages on request.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

PR1 relay module with
1 PDT relay

12

12

14

14

11

11

A1+

A2-

A1

DC coils

A2

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Maximum inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
2500 VA
For more data, see diagram

Winding to contact
Contact/contact

Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Service life, electrical
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position / Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

120 V AC

230 V AC

9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16

6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22

PR...AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage UN

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/211)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/211)

2834407
2834410
2834423
2834436

5
5
5
5

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU1)

2834449
2834452
2834465
2834478

5
5
5
5

0819288

1

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
multi-layer contact relay

Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

392

PHOENIX CONTACT

EML (15X6) R YE

Relay modules
PR series

PR1-RSP3.../21 (1 PDT)

D W
H

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

107

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

1

0,6

10

6

10

5

10

4

1
0

10

20

30

40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]

100

Switching current [A]

11 21

A1+

A1

A2-

DC coils

Interrupting rating

20

A2
AC coils

Technical data

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)
2000 VA
For more data, see diagram

120 V AC
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16

10
6
4

1

1

0,9

2

2

3

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

230 V AC

10

6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

PR...AU
Single contact, 2-PDT

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

PR1-RSP3.../2x21 (2 PDT)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-

Operating voltage range of the relay

Coil voltage U/UN

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

Reduction factor

11 21

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm

Interrupting rating

2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2

20

1

2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2

2

1
0,8
0,6

Switching current [A]

14 24

Switching current [A]

12 22

14 24

2

2

1 DC coils
2 AC coils
12 22

1

2

1
0,8

PR1 relay module with
2 PDT contact relay

Electrical service life

Cycles

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range of the relay

2
1
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

10
6
4
2

4

1

2

3

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

90 100

1

10

Ambient temperature [°C]

1
2
3
4

1 DC coils
2 AC coils

20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms

300

Ordering data
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211)

2834562
2834575
2834588
2834591

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1)

2834601
2834614
2834627
2834630

5
5
5
5

5
5
5
5

Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

Electrical service life

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

107

1

Cycles

Order No.

0,9
Reduction factor

Type

0,8

10

6

10

5

10

4

1

0,7
0,6

2

0,5
0,4
0,3

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4
0,3
COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

393

Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR2 relay modules

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.

Fully mounted PR2 relay modules, consisting of:
– Relay base
– 2/4 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is integrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Screw or spring-cage connection
– 4 PDT types with multi-layer gold contacts

For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.

D W
H

If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
The DC types do not have a plug-in module because the status
LED and the freewheeling diode are integrated directly into the relay.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

PR2 relay module with
screw connection

22

12

42

32

22

12

24

14

44

34

24

14

21

11

41

31

21

11

A1+

A2-

A1

DC coils

A2

AC coils

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC

Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Maximum inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
38
54 / 46
13
4 ... 10
5
3 ... 12
Damping diode, Green LED
Varistor, LED red
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT
Ag
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
10 A
20 A (15 ms)
1 mA
2500 VA
For more data, see diagram

Winding to contact
Contact/contact

Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Service life, electrical
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position / Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

120 V AC

230 V AC

11 / 9
4 ... 10
3 ... 12

5/4
4 ... 10
3 ... 12

PR...AU
Single contact, 4-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
1V
5A
12 A (15 ms)
1 mA
1250 VA

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / II
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
27 mm / 78.5 mm / 86 mm

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage UN

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211)

2834643
2834656
2834669
2834672

5
5
5
5

24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1)

2834724
2834737
2834740
2834753

5
5
5
5

0819288

1

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
2-PDT contact relay

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
4-PDT contact relay and additional hard gold-plating

Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm

394

PHOENIX CONTACT

EML (15X6) R YE

Relay modules
PR series

PR2-RS.../2x21 (2 PDT)

D W
H

PR2 relay module with
spring-cage connection

1,8

20

1,6

10
6
4

1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

22

12

42

32

22

12

24

14

44

34

24

14

21

11

41

31

21

11

A1

A2

Technical data
230 V AC

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

11 / 9
4 ... 10
3 ... 12

5/4
4 ... 10
3 ... 12

1
0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

Cycles

2

3

10

300

1

6

2

1
10

5

0,5
0,3
0,2
10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

10

300

4

0

2

4

6

8

10

Switching current [A]

1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms

PR...AU
Single contact, 4-PDT

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

2

1

30

80

Electrical service life

10
6
4

0,1

1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load

PR2-RS.../4x21 (4 PDT)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
1V
5A
12 A (15 ms)
1 mA
1250 VA

Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil

Coil voltage U/UN

Ag
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
10 A
20 A (15 ms)
1 mA
2500 VA
For more data, see diagram

120 V AC

2

2

20

AC coils

24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
38
54 / 46
13
4 ... 10
5
3 ... 12
Damping diode, Green LED
Varistor, LED red
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT

10

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / II
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
31 mm / 95 mm / 84 mm

AC interrupting rating

1,8

20

1,6

10
6
4

Switching current [A]

A2-

DC coils

1

0,1

0

DC interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

A1+

AC interrupting rating

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil

1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6

10

20

30

40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]

2

2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

0

1

10

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

80

300

1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4

Ordering data
DC interrupting rating

PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211)

PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1)

2834685
2834698
2834708
2834711

2834766
2834779
2834782
2834795

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5
5
5
5

5
5
5
5

Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

Electrical service life

20
10
6
4

3

2

1

1

Cycles

Order No.

Switching current [A]

Type

4

10

1

6

2

2
10

5

0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1

10
1
2
3
4

20

30

50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]

300

10

4

L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

0

1

2

3

4

5

Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load
PHOENIX CONTACT

395

Relay modules
DEK series

The Phoenix Contact DEK interface terminal blocks provide complete interface
functions in modular terminal block housing
that is just 6.2 mm wide. In conjunction with
standard terminal block accessories, these
high-capacity interfaces have not only the
design but also the high level of user convenience of modular terminal blocks.
The main common feature of all Phoenix
Contact interface terminal blocks is their
width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60% space
in the control cabinet in comparison to conventional 15 mm wide coupling relays from
modular systems.
The DEK range offers the best solution
for all industrial voltages both for signal input and output.
High switching capacities are a matter
of course for the DEK-REL... relay terminal
block and the DEK-OV... solid-state relay
terminal block.

396

PHOENIX CONTACT

The wear-free DEK-OV... power solidstate relay terminal block is used for applications that require a greater switching frequency in which electromechanical relays
reach the end of their service life in a short
time.
Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the
switching status of the electronic terminal
blocks and provide an excellent overview of
the coupling level and the system.
Colored EB-DIK insertion bridges for the
supply and ground signals make it possible
to design the circuit simply and effectively.
Integrated protective circuits such as freewheeling diodes, polarity reversal protection diodes, and surge protection elements
protect the coupling modules and ensure
optimum availability of the system.

Relay modules
DEK series
DEK-REL-... relay terminal block

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

The Phoenix Contact relay terminal block
with PDT contact offers the following advantages:
– Width of only 6.2 mm
– High switching capacity of 250 V AC/6 A
– Less storage, since PDT, N/O or
N/C contacts can be wired
– Little wiring expense due to the use of
EB-DIK insertion bridges
– IP67 protected relay housing
– Cadmium-free relay contacts
– 4 kV electrical isolation of input and output
– Safe isolation according to
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
– Light indicator for signaling the
switching status.

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

For medium to large power
1 PDT (21)


12

14

A1
+

A2
-

11

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA]
[ms]

①
0.8 1.1
9
8/5
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
6A
10 mA

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-REL-G24/211)

2964500

10

2716949

10

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

Relay terminal block with power relay
①

24 V DC

Accessories
Cover
D-DEK 1,5 GN
Insertion bridge, for middle and
lower levels

No. of pos.

Color

80
80
80

blue
red
white

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

26 A
26 A
26 A

PHOENIX CONTACT

397

Relay modules
DEK series
DEK-REL-24/1/SEN input interface
and DEK-REL-24/1/AKT output
interface
In addition to the familiar advantages of
the DEK-REL... electronic terminal blocks,
such as
– 2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for
universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A
continuous current
– 2 kVrms electrical isolation of input and
output
– Integrated input circuit
With this terminal block, “ALL” connections for a sensor or actuator are provided
over a width of just 6.2 mm!
This means that 16 outputs take up a total constructional width of just 105.4 mm
(including the power terminal block).
Advantages:
– Lower costs as the N terminal block is no
longer required
– Wiring is reduced to a minimum
– Up to 73% more space

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)


A1

13

14
14

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA]
[ms]

Double contact, 1 N/O contact
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC

Signal load
Supply
(+)

PLC OUT

①
②
0.9 0.8 1.1
1.1
23
6.5
8 / 15 5 / 15
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier

General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
-PLC

Load

Description

Ground load

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

DEK-REL- 5/I/11)
DEK-REL- 24/I/11)

2941183
2940171

10
10

2716949

10

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

Relay terminal block with miniature relay
①
②

Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...AKT

A

Accessories

PLC IN

Terminal block, with three through contacts,
for mounting on NS 35...
For busbar feeding
Cover
D-DEK 1,5 GN
Insertion bridge, for middle and
lower levels

0
+PLC
+

Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...SEN

398

PHOENIX CONTACT

No. of pos.

Color

80
80
80

blue
red
white

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Relay modules
DEK series
D W
H

D W
H

for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)

D W
H

for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)



for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)


13

A1



A1

A2
14

A2

13

A1

14

A2

13

A2

14

Technical data

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
0.9 0.8 1.1
1.1
23
6.5
8 / 15 5 / 15
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier

①
0.8 1.1
6.5
5 / 15
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier

①
0.8 1.1
6.5
5 / 15
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier

Double contact, 1 N/O contact
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA

Double contact, 1 N/O contact
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA

Double contact, 1 N/O contact
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-REL- 5/O/11)
DEK-REL- 24/O/11)

2941170
2941154

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT1)

2964063

10

Accessories

D-DEK 1,5 GN

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN1)

2964050

10

Accessories

Accessories

DIKD 1,5

2715979

50

DIKD 1,5

2715979

50

2716949

10

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2716949

10

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

2716949

10

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

26 A
26 A
26 A

PHOENIX CONTACT

399

Relay modules
DEK series
DEK-OE... and DEK-OV... solid-state
relay terminal blocks
Phoenix Contact DEK-OE and DEK-OV
interface terminal blocks are only 6.2 mm
wide but still provide a complete input or
output interface with:
– Electrical isolation between input and
output at up to 2.5 kVrms
– Integrated input circuit
– Status display
– EB-DIK insertion bridges
– Labeling and mounting with modular
terminal block convenience
– Wear-free switching up to
24 V DC/10 A and 240 V AC/800 mA
– Integrated output protection circuit
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Actuator version available.

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

with DC voltage output
max. = 100 mA



A1
+

+

A2
-

+

A1

A

A

0 A2

0

DC

AC

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level with reference to UN

Load current [A]

Derating curve for
DEK-OV...24DC/3 and DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/3/AKT

Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit AC

2

3

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[Hz]

Input circuit DC

2

1

0

0 10 20 30 40 50
Ambient temperature [°C]

Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal

Output data
Operating voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Surge current
Leakage current in off state
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

1
60

1 Horizontal mounting
2 Vertical mounting
Derating curve for DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/10

10
9
8
7
6

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.9
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
6.5
11
7
4
3.2
2.5
300
300
300
300
3
3
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

3 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
≤ 0.9 V

W/H/D

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Load current [A]

5

Ordering data

4
3

Description

2

Solid-state input relays

1
0
10
20
30
0
Ambient temperature [°C]

40

50

60

Derating curve for DEK-OV...240AC/800

Input voltage
UN
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

①
②
③
⑦

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC

No. of pos.

Color

80
80
80

blue
red
white

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/1001)
DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/1001)
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/1001)
DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/1001)
DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100

2940223
2964487
2940207
2941536
2941659
2940210

10
10
10
10
10
10

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

Load current [A]

Solid-state power relays

0,8
0,6

Actuator principle

0,4

Accessories

0,2
0

0

10

20

30

40

Ambient temperature [°C]

400

PHOENIX CONTACT

50

60

Insertion bridge, for middle and
lower levels

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Relay modules
DEK series
D W
H

D W
H

with DC voltage output
max. = 3 A

D W
H

with DC voltage output
max. = 10 A





A1+

14 A1+

14

A2-

13+ A2-

13+

A2-



A

A1

+
0

DEK-OV.../24DC/3/AKT

Technical data
②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
8.5
300

13

A1
+

13
A2

DEK-OV.../24DC/3

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
11
300

with AC voltage output
max. = 800 mA

A2
-

14

Technical data

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
7
300

⑦
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
7
300

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
5.1
100

②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
4.7
100

Technical data

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
3.5
100

①
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
10.2
10

②
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
10.5
10

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
10.7
10

Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal

Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

3 V DC ... 30 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
≤ 0.2 V

5 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 A (see derating curve)
100 A (t = 20 ms)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 50 mV

10 V AC ... 253 V AC (50/60 Hz)
600 V
0.8 A (see derating curve)
10 mA
30 A (t = 10 ms)
1.2 mA
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
≤1V

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 31)
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 31)
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 31)
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT

2941361
2941387
2941374
2964296

10
10
10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 101)
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 101)
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 101)

2961752
2961749
2964322

10
10
10

Accessories

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800
DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800
DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800

2964623
2964636
2964649

10
10
10

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

Accessories

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

26 A
26 A
26 A

Accessories

2715940
2715953
2715788

1
1
1

EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

26 A
26 A
26 A

PHOENIX CONTACT

401

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays

DEK-REL-24/1/S switch/relay terminal
block
The functions “Manual”, “0”, “Automatic”
are provided in a 6.2 mm narrow relay terminal block.
Interference-free relay and solid-state
relay interfaces
Coupled interference voltages on the coil
lines or leakage currents can cause malfunctions in conventional modules. These special interface modules, equipped with high
switching thresholds and/or effective filters,
ensure good functioning.
ST-REL... and EMG 17-REL... relay interfaces for switching lamp loads
Lamp loads and capacitive consumers produce extremely high inrush currents which
weld conventional relay contacts. To prevent this, Phoenix Contact uses an arc-resistant contact optimized for these applications, which keeps these peaks under
control.

402

PHOENIX CONTACT

ST-OV 3-24DC/400/3 plug-in solidstate power relay
The output of this component, dimensioned with a peak reverse voltage of 800 V,
allows, for example, 230 V motors to be
driven in simple reversible mode.
Power circuit breaker solid-state relay,
with signal logic
These modules combine the features of a
short-circuit-proof power solid-state relay
and those of a thermomagnetic protection
element.
DEK-OE-...100KHZ 100 kHz input
solid-state relay
Input solid-state relay for reliable transmission of high frequency signals of the type
that occur with, for example, incremental
encoders.

Electronic sensor terminal block for
NAMUR proximity sensors
For converting the changeable resistance
of a NAMUR sensor into a digital signal that
can be read by a PLC.
DEK-TR/INV inverter module
Module for converting NPN outputs to
PNP outputs and PNP to NPN.

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Relay module with manual switch

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

Relay module with manual switch and integrated power relay for manual, zero, and
automatic functions
The advantages:
– Max. switching current of 5 A
– Only 6.2 mm wide
– Increased contact stability thanks to double contact
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Relay module with manual switch
and integrated relay



A
13
H

A2

14

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA]
[ms]

①
0.8 1.1
6.5
5 / 15
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Double contact, 1 N/O contact
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
0.1 V
3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC)
5A
1 mA

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 61 mm

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage
UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

24 V AC/DC

DEK-REL- 24/1/S1)

2964131

10

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2716949

10

EB 2- DIK RD
EB 3- DIK RD
EB 4- DIK RD
EB 5- DIK RD
EB 10- DIK RD
EB 2- DIK BU
EB 3- DIK BU
EB 4- DIK BU
EB 5- DIK BU
EB 10- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH

2716693
2716745
2716758
2716761
2716774
2716648
2716651
2716664
2716677
2716680
2715940
2715953
2715788

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
1
1

Relay module with power relay
①

Accessories
Cover
Insertion bridge

No. of pos.
2
3
4
5
10
2
3
4
5
10
80
80
80

Color
red
red
red
red
red
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
blue
red
white

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

403

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Relay modules with
interference current filter
Relay and solid-state relay modules with
integrated filter to protect against interference voltages or currents due, for example,
to long control lines
The advantages:
– Resistant to interference currents
– High relay release voltage
Typical applications:
– Applications with long control lines
– Use of AC output boards, resulting in residual AC currents

D W
H

D W
H

1 PDT, plug-in relay

1 PDT, soldered-in relay

Notes:



Load current diagrams, see page 347


12

11

14
12

14

A1
+
A1

A2
A2
A1

11 11

A2

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
③
0.9 0.85 - 0.9 1.1
1.1
1.1
26
19
18
8 / 10 8 / 11 10 / 8
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Surge protection

③
0.9 1.1
18
10 / 8
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, Surge protection

Output data
Contact type

Single contact, 1-PDT

Double contact, 1 PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

Double contact, 1 PDT

Contact material

AgNi

Au

AgNi

AgPd60, hard gold-plated

Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

250 V AC/DC
6A
8A

30 V AC / 36 V DC
0.5 A
0.2 A

250 V AC/DC
6A
8A

30 V AC / 36 V DC
0.5 A
0.2 A

140 W
60 W
45 W
35 W
55 W
1500 VA

5W
-

95 W
50 W
45 W
35 W
55 W
1500 VA

5W
-

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:

[mA]
[ms]

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
-/-/20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 40°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Relay module with power contact relay
①
②
③

24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46
ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46
ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46

2826091
2833026
2832027

10
10
10

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46

2940760

10

①
②
③

24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46

2826981
2829797
2826266

10
10
10

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46

2940061

10

2947035

50

Relay module with multi-layer contact relay

Accessories
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover
Equipment marker

404

PHOENIX CONTACT

URELG 3

Accessories
2820136

10
EMG-GKS 12

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
D W
H

D W
H
Notes:
Type of housing:
ST-REL: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: bottom part gray,
hood green
EMG: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
DEK: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For derating curve, refer to page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Solid-state input relay
100 mA, maximum

Solid-state power relay
Max. 2 A





+

A1

A

A1
+

+
A

A2
-

0

A2
A2

0

Switching level
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit AC

1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]

Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Output circuit
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position/mounting

+
A

A2
-

0

A2

DC

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)

A1
+

AC

Technical data

②
0.9 1.1
207
92
2.5
4.4
14
5
Yellow LED, Surge protection, RC element

①
0.8 1.2
16.8
16
8
0.02
0.2
300

Protection against polarity reversal

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

48 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Free running
≤ 0.9 V

48 V DC
12 V DC
2 A (see derating curve)
5 A (t = 1 s)
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
1.1 V

2.5 kV AC
0°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing

3.5 kV AC
-10°C ... 55°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
- / Mounted in rows with zero spacing: Horizontal/not in rows: Any

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
17.5 mm / 75 mm / 102 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2964678

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/21)

2942810

10

2947035

50

Solid-state power relays
①
②

24 V DC
230 V AC

DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46

Accessories
Equipment marker

Accessories
EMG-GKS 12

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

405

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Relay modules for high inrush
currents
The Phoenix Contact relay modules of
the type SO 38 have been designed for
switching electrical equipment with high inrush currents.
Areas of application are:
– Inductive loads (motors, power contactors, etc.)
– Inductive/capacitive loads (fluorescent
lamps, etc.)
– Ohmic loads (glow lamps, heaters).
The module is based on a relay with a special arc-resistant tungsten lead contact. This
takes over the high inrush and interrupting
current capacitively. The inductive main
contact made of AgCdO takes over the
continuous current up to 10 A reliably.
With the EMG 17-REL...2E/SO38 model,
this switching capacity is reached using a
power relay with a set of silver tin oxide
(AgSnO) contacts.
The module is available in two versions:
– Modular EMG rail-mountable housing
with a design width of 17.5 mm
– Convenient ST-REL plug-in housing from
the Phoenix ST series for mounting on
the URELG or UDK-RELG basic terminal
blocks.
Further features are:
– Snap-on mounting on the common
EN rails
– Easy maintenance
– Clear labeling of the terminal blocks using
Phoenix Contact marking material.

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green or black.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

medium to large loads
1 N/O contact (1)


13

A1

14

A2

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN

[mA]
[ms]

Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

1 N/O contact with lead contact
AgCdO
250 V AC
10 A
80 A (20 ms)
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

①
0.85 1.1
28
13 /
15
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

2500 VA
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
- / Horizontal with zero spacing, vertical with spacing

W/H/D

-/-/20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

①
24 V DC
Relay module with power contact relay, with two inputs for
manual, automatic
①
24 V DC

ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38

2829564

10

Basic terminal block, complete with end cover

URELG 3

2820136

10

Description

Input voltage
UN

Relay module with power contact relay + wolfram lead contact

Accessories

Equipment marker

406

PHOENIX CONTACT

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
D W
H

D W
H

medium to large loads
1 N/O contact (1)

medium to large loads
1 N/O contact (1)




14
A1
+

A2
-

A

13

H

13

M

14

13

Technical data

Technical data

①
0.85 1.1
28
13 /
15
Yellow LED, freewheeling diode

①
0.9 1.1
23
9 / 10

1 N/O contact with lead contact
AgCdO
250 V AC
10 A
80 A (20 ms)

Single contact, 1 N/O contact
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
10 A
120 A (20 ms)

2500 VA

240 W
120 W
85 W
70 W
90 W
2500 VA

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
17.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

Automatic: Yellow LED, Manual: Red LED, freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK

2949994

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38

2941646

10

2947035

50

Accessories

EMG-GKS 12

Accessories

2947035

50

EMG-GKS 12

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

407

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
ST-OV 3 plug-in solid-state power
relays
The plug-in version of the module provides all the advantages of the ST series,
such as:
– Switching of up to 400 V AC/3 A
– Control of 230 V motors in straightforward
reversing mode (e.g., synchronous motor in
single-phase operation, see illustration)
– Plug-in

Notes:
Type of insulating housing: polyamide PA non-reinforced, color:
bottom part gray, hood green
Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the optocoupler should not be connected.

D W
H

AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.

with AC voltage output
max. = 3 A


13

14

A1
+

A2
-

Technical data
Input data
Switching level with reference to UN

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input protection:
Output data
Operating voltage
Operating voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Surge current
Residual voltage drop at “H”
Leakage current in off state
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

①
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
7
10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, RC element
400 V AC
24 V AC ... 420 V AC
800 V
3 A (see derating curve)
50 mA
125 A (t = 10 ms)
≤ 1.2 V
Approx. 12 mA
Surge protection, RC element

W/H/D

2.5 kV AC
0°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Horizontal DIN rail / 20.8 mm / 42.5 mm / 112 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2905417

10

2820136

10

Solid-state power relays
①

24 V DC

ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3

Accessories
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover

Load current [A]

Derating curve for ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3

3

2

2
1
0

1
30
40
50
20
Ambient temperature [°C]

1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with  20 mm spacing

408

PHOENIX CONTACT

60

URELG 3

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray, hood green
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

D W
H

For load current diagram, see page 347
Derating curve, time/current characteristic curves, and state diagram, see page 347

with short-circuit-proof DC voltage output
max. = 1 A or 4 A


A1

+

A2

A

+

T

ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC/...-PRO power
protection circuit solid-state relay
with signal logic
The ST-OV 4-...PRO provides protection
and monitoring functions that are otherwise only known from thermomagnetic
protection elements.
The PROtect modules have the following
features:
– Fast disconnection with short-circuits
and simultaneous current limitation
– Time-dependent overload shutdown for
reliable protection against continuous
overloads
– Brief inrush peaks are ignored
– After an overload or short-circuit has
been triggered, a defined reset of the control voltage must be carried out
– Reliable recognition and indication of a
line break on the load side
– Feedback in the event of an error

0

Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage
Switching level

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)

Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Reset period after short-circuit / overload shut down
Input circuit
Output data signaling contact / CONTROL
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current
Residual voltage drop at “H”
Output protection
Output circuit
Output data load contact
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Residual voltage drop at “H”
Open circuit alarm with load current
Overload disconnection (~ 1.4 x continuous current)
Short-circuit disconnection
Current limitation at short-circuits
Switching time tin /tout
Output protection
Output circuit
General data
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage output/output
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO
24 V DC ±50%
8.5 V DC
5 V DC
6.5 mA
100 Hz
1 ms

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO

Yellow LED, Polarity protection diode
5 V DC ... 36 V DC
50 mA
≤ 1.5 V
Polarity protection diode
3-conductor, ground-referenced
18 V DC ... 36 V DC
1 A (see derating curve)

4 A (see derating curve)

1 mA
300 mV
200 mV
< 100 µA
≤ 100 ms (See the time-current characteristic curve)
< 200 µs (See the time-current characteristic curve)
Approx. 25 A
Approx. 70 A
300 µs / 700 µs
Red LED, Damping diode
3-conductor, ground-referenced

W/H/D

2.5 kV AC
2.5 kV AC
Basic insulation
0°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664 / EN 50178 / IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 12
27 mm / 63.5 mm / 114 mm

Ordering data
Description

Output current

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO
ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO

2905572
2905585

10
10

2777056

10

Power circuit breaker solid-state relay, with signal logic
1A
4A

Accessories
Basic terminal block, complete with end cover

UDK-RELG 4

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

409

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DEK-OE 100 kHz input solid-state
relay
A solid-state relay for the reliable detection of short pulses
– Limit frequency of up to 100 kHz
– Push-pull stage on output side
– Includes signal inputs on PLC counter
boards
– Features a capacitor on the input side for
interference suppression

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

with DC voltage output
Transmission frequency 100 kHz



A

A1
+

+

0

A2
-

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level with reference to UN

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[kHz]

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input protection:
Output data
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current
Quiescent current
Residual voltage drop at “H”
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

①
②
0.8 0.8 1.2
1.2
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
7
6
1.5
1.5
2
2
100
100
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

4 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
4.3 mA
≤ 0.5 V DC
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Surge protection

W/H/D

2.5 kV AC
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1)
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ1)

2964270
2964283

10
10

Solid-state input relays
①
②

410

PHOENIX CONTACT

5 V DC
24 V DC

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
D W
H

D W
H

with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz

with DC voltage output push-pull
Transmission frequency 100 kHz





A

A1
+

A

A1
+

+

0

A2
-

+

0

A2
-

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
≥ 0.5 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
≥ 0.5
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.3
≤ 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

4 V DC ... 18 V DC
50 mA
8.5 mA
≤ 1.2 V DC
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Surge protection

14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
15 mA
≤ 2.2 V DC
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Surge protection

2.5 kV AC
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

2.5 kV AC
-20°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)

2964542
2964364

10
10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1)
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1)

2964555
2964348

10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

411

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Electronic sensor terminal block for
NAMUR proximity sensors
The EIK 1-SVN 24-P electronic sensor
terminal block from Phoenix Contact converts the changeable resistance of a
NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that
can be read by all PLCs.
– Monitoring of initiator side for short circuits or strand breaks
– Suitable resistance circuit to enable monitoring of mechanical switches (see application 2)
– LED error display
– Status display (high signal) via green LED
– 24 V/50 mA digital output
– Bridging and marking with standard terminal accessories.

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

For inductive proximity sensors according to
NAMUR



+

OUT
24V

-

0V

Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN

18.5 V DC ... 28.8 V DC (UVN, see derating curve)

Ripple
Current consumption IImax
Input circuit
Control circuit
Non-load voltage
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:

according to DIN 19240
70 mA (at 50 mA output current)
Green LED, Polarity protection diode
8.2 V DC ±10%
≥ 2.1 mA (In conductive state)
≤ 1.2 mA (In blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)
Approx. 0.2 mA
Approx. 1 kΩ
visual short-circuit and wire break control with LED (red), 12 V Zener
diode

Derating curve for EIK 1-SVN 24 P

Switching hysteresis
Internal resistance
Output protection

28,8
28

Signal output
Max. output current IOmax
Residual voltage UR with IOmax
Output voltage UO

Supply voltage UE [V]

27
26
25
24

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Ambient temperature [°C]

Output protection
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Transmission frequency (INPUT/OUTPUT)
Input pulse length
Input pause length
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
≤ 100 mV (In conductive state)
(UVN - UR;in blocking state)
36 V Zener diode as freewheeling diode

W/H/D

-25°C ... 50°C
1 kHz
≥ 0.5 ms
≥ 0.5 ms
IEC 60664, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
2 / III
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data

Application 1

+

ERR
OUT
U VN

-

GND

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, for inductive
proximity initiators as per NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor
signal and faults

EIK1-SVN-24P1)

2940799

10

Terminal block, with three through contacts,
for mounting on NS 35...
Double-level terminal block, with pre-assembled resistors

DIKD 1,5

2715979

50

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

50

Accessories

NAMUR initiator

Application 2

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
+
1k

OUT

10k

U VN
-

Limit switch

412

ERR

PHOENIX CONTACT

GND

Insertion bridge

EB...-DIK...
Ordering data at DEK-REL...

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
DEK-TR/INV inverter module

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

The Phoenix Contact DEK-TR/INV inverter module inverts the signals of ground
switching NPN transistor outputs into positive switching PNP outputs, and vice versa
(see application example).

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5



+

NPN

–

PNP

Technical data
Supply voltage
Continuous current
Residual voltage drop
Leakage current
Max. transmission frequency
NPN input/PNP output
Switch-on threshold
Switch-off threshold
Min. limit values
Max. limit values
Control circuit
Switch-on threshold
Switch-off threshold
Min. limit values
Max. limit values
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (UV)
200 mA
<1V
< 1 mA
15 kHz
< 5 V (at UV = 24 V; < (UV - 19 V))
> 15 V (at UV = 24 V; > (UV - 9 V))
-2 V
26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V)
> 19 V
<9V
-2 V
26 V (at UV = 24 V; UV + 2 V)

W/H/D

-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664
Basic insulation
2 / II
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Inverter module

DEK-TR/INV

2964319

10

Connection examples:
NPN output

Load

24V
C

NPN

E

PNP

DEKTRN/INV

+

-

0V
PNP output

Load

24V
E

NPN

C

PNP

DEKTR/INV

+

-

0V

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

413

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
Hybrid relay modules

Notes:

D W
H

Type of housing:
Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green.

With its integrated transistor level, the
hybrid relay module is able to amplify weak
input signals. This serves as the basis for reliable relay operation.
The advantages:
– Low control current (terminal B), typedependent as of 0.5 mA
– Type-dependent positive or negative control current
– Integrated input and interference suppression circuit
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

Positive switching hybrid relay


12

14

A1
+
B+

A2
A2
11

Technical data
Input data
Relay supply voltage UN ±10%
Min. control voltage
Max. control voltage
Min. control current
Max. control current
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[V DC]
[V DC]
[V DC]
[mA]
[mA]
[mA]
[ms]

①
②
③
24
24
24
2.7
5
15
5.25
13.2
35
2.6
0.5
0.5
7.7
1
1
21
21
21
9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5A
8A

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

W/H/D

120 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 5 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

Ordering data
Nominal control voltage

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 51)
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN121)
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN351)

2949787
2952363
2952350

10
10
10

2947035

50

Relay module with miniature power contact relay with
integrated NPN transistor control, for low control currents
①
5 V DC
②
12 V DC
③
24 V DC
Relay module with miniature power contact relay with
integrated PNP transistor control, for low control currents
①
②
③

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC

Accessories
Equipment marker

414

PHOENIX CONTACT

EMG-GKS 12

Relay modules
Special relays and solid-state relays
D W
H

Negative switching hybrid relay


12

14

A1
+
B-

A2
A2
11

Technical data
①
②
③
24
24
24
-2.4
-6.9
-17.5
-5.25 -13.2 -38.5
1.2
0.6
0.6
1.7
1
1.4
21
21
21
9 / 10 9 / 10 9 / 10
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5A
8A
120 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 5 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 75 mm / 62.5 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 51)
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP121)
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP351)

2949790
2952156
2952169

10
10
10

2947035

50

Accessories
EMG-GKS 12

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

415

416

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
Wiring I/O modules with individual wires
is an extremely time-consuming process.
Wiring errors and tedious troubleshooting
cannot be ruled out.
Interface cabling reduces assembly costs
by using plug-in components to carry out
wiring quickly, clearly, and without errors.
The new interface modules in the VIP VARIOFACE Professional series, which feature a modern housing design, offer the following advantages:
– Space-saving
– Vibration resistant up to 5g thanks to
metal feet
– Reliable connection technology, either
with screw or push-in connections
– Wide range of marking options
VIP modules are available for both product segments:
VARIOFACE system cabling is a cabling
concept that has been specially developed
to allow connection to the I/O modules of
a wide range of automation devices.
The VIP series is rounded off by new front
adapters with encapsulated system cables
for the SIMATIC S7 300.
VARIOFACE wiring interfaces are suitable
for universal use. Various VIP - VARIOFACE
Professional modules with a 1:1 connection
from a high-position plug-in connector to a
different connection technology are available. The encapsulated system cables provide an effective and efficient means of establishing a connection to a control device
with protection against polarity reversal.
A variety of potential distributors are
available for splitting the control and operating voltage.

Product range overview
Introduction to VARIOFACE system cabling

418

Overview of VARIOFACE system cabling

420

Front adapter
For ABB S800 I/O
For Allen-Bradley,
ControlLogix, PLC 5, SLC 500, and PlantScape
For Emerson DeltaV
For GE Fanuc RX3i and Series 90-30
For Honeywell C300 Series CI/O and PlantScape
For Mitsubishi A1S and Q, Melsec L, Honeywell ML 200
For Omron CJ1, CS1, and C200H
For Phoenix Contact Axioline and Inline
For Schneider Electric MODICON®
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-1500
For Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
For Siemens SIMATIC® S5-S7 conversion
For Yokogawa CS3000 R3

422
424
432
436
438
440
442
443
445
450
456
458
459
466

Termination boards
With passive transfer
With relay

470
490

PLC-INTERFACE via V8 adapter
V8 adapter
Feed-through terminal blocks
Relays/solid-state relays
Cross-reference list

484
486
320
488

System cables
With flat-ribbon cable and D-SUB plug-in connectors

500

Introduction to VARIOFACE wiring interface

520

Overview of VIP - VARIOFACE Professional

522

Passive universal interface modules
VIP modules with flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors

524

VIP modules with D-SUB plug-in connectors
VIP modules with high-density D-SUB plug-in connectors

532
539

With DIN strips
With ELCO plug-in connectors
With RJ45 plug-in connectors
With COMBICON connection
VIP potential distributors

540
542
546
547
548

Active interface modules
For relay couplers/optocouplers
For solid-state relays
Accessories (relays, optocouplers)

550
553
554

PHOENIX CONTACT

417

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

A large part of the costs incurred in automation systems today results from the cabling for the actuators and signaling units.
On top of this, machines and systems are
becoming more and more complex, which
means that the cabling costs for the input
and output stations are also steadily on the
increase. In addition to cabling material
costs, the costs associated with planning, assembly, startup, and documentation must
also be considered.
VARIOFACE system cabling is a
system concept that reduces manufacturing
costs through fast, error-free, and uniform
wiring of the input and output signals of a
PLC.
The system design comprises three components:
– VARIOFACE front adapters
– VARIOFACE system cables
– VARIOFACE termination board

418

PHOENIX CONTACT

VARIOFACE system cabling is available
for controllers from:
– ABB
– Allen-Bradley
– Emerson
– Honeywell
– GE Fanuc
– Mitsubishi Electric
– OMRON
– Schneider Electric
– Siemens
– Yokogawa
– Phoenix Contact

VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
The new front adapters with encapsulated
system cables for the S7 300 and new
compact termination boards make the system cabling even more robust. VARIOFACE
Professional means:
New front adapters
– Optimized housing concept
– Power supplied via PCB terminal
blocks
– Plug-in bridges for electrical
isolation
– Directly connected system cables
with encapsulated plugs
New termination boards
– Space saving
– Vibration resistant up to 5g
– Optional marking
– New housing design

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

The conventional wiring of input and output cards of programmable logic controls
requires a lot of time.
Signals are transferred from the control
system to modular terminal blocks or coupling modules such as relays or optocouplers by means of single conductor wiring.
This requires a complex wiring process.
At the same time, errors in wiring are always possible with this connection method.
Wiring errors are often only noticed when
the system is put into operation and they
then cause additional costs.

A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+

A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+ A1+

A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2-

A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2- A2-

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

24
V

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

11

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

Wiring with the system cabling considerably reduces the assembly time and guarantees protection against polarity reversal.
Front adapters with an integrated pin
strip (IEC 60603-13) are plugged onto the
PLC I/O cards. They replace connection
technologies such as those involving a screw
or crimp connection.
The controller boards are simply snapped
onto the DIN rail instead of modular terminal blocks or coupling modules. On the control side they also have a multi-position pin
strip.
The controller boards are connected to
the front adapters using multi-position and
pre-assembled system cables.
Actuators and sensors from the field level
are connected to the termination boards by
means of screw or spring-cage connections
or knife disconnect terminal blocks. The
termination boards are marked on the field
side according to the application, so that the
signals can be clearly assigned.

The configuration cross-reference list
(a quick reference guide to the VARIOFACE
system components) is extremely useful
when selecting the required components.
What's more, matching components can be
configured using the INTERFACE search assistant.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products.
Rationalize your application with the aid
of VARIOFACE system cabling:
– Easy planning with configuration
cross-reference list or online selector
– Cost reductions thanks to
time-saving wiring
– Fault minimization through
protection against polarity reversal
– Easy maintenance thanks to
modular system components

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

419

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Product overview of VARIOFACE system cabling
Controller
ABB

System cables
Termination boards

Honeywell
C300
CI/O, ML 200 PlantScape
series

PLC 5

SLC 500

DeltaV

RX3i

90-30

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Not
required

424

426

428

Not
required

436

437

438

424

Standard

512

504

504

504

506

504

504

512

504

Controllerspecific

423

430

432

Passive
Standard

470

470

470

470

Passive
Controllerspecific

422

473

429

433

Active
Standard

490

490

490

490

V8 adapter/
feed-through
terminal block

484

484

484

Relay/
optocoupler

320

320

320

MINI Analog

PHOENIX CONTACT

GE FANUC

Control
Logix

MINI Analog
system adapter

420

Emerson

S800 I/O

Version

Front adapters

System component

Allen-Bradley

470

441

470

470

439

470

490

490

490

490

490

484

484

484

484

484

484

320

320

320

320

320

320

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

OMRON CJ1

Phoenix
Contact

MELSEC CS1, CQM1,
C200H
A, A1S, Q, L

Axioline
Inline

TSX
Qantum

M340

S7 300

S7 1500

S7 400

S5 to S7
conversion

Centum
CS3000

Mitsubishi

Schneider

Siemens

Yokogawa

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

Not
required

Not
required

444

445

446

448

Not
required

458

459

Not
required

504

504

504

504

447

453

456

470

470

470

440

442

470

470

470

470

473

504

472

466

470

472

468

490

490

490

490

490

490

490

490

484

484

484

484

484

484

484

484

484

320

320

320

320

320

320

320

320

320

94

94

92

92

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

421

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
ABB S800 I/O
Termination boards with
knife disconnection
The ABB S800 I/O system offers the possibility of realizing the process wiring with
D-SUB plug-in connectors. ABB TU 812
Compact MTU are available for this purpose.
The FLKM-D25SUB/B/KDS3-MT/... modules are connected to the I/O modules using
assembled D-SUB cables (refer to “System
cables” chapter).
In addition to screw connection with
knife disconnection for every channel and
ABB S800-specific labeling, the modules
have the following features:
– Eight negative terminals with knife disconnection (TU810)
– Eight positive terminals with knife disconnection (TU810/P)
– For each channel, there is a positive and
negative terminal with knife disconnection (TU830)
Passive interface modules can also be
used for signal transmission
(e.g., VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F, 2315188),
see page 533.

D W
H

Interface module with
knife disconnect terminal blocks

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

50 V AC/DC
2A
4 A (8 A L1-/L2-)
1.4 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection with disconnect knife
D-SUB socket strip
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 61 mm

Ordering data
Connectable I/O modules

No. of
pos.

Description

Card type

FLKM-D25SUB...

Digital input

DI 810
DI 811
DI 814
DI 830
DI 831
DI 885

Digital output

DO 810
DO 814

Analog input

AI 810
AI 820
AI 830
AI 835

Analog output

AO 810
AO 820

Module width
W

- S800 I/O output modules
- S800 I/O input modules
- S800 I/O universal module

1

14

2

15

3

16

4

17

25
25
25

5

18

6

19

7

10

8

21

9

22

126.5 mm
126.5 mm
247.5 mm

10

23

11

24 25
12 13

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

2304513
2304539
2304526

L1+
L1+
L1L1L2+
L2+
L2L2-

1

14

2

15

3

16

4

17

5

18

6

19

7

20

8

21

9

22

10

L1+
L1+
L1L1L2+
L2+
L2L2-

1

14

2

15

3

+1

A8

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 connection scheme

23

11

24

25
12 13

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6C7C8C9C10C11C12C13C14C15C16

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6B7B8B9B10B11B12B13B14B15B16

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 connection scheme
PHOENIX CONTACT

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830

Pcs. /
Pkt.

16

4

17

5

1
1
1

18 6 19 7 20 21 22 10 2311 24 25
8
9
12 13

B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8

B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8

422

Order No.

VARIOFACE module, with knife disconnect terminal blocks for:

L1+
L1+
L1L1L2+
L2+
L2L2-

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Type

+2

+3

+4

+5

+6

+7

+8

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P connection scheme

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
ABB S800 I/O
System cable
The ABB S800 I/O system offers the possibility of realizing the process wiring with
D-SUB plug-in connectors. ABB TU 812
Compact MTU are available for this purpose.
The CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/.../TU812
system cables convert from a D-SUB socket
strip to two flat-ribbon cable plugs. Therefore, all 8-channel controller boards of the
system cabling can be connected to S800
I/O modules. Two controller boards are
used per module.

System cable

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG - / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
25 -position

6.3 mm

Ordering data
Description

FLK 14
FLK 14
Conductor
1. Connector 2. Connector color
9
10
1
3
5
7

NC
11
12
2
4
6
8

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812

2304649
2304652
2304665
2304678

1
1
1
1

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/...

2304681

1

VARIOFACE system cable, for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB
socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs, in standard
lengths

Color code and pin assignment
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14...TU812
D-SUB
connector
25-pos.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

No. of
pos.

Gray
White
Black
Red
Yellow
Blue
Black
Red
Yellow
Blue
Orange
White
–
White-black
White-brown
Brown
Orange
Green
Violet
Brown
Orange
Green
Violet
White-black
White-brown

1
3
5
7
9
10
NC

2
4
6
8
11
12

25
1m
25
2m
25
3m
25
5m
VARIOFACE system cable for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB
socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs, in variable
lengths
25

Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for ABB S800, 12.75 m long
Quantity
Order No.
1

2304681

Length [m]1)
/

12.75
1)

min. 0.20 m

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

423

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix,
Honeywell PlantScape
Front adapter
I/O modules with 32 channels or with
this design
The front adapters are pushed into the
tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as standard, original accessories must be ordered
directly from manufacturer) of the controller. A 50-pos. system cable can connect a
maximum of 32 channels to the field level.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.

Notes:
Front adapters can also be used without cover.
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

32-channel front adapter
with 50-pos. FLK strip


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Standards/regulations

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2302735
2302748

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapters, for ControlLogix:
Front adapters for I/O modules of
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape automation devices
Card type
Digital input

Digital output
Analog input

Counter
Servo

- A maximum of 1 x 32 channels can be connected
- IB 32 input board

50
50

1
1

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
1756-IA 16 I* or TC-TDK 161*
1756-IB 16 D* or TC-TDX 161*
1756-IB 16 I* or TC-TDJ 161*
1756-IH 16 I*
1756-OB 32 or TC-ODD 321
1756-IF 8*
1756-IF 16 I* or TC-IAH 161*
1756-IF 8H* or TC-HAI 081*
1756-HSC*
1756-M02 AE*

Card type

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Digital input

1756-IB 32 or TC-IDD 321

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756, Order No. 2322317.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short
circuit!

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

00+
11+

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112131415161718

2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
NCNC

1920212223242526

27282930313233343536

Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

0011-

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112131415161718

2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
NCNC

1920212223242526

27282930313233343536

Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

424

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix,
Honeywell PlantScape
Front adapter
I/O modules with 16 channels or with
this design
The front adapters are pushed into the
tall 1756-TBE covers (not supplied as standard, original accessories must be ordered
directly from manufacturer) of the controller. Two 14-pos. system cables are used to
connect up to 2 x 8 channels to the field level.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.

Notes:
Front adapters can also be used without cover.
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

16-channel front adapter
with two 14-pos. FLK strips


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Standards/regulations

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapters, for ControlLogix:
Front adapter for I/O modules of
Allen Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape
automation devices
Card type
Digital input
Digital output
Analog input

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
1756-IA 8 D** or TC-IDX 081**
1756-OB 16 E
1756-IF 6 CIS**
1756-IF 6 I** or TC-IAH 061**
1756-IR 6 I** or TC-IXR 061**
1756-IT 6 I** or TC-IXL 061**

Analog output

1756-OF 4 I**
1756-OF 6 CI** or TC-OAH 061**
1756-OF 6 VI** or TC-OAV 061**
1756-OF 8** or TC-OAV 081**
1756-OF 8 H**

Switch

1756-PLS**

Card type

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Digital input

1756-IN 16**
1756-IA 16 or TC-IDA 161**
1756-IB 16
1756-IC 16**

Card type

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

Analog input

IF6I**

– Up to 2 x 8 channels can be connected
– IA 16, IB 16, IC 16, IN 16 input card

14
14

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2302861
2302874

1
1

- IF6 I input card (only suitable for measuring
current; no power terminals on adapter)

14

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

2901037

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
0+
01+

** Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756, Order No.: 2322333.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter. Risk of short
circuit!!

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11121314151617181920

11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC

11121314151617181920

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

001-

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11121314151617181920

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

425

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Allen-Bradley, PLC 5 series 1771
Front adapter

Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

The front adapters mean that pre-assembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules.
Up to 32 channels are connected via
50-pos. system cables.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system
concept.

Front adapter for Allen-Bradley PLC 5, 1771


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Max. perm. total current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN
FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN

2289816
2289829

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapters, for Allen-Bradley PLC 5, 1771
- IBN 32 channels input
- OBN 32 channels output

50
50

2
2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
NCNC

NCNC

11121314151617181920
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950
NCNC

NCNC

NCNC

21222324252627282930
-

31323334353637383940
-

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324
0+
1+
2+
3+

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11121314151617181920
+
+
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

21222324252627282930

31323334353637383940
+
-

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN

426

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

427

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Allen-Bradley SLC 500
Front adapter

Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

The front adapters mean that pre-assembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules.
– The FLKM 14-PA-SLC500... adapters connect max. 2 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.
system cables. Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE
termination boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off
this system concept.
– With the FLKM50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A
front adapters, the FLKM 50/16/SLC500
termination board and 50-pos. system cables, the VARIOFACE system cabling can
also be coupled to the OA16 and OW16
power output cards.

Front adapter for SLC 500 1746,
2 x 8 channels can be connected


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Max. perm. total current

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

FLKM 14-PA...
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
2 A (Per Byte, for supply via
connector)

FLKM 50-PA...
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
2 A (per path)
7 A (Per Byte, for supply via
connector)

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 /
IEC 60664

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 /
IEC 60664

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, 2 x 8 channels can be connected for
Allen-Bradley SLC 500 for:
- 1746 OB16, OV16, OG16 and IG16
14
- 1746 IA16, IB16, ITB16 and IN16
14
- 1746 IV16 and IVT16
14
VARIOFACE front adapter, 1 x 16 channels can be connected for
Allen-Bradley SLC 500 1746 OA16 and OW16
50

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M

2293459
2293462
2293475

1
1
1

FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A

2293446

1

X1

X2

X1

X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 VDCVDC

VDC 0

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 COM

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT

X1

X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 1011121314 15 COM COM

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 4648 50
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

VAC2
VAC1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 111013121514

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A

428

PHOENIX CONTACT

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP termination board for
Allen-Bradley SLC 500,
2 A output cards
The VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500 VARIOFACE Professional (VIP) module has been
designed specifically for OA16 and OW16
output modules. When used in conjunction
with the FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A
front adapter, currents up to 2 A per channel can be transferred with the system cabling.

D W
H

D W
H

Notes:

VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels
with screw connection

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

VARIOFACE termination board for 16 channels
with push-in connection


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

120 V AC/DC
1A
2 A (per channel)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

120 V AC/DC
1A
2 A (per channel)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
EN 50178,
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500

2904287

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE controller board, for transfer of max. 16 channels,
only in connection with FLKM 50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A
- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

50

90.8 mm
92.7 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500

2322320

1
1

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49

VAC1
VAC2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9 8 111013121514

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/16/SLC500

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

429

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Allen-Bradley SLC 500
System cable for 32 channels
The 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500
are connected using 40-pos. plug-in connectors (already integrated into the I/O modules). Passive interface modules
(-3/SC/FLK40, etc.) are connected to the
I/O cards using the FLK 40/EZDR/.../SLC system cables.
32 channels are split into 4x8 channels using the FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/... system
cables.
The following 8-channel system cabling
modules can be coupled:
– OB32 and IB32
passive and active modules plus V8 adapter
– OV32 and IV32
passive modules without status indicator

System cable for
32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500
(OB32, OV32, IB32, IV32)


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

40 -position

10 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC

2294610
2294623
2294636
2294649
2294652

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Assembled round cables, with two 40-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths (50 cm steps) for connection with 32-channel I/O cards of
the SLC 500
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
1.5 m
40
2m
40
3m
Round cable sets, for connection to Allen-Bradley SLC500, OB32
and IB32, with one 40-pos. socket strip and four 14-pos. socket
strips, for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels.

for OB32

for IB32

430

PHOENIX CONTACT

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
0.5 m
1m
2m
3m

1
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

System cable for
splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels
(OB32, IB32)


Technical data
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
7.8 mm

Ordering data
Type

Order No.

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32

2296786
2298483
2298522
2298535
2296812
2296825
2296838
2296841

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

431

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Emerson DeltaV
System cable
The DeltaV system allows you to install
the process wiring through “Mass termination blocks” (MTB) using flat-ribbon cable
connectors. Besides the 10-, 16-, and
20-pos. system cables of system cabling (refer to the System cables chapter), the following system-specific lines are also available:
– FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/..., for digital assemblies with 16-pos. MTB for connection to PLC-INTERFACE
– FLK 16/14/DV-IN/..., for digital assemblies with 16-pos. MTB for connection to
PLC-INTERFACE
– FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/..., for digital
assemblies with 40-pos. MTB for connection to PLC-INTERFACE
– FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/..., for analog
assemblies with 24-pos. MTB
– FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV system
cables are specifically designed for
32-channel I/O modules with 40-pin MTB
for the purpose of connecting I/O modules to 32-channel VARIOFACE interface
modules

System cable for DeltaV

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
16 -position
20 -position
24 -position
20 -position

6.8 mm
7.6 mm
6.5 mm
10.3 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

16
0.3 m
16
0.5 m
16
1m
16
2m
16
3m
Variable cable length
16
System cable, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
16-pos. and a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plug for connection with
PLC-INTERFACE

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300
FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/...

2304348
2304351
2300575
2300588
2304364
2304377

1
1
1
1
1
1

16
0.5 m
16
1m
16
2m
16
3m
16
4m
Variable cable length
16
System cable, for 40-pos. (2 x 20) “mass termination blocks” with
a 20-pos. and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs for
connection with PLC-INTERFACE (two cables should be used per
32-channel I/O card)

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400
FLK 16-14-DV-IN/...

2304393
2300559
2300562
2304403
2305185
2304416

1
1
1
1
1
1

20
1m
20
2m
20
3m
Variable cable length
20
System cable, for 24-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
24-pos. and a 16-pos. flat-ribbon cable plug for connection with
UM-DELTAV/... modules

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/...

2298470
2298438
2300818
2304487

1
1
1
1

24
0.3 m
24
0.5 m
24
1m
24
2m
24
3m
Variable cable length
24
System cable, for 40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with two
20-pos. and one 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs for connecting with
32-channel interface modules

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300
FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/...

2304319
2304296
2301134
2301545
2304322
2304335

1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV
FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/...

2304872
2304898
2304908
2304911
2304937
2304940
2304953
2304966

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

System cable, for 16-pos. “mass termination blocks” with a
16-pos. and a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable plug for connection with
PLC-INTERFACE

Variable cable length

432

PHOENIX CONTACT

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
6m
8m
10 m

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Emerson DeltaV
Controller board for eight channels

D W
H

These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV assemblies are used in combination with the respective system cables. The
controller board is connected to 8-channel
modules through “mass termination blocks”
with flat-ribbon cable connection.
FLKM 16/DV
– Universal module
– 1:1 connection

Interface module for 8 channels

FLKM 16/AI/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Separate equipotential terminals per
channel
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per
channel
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV
– 1:1 connection
– Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per
channel
– LED status indicator per signal path

Technical data
FLKM 16/.../DV
< 50 V AC
1 A (per signal path)

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)

Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

FLKM 16/.../SI/.../DV
< 50 V AC
50 mA (In delivered state,
with one 50 mA fuse,
max. 1 A permitted)

0.8 kV
0.8 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

45 mm

FLKM 16/DV

2304432

1

57 mm

FLKM 16/AI/DV

2304429

1

90 mm

FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV

2304445

1

90 mm

FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV

2304458

1

Interface module, with 1:1 connection
16
Interface module, with 1:1 connection and separate
potential terminal blocks per channel
16
Interface module, with fuses per channel
16
Interface module, with LED and fuses per channel
16

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

CH1CH1 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8

-

+

-

1

2

3

+ - + - + - + - + - +
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV connection scheme
4

5

6

7

8

1

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

-

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Ch1 Ch1 Ch2 Ch2 Ch3 Ch3 Ch4 Ch4 Ch5Ch5 Ch6 Ch6 Ch7 Ch7 Ch8 Ch8

-

+

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

2

1

+

2

3

-

+ - + - + - + - + FLKM 16/DV connection scheme

4

5

6

7

8

+

-

+

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

CH1CH1CH2CH2CH3CH3CH4CH4CH5CH5CH6CH6CH7CH7CH8CH8

CH1CH1 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8

-

+

- + - + - + - + - + - +
FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV connection scheme

-

+

-

+

COM

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COM

-

+

COMCOMCOMCOM

FLKM 16/AI/DV connection scheme
PHOENIX CONTACT

433

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Emerson DeltaV
Controller board for 32 channels

D W
H

These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV assemblies are used in combination with the FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV
system cables. The controller board is connected to 32-channel modules through
40-pos. “mass termination blocks” with flatribbon cable connection.
FLKM 50/32M/DV
– Can be used for 32-channel input and
output cards
– Two-conductor connection with a separate negative terminal per channel
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
– Can be used for 32-channel input
modules
– LED status display per channel
– Two-conductor connection with a
separate negative terminal per channel
(Dry Contact)

Interface module with two-conductor connection method for DeltaV

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

FLKM 50/32M/DV
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
< 50 V AC
30 V DC
1A
1A
0.8 kV
0.8 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

FLKM 50/32M/DV
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV

2304869
2304856

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface modules, for 32-channel I/O modules:
- Input/Output
- Input with LED per signal

50
50

169 mm
169 mm

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50

1
1

- -

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

FLKM 50/32M/DV connection scheme

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV connection scheme

434

PHOENIX CONTACT

- -

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Emerson DeltaV
Controller boards with fuses for
8 channels
These system-specific interface modules
for DeltaV assemblies are used in combination with the respective system cables. The
controller board is connected to 8-channel
modules through 16-pos. or 24-pos. “mass
termination blocks” with flat-ribbon cable
connection.

D W
H

UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel

Interface module with fuses for
16-pos. and 24-pos. “mass termination blocks”

UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel
– Knife disconnection for each channel
UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP
– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel
UM-DELTA V/D/SI
– Fuse and LED status indicator per channel
– Separate equipotential terminals per channel
– Knife disconnection for each channel


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V DC
50 mA
(in as-supplied state, with one 50 mAF fuse, max. 1 A permitted)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
126 mm / 71 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

16
16

Interface modules for 16-pos. and 24-pos.
“mass termination blocks” with:
- Fuses
– Fuses and knife disconnect
terminal blocks
– Fuses and fuse failure display
- Fuses, fuse failure display, and knife
disconnect terminal blocks

1 2

3 4

1- 1+ 2- 2+
SH SH SH

SH

5 6

7 8

SH

SH

Order No.

61 mm
61 mm

UM-DELTA V/D/SI
UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP

5603255
5603257

1
1

16

61 mm

UM-DELTA V/A/SI

5603256

1

16

61 mm

UM-DELTA V/A/SI/BFI/TP

5603258

1

9 10 1112 1314 1516

3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+
SH

6- 6+ 7- 7+
SH

SH

8- 8+
SH

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

3 4

1- 1+ 2- 2+
SH SH SH

SH

5 6

7 8

SH

SH

SH

6- 6+ 7- 7+
SH

SH

3 4

1- 1+

2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+
SH

5 6

SH

7 8

SH

9 10 1112 1314 1516

5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+
SH

SH

SH

8- 8+
SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI

9 10 1112 1314 1516

3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+

1 2

SHSH SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI
1 2

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

1 2

1- 1+ 2- 2+

8- 8+
SH

3 4

SH SH SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

SH

5 6

7 8

3- 3+ 4- 4+
SH

SH

9 10 1112 1314 1516

5- 5+
SH

6- 6+ 7- 7+
SH

SH

8- 8+
SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP
PHOENIX CONTACT

435

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
GE Fanuc/RX3i
Front adapters

Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

The front adapters mean that pre-assembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules.
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-pos. system cable
– Can be plugged onto I/O modules
– Connection via suitable VARIOFACE
termination boards
Front adapter for GE Fanuc
RX3i

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for PACSystems RX3i,
Front adapter for I/O modules of RX3i series

Card type
Digital output

FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI
IC 694 MDL 754

Analog

IC 695 ALG 608*
IC 695 ALG 616*
IC 695 ALG 626*
IC 695 ALG 629*
IC 695 ALG 704*
IC 695 ALG 708*
IC 695 ALG 728*

Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA/GE/TKFC/RXI/IN
IC 694 MDL 660

For digital output and analog modules

50

FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI

2321473

1

For digital input modules

50

FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

2321486

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516171819 20 21222324

0–
0+
1–
1+

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112131415161718

2526 272829303132 333435363738394041424344454647484950
A
B

1920212223242526

27282930313233343536

Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI

* Only in connection with VIP-3/SC/FLK50, Order No. 2315081.
No voltage may be supplied through the slip-on connections on
the front adapter.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617 181920 21222324
NCNC

NCNC

1–
2–
101112 131415 1617 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
25262728 2930 313233343536 37383940 41424344454647484950
NC NC

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

A
B

3–
4–
192021 222324252627

2829303132333435 36

Connection scheme for FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

436

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
GE-FANUC, series 90-30
Front adapter

Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

The front adapters mean that pre-assembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules.
Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via
two 14-pos. system cables.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system
concept.

Front adapter for GE-FANUC
series 90-30


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Max. perm. total current

3 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

14

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO

2290009

2

14

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

2290038

5

Front adapter for 90-30 series I/O modules
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 90-30 series,
max. 2 x 8 channels can be connected, digital output
Card type
Digital output

Analog

Card type
Digital input

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO
IC 693 MDL 732
IC 693 MDL 733*
IC 693 MDL 740
IC 693 MDL 741*
IC 693 MDL 742

VARIOFACE front adapter, for 90-30 series,
max. 2 x 8 channels can be connected, digital input

IC 693 ALG 220*
IC 693 ALG 221*
IC 693 ALG 222*
IC 693 ALG 223*
IC 693 ALG 390*
IC 693 ALG 391*
IC 693 ALG 392*
IC 693 ALG 442*

1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B

1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
-

11
+

10 9
-

A

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI
IC 693 MDL 241
IC 693 MDL 634
IC 693 MDL 645
IC 693 MDL 646

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1
+

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO
* Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/2FLK14(1-20)/S7, Order No.:
2315230 and UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156.
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

+24 V
0V

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

1
-

2

3

4

5

6

7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

437

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Honeywell C300, Series C I/O
Front adapters

Notes:
For matching system cable fitted with D-SUB socket strip at both
ends, see page 513

The front adapters mean that pre-assembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules.
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
– Front adapter with D-SUB plug-in connector
– Connection of a maximum of 16 digital
channels
– Specifically for digital I/O cards

Honeywell C300 front adapter

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300
– Front adapter with D-SUB plug-in connector
– Connection of analog modules
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/.../C300
– Front adapter with two 15-pos. D-SUB
plug-in connectors
– Connection of a maximum of 2 x 8 digital
inputs/outputs per adapter
– Specifically for connecting
PLC-V8/D15.../OUT or PLC-V8/D15.../IN

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

24 V DC
1 A (per path)
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data
Description

Front adapters for I/O modules of the C300 series, C I/O series

Card type
Digital input

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
TDIL 11*
TDIL 01*

Digital output

TDOB 11*
TDOB 01*

Card type

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

Analog input

TAIX 01**
TAIX 11**

Analog output

TAOX 01**
TAOX 11**

Card type
Digital output

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300
TDOB 01*
TDOB 11*

Card type
Digital input

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300
TDIL 01*
TDIL 11*

VARIOFACE front adapter for C I/O series,
with one D-SUB pin strip
- For digital I/O modules
- For analog I/O modules
VARIOFACE front adapter for C I/O series,
with two D-SUB pin strips
- For digital output modules
- For digital input modules

1

5

3

1

7
6

4

2

* Two front adapters are required for each module.

No. of pos.

3

2

9

10 12 14 16

8

4

11 13 15 17

5

6

7

18

9

8

19

27 29

Order No.

37
37

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

2901423
2900622

1
1

15
15

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300

2900924
2901879

1
1

SP
1234-

31

20 22 24 26 28 30 32

1

5

3
2

4

7
6

9
8

11 13 15 17

19

10 12 14 16 18

21 23 25

20 22 24

3

4

5

Byte 0

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

Byte 1

6

7

8

9 10 Housing
D-SUB

FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300 connection scheme

438

PHOENIX CONTACT

4

11 13 15 17

19

10 12 14 16 18

5

6

7

8

9

21 23 25

20 22 24

27 29 31
26 28

30 32

10 11 12 13 14 15 16
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 Housing
D-SUB

Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300

1

30 32

Byte 0 + 1

2

9
8

27 29 31
26 28

Byte 0 + 1

1

3

2

1

5

3
2

Explanation:
Plug-in connector
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

7
6

4

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31 32 33 34 35 17 18 36 37 Housing
D-SUB

Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

1

5

3
2

1

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

** For three-conductor operation (channels 13 - 16) of input modules:
only in conjunction with VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300, Order
No. 2900675.

21 23 25

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

2

7
6

4

3

9

4

11 13 15 17

19

10 12 14 16 18

8

5

Byte 0

6

7

8 10 1

21 23 25

20 22 24

2

3

4

27 29 31
26 28

5
Byte 1

6

30 32

7

8 10 Housing
D-SUB

Connection scheme: FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Honeywell C300, Series C I/O
interface modules
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 37-pos. D-SUB cables and
the relevant front adapters. The three module versions are available with screw or
push-in connection technology.

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No., 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 or
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300 front adapter
– Universal module
– Field connection via double-level terminal
blocks


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method
Dimensions
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Push-in connection solid/stranded/AWG

D-SUB connection
H/D

VIP-2/...
VIP-3/...C300
125 V AC/DC
125 V AC/DC
2A
2A
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
DIN EN 50178,
D-SUB pin strip
D-SUB pin strip
72.1 mm / 46.6 mm
75.8 mm / 63 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.14 ... 4 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip and
universal labeling,
- with screw connection
37
101 mm
- with push-in connection
37
102.8 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip and
system-specific labeling,
- with screw connection
37
101 mm
- with push-in connection
37
102.8 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, with D-SUB pin strip for analog
input modules,
- with screw connection
37
88 mm
- with push-in connection
37
87.6 mm

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M

2900676
2904277

1
1

VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO
VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO

2900786
2904278

1
1

VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300

2900675
2904276

1
1

1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

313233343536 37 GND

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

31323334353637 GND

1+
C1
2+
C2
3+
C3
4+
C4
5+
C5
6+
C6
7+
C7
8+
C8
9+
C9

10 2911301231133214331534163517 361837 19 GND
nc

GND

VIP-3/.../D37SUB/M/HW/C300
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA- D37/HW/AN/C300 front adapter
– System-specific labeling
– For TAIX01, TAIX11 analog input modules
– Field connection via three-level terminal
blocks

37-pos. with screw or push-in connection

10+
C10
11+
C11
12+
C12
13+
C13
14+
C14
15+
C15
16+
C16
13151416-

VIP-2/.../D37SUB/M/SO
– In conjunction with
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/C300 front adapter
– System-specific labeling
– Field connection via double-level terminal
blocks

D W
H

Connection scheme VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M
1 20 2 21 3 22 4 23 5 24 6 25 7 26 8 27 9 28

1+ 2- 3+ 4- 5+ 6- 7+ 8- 9+ 10- 11+ 12- 13+ 14- 15+ 16- 17+ 1810 29 11 30 12 31 13 32 14 33 15 34 16 35 17 36 18 37 19 GND
nc

19+ 20- 21+ 22- 23+ 24- 25+ 26- 27+ 28- 29+ 30- 31+ 32- +

-

+ -

GND

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

439

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC A, A1S, and Q
System cable
For 32-/64-channel I/O boards with
37-pos. D-SUB plug-in connectors. System
cables are available for connecting 1 x 32
channels or 4 x 8 channels.
Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

System cable,
D-SUB socket strip to FLK,
number of positions: 37 on 50

Splitting cable,
D-SUB socket strip to FLK,
number of positions: 37 on 4 x 14




Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
37-pos.

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

10.5 mm

6.3 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Cable length

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

37
0.5 m
37
1m
37
2m
37
3m
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O

2302599
2302609
2302612
2302638

37
Round cable for input module MELSEC Q X81, MELSEC
A1S X81, and MELSEC A AX82, in standard lengths

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/...

37
0.5 m
37
1m
37
2m
37
3m
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O

2302476
2302489
2302492
2302502

1
1
1
1

2302625

1

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/...

2302696

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I

2302641
2302654
2302667
2302670

1
1
1
1

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I

2302515
2302528
2302531
2302544

1
1
1
1

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/...

2302683

1

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/...

2302706

1

Round cable for output module MELSEC Q Y81 P,
MELSEC A1S Y81, and MELSEC A AY82EP, in standard lengths

37

Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 12.75 m long
Quantity
Order No.
Length [m]1)
1

2302625

/

12.75
1)

min. 0.20 m

Ordering example for splitting cable:
– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 11.00 m long
Quantity
Order No.
Length [m]1)
1

2302696

/

11.00
1)

440

PHOENIX CONTACT

min. 0.20 m

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Mitsubishi Electric
MELSEC L/Q and Honeywell ML 200
System cables
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
plug-in connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...
– Splitting up 32 channels into
4 x 8 channels
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 50

Notes:

Fujitsu plug-in connector to flat-ribbon cable,
number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14

Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4, LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1
QX71 and QX72 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
QY41P, QY42P, QY71, QH42P
Honeywell ML 200
2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m
Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common negative connection to B01, B02)
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX71 and QX72 (common negative connection to B01, B02)
QX82, QX82-S1
Honeywell ML 200
2MLI-D24A, 2MLI-D28B, 2MLF-SOEA
(common negative connection to B01, B02)
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m
Round cable in variable lengths for
Mitsubishi Melsec L
LX41C4 and LX42C4 (common positive connection to B01, B02)
LY41NT1P, LY42NT1P, LY41PT1P, LY42PT1P
Mitsubishi Melsec Q
QX41, QX41-S1, QX42, QX42-S1
QY41P (24 V), QY42P (24 V), QH42P (24 V)
Honeywell ML 200
2MLQ-TR4A, 2MLQ-TR8A, 2MLQ-TR4B, 2MLQ-TR8B
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL

2903468
2903469
2903470
2903471
2903472
2903473
2903474
2903475

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL

2903476
2903477
2903478
2903479
2903480
2903481
2903482
2903483

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL

2903502
2903503
2903504
2903505
2903506
2903507
2903508
2903509

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

441

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
OMRON CJ1, CS1, CQM1, and C200H
System cable
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
plug-in connectors.
FLK 50/EZ-DR/...
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40...
– Splitting up 32 channels into
4 x 8 channels
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 50

CABLE-FCN24...
– Splitting up 16 channels into
2 x 8 channels



Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14 or
24 on 2 x 14


Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Cable length

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT

2304144
2304157

FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/...

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT

2304186
2304199

1
1

2302829

1

CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/...

2302832

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN

2304160
2304173

1
1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN

2304209
2304212

1
1

FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/...

2302803

1

CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/...

2302816

1

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT

2304225
2304238

1
1

CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/...

2302858

1

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN

2304241
2304254

1
1

CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/...

2302845

1

Round cable in variable lengths for
CJ1: OD231, OD261
CS1, C200H: OD218, OD219
CQM1: OD213
40
40
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
40
Round cable in variable lengths for
CJ1: ID231, ID261
CS1 and C200H: ID111, ID216, ID217,
CQM1: ID213; ID214;ID112
40
40
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
40
Round cable in variable lengths for
CS1, C200H: OD215, MD115 (only output),
MD215 (only output)
24
24
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
24
Round cable in variable lengths for
CS1, C200H: ID215, MD115 (only input),
MD215 (only input)
24
24
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
24

Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for OMRON CJ1, ID231, 12.75 m long
Quantity
Order No.
Length [m]1)
1

2302803

/

12.75
1)

442

PHOENIX CONTACT

min. 0.20 m

1m
2m

1m
2m

1m
2m

1m
2m

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Phoenix Contact Axioline real-time I/O
System cables

37

26,5

These cables have been specifically
developed for connecting VARIOFACE
termination boards to the Axioline realtime
I/O system. The push-in technology on the
I/O system ensures rapid connection.
The cables have the following features:
– 1:1 connection
– 14-pos. plug-in connector, molded
– 8 pre-assembled open ends, for connection to the Axioline realtime I/O system
– Transmission of groups of 8 channels
– Labeling field on plug
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.

System cable for 8 channels
5

Technical data
Notes:
The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer
contour of the molded connectors:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG - / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
14 -position

6.4 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/6,0M

2901604
2901605
2901606
2901607
2901608
2901609
2901610
2901611

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Round cable with an open end (8 individual wires)
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

443

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Phoenix Contact Inline
Front adapters

Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

The front adapters are used to connect
pre-assembled system cables directly to Inline. Front adapters are simply plugged into
the relevant Inline modules. Three connection options are available:
– Transfer of 8 channels via a
14-pos. system cable
– Transmission of 2 x 8 channels over two
14-pos. system cables
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
14-pos. system cables
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards round off this system concept.

Front adapters for Inline

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Input: IB IL 24 D I8/HD-PAC
Output: IB IL 24 DO 8/HD-PAC
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 16-channel Inline modules

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8

2900889

1

Input: IB IL 24 DI 16
Output: IB IL 24 DO 16
VARIOFACE front adapter, for 32-channel Inline modules

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16

2302751
2302764

1
1

Input: IB IL 24 DI 32/HD and
Output: IB IL 24 DO 32/HD

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32

2302777

1

VARIOFACE front adapter, for 8-channel Inline modules

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1

5.1
6.1
5.2
6.2
5.3
6.3
5.4
6.4

7.1
8.1
7.2
8.2
7.3
8.3
7.4
8.4

X1 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 X2

Byte 3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14

1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.3
2.2

5.1
6.1
5.2
6.2
5.3
6.3
5.4
6.4

Byte 2

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32

1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.3
2.2

7.1
8.1
7.2
8.2
7.3
8.3
7.4
8.4

Byte 0
Byte 1
X3 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 X4

Byte 0

Byte 1

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1

X1

Connection scheme for FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8

444

PHOENIX CONTACT

1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.2

1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
1.1
2.1
1.4
2.4
2.2

2.4

2.3

1.4

2.2

1.3

1.2

1.1

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

2.1

NC

Byte 0

Byte 1

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Schneider Electric
MODICON® TSX Quantum
Front adapter
The front adapters mean that pre-assembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules. There are two connection possibilities available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-pos. system cable
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
14-pos. system cables
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system
concept.

Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Front adapter for
MODICON TSX Quantum


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data
Description

Front adapter for
I/O modules of MODICON® TSX Quantum automation devices

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

50

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294306

1

14

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294416

1

VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum,
1 x 32 channels can be connected
VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum,
4 x 8 channels can be connected

Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q
DDI 353
DDI 841*
DDI 853
DAI 340*
DAI 353**
DAI 440*
DAI 453**

Digital output

DDO 353

Digital input/output

DDM 390*

Analog input

ACI 030*
ACI 040*
ATI 030*
ARI 030*
AVI 030*

Analog output

ACO 020*
ACO 130*
AVO 020*

Analog input/output

AMM 090*

Counter

ECH 105*
EHC 202*

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

0+

* Only in conjunction with VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q,
Order No. 2322304.
** Only in conjunction with passive termination boards without
LED.

1+
11121314151617181920
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
- +
- +
2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

2+
3+

Card type
Digital input

Digital output

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q
DDI 353
DDI 853
DAI 353**
DAI 453**
DDO 353

** Only in conjunction with passive termination boards without
LED.

21222324252627282930
- +

31323334353637383940
- +

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q
X1 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 X2
0+
1+
111213141516171819 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
- +
- +
X3 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 X4
2+

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

3+
212223242526272829 30
- +

313233343536373839 40
- +

Connection scheme FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

445

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Schneider Electric MODICON® M340
Front adapter
Pre-assembled system cables are connected directly to the 16-channel I/O modules using the front adapter.
The adapters connect 2 x 8 channels of the
controller via two 14-pos. system cables.
Tailor-made VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and connection options are available for connection
to field level and round off this system concept.

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Max. perm. total current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
3 A (Per system cable when supplying from the module side)
10 A (When supplying via the front adapter)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 60°C
Any
DIN EN 50178

Ordering data
Description
Front adapter for MODICON C340 series I/O modules

Card type

FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

Digital input

BMX DDI1602
BMX DDI1603
BMX DAI1602
BMX DAI1603

Digital output

BMX DDO1602
BMX DDO1612

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® M340 with two FLK
pin strips
14

Type

Order No.

FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

2903208

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Assignment table

Contacts of
front adapter/
controller

Plug-in connector Plug-in connector
(byte 0)
(byte 1)

1

1

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

2

1
2

11

3

12

4

13

5

14

6

15

7
8

17

10, 12, 14 (-)

10, 12, 14 (-)

18

9, 11, 13 (+)

9, 11, 13 (+)

19

10, 12, 14 (-)

10, 12, 14 (-)

20

9, 11, 13 (+)

9, 11, 13 (+)

PHOENIX CONTACT

7
6

13

11

9
8

10

12

17

15
14

16

19
18

20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14
Byte 0
Byte 1

10

446

4

+
+
-

9

16

5

3

1

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340

SP

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Schneider Electric MODICON® M340
System cable
These system cables are plugged onto the
I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu
plug-in connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/
– Signal transmission of 32 channels
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/
– Splitting up 32 channels into
4 x 8 channels
Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 50

Notes:

Fujitsu FCN plug-in connector to flat-ribbon
cable, number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14

Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m
15 m

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340

2321716
2321729
2321732
2321745
2321758
2321761
2321774
2321787
2903749

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Round cable in variable lengths for
BMX DDI 3202K, BMX DDI 6402K,
BMX DD0 3202K, BMX DD0 6402K,
BMX DDM 3202K
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340

2321635
2321648
2321651
2321664
2321677
2321680
2321693
2321703
2903748

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

447

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional front
adapters for SIMATIC S7-300

5

...FLK14...

A
37

...FLK50...

42

Front adapter with system cable
1 x 32 channels can be connected

Notes:
The following modules cannot be coupled due to the larger outer
contour of the molded connectors:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965224
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962913
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

SP
+
+

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

BRrd

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

30

BRbl

Ordering example:
A front adapter with a connected 50-pos.
system cable (32-channel cards), 12.75 m in
length:
1 pcs. 2900885/12,75

SP

10

-

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9



1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

The front adapters have the following
features:
– Can be screwed with I/O module
– Voltage supply via terminal blocks with
spring-cage double connection
– Encapsulated socket strips for module
side
Special lengths can be configured using
separate order numbers.

A

26,5

Three connection options are available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels via two
50-pos. system cables (32-channel cards
or this design)
– Transfer of 4 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.
system cables (32-channel cards or this
design)
– Transfer of 2 x 8 channels via two 14-pos.
system cables (16-channel cards or this
design)

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. perm. current (separate power supply)

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8A

Rated surge voltage
Max. conductor resistance
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter
Ambient temperature range
Standards/regulations
Connection method

0.8 kV
0.16 Ω/m
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
10.3 mm
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection

Front adapter

System cable
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Ordering data
Description

Cable length

VIP VARIOFACE front adapter, with connected system cables for
SIMATIC S7 300
0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
10 m
VIP VARIOFACE front adapter, as above, in variable lengths

448

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7

2322443
2322456
2322469
2321800
2322472
2322485
2322498
2322508
2322511
2322524
2322537
2322540

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-PA-FLK50-S7/...

2900885

1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for 32-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300

Front adapter with system cable
4 x 8 channels can be connected

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

Analog input

6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*
6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*

CPU

312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2PtP

Other modules

6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*

Card type
Digital input

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/...M/S7
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

CPU

313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2PtP

Byte1

Byte0

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

SP
+
+

SP
+
+

BRrd

BRbl

BRrd

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

BRbl

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10



9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

SP

VIP-PA-FLK50/...M/S7
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Front adapter with system cable
2 x 8 channels can be connected


-

Card type
Digital input

SP

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

9
11
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14

-

Technical data

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8A

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8A

0.8 kV
0.16 Ω/m
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection

0.8 kV
0.16 Ω/m
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178
Can be plugged onto 20-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply
through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection

Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13

Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

Ordering data
Type

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.: 2315243,
UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No.: 2968111,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490.
All bridges (BR) at the adapter must be removed!

Front adapter for 16-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7

2322553
2322566
2322579
2321910
2322582
2322595
2322605
2322618
2322621
2322634
2322647
2322650

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7

2322663
2322676
2322689
2321790
2322692
2322702
2322715
2322728
2322731
2322744
2322757
2322760

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-PA-FLK50-4X14-S7/...

2900886

1

VIP-PA-FLK14-S7/...

2900887

1

Card type
Digital input

VIP-PA-FLK14/...M/S7
6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*
6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0

Digital input/output
Analog input

6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*

Analog input/output

6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*
6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*
6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*

Other modules

6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*
6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*
6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 352-1AH02-0AE0*
6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0*
6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*

* Only in conjunction with
IP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)S7, Order No.: 2315230
UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062
All bridges (BR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card

SP: Separate power terminals
BRbl: Blue plug-in bridge
BRrd: Red plug-in bridge

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

449

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter

Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

I/O modules with 32 channels or with
this design
There are two connection possibilities
available:
– Transfer of max. 32 channels over one
50-pos. system cable
– Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four
14-pos. system cables
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system
concept.

Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
I/O cards with max. 32 channels


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))

Max. perm. total current

2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

Ordering data
Front adapter for 32-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 50-PA-S300
FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300

2294445
2296281

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapters, for SIMATIC® S7-300
Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-S300
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

Analog input

6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0*
6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0*

CPU

312C, 313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2PtP

Other modules

6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*

Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300
6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

Digital input/output

6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0

CPU

313C, 314C, 313C-2PtP
313C-2DP, 314C-2DP, 314C-2Pt

- 1 x 32 channels can be connected
- 4 x 8 channels can be connected

50
14

Byte 0

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.:2315243,
UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No.: 2968111,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490.
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected!
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

11121314151617181920

Byte 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 15161718192021222324

212223242526272829

Byte 2

30

31323334353637383940

252627282930313233343536 373839404142434445464748

Byte 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

DR

Byte 3

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214

DR

Byte 2
911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214

11121314151617181920 Byte 1

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214
0
1
2
3
DR FS
31323334353637383940

Byte 3
911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214

Connection scheme FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300
PHOENIX CONTACT

FS

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300

21222324252627282930

450

0
1
2
3

DR
DR
DR

Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

10

1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter

Notes:
Suitable system cabling components can be
configured in the INTERFACE search wizard.
See www.phoenixcontact.net/products

I/O modules with 16 channels or with
this design
– Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via
two 14-pos. system cables.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system
concept.
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
I/O cards with max. 16 channels


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply (2.8 x 0.8 mm))

Max. perm. total current

2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

Ordering data
Front adapter for 16-channel cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 14-PA-S300

2299770

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapters, for SIMATIC® S7-300

Digital output

6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0
6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0*
6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0

Digital input/output
Analog input

6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0*
6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0*

Analog output

6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0*
6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0*

Analog input/output

6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0*
6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0*
6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0*

Other modules

6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0*
6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0*
6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 352-1AH02-0AE0*
6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0*
6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0*
6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*

- 2 x 8 channels can be connected

14

Byte0

1

Byte1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214
1- 0 1+ 0+

FLKM 14-PA-S300
6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0
6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0*
6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0*

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Card type
Digital input

DR FS

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.: 2315230
UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.
There must be no voltage supply at the front adapter (flowing via
the slip-on connections)!

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-S300

Note:
The front adapters are non-isolated on delivery.
Removal of the bridges can achieve electrical isolation
(in groups of 8).

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

451

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for failsafe modules
The front adapters are coupled using
50-pos. system cables and convert the
signals for passive modules.

Siemens SIMATIC S7-300 front adapter
for failsafe I/O cards

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Max. perm. total current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

30 V DC
1 A (per path)
2A
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
EN 50178
Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter for failsafe I/O cards
Front adapter for I/O modules of
SIMATIC® S7-300

Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167
6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0*
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0*1)

Analog input

6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0*

Card type
Digital output

FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-S300
6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0**
6ES7 326-2BF10-0AB0**

6ES7 326-1BK02-0AB0
6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0
6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0
VARIOFACE front adapter for failsafe I/O cards

50

FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167

2307662

1

6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

50

FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300

2321952

1

* Only in conjunction with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No. 2315243,
UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No. 2968111,
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No. 2304490.
** Only in conjunction with
FLKM 50/DO326/S7-300, Order No. 2321965.
1)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Not suitable for signals from the Ex area.
1

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12

13 14 15

16

17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

2+
2M
3+
3M
1+
1M

21 22 23

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

24 25 26

27 28

29 30 31

32 33 34

35

36 37 38 39 40

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300

452

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC S7 -300
System cables for 64-channel I/O cards
These system cables are plugged onto the
64-channel (2x32) I/O cards that are directly connected using plug-in connectors.
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/
– Signal transmission of 1 x 32 channels
– System cable: 40-pos. plug-in connector
on 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable strip
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/
– Signal transmission of 4 x 8 channels
– Splitting cable: 40-pos. plug-in connector
on four 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable strips

System cable

Splitting cable

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Round cable, for output module 6ES7 322-1BP00-0AA0 and
6ES7 322-1BP50-0AA0 (two cables per module)
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m
Round cable, for input module 6ES7 321-1BP00-0AA0
(two cables per module). Plus-reading operation (sinking mode) of
the module
40
0.5 m
40
1m
40
2m
40
3m
40
4m
40
6m
40
8m
40
10 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT

2321017
2321020
2321033
2321046
2321059
2321062
2321075
2321088

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT

2321172
2321185
2321198
2321208
2321211
2321224
2321237
2321240

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN

2321091
2321101
2321114
2321127
2321130
2321143
2321156
2321169

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN

2321253
2321266
2321279
2321282
2321295
2321305
2321318
2321321

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

453

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for MINI MCR
This front adapter is used exclusively for
coupling the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A
adapter. Changed analog standard signals
can be transmitted with the help of these
components.
Suitable isolators can be seen from
page 66.
For suitable 16-pos. system cable
(FLK 16/EZ-DR/...), refer to page 506.

Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
20-pos. analog I/O boards


Technical data
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
30 V AC/DC
50 mA (per path)
500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations
Certification data
Nominal voltage/current
Nominal voltage/current

-20°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178
CUL
UL

-/-/-

Ordering data
Description
Front adapter for analog cards of
SIMATIC® S7-300

No. of pos.

Analog output

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
16

Card type
Analog input

Type

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0
6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0
6ES7 331-7KB81-0AB0
6ES7 331-7TF00-0AB0

Assembled round cable, with two 16-pos. socket strips

6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0

System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR

2314749

1

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299330

1

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

2811268

1

Accessories

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L+
M
Comp.+
Comp.-

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR connection scheme

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

454

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for
MINI analog system cabling
The FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
front adapter is used for implementing system cabling in conjunction with the MINI
Analog system adapter and a 16-pos. system
cable FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK; refer to
page 506.
Instead of the conventional front plug,
screw terminal blocks are used to snap this
component onto the analog module.
The DIP switches can be used to connect
“M-” connections to each other and to the
central ground of the system.
The front adapter supports only current
signals.
The front adapter is suitable for the
following analog input card:
– 6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

M–
M–

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
6ES7 331-1KF02-0AB0 analog I/O board

Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations

30 V AC/DC
50 mA (per path)
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-20°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

2318237

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
16

Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Front adapter for
MINI analog system cabling
The FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
front adapter is used for implementing system cabling in conjunction with the MINI
Analog system adapter and a 16-pos. system
cable FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK; refer to
page 506.
Instead of the conventional front plug,
screw terminal blocks are used to snap this
component on to the analog module.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1
L+
M–
M–
MANA

2 3

4 5

6 7

8

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

9

10 11

12 13

14 15

16

Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300,
6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0 analog I/O board

Connection scheme FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR

The front adapter supports only current
signals.
The front adapter is suitable for the
following analog output cards:
– 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0

1

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

30 V AC/DC
50 mA (per path)
500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations

0.5 kV / basic insulation
-20°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR

2318240

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in
connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
16

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

455

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-1500
System cables for front plugs from the
“TOP connect” series
These system cables are connected directly to Siemens “SIMATIC TOP connect”
front plugs. A VARIOFACE front adapter is
not required. The cables can be used to
connect existing 8-channel Phoenix Contact termination boards.
– For passive signal transmission, e.g.,
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC; Order No. 2315214,
see page 470.
– For relay or solid-state relay connection
via V8 adapters, e.g., PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT;
Order No. 2295554, see page 369.
The system cables are available in the
following versions:
– Unshielded
– Shielded
– Halogen-free
– Encapsulated plug-in connector
Details regarding assignment to Siemens
modules are provided with the system
cable order numbers at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products.


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Number of positions, control side
Number of positions, module side
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

16
14
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm

Ordering data
Description

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 50/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 100/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 150/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 200/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 250/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 300/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 400/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 500/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 600/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 700/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 800/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 900/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/1000/S7

2293815
2293828
2293831
2293844
2293857
2293860
2293886
2293899
2293909
2293912
2293925
2293938
2293941

5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK EZ-DR.../.../...

2295059

1

FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...

2295046

1

Unshielded round cables, with one 16-pos. and one 14-pos.
socket strip in fixed lengths for transmitting 8 channels
0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
9m
10 m
Unshielded round cables, as above, but in variable lengths of
type “FLK EZ-DR/14U/C52/...”

Shielded round cables, with one 16-pos. and one 14-pos. socket
strip, for transmitting 8 channels in variable lengths of type
“FLK EZ-DR-S/14S/C52/...”

Unshielded halogen-free round cables, with one 16-pos. and
one 14-pos. socket strip, for transmitting 8 channels in variable
lengths

456

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Pin assignment and color code:
- FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/.../S7
- FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/.../S7
- VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/.../S7

Halogen-free
(only the cable)

One encapsulated plug-in connector
(on module side, 14-pos.)

Technical data

16-pos. socket
strip
PIN
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
9
1
11
3
13
5
7
15

Wire color

Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Gray
White
White-black
White-brown
White-red
White-orange
-

Technical data
< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

16
14
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm

16
14
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
6.4 mm

Ordering data

Encapsulated 14-pos. plug-in connector:

37

26,5

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Type

14-pos. socket
strip
PIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Not used
Not used

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

5

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/S7

2296919
2296922
2296935
2296948
2296951
2296964
2904525
2304704
2904526

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/0,5M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,5M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,5M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/3,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/4,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/5,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/6,0M/S7

2904514
2904515
2904516
2904517
2904518
2904519
2904520
2904521
2904522

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/S7

2904527

1

VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/8,0M/S7

2904523

1

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/1000/S7

2904528

1

VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/10,0M/S7

2904524

1

Note:
The following modules cannot be coupled
due to the larger outer contour of the molded
14-pos. plug-in connector:
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC, 2965211
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC, 2962900

Ordering example for unshielded round cable:
Unshielded round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 12.70 m long
Type: FLK EZ-DR /14U/C52/...

Quantity
1

Length [m] 1)

Order No.
2295059/14U/C52 /

12.70
1)

Min. 0.20 m

14U  14-pos. unshielded cable
C52  S7-1500 assembly with 14-pos. socket strip at one end
and 16-pos. socket strip at the other

Ordering example for shielded round cable:
Unshielded round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 13.20 m long
Type: FLK EZ-DR-S /14S/C52/...
FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/...

2295693

1
Quantity
1

Length [m] 1)

Order No.
2295046/14S/C52 /

13.20
1)

Min. 0.20 m

14S  14-pos. shielded cable
C52  S7-1500 assembly with 14-pos. socket strip at one end
and 16-pos. socket strip at the other

Ordering example for halogen-free round cable:
Halogen-free round cable, assembled with
one 14-pos. and one 16-pos. socket strip, 15.50 m long
Type: FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/...

Quantity
1

Length [m] 1)

Order No.
2295693

/

15.50
1)

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Min. 0.20 m

PHOENIX CONTACT

457

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Front adapter
The front adapters mean that pre-assembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules.
FLKM 50-PA-S400
– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels
over one 50-pos. system cable.
FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400
– Transmission of max. 32 digital channels
via one 14-pos. system cable.
Perfectly-fitting VARIOFACE termination
boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system
concept.
FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
– Analog channels are connected via a
50-pos. system cable.
The 1:1 connection of the adapter means
that corresponding 1:1 interface modules
are connected here

Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-400


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (per path)
8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Max. perm. total current

2 A (Per Byte, for supply via connector)
8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 / IEC 60664

Ordering data
Front adapter for I/O modules of the Siemens automation
equipment SIMATIC® S7-400

Card type
Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-S400
6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
6ES7 421-7BH01-0AB0*
6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0*

Digital output

6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0

Card type

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400

Digital input

6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

Digital output

6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0

Card type
Analog input

FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF10-0AB0**
6ES7 431-1KF20-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7KF00-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0**
6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0**

Analog output

Description

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for
- SIMATIC® S7-400, 1 x 32 channels can be
connected
- SIMATIC® S7-400, 4 x 8 channels can be
connected
- SIMATIC® S7-400, only analog

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

50

FLKM 50-PA-S400

2294500

2

14

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400

2294429

2

50

FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48)

2294908

2

1 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 161718 1920 2122232425

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

0+
DR1

6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0**
1+

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 131415161718192021222324

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 161718 1920 2122232425
DR2

26272829303132333435 3637383940414243444546 47484950
2+

* Only in connection with
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400, Order No.: 2322359
All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

DR3
3+
–
26272829303132333435 3637383940414243444546 4748

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
** Only in connection with
VIP-3/SC/FLK50, Order No.: 2315081
UM 45-FLK 50/ZFKDS, Order No.: 2293585
UM 45-FLKS 50/ZFKDS, Order No.: 2968470
FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC, Order No.: 2291587

2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400
9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

DR2
DR1

DR5
DR4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

Explanation:
Flat-ribbon cable strip
Connection to I/O card
Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

L
DR3
M
DR6
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400

458

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from S5135/155 to S7-400
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card with the
help of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate
adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400

Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hidden.

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

①
24 V AC/DC
4 A (per path)

②
60 V DC
2 A (per path)

③
24 V DC
4 A (per path)

④
24 V AC/DC
4 A (per path)

500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
-

1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any

1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any

1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

2301723

1

Digital IN 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 420-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

①

FLKM S135/S400/SO120

6ES5 430-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

②

FLKM S135/S400/SO121

2301736

1

6ES5 431-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0

③

FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400

2314846

1

6ES5 432-4UA12 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

④

FLKM S135/S400/SO122

2301749

1

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
L+

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S5-135 1

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S7-400

27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
M

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42

FLKM S135-431-UA/S400 connection scheme

S7-400 1 2

3

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

S5-135

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO120

S7-400 1 2

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 151617181920 21 22

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

L+
S5-135

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20

S5-135 1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

S7-400

272829 30 31 32 33 34 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48

S7-400

27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
M
M

M

S5-135

252627 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 4041 21 42 12 33

S5-135

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO122

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 21 42

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO121
PHOENIX CONTACT

459

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card to the help
of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Front adapter for SIMATIC S5-135/S7-400

Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hidden.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

①
230 V AC/DC
4 A (per path)

②
24 V AC/DC
4 A (per path)

③
24 V DC
4 A (per path)

④
24 V DC
4 A (per path)

1.5 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
-

500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any

1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any

500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

①

FLKM S135/S400/SO123

2301752

1

6ES5 441-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

②

FLKM S135/S400/SO125

2301778

1

6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

③

FLKM S135/S400/SO126

2301781

1

④

FLKM S135/S400/SO127

2301794

1

Digital IN 120/230 V UC from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 436-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-1FH20-0AA0
Digital OUT 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400

Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 453-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1HH00-0AA0

S7-400

1 2

S5-135

1

S7-400

S5-135

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1L+

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
2L+

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 2 21
M

S7-400 1 2

4

6

8

10

15

17

19

21 13 24

S5-135 1 2

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20 4

S7-400

27

29

31

33

39

41

43

4536 48

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

4125

S5-135

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO126

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO123

S7-400

1 2

6 11 4 5

9 10 15 16 20 21 17 22

S7-400

1 2

S5-135

1 3 6 10 5 7

9 11 14 16 18 20 15 19

S5-135

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

27 28 32 33 39 40 44 45 29 34 41 46

S7-400

S7-400

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48
M

S5-135

26 28 30 32 35 37 39 41 27 31 36 40

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO127

460

PHOENIX CONTACT

21

S5-135

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO125

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card to the help
of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400

Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hidden.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

①
24 V DC
4 A (per path)

②
230 V AC
4 A (per path)

③
24 V DC
4 A (per path)

④
24 V DC
4 A (per path)

1.25 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Vertical
-

1.5 kV
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Vertical

500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Vertical

500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Vertical

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

①

FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400

2314859

1

②

FLKM S135/S400/SO124

2301765

1

FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400

2314613

1

FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400

2314862

1

Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 454-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0
Digital OUT 230 V UC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 456-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1FH00-0AA0

Analog IN (only current measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0

③

Analog IN (only voltage measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0

④

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

L-

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

L-

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400 connection scheme

FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 connection scheme

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2 11 22 4

6

8

10

15

17

19

21 13 24 36 48

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S5-135 1 2 4

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S7-400

34 46 27

29

31

33

39

41

43

45

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

S5-135

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

N

Connection scheme: FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

6

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO124
PHOENIX CONTACT

461

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card to the help
of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400

Attention:
The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hidden.
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

①
24 V DC
2 A (per path)

②
24 V DC
4 A (per path)

③
24 V DC
4 A (per path)

④
24 V DC
4 A (per path)

500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
-

500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any

500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any

500 V
(50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any

Ordering data
Description

No. of pos.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

①

FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400

2314875

1

②

FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400

2314888

1

FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400

2314626

1

FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400

2314891

1

Analog IN (only Pt 100) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0
Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from
S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0
6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0

Analog OUT (only current output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

③

Analog OUT (only voltage output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400
6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UB13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0
6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 1718 19 202122 23 24

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4041 4243 44 45 4647 48

LL-

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 connection scheme
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42

Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400
PHOENIX CONTACT

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

462

④

FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400 connection scheme

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Adapter for conversion from
S5-135/155 to S7-300
S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-135 front
adapters wired with individual wires to the
I/O modules of the S7.
With the help of the FLKM
S135/S7/FLK50 converter module, the signals of the S5-135 front adapter can be converted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos. system
cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK and a
front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7 (FLKM
50-PA-S300) now connect the signals with
the I/O module.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24

FLK50
L+
DR1

LL2+

DR2

S5-135
FLK50

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 2021

DR3

DR4
25 26 27 28 2930313233 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 4243 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

S5-135 2223 242526272829 3031 32 33

34 3536 37 3839 40 41 42

Converter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135 to
50-pos. FLK strip.

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC connection scheme

Technical data
Notes:
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded FLK
connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

50 V AC/DC
1 A (per path)
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC

2314736

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-135 to S7-300
IN
6ES5 420-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 430-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

1

Startup adapter for extending the
existing S5-135/155 field wiring.
All signals of the existing S5-135 wiring
3 or 5 are extended with the help of the
universal commissioning adapters. The open
cable end can be connected to various controllers such as S7-400 or S7-300. This
means that the existing field wiring of S5135 can communicate with the new controller for test purposes. Since the new control unit is temporarily arranged before the
control cabinet, the original status of the
system can be restored if required.
If the system functions with the new controller without problems, the S5-135 can
now be replaced.

1
2
3

1 2 3
1 2 3
S5-135

40 41 42

40
41
42

40 41 42

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

250 V AC/DC
6 A (per path)
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 80°C
Any
EN 60664-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE
FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE

2315007
2318017

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Connection of all S5-135 connections (1 to 42) at the open
cable end

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

463

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400
Adapter for conversion from
S5-115 to S7-400
The FLKM S115/... adapters connect a
SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with
individual conductors directly to the
SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card.
The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged
directly onto an S7-400-I/O card to the help
of an FFLKM S115/... intermediate adapter.
A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in
place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field
wiring remains intact.

Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-115/S7-400

Attention:
Due to the geometry, it is only possible to
use every second slot. The LEDs of the
S7-400 module are hidden by the S5-115
adapter.

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current

24 V AC/DC
4 A (per path)
4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
Vertical
DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data
Description

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

IN
6ES5 420-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
6ES5 430-7LA11 to 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-7LA11 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0
Digital OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400

FLKM S115/S400/SO155

2307248

1

6ES5 454-7LA12 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0
Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from
S5-115 to S7-400
6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0
6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400

2314901

1

FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400

2314914

1

Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324
S7-400

S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24
S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

L+

S5-115

1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

L-

S7-400

25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48

S5-115

25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

37 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 424344 45 46 47

FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400 connection scheme

Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S400/SO155

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-115 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 connection scheme

464

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
Adapter for conversion from
S5-115 to S7-300
S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-115 front
adapters wired with individual wires to the
I/O modules of S7-300.
With the aid of the FLKM
S115/S7/FLK50/SO137 converter module,
the signals of the S5-115 front adapter can
be converted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos.
system cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
and a front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7
(FLKM 50-PA-S300) now connect the signals with the I/O module.

FLK50 1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

1314 1516171819202122 2324

S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

1314 1516171819 202122 23

FLK50 2526 27282930 31323334 3536

3738 394041 4243444546 4748

S5-115 2526 27282930 31323334 3536

3738 394041 4243444546 47

Converter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-115 to
50-pos. FLK strip.

Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

Technical data
Notes:
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded FLK
connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Max. perm. total current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Standards/regulations

24 V AC/DC
1 A (per path)
2 A (per byte)
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / DIN EN 50178

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

2306294

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 through converters,
system cables, and front adapters to S7-300
IN
6ES5 420-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 430-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0
OUT
6ES5 441-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0
6ES5 451-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

1

Commissioning adapters for extending the existing S5-115 field wiring
All signals of the existing S5-115 wiring
3 or 5 are extended with the help of the
universal commissioning adapters. The open
cable end can be connected to various controllers such as S7-400 or S7-300. This
means that the existing field wiring of S5115 can communicate with the new controller for test purposes. Since the new control unit is temporarily arranged before the
control cabinet, the original status of the
system can be restored if required.
If the system functions with the new controller without problems, the S5-115 can
now be replaced.

1
2
3
22
23
25
26

1 2 3
1 2 3
S5-115

22 23 25 26
22 23 25 26

45 46 47

45
46
47

45 46 47

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. permissible current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Ambient temperature (storage/transport)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations

250 V AC/DC
6 A (per path)
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 80°C
Any
EN 60664-1

Ordering data
Description

Type

Order No.

FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE
FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE

2314985
2314998

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Connection of all S5-115 connections (1 to 23, 25 to 47) at the
open cable end

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1

465

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
System cable
These shielded system cables for digital
(50-pos.) and analog (40-pos.) I/O modules
are connected directly to the modules. An
intermediate adapter is not required. Features:
– Molded plug-in connector
– Can be screwed
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– KS/AKB-compatible plug-in connectors
on the module side

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

30 V DC
500 mA
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
50 -position
40 -position

11 mm
11 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

2m
3m
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
9m
10 m
11 m
12 m
13 m
14 m
15 m
16 m
17 m
18 m
19 m
20 m
25 m
30 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2314299
2314309
2314312
2321499
2314927
2321509
2314930
2321512
2314325
2321389
2321525
2321392
2321402
2314338
2321538
2321541
2321554
2321567
2314503
2314516
2314529

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1m
2m
3m
4m
5m
6m
7m
8m
9m
10 m
11 m
12 m
13 m
14 m
15 m
16 m
17 m
18 m
19 m
20 m
25 m
30 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2322786
2314341
2314354
2314367
2321570
2314943
2321583
2314956
2321415
2314370
2321428
2321431
2321444
2321457
2314383
2321596
2321606
2321619
2321622
2314532
2314545
2314558

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

50-pos. YUC cables, for digital I/O modules

40-pos. YUC cables, for analog I/O modules

466

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
System cable
These system cables for digital I/O modules are connected directly to the modules.
An intermediate adapter is not required.
Features:
– Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module
– Four 14-pos. plug-in connectors on the
module side for connection of four
8-channel VARIOFACE modules of the
system cabling

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

30 V DC
500 mA
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
50 -position

11 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC

2314655
2314671
2318978
2314684
2322773
2314778

Pcs. /
Pkt.

System cable for digital I/O modules for coupling four 8-channel
VARIOFACE modules
50
50
50
50
50
50

YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
System cable for
MINI analog system cabling
The Yokogawa CABLE40/2FLK16/.../YUC system cable makes it
possible to connect 16 MINI analog modules to a Yokogawa control system. In conjunction with two MINI analog MINI MCRSL-V8-FLK-16-A system adapters, the Yokogawa system cable provides a simple and
economical “Plug and Play” solution.
The system cable is plugged directly into
the Yokogawa module. Two 16-pos. flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors are provided
for connecting the module to the MINI analog system adapters.
The system cable in conjunction with
4-conductor measuring transducers is
suitable for the following analog cards:
– AAI 141
– AAI 143

2m
4m
6m
10 m
15 m
20 m

1
1
1
1
1
1

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

30 V DC
500 mA
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
40 -position

11 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC

2321334
2321347
2321350
2321376
2321363

Pcs. /
Pkt.

System cable, for analog I/O modules for coupling two 8-channel
MINI analog system adapters
40
40
40
40
40

2m
4m
10 m
15 m
20 m

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1
1

467

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
Controller boards

D W
H

These modules are connected to the I/O
modules through the YUC system cable.
FLKM-KS40/YCS:
– For analog modules
– Universal interface module with 40 connection terminal blocks
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa:
www.phoenixcontact.com

Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V AC/DC ±10%
1A
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178,
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

40

112 mm

Type

Order No.

FLKM-KS40/YCS

2314642

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Controller board, for analog I/O modules

YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
Controller boards

1

D W
H

These modules are connected to the I/O
modules through the YUC system cable.
FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS:
– For digital modules ADV 151 and ADV 551
– Three-conductor connection
(signal, plus, minus)
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa:
www.phoenixcontact.com

Passive interface modules
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V AC/DC ±10%
1A
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178,
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 81 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS

2314451

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Controller board, for digital I/O modules ADV 151 and ADV 551
50

468

PHOENIX CONTACT

174 mm

1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3
Controller boards

D W
H

These modules are connected to the
analog I/O modules through the 40-pos.
YUC system cable.
The modules are designed for redundant
signal transmission (two plug-in connectors
in parallel). A separate connection to the
HART multiplexer is possible.
FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS
– For analog module AAI 543
FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS
– For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143
(operation of modules in the 4-conductor
mode)
– Transfer of 16 channels with separate
positive and negative connections
– 16 plug-in fuses (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 0.1 A)
per positive supply and LED status indicator
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS
– For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143
(operation of modules in the 4-conductor
mode)
– Transfer of 16 channels with separate
positive and negative connections
– Redundant voltage supply
(fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A)
For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa:
www.phoenixcontact.com

Interface modules for analog I/O modules

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V DC ±10%
100 mA
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178,
Screw connection
Yokogawa KS-compatible
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
126 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS

2314260

1

FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS

2314273

1

FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS

2314286

1

Controller board, for analog output modules AAI 543
40
108 mm
Controller board, with fuses and LED, for analog input modules
AAI 141 and AAI 143
40
214 mm
Controller board, for analog input modules AAI 141 and AAI 143,
without fuses and LED
40
214 mm

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

469

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP termination boards for 8 channels

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.

D W
H

D W
H

Passive interface modules for input/output
with screw connection

Passive interface modules for input/output
with push-in connection

Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Optionally with LED.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC
VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC
60 V AC/DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
3A
3A
0.6 kV
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

VIP-2/.../FLK14/PLC
VIP-2/.../FLK14/LED/PLC
60 V AC/DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
3A
3A
0.6 kV
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

39.8 mm
41.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC

2315214

39.8 mm
41.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC

2903801

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC

2904279

1

VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels,
- with screw connection
14
- with push-in connection
14
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels with
light indicator,
- with screw connection
14
- with push-in connection
14

470

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

2

0

1

3

4

5

6

1

2322249

7

8

9

1

11 13 10 12 14

2 3 4 5 6 7
+ +
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC connection scheme

-

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11 13 10 12 14

1

2

0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ +
Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC

-

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP termination boards for 32 channels

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.

D W
H

D W
H

Passive interface modules for input/output
with screw connection

Passive interface modules for input/output
with push-in connection

Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Optionally with LED.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC
VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC
60 V AC/DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
2 A (per byte)
2 A (per byte)
0.6 kV
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

VIP-2/.../FLK50/PLC
VIP-2/.../FLK50/LED/PLC
60 V AC/DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
2 A (per byte)
2 A (per byte)
0.6 kV
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC

2903803

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC

2904280

1

VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels,
- with screw connection
50
- with push-in connection
50
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels with
light indicator,
- with screw connection
50
- with push-in connection
50

106.1 mm
107.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC

106.1 mm
107.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC

1 2 3

1011121314 15

+ B0.0 B0.7

2315227

2322252

222324252627

- + B1.0 B1.7

1

- +

343536373839

B2.0 B2.7

- +

1

4647484950

B3.0 B3.7 -

1 2 3

101112131415

+ B0.0 B0.7

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

- +

222324252627 343536373839 4647484950

B1.0 B1.7

- + B2.0 B2.7

- + B3.0 B3.7

-

Connection scheme VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC

PHOENIX CONTACT

471

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP termination boards for
SIMATIC® S7
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for SIMATIC® S7.

D W
H

D W
H

Passive interface modules for input/output,
with SIMATIC®-specific marking
and screw connection

Passive interface modules for input/output,
with SIMATIC®-specific marking
and push-in connection

Features:
– Numerical marking
– Specifically for S7-300 or S7-400
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V AC/DC
1A
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

VARIOFACE interface module, with
SIMATIC® S7-300-specific marking from 1 to 40
- with screw connection
50
- with push-in connection
50
VARIOFACE interface module, with
SIMATIC® S7-400-specific marking from 3 to 48
- with screw connection
50
- with push-in connection
50

Module width
W

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

106.1 mm
107.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7

2315243

106.1 mm
107.9 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400

1 2 3

1

2

101112131415

9

1011

20 21

22 29

3031

32 39

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7

2903804

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400

2904289

1

1

22 2324252627 34 3536373839 4647484950

12 19

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

1

2322359

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50 (1-40) /S7

472

Pcs. /
Pkt.

40

1 2 3

101112131415

3

11

4

1213

15

22 2324252627

22

23 26

343536373839

27 34

3538

39

46474849 50

46

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/S7/A-S400

48

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP termination boards for
MODICON® TSX Quantum and
Allen-Bradley ControlLogix
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with
50-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters.

D W
H

D W
H

Passive interface modules for input/output,
with specific marking
and screw connection

Passive interface modules for input/output,
with specific marking
and push-in connection

Features:
– Specific marking
– Specifically for MODICON TSX Quantum
or ControlLogix
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V AC/DC
1A
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE interface module, with
MODICON® TSX Quantum-specific marking from 1 to 40
- with screw connection
50
106.1 mm
- with push-in connection
50
107.9 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, with
ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 36
- with screw connection
50
95.9 mm
- with push-in connection
50
97.7 mm

Type

2322304

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756

10

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

1 2 3

Ordering data

101112131415

8

9 20

343536373839

19 30

29 40

11 18

21 28

31

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

2904285

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756

2904286

1

1

2322317

22 23242526 27

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

1

4647484950

38

39

1 2 3

1

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

10 11 12 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 27 34 35 36 37 38 39 46 47 48 49 50

8

9

16

17 18

19 26

27 34

35

36

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK50/AB-1756

PHOENIX CONTACT

473

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP termination boards for
Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with two
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300.

D W
H

D W
H

Features:
– Numerical labeling (1-20)
– Specifically for S7 300.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

Passive interface modules
for SIMATIC® S7-300
with screw connection

Passive interface modules
for SIMATIC® S7-300
with push-in connection

Technical data

Technical data



Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

60 V AC/DC
1A
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V AC/DC
1A
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE interface module, with
SIMATIC® S7-300-specific marking from 1 to 20
- with screw connection
14
- with push-in connection
14

80.6 mm
82.5 mm

Description

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

2315230

Pcs. /
Pkt.

11121314151617181920

Connection scheme: VIP-2/.../2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

474

PHOENIX CONTACT

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

2903802

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Type

1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP termination boards for
Allen-Bradley
These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with two
14-pos. system cables and the relevant front
adapters for Allen-Bradley.

D W
H

D W
H

Features:
– Numerical labeling (1-20)
– Specifically for ControlLogix.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No, 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

Passive interface modules
for Allen-Bradley ControlLogix
with screw connection

Passive interface modules
for Allen-Bradley ControlLogix
with push-in connection

Technical data

Technical data



Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

60 V AC/DC
1A
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V AC/DC
1A
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description
VARIOFACE interface module, with
ControlLogix-specific marking from 1 to 20
- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

14
14

80.6 mm
82.5 mm

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756

2322333

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756

2904288

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 X2

20111213141516171819

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../2FLK14/AB-1756

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

475

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP termination boards with
2-conductor connection technology
for 8 channels
These VIP VARIOFACE modules are used
in combination with 14-pos. system cables
and the relevant front adapters.

D W
H

D W
H

Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Negative or positive connection per signal.
Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

Passive interface modules
with screw connection

Passive interface modules
with push-in connection

Technical data

Technical data



Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

60 V DC
1A
3 A (per byte)
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

60 V DC
1A
3 A (per byte)
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

- with screw connection
14
50 mm
- with push-in connection
14
52 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC

2322281

- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC

2904283

1

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC

2904284

1

VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential

14
14

50 mm
52 mm

1

2322294

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

11

13

10

1

12 14

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

+

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

-

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8M/PLC

476

PHOENIX CONTACT

9

11

13

10

12

-

+

Connection scheme VIP-2/.../FLK14/8P/PLC

14

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Termination boards with
2-conductor connection technology
for 32 channels
These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters.
The following module types with 2-conductor connection technology are available:

D W
H

FLKM 50/32M/PLC
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Negative connection for each signal.

Passive interface modules
with screw connection

FLKM 50/32P/PLC
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Positive connection per signal.


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

60 V DC
1A
8 A (per byte)
0.8 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 50/32M/PLC

2289719

1

FLKM 50/32P/PLC

2291121

1

VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential
50
192 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an
additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential
50

1 2 3 4

B0.0
+

B0.1

+ +

11 13 15
10 12 14 16

22

B0.7

B1.7 -

+

-

DR1

B1.0

B1.1

+ + +

+

23

24

192 mm

25 27
35 37 39
47
26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48

DR2

B2.0

B2.1

+ + +

B2.7

+

-

DR3

B3.0

B3.7 B3.1

+ + +

+

1 2 3 4

11 13 15
10 12 14 16

22

+ B0.0

B0.7

B1.7

-

B0.1

- -

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32P/PLC

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

-

+ B1.0

DR1

B1.1

- - -

-

23

24

25 27
35 37 39
47
26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48

+ B2.0

DR2

B2.1

- - -

B2.7

-

+ B3.0

DR3

B3.1

- - -

B3.7

-

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/PLC
PHOENIX CONTACT

477

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Termination boards with fuses with
2-conductor connection method

D W
H

These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 14- or 50-pos. system
cables and the relevant front adapters.
The following module types with fuses
and 2-conductor connection technology are
available:
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC (for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC (for 32 channels)
– Byte-wise labeling
– Can be used for digital I/O modules
– Plug-in fuse (IEC 127-3, 1AF) per signal
path (F1)
– Plug-in fuse (IEC 127-3, 2AF) per voltage
supply (F2)
– Negative connection for each signal.

Passive fuse modules for
8 or 32 channels


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC
FLKM 50/32M/PLC
60 V DC
60 V DC
1A
1A
2A
2 A (per byte)
0.8 kV
0.8 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 68 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC

2294487

1

FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

2294490

1

VARIOFACE module, for eight channels, each with an additional
terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)
14
57 mm
VARIOFACE module, for 32 channels, each with an additional
terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential)
50

192 mm

1

1 2 3 4

11 13 15
10 12 14 16

22

35 37 39
47
23 25 27
24 26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48

2

F1

3

F1

4

F1

5

F1

6

F1

7

F1

8

F1

9

11

13

10

F1
F2

F2

F1F1

F1

+ B0.0 B0.1 B0.7

-

- -

-

F2

F1F1

F1

+ B1.0 B1.1 B1.7

DR1

- - -

-

F2

F1F1

F1

+ B2.0 B2.1 B2.7

DR2

- - -

-

F2

F1F1

+ B3.0 B3.1 B3.7

DR3

- - -

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

478

PHOENIX CONTACT

F1

0

1

-

-

2

3

4

5

6

7

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Connection scheme: FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC

12 14

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
VIP initiator modules for 8 channels
D W
H

D W
H

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
modules are used in combination with 14-pos.
system cables and the relevant front adapters.
Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– For digital I/O modules
– Positive and negative connection per
signal
– Optionally with LED.

Initiator modules
with screw connection

Notes:

Initiator modules
with push-in connection

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.



Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

Technical data

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC
VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
60 V DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
3A
3A
0.6 kV
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC
VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
60 V DC
24 V DC
1A
1A
3A
3A
0.6 kV
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Push-in connection
Push-in connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE initiator module, for connecting 8 PNP initiators,
with an additional positive and negative terminal block each per
signal
- with screw connection
14
52.3 mm
- with push-in connection
14
52 mm
VARIOFACE initiator module with LED, for connecting 8 PNP
initiators, with an additional positive and negative terminal block
each per signal
- with screw connection
- with push-in connection

14
14

52.3 mm
52 mm

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2322278

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

2

3

4

8

9

0

1

2

3

7

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

13

10

Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/PLC

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC

2904282

1

VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

2904281

1

1

2322265

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

1

12

14

1

2

3

4

8

9

0

1

2

3

7

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

13

10

12

14

Connection scheme VIP-3/.../FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

479

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Initiator modules for 32 channels
D W
H

D W
H

These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 50-pos. system cables and
the relevant front adapters for digital
I/O modules.
Features:
– Byte-wise labeling
– Positive and negative connection per
signal
– Optionally with LED

Initiator modules for 32 channels,
with screw connection

Initiator modules for 32 channels,
with spring-cage connection


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Status indication
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

... 50/32 IM
... 50/32 IM/LA
60 V DC
20 V DC (up to 30 V DC)
1A
1A
2 A (per byte)
2 A (per byte)
No
LED
0.8 kV
0.8 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

60 V DC
1A
2 A (per byte)
0.6 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178,
Spring-cage connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)

0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 81 mm

0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 12
90 mm / 73.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC

2284523

1

FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC

2284510

1

Type

Order No.

FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2901389

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators
50
180 mm
VARIOFACE initiator module, same as before, however with light
indicator
50
180 mm
VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators
50

180 mm

3 4

10 15 16

22 27 28

13 25 37 11 23 35 47
34 39 40 46 1 2 14 26 38 12 24 36 48

3

+ + +

+ + +

+ + +

+ + +

+ +

+

-

-

-

-

- -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Connection scheme: FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC,
...50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

480

PHOENIX CONTACT

10 15 16

22 27 28

34 39 40

46

1

2

14 26 38 12 24 36 48
13 25 37 11 23 35 47

B0.0 B0.1 B0.7 B1.0 B1.1 B1.7 B2.0B2.1 B2.7 B3.0 B3.1 B3.7

B0.0B0.1B0.7B1.0B1.1B1.7B2.0B2.1B2.7B3.0B3.1B3.7

-

4

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+ +

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC connection scheme

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
COMPACT-LINE initiator modules
with spring-cage connection

Notes:

D W
H

Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded FLK
connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

These VARIOFACE modules are used in
combination with 14- and 50-pos. system
cables and the relevant front adapters.
The following COMPACT-LINE initiator
modules are available:
UM 45-FLK14/8IM/.../PLC
(for 8 channels)
UM 45-FLK 50/32IM/.../PLC
(for 32 channels)
– Byte-wise labeling
– Can be used for digital I/O modules
– Positive and negative connection for
every signal

Sensor modules for 8 or 32 channels
With spring-cage connection


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

UM 45-FLK 14/.../PLC
UM 45-FLK 50/.../PLC
60 V DC
60 V DC
1A
1A
3A
2 A (per byte)
0.8 kV
0.8 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Spring-cage connection
Spring-cage connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14
45 mm / 61 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE initiator module, for connection
of eight PNP initiators
14
75 mm
VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE initiator module, for connection
of 32 PNP initiators
50
197 mm

3 4

10 15 16

22 27 28

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2965211

1

UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2965224

1

1

2

3

4

8

9

0

1

2

3

7

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

13

10

12

14

13 25 37 11 23 35 47
34 39 40 46 1 2 14 26 38 12 24 36 48

B0.0B0.1B0.7B1.0B1.1B1.7B2.0B2.1B2.7B3.0B3.1B3.7

+ + +

+ + +

+ + +

+ + +

+ +

-

-

-

-

- -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme

UM 45-FLK14/8IM/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

481

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Controller boards with
knife disconnect terminal blocks

D W
H

These VARIOFACE modules with knife
disconnection and test connection for each
signal (2 or 2.3 mm Ø test plug) are used in
combination with the respective front
adapters.
FLKM14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 8 channels)
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
(for 32 channels)
– Byte-wise labeling
– Can be used for digital I/O modules

Passive interface modules for
8 or 32 channels with
knife disconnect terminal blocks

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7
– Numerical labeling (1-20)
– Specially for S7-300 (in conjunction with
the front adapter FLKM 14-PA-S300,
Order No.: 2299770)
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/7-300
– Numerical labeling (1-40)
– Specially for S7-300 (in conjunction with
the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S300,
Order No.: 2294445).
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC
– Numerical labeling (1-50)
– Specially for S7-400 (in conjunction with
the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48)
Order No.: 2294908).


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Field level
Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

FLKM...14/KDS 3-MT...
FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT...
60 V DC
60 V DC
1A
1A
3A
2 A (per byte)
0.8 kV
0.8 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection with
Screw connection with
disconnect knife
disconnect knife
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 61 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

14
67 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, with knife disconnect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the system

FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290423

1

50
214 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC S7-300 with
SIMATIC-specific labeling (1-20), knife disconnect terminal blocks,
and test sockets to the field and the system

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290614

1

14
113 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, same as before, however, with
SIMATIC-specific labeling (1-40)

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7

2295062

1

50
214 mm
VARIOFACE interface module, same as before, however, for
SIMATIC S7-400 with SIMATIC-specific labeling (3-48)

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300

2304490

1

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC

2291587

1

VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, with knife disconnect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the system

1

2

1

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

6

7

6

46

46

7

48

47

47

48

49

49

50

50

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC connection scheme

1 2 3 101112 131415 222324 25 2627 3435 363738 39

1

2 9

10 11

12 19

20 21

22 29

30 31

50

4647484950

32 39

259 mm

40

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 connection scheme
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

11121314151617181920

1 2 3 101112 131415 22 2324 252627 343536 373839

+ B0.0 B0.7 -

+ B1.0 B1.7

- + B2.0 B2.7

482

PHOENIX CONTACT

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

11

13

+

+

10

12

14

-

-

- + B3.0 B3.7 0

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 connection scheme

2

4647484950

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme

FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Simulation module with switches

These VARIOFACE modules enable simple simulation of the control and peripheral
hardware for 8 signals.
The UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 switch
module is assembled for signal transmission
with COMBICON screw connector for single-conductor wiring. Alternatively, connection to the PLC system cabling is established
through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable pin strip.
Connection to the front adapters of the
PLC system cabling is established through
14-pos. system cables with socket strips.
Each signal path is allocated an LED which
signals the “high active” signal state. The
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via
a green LED.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Housing: PVC

D W
H
FLK 14 1 3 5 7 8 91011121314
2 4 6
SMC 1,5 + - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + -

Switch module
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V DC
1A
8 A (+, - terminal block)
0.8 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
45 mm / 51 mm

Ordering data

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8

2968205

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE switch module, for simulation
75 mm

1

Simulation module for display

These VARIOFACE modules enable simple simulation of the control and peripheral
hardware for 8 signals.
The UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 display module
is assembled for signal transmission with
COMBICON screw connector for singleconductor wiring. Alternatively, connection
to the PLC system cabling is established
through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable pin strip.
Connection to the front adapters of the
PLC system cabling is established through
14-pos. system cables with socket strips.
Each signal path is allocated an LED which
signals the “high active” signal state. The
supply voltage to the modules is signaled via
a green LED.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Housing: PVC

D W
H
FLK 14 1 3 4 7 9 11 13
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
SCM 1,5 + - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + -

Indicator module
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V DC
1A
8 A (+, - terminal block)
0.8 kV
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16
45 mm / 51 mm

Ordering data

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8

2968195

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE display module, for simulation
75 mm

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

483

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
(6.2 mm)

Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488

PLC-V8/... are the VARIOFACE adapters
connecting the eight slim 6.2 mm
PLC-INTERFACE modules to the
VARIOFACE system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of
eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules
– Freely definable configuration with relays,
optocouplers, and passive feed-through
terminal blocks
– With D-SUB connection as an option for
universal connections

VARIOFACE adapter
for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Power supply
Signal level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V DC ±25%
1 A (per signal path)
3A
0.8 kV
-40°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

OUTPUT
14
49.6 mm
INPUT
14
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

2295554
2296553

1
1

OUTPUT
14
INPUT
14
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip
15
Socket strip
15
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
15-pos. D-SUB connection
Pin strip
15
Socket strip
15

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304102
2304115

1
1

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296058
2296061

1
1

49.6 mm
49.6 mm

PLC-V8/D15S/IN
PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296074
2296087

1
1

V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

+
1

3

5

7

9 11 13

-

FLK14
2

4

6

Power
terminals

+
1

2

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

3

5

7

9 11 13

2

4

6

-

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

484

PHOENIX CONTACT

7

9 11 13

-

4

6

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+
1

5

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

FLK14

3

FLK14

8 10 12 14

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT connection scheme

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+
1

3

5

7

9 11 13

FLK14
2

4

6

-

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
(14 mm)

Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488

PLC-V8L/... are the VARIOFACE adapters connecting the eight 14 mm
PLC-INTERFACE modules (2 PDT, HC, and
IC types) to the system cabling:
– Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of
eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules
– Freely selectable assembly with relays or
optocouplers
VARIOFACE adapter
for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection method

Power supply
Signal level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

24 V DC ±25%
1 A (per signal path)
3A
0.8 kV
-40°C ... 70°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2299660

1

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

1

V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
14
112.3 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with
FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching
14

112.3 mm

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+
1

3

5

7

-

9 11 13

FLK14
2

4

6

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT connection scheme

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8

Contacting
PLC terminal blocks

2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+
1

3

5

7

-

9 11 13

FLK14
2

4

6

Power
terminals

8 10 12 14

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

485

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE

D W
H

The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are
passive feed-through terminal blocks, with
the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relay and
PLC-INTERFACE optocoupler interfaces.
This makes it possible to implement 8-channel interface blocks for the system cabling,
which can be adapted to a bit for the particular application. For individual requirements, the relay, optocoupler or the PLCVT terminal blocks for passive signal transmission can be combined as needed.
PLC-VT
PLC-VT/LA
– Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE
universal series
– Signal path with additional potential level
for free assignment (two-conductor connection)
– Optionally with LED

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE universal series


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

PLC-VT
PLC-VT/LA
max. 250 V AC/DC
24 V DC
6 A (per signal conductor)
6 A (per signal conductor)
-40°C ... 70°C
-40°C ... 70°C
Any
Any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
80 mm / 94 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (two-conductor
connection), for PLC-INTERFACE universal series
6.2 mm
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, same as before,
however, with 24 V DC light indicator
6.2 mm

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-VT

2296870

10

PLC-VT/LA

2296854

10

2

3

1

4

NC

5

PLC-VT connection scheme

2

3

1

4

NC
PLC-VT/LA connection scheme

486

PHOENIX CONTACT

5

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE

D W
H

The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are
passive feed-through terminal blocks, with
the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relay and
PLC-INTERFACE optocoupler interfaces.
This makes it possible to implement 8-channel interface blocks for the system cabling,
which can be adapted to a bit for the particular application. For individual requirements, the relay, optocoupler or the PLCVT terminal blocks for passive signal transmission can be combined as needed.
PLC-VT/ACT
PLC-VT/ACT/LA
– Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE
actuator series
– Signal path with two additional potential
levels for free assignment (three-conductor
connection)
– Optionally with LED
The system connection is made via the
PLC-V8 adapter.

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for
PLC-INTERFACE actuator series


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)

PLC-VT/AKT
max. 250 V AC/DC
6 A (per signal conductor)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

-40°C ... 70°C
-40°C ... 70°C
Any
Any
DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
80 mm / 94 mm

H/D

PLC-VT/AKT/LA
24 V DC
6 A (per signal conductor)

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (three-conductor
connection), for PLC-INTERFACE actuator series
6.2 mm
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, same as before,
however, with 24 V DC light indicator
6.2 mm

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

PLC-VT/ACT

2295567

10

PLC-VT/ACT/LA

2296867

10

2

3

1

4

5

PLC-VT/ACT connection scheme

2

3

1

4

5
PLC-VT/ACT/LA connection scheme

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

487

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

Series

Cross-reference list for PLC-V8 adapters with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules

Function

Contact

Input

Output

Page

Spring-cage connection

Order No.:

24 V DC
24 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
120 V AC
230 V AC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
24 V AC/DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A
250 V AC/DC / 10 A
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1)
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1)
250 V AC/DC / 6 A
30 V AC/DC / 50 mA
250 V AC/DC / 6 A
250 V AC/DC / 6 A

322
333
323
323
323
323
323
323
323
334
334
323
323
350
350

PLC-RSP-24DC/21
PLC-RSP-24DC/21HC
PLC-RSP-12DC/21AU
PLC-RSP-24DC/21AU
PLC-RSP-24UC/21AU
PLC-RSP-48DC/21AU
PLC-RSP-60DC/21AU
PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU
PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-RSP-24DC/21-21
PLC-RSP-24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP-24UC/1/S/H
PLC-RSP-24UC/1/S/L

2966472
2912277
2967442
2966540
2966553
2966566
2966579
2966582
2966647
29803513)
29803773)
2912507
2912578
2982249
2834889

1 N/O contact, electronic

24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
NAMUR
120 V AC
230 V AC

24 V DC / 3 A
24 V DC / 10 A
250 V AC / 0.75 A
300 V DC / 1 A
48 V DC / 100 mA
48 V DC / 100 mA
48 V DC / 100 mA
48 V DC / 100 mA
48 V DC / 100 mA
24 V DC / 50 mA
48 V DC / 100 mA2)
48 V DC / 100 mA2)

325
353
325
352
324
324
324
324
324
364
334
334

PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/2
PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/10/R
PLC-OSP-24DC/230AC/1
PLC-OSP-24DC/300DC/1
PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP-48DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP-60DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP-120UC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP-230UC/48DC/100
PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46

2967471
2982715
2967895
2980830
2967549
2967743
2967756
2967552
2967565
2982676
29803513)
29803773)

1 PDT, electronic

24 V DC

48 V DC / 0.5 A

353

PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/500/W

2980649

–

250 V AC/DC
24 V DC

250 V AC/DC
24 V DC

486
486

–
–

24 V DC

326

PLC-RSP-24DC/1/ACT

2967345

332

PLC-RSP-24DC/1IC/ACT

2912413

24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
250 V AC/DC
24 V DC

250 V AC/DC / 6 A
250 V AC/DC / 10 A
(80 A; 20 ms)
250 V AC/DC / 6 A
24 V DC / 3 A
24 V DC / 5 A
250 V AC / 0.75 A
250 V AC / 2 A
250 V AC/DC
24 V DC

327
327
328
327
328
487
487

–
PLC-OSP-24DC/24DC/2/ACT
–
–
–
–
–

24 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
120 V AC
230 V AC
24 V DC
120 V AC/DC
230 V AC/DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1)
30 V AC/36 V DC / 50 mA1)
48 V DC / 100 mA
48 V DC / 100 mA
48 V DC / 100 mA
48 V DC / 100 mA2)
48 V DC / 100 mA2)

330
330
330
335
335
331
331
331
335
335

PLC-RSP-24DC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RSP-120UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RSP-230UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-OSP-24DC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSP-120UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSP-230UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

1 PDT
Relay

2 PDTs
1 N/O contact

Universal

Relay switch

Optocoupler

Feed-through

1 N/O contact
24 V DC
2 N/O contacts

Optocoupler

1 N/O contact, electronic

Feed-through

–

Relay

1 N/O contact

Optocoupler

1 N/O contact, electronic

Sensor4)

Actuator

Relay

1)

Plug-in miniature relay insert: REL-MR-60DC/21AU, 2961134
Plug-in solid-state relay insert: OPT-60DC/48DC/100, 2966621
PLC-...SO46 is supplied as a basic terminal block with filter, but without relay or solid-state relay.
4) Cannot be combined with the universal series (within a byte)
2)
3)

488

PHOENIX CONTACT

2967507

2967374
2967390
2967413
29803643)
29803803)
2967578
2967581
2967594
29803643)
29803803)

System cabling for controllers

Order No.:

Screw connection

Order No.:

PLC-RPT-24DC/21
PLC-RPT-24DC/21HC
PLC-RPT-12DC/21AU
PLC-RPT-24DC/21AU
PLC-RPT-24UC/21AU
PLC-RPT-48DC/21AU
PLC-RPT-60DC/21AU
PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU
PLC-RPT-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-RPT-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21
PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/H
PLC-RPT-24UC/1/S/L

2900299
2900291
2900317
2900306
2900307
2900308
2900309
2900310
2900311
29004533)
29004553)
2900330
2900338
2900328
2900327

PLC-RSC-24DC/21
PLC-RSC-24DC/21HC
PLC-RSC-12DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-24DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-24UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-48DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-60DC/21AU
PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU
PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21
PLC-RSC-24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/H
PLC-RSC-24UC/1/S/L

2966171
2967620
2966919
2966265
2966278
2966126
2966142
2966281
2966294
29803193)
29803353)
2967060
2967125
2982236
2834876

X

PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2
PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/10/R
PLC-OPT-24DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT-24DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OPT-48DC/48DC/100
PLC-OPT-60DC/48DC/100
PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100
PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46

2900364
2900398
2900369
2900383
2900352
2900353
2900354
2900355
2900356
2900397
29004533)
29004553)

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2
PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/10/R
PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1
PLC-OSC-24DC/300DC/1
PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC-48DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC-60DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100
PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46

2966634
2982702
2967840
2980678
2966728
2966993
2967455
2966744
2966757
2982663
29803193)
29803353)

X
X
X
X
X

PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/500/W

2900378

PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/500/W

2980636

X

PLC-VT
PLC-VT/LA

2296870
2296854

X
X
X

–
–
PLC-RPT-24DC/1/ACT

2900312

PLC-RSC-24DC/1/ACT

2966210

PLC-RPT-24DC/1IC/ACT

2900298

PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT

2967604

PLC-RSC-24DC/1-1/ACT
PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/2/ACT
PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/5/ACT
PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1/ACT
PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/2/ACT
PLC-VT/AKT
PLC-VT/AKT/LA

2967109
2966676
2982786
2967947
2982760
2295567
2296867

PLC-RSC-24DC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-120UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-230UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-OSC-24DC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC-120UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC-230UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

2966317
2966320
2966333
29803223)
29803483)
2966773
2966799
2966809
29803223)
29803483)

–
PLC-OPT-24DC/24DC/2/ACT
–
–
–
–
–
PLC-RPT-24DC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-120UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-230UC/1AU/SEN
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-OPT-24DC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-120UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-230UC/48DC/100/SEN
PLC-BPT-120UC/1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/1/SEN/SO46

2900376

2900313
2900314
2900315
29004563)
29004573)
2900358
2900359
2900361
29004563)
29004573)

PLC-V8L...OUT

Push-in connection

PLC-V8...IN(/M)

PLC-V8...OUT(/M)

VARIOFACE system cabling

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

PLC universal series
The universal series of products can be
used as either input or output interfaces.
Each product consists of a basic terminal
block with a plug-in miniature relay (PDT
contact) or a plug-in solid-state relay.

X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

PLC actuator series
When used as an interface between the
PLC and actuators, such as motors, contactors or solenoid valves, only one N/O contact function is normally required. In such
cases, the PLC...ACT output interface is
used. All actuator connections, including
the load return line, are connected directly.
This eliminates the need for additional output terminal blocks.

X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

PLC sensor series
When used as an interface between the
PLC and sensors, such as proximity switches, limit switches or auxiliary contacts, only
one N/O contact function is normally required. In such cases, the PLC…SEN input
interface is used. All sensor connections, including the supply voltage for the sensors/switches, are connected directly. This
eliminates the need for additional modular
terminal blocks.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

489

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
COMPACT-LINE output modules
with relays, one N/O contact
These VARIOFACE Compact Line output
modules are used in combination with the
respective front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an N/O
contact
– Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A
continuous current through 2-layer double contact with hard gold plating
– Low construction height of only 45 mm
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity protection diode for each signal path.
With the 32-channel version, the system
cable is connected to the UM 45-16RM/MRG24/1/PLC 16-channel base module.
The UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC output
extension module with a further 16 channels is coupled to the base module via a
20-pos. flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm).

Notes:

D W
H

The connection cable between the base and the extension
modules is delivered with the extension unit.
Due to the geometry, it is not possible to couple any molded
FLK connectors (e.g., VIP-PA...S7).

Output module with eight miniature relays,
1 N/O contact


1

2

1

14

24

23

34

9 1113101214

8

3

2

13

8

3

33

84

83

+ -

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC

H/D

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
45 mm / 50 mm

Ordering data
Description

Module width
W

VARIOFACE COMPACT LINE output module, for
24 V DC (including relays)
- With 8 miniature relays
103
- With 16 miniature relays
215
VARIOFACE COMPACT LINE output extension module, for
24 V DC (including relays)
- With 16 miniature relays
200

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2962900

1

2961037

8

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays

490

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR-G 24/1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
D W
H

D W
H

Output base module with 16 miniature relays,
1 N/O contact

Output extension module with 16 miniature relays,
one N/O contact




10 13,14 23,24

3

1,2 11,12

1

+B0 B0 14

13

15

8

9

84

+83 B1 B1 94

22

2

20

16

93

17

163

+ B2 B2 174

1

19

24

17

164

12

173

Technical data

244

9

25

+ 243 B3 B3 254

32

253

324

323

Technical data

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
20

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
45 mm / 50 mm

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
45 mm / 50 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2962913

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC

2962926

1

2961037

8

1

Accessories
REL-MR-G 24/1

4

Accessories
2961037

8

REL-MR-G 24/1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

491

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Output modules with relays,
one N/O contact
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with an N/O
contact
– Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A
continuous current through 2-layer double contact with hard gold plating
– Slim construction widths of only 55 mm
(8 channels) or 202 mm (32 channels)
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity protection diode for each signal path.

D W
H

D W
H

Output module with eight miniature relays,
1 N/O contact


1


2

1

14

8

3

24

23

34

9 1113101214

33

84

1

83

+ -

+ B0 B0 14

8

13

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at U N
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Max. inrush current
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
250 V AC

H/D

Module width
W

VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
56
VARIOFACE output module, with 32 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
202

492

PHOENIX CONTACT

9

+83 B1 B1 94

32

93

324 323

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

24 V DC
6.5 mA
5 ms
15 ms
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

1 N/O contact (double contact)
AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
5A
3A
1 mA
72 W
60 W
50 W
50 W
750 VA
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16

3 kV AC
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
90 mm / 58 mm

3 kV AC
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
90 mm / 58 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC

2979469

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

REL-MR-G 24/1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays

84

46

15

Technical data

Ordering data
Description

13,14
10
23,24

3

1,2 11,12

8

3

2

13

Output modules with 32 miniature relays,
1 N/O contact

2979472

1

2961037

8

Accessories
2961037

8

REL-MR-G 24/1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Output modules with relay, 1 PDT

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

H/D

Module width
W

8

10

32

VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
80
VARIOFACE output module, with 32 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
271

24 V DC
18 mA
8 ms
10 ms
Freewheeling diode
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
5A
100 mA
120 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
5A
100 mA
120 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
1250 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
123 mm / 68 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
123 mm / 68 mm

2968386

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC1)

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays

314

Ordering data
Order No.

UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC

311

Technical data

24 V DC
18 mA
8 ms
10 ms
Freewheeling diode
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

Type

45
46

2

Ordering data
Description

15
16

9
10

3
4

31

322
321
324

82
81
84
72
71
74

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

9

312

62
61
64
52
51
54

-

7

102
101
104

42
41
44
32
31
34

+

1

92
91
94

8

6

22
21
24

4

7

12
11
14

2

5

82
81
84

3

+

1

72
71
74

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

22
21
24

9 11 13 10 12 14

12
11
14

78

5 6

11,12,23,24,35,36,47,48

34

+

12

Notes:

Output module with 32 miniature relays,
1 PDT

1,2,13,14,25,26,37,38

Output module with eight miniature relays,
1 PDT

- -

These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a PDT
contact
– Slim construction widths of only 80 mm
(8 channels) or 271 mm (32 channels)
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling diode for each signal path

D W
H

D W
H

2968373

1

2961312

10

Accessories
2961312

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

493

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Output modules with relay, 1 PDT

Notes:

D W
H

The connection cable between the base and the extension modules is delivered with the extension unit.

These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
Like the front adapters, the modules are
connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following features characterize
these relay modules:
– Plug-in miniature relays, each with a PDT
contact
– LED status display for each signal path and
supply voltage
– Freewheeling and reverse polarity protection diode for each signal path.
With the 32-channel version, the system
cable is connected to the 16-channel UMK16R.../KSR-G24/21/PLC base module. The
UMK-16R.../KSR-G24/21/E/PLC output extension module with a further 16 channels
is coupled to the base module via a 20-pos.
flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm).

Output module with eight miniature relays,
1 PDT


1

2

8

3

9 11 13101214

1

2

3

8

12 11 14

22 21 24

32 31 34

82 81 84

+ -

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage display
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions

24 V DC ±10%
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14
1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

H/D

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 59 mm

Ordering data
Description

Module width
W

VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
135
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for eight miniature
relays, for 24 V DC (without relays)
135
VARIOFACE output module, with 16 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (base module, including relays)

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979485

1

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974914

1

2961312

10

259
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature
relays, for 24 V DC (base module, without relays)
259
VARIOFACE output extension module, with 16 miniature relays,
plugged in, for 24 V DC (including relays)
259
VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for
16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC (without relays)
259

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays

494

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
D W
H

D W
H

Output base module with 16 miniature relays,
1 PDT

Output extension module with 16 miniature relays,
1 PDT




3

1,2 11,12

10 13,14 23,24

1

+ B0 B0

8

15

9

+ 81 84 82 B1 B1 91 94 92

11 14 12

22

2

20

16

17

12

17

161164162

9

19

24

25

+ 241244 242 B3 B3 251254 252

+ B2 B2 171174 172

Technical data

1

32

321 324 322

Technical data

24 V DC ±10%
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

24 V DC ±10%
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
20

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 59 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 59 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979498

1

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974901

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC

2979508

1

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC

2974891

1

2961312

10

Accessories
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

4

Accessories
2961312

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

495

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Output module for relays
- 2 PDTs
- 1 PDT with disconnect terminal blocks
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
8 channels are controlled via 14-pos.
cables. All modules feature the following:
– Plug-in miniature relays
– LED status indicator and freewheeling diode per signal path
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
– Polarity protection diode
With the 32-channel version (1 PDT with
knife disconnect terminal blocks), the
50-pos. system cable is connected to the
base module with 16 channels.
The output extension module with a
further 16 channels is coupled to the base
module via a 20-pos. flat-ribbon cable
(length: 10 cm).

Notes:

D W
H

The connection cable between the base and the extension
modules is delivered with the extension unit.

Output module for 8 miniature relays,
2 PDTs


1

2

1

12 11 14
112 111 114

9 1113101214

8

8

2

22 21 24

82 81 84

122 121 124

182 181 184

+ -

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage display
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions

24 V DC
Freewheeling diode
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14
2 PDT
250 V AC/DC
3A
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

H/D

2.5 kV AC
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 59 mm

Ordering data
Description

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC

2976187

1

2961192

10

VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for
eight miniature relays, for 24 V DC, each with two PDTs
(without relays)
135
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for
8 miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal
blocks, each with 1 PDT (without relays)
145
VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for
16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal
blocks, each with 1 PDT (without relays)
285
VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for
16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal
blocks, each with 1 PDT (without relays)
285

Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays

496

PHOENIX CONTACT

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
D W
H

D W
H

Output module for 8 miniature relays with
knife/disconnect terminal blocks,
1 PDT



D W
H

Output module for 16 miniature relays with
knife/disconnect terminal blocks,
1 PDT



1

2

8

3

1

2

3

12 11 14

22 21 24

32 31 34

9 1113101214



1,2 11,12

10 13,14 23,24

3

1

8

8

+ -

B0

Technical data

B0

2

22

15

9

81 84 82 B1

11 14 12

20

17

12

17

16

+-

+ 82 81 84

Output extension module for 16 miniature relays with
knife/disconnect terminal blocks,
1 PDT

161 164 162

B2

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection with disconnect knife
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection with disconnect knife
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection with disconnect knife
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
111.5 mm / 59 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
111.5 mm / 59 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any
In rows with zero spacing
111.5 mm / 59 mm

Ordering data

UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2962463

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2962382

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC

Accessories
2961192

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Accessories
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

321 324 322

Technical data
24 V DC
Freewheeling diode
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
20

Order No.

32

+-

24 V DC
Freewheeling diode
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
50

Type

4

25

24 V DC
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Green LED
Yellow LED
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
14

Ordering data

9

241 244 242 B3 B3 251 254 252

B2 171 174 172

Technical data

19

24

+ B1 91 94 92

1

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

2962379

1

2961192

10

Accessories
2961192

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

497

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
D W
H

D W
H

No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions

H/D

Module width
W

VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
92
VARIOFACE output module, with 32 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
285

498

PHOENIX CONTACT

45
46

15
16

9
10

3
4

32

322
321
324

82
81
84
72
71
74

10

311

24 V DC
18 mA
9 ms
6 ms
Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13

24 V DC
18 mA
9 ms
6 ms
Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13

14

50

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
5A
100 mA
120 W
62 W
42 W
55 W
66 W
1250 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
5A
100 mA
120 W
62 W
42 W
55 W
66 W
1250 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

260 V AC
4 kV
2 / III
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 50178
Any
In rows with zero spacing
111 mm / 64 mm

260 V AC
4 kV
2 / III
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 50178
Any
In rows with zero spacing
111 mm / 64 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC1)

2900890

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM-32RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC1)

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

Accessories
Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts

8

Technical data

Ordering data
Description

2

312

62
61
64
52
51
54

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at U N
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method

31

314

42
41
44
32
31
34

-

9

102
101
104

22
21
24

+

7

92
91
94

8

6

1

82
81
84

4

7

72
71
74

5

12
11
14

2

3

+

1

11,12,23,24,35,36,47,48

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

22
21
24

9 11 13 10 12 14

78

5 6

1,2,13,14,25,26,37,38

34

Notes:

+

12

Output module with 32 miniature relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual operation

12
11
14

Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual operation

- -

Output modules with relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual
operation
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
The modules are connected via a 14- or
50-pos. system cable. These relay modules
offer the following features:
– Plug-in miniature relays each with a PDT
contact and detectable manual operation
– Slim design width of just 92 mm (8 channels) or 285 mm (32 channels)
– LED status indicator and freewheeling diode per signal path (integrated in relay)
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)

2900891

1

2987888

10

Accessories
2987888

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Output modules with relays,
1 PDT with or without manual
operation and fuses
These VARIOFACE output modules are
used in combination with the respective
front adapters.
The modules are connected via a 14-pos.
system cable. These relay modules offer the
following features:
– Plug-in miniature relays each with a PDT
contact with or without manual operation
– Fuse per output circuit as short-circuit
protection
– Slim design width of just 127 mm
– LED status indicator and freewheeling diode per signal path
– Supply voltage indicator (LED)
– Polarity protection diode

D W
H

D W
H

Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT and fuse per output circuit

1

2

8

3

Output module with 8 miniature relays,
1 PDT with detectable manual operation
and fuse per output circuit

9 11 13 10 12 14

1

2

8

3

9 11 13 10 12 14

Notes:

1

1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571

F1

F2

11 12 14

8

3

2

F3

21 22 24

31 32 34

1

F8

F1

81 82 84

+ -

11 12 14

Technical data
Coil side
Operating voltage UN
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
No. of pos.
Contact side
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Output fuse
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating:

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions

24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC

H/D

Module width
W

F3

21 22 24

F8

31 32 34

81 82 84

+ -

Technical data

24 V DC
17 mA
8 ms
10 ms
Freewheeling diode
Yellow LED
Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13

24 V DC
18 mA
9 ms
6 ms
Freewheeling diode (integrated in relay)
Yellow LED (integrated in relay)
Flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector according to IEC 60603-13

14

14

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
4 A 5x20 fuse (slow-blow)
3.9 A (observe derating)
100 mA
93 W
58 W
48 W
50 W
80 W
975 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
4 A 5x20 fuse (slow-blow)
3.9 A (observe derating)
100 mA
93 W
62 W
42 W
55 W
66 W
975 VA
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

260 V AC
4 kV
2 / III
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178
Any
In rows with zero spacing
111 mm / 60 mm

260 V AC
4 kV
2 / III
-20°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
5 x 106 cycles
DIN EN 50178
Any
In rows with zero spacing
111 mm / 64 mm

Ordering data
Description

F2

8

3

2

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

VARIOFACE output module, with 8 miniature relays, plugged in,
for 24 V DC (including relays)
127

UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/SI/PLC1)

Plug-in miniature relays

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2900892

1

2961312

10

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/SI/PLC1)

2900893

1

2987888

10

Accessories

Accessories
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

499

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

B

Note:
Due to the enlarged outer contour of the
molded plug-in connectors, module types
with UM45 profile and three-level terminal
blocks cannot be connected with the
VIP-CAB-FLK... system cable.
The following module types (10- to 50pos.) can be connected.
For example, for 20 positions:
– VIP-2/SC/FLK 20
– VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED
– FLKM 20/ZFKDS
– UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS
(double-level connection)
The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are
not suitable for front adapters
(see the dimensional drawing).

13,5

A

26,5

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
system cables with
flat-ribbon connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 20-pos.
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– In the desired lengths
– Individual serial number

5
...FLK10...

A
34

B
46

...FLK14...

37

49

...FLK16...

37

49

...FLK20...

39

51

not shielded


Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
10 -position
14 -position
16 -position
20 -position

6.1 mm
6.4 mm
6.8 mm
7.6 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/6,0M

2318305
2318318
2318321
2318334
2318347
2318350
2318363

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/...

2318376

1

VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/6,0M

2318389
2318392
2318402
2318415
2318428
2318431
2318444

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/...

2318457

1

VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/6,0M

2318460
2318473
2318486
2318499
2318509
2318512
2318525

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK16-0,14/...

2318538

1

VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/6,0M

2318541
2318554
2318567
2318570
2318583
2318596
2318606

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK20-0,14/...

2318619

1

Round cable, with two molded socket strips

Ordering example for system cable:
– 10-pos. cable, 7.6 m long
Quantity

1

Order No.

2318376

Length [m]
/

7.6
Min.
Max.
Step width

500

PHOENIX CONTACT

0.5 m
100.0 m
0.1 m

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
10
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
14
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
16
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
20

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

B

Note:
Due to the enlarged outer contour of the
molded connectors, module types with
UM45 profile and three-level terminal
blocks cannot be connected with the
VIP-CAB-FLK... system cable.
The following module types (10- to 50pos.) can be connected.
For example, for 20 positions:
– VIP-2/SC/FLK 20
– VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED
– FLKM 20/ZFKDS
– UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS
(double-level connection)
The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are
not suitable for front adapters
(see the dimensional drawing).

13,5

A

26,5

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
system cables with
flat-ribbon plug-in connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 26- to 50-pos.
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– In the desired lengths
– Individual serial number

5
...FLK26...

A
39

B
51

...FLK34...

40

52

...FLK40...

40

52

...FLK50...

42

55

not shielded


Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
26 -position
34 -position
40 -position
50 -position

8.3 mm
8.7 mm
9.9 mm
10.3 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/6,0M

2318622
2318635
2318648
2318651
2318664
2318677
2318680

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK26-0,14/...

2318693

1

VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/6,0M

2318703
2318716
2318729
2318732
2318745
2318758
2318761

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK34-0,14/...

2318774

1

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/6,0M

2318787
2318790
2318800
2318813
2318826
2318839
2318842

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/...

2318855

1

VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/6,0M

2318868
2318871
2318884
2318897
2318907
2318910
2318923

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK50-0,14/...

2318936

1

Round cable, with two molded socket strips

Ordering example for system cable:
– 26-pos. cable, 12.6 m long
Quantity

1

Order No.

2318693

Length [m]
/

12.6
Min.
Max.
Step width

0.5 m
100.0 m
0.1 m

26
26
26
26
26
26
26
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
26
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

34
34
34
34
34
34
34
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
34
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
40
Round cable, with two molded socket strips

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths
(minimum ordering quantity five pieces)
50

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

501

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with
a flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector
and an open end
– 1:1 connection
– 10-, 14-, and 16-pos.
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Open end at the other end
The individual wires at the open end are
labeled (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and equipped with a
ferrule.
Notes:
In the case of molded connectors, please observe the dimensional
drawing and note, see page 500

Molded plug-in connectors, not shielded

not shielded


Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

6.1 mm
6.4 mm
6.5 mm

6.1 mm
6.4 mm
6.5 mm

10 -position
14 -position
16 -position

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M

2904073
2904074
2904075
2904076
2904077
2904078
2904079
2904080
2904081
2904082

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/...

2904331

1

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000

2305761
2305253
2305266
2305279
2305282
2305295
2305774
2305787
2305790
2305800

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/...

2305732

1

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M

2318127
2318130
2318143
2318156
2318169
2318172
2318185
2318198
2318208
2318211

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...

2318224

1

Round cable with an open end
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
10
Round cable with an open end
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
14
Round cable with an open end
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
16

502

PHOENIX CONTACT

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900122
2900123
2900125
2900126

1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M

2900127
2900128
2900129

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900130
2900131
2900132
2900133

1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M

2900134
2900135
2900136

1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with
a flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector
and an open end
– 1:1 connection
– 20- and 50-pos.
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Open end at the other end
The individual wires at the open end are
labeled (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and equipped with a
ferrule.
Notes:
In the case of molded connectors, please observe the dimensional
drawing and note, see page 500

Molded plug-in connectors, not shielded

not shielded


Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

7.6 mm
10.3 mm

7.6 mm
10.3 mm

20 -position
50 -position

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000

2305826
2305305
2305318
2305321
2305334
2305347
2305839
2305842
2305855
2305868

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/...

2305745

1

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000

2305871
2305350
2305363
2305376
2305389
2305392
2305884
2305897
2305907
2305910

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/...

2305758

1

Round cable with an open end
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
20
Round cable with an open end
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
50

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900138
2900139
2900141
2900142

1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M

2900143
2900144
2900145

1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900146
2900147
2900148
2900149

1
1
1
1

VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M

2900150
2900151
2900152

1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

503

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connector
Standard lengths
Round cable sets are used to connect the
PLC front adapters to the corresponding
VARIOFACE controller boards.
The following versions are available with
14 and 50 positions:
– Not shielded
– Shielded
– Halogen-free
Plug-in connector strips are fitted on both
sides of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
In case of shielded cables, a cable end with
a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield
connection (length: approx. 0.5 m; cable
H05V-K 1 mm2, black).
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 510.

not shielded


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
-

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
14 -position
50 -position

6.4 mm
10.3 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2295729
2288901
2288914
2288927
2288930
2288943
2288956
2288969
2288972
2290847
2290834
2290850
2290863

5
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299563
2299576

1
1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2289065
2289078
2289081
2289094
2289104
2289117
2289120
2289133
2289573
2289586
2289599
2289609
2289612
2289625
2289638
2289641
2289654
2289667
2289670
2289683

5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Assembled round cables1), with two 14-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths, for transfer of eight channels among other things
14
0.3 m
14
0.5 m
14
1m
14
1.5 m
14
2m
14
2.5 m
14
3m
14
3.5 m
14
4m
14
4.5 m
14
5m
14
5.5 m
14
6m
14
7m
14
8m
14
10 m
2
Assembled round cables ), with two 50-pos. socket strips in fixed
lengths, for transfer of 32 channels among other things
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

504

PHOENIX CONTACT

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
3.5 m
4m
4.5 m
5m
5.5 m
6m
6.5 m
7m
7.5 m
8m
8.5 m
9m
9.5 m
10 m

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Color code of system cables

No. of wires

10-pos.

14-pos.

Shielded

Halogen-free
(only the cable)

16-pos.



20-pos.

Applied for: cUL / UL

Technical data

Technical data

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
-

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

6.7 mm
11 mm

6.4 mm
10.3 mm

26-pos.

34-pos.

40-pos.

Ordering data

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2296977
2296980
2296993
2297002

1
1
1
1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299013

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299026

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK

2305952
2305965
2305978
2305981
2305994
2304759

1
1
1
1
1
1

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK

2304762

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/KONFEK

2304717

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 700/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK

2306003
2314011
2314024
2314037

1
1
1
1

2314134
2314147
2314150
2314163
2314176
2314189

1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299039

1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299042
2299055

1
1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2299097
2299107
2299110
2299123

1
1
1
1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S

2299136

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2299149

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M

2314192

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M

2314202

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M

2314215

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M

2314228

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M

2314231

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S

2299152

1

50-pos.

1)

Shield connection
(for shielded cables)

2)

2299165

1

Wire color
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Violet
Gray
White
White-black
White-brown
White-red
White-orange
White-yellow
White-green
White-blue
White-violet
White-gray
Brown-black
Brown-red
Brown-orange
Brown-yellow
Brown-green
Brown-blue
Brown-violet
Brown-gray
Brown-white
Green-black
Green-brown
Green-red
Green-orange
Green-blue
Green-violet
Green-gray
Green-white
Yellow-black
Yellow-brown
Yellow-red
Yellow-orange
Yellow-blue
Yellow-violet
Yellow-gray
Yellow-white
Gray-black
Gray-brown
Gray-red
Gray-orange
Gray-yellow
Gray-green

Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.

Polarization lug

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

PIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

Polarization lug

Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.
Shield connection
(for shielded cables)

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299178

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M

2314244

1

Polarization lug

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Polarization lug

PHOENIX CONTACT

505

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable
with flat-ribbon cable plug-in
connector
Standard lengths
Pre-assembled round cables to couple the
VARIOFACE interface modules.
Plug-in connector strips are fitted on both
sides of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 510.
Notes:

not shielded

Outside diameter of the cable
10-pos.: 6 mm
16-pos.: 6.5 mm
20-pos.: 7.6 mm
26-pos.: 7.8 mm
34-pos.: 10 mm


Applied for: cUL / UL

Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299204
2299217
2299220
2299233
2299246
2299259
2299262
2299275
2299288

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299291
2299301
2299314
2299327
2299330
2299343
2299356
2299369
2299372

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK

2296391
2296401
2296472
2296485
2296498
2296508
2296511
2296524
2296537

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299385
2299398
2299408
2299411
2299424
2299437
2299440
2299453
2299466

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299479
2299482
2299495
2299505
2299518
2299521
2299534
2299547
2299550

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Round cable1), with two socket strips

Round cable1), with two socket strips

Round cable1), with two socket strips

Round cable1), with two socket strips

Round cable1), with two socket strips

506

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in
connector
Standard lengths
Round cable sets are used to connect the
PLC front adapters to the corresponding
VARIOFACE controller boards.
Plug-in connector strips are fitted on both
sides of the cables in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection).
Special lengths are defined using an order
key, refer to page 510.

not shielded


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Assembly

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
40 -position

9.9 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
2.5 m
3m
3.5 m
4m
6m
8m
10 m

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Round cable2), with two socket strips

1)

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2288985
2288998
2289007
2289010
2289023
2289036
2289049
2289052
2299589
2299592
2299602

5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.

Shield connection
(for shielded cables)

Polarization lug

2)

Polarization lug

Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.
Shield connection
(for shielded cables)

Polarization lug

Polarization lug

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

507

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with flat-ribbon cable
plug-in connector
The FLK 50... types are plugged onto the
VARIOFACE front adapters for 32 channels
and make it possible to split the channels
into 4 x 8 channels. All 8-channel
VARIOFACE modules and the PLC-V8
adapters for PLC-INTERFACE can therefore be connected.
In case of shielded cables, a cable end with
a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield
connection (length: approx. 0.5 m; cable
H05V-K 1 mm2, black).

Splitting cable unshielded
50 positions on 4 x 14

Splitting cable shielded
50 positions on 4 x 14


Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
-

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Assembly

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material
Number of connectors on the module side
Outside diameter

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
4

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated
4

50 -position

6.3 mm

6.3 mm

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Cable length

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2296689
2296692
2296702
2296715
2305402
2296728
2296731
2296744
2296757
2296773

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ...

2302405

1

Type

Order No.

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ...

2302447

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Round cable sets, for connection to the VARIOFACE system
cabling, with a 50-pos. socket strip and four 14-pos. socket strips,
for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels.

50
0.5 m
50
1m
50
1.5 m
50
2m
50
2.5 m
50
3m
50
4m
50
6m
50
8m
50
10 m
Assembled round cables, same as before, however in variable
lengths
50
Assembled round cables, same as before, however shielded and
in variable lengths
50

Ordering example for system cable:
– Unshielded splitting cable 12.75 m long

Quantity
1

Length [m]1)

Order No.
2302405

/

12.75
1)

min. 0.30 m

– Shielded splitting cable 11.00 m long
Quantity
1

Length [m]1)

Order No.
2302447

/

11.00
1)

508

PHOENIX CONTACT

min. 0.30 m

1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

509

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with flat-ribbon cable
plug-in connector
(1:1 connection); and so on up to
– 50-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
cable is assembled with 50-pos. plug-in
connectors at both ends
(1:1 connection);
– 14-pos. socket strip at one end,
16-pos. socket strip at one end,
the cable is assembled with a 14-pos.
plug-in connector at one end and a 16pos. plug-in connector at the other end
(for SIMATIC S7; no 1:1 connection).

for shielded round cables,
FLK EZ-DR-S/.../.../.... To ensure clear specification when ordering, the features are described in detail below:

Special lengths
Pre-assembled round cables for connecting, e.g., PLC front adapters to the corresponding VARIOFACE termination boards.
The cables are assembled with plug-in connector strips at both ends according to IEC
60603-13/DIN 41651. For shielded cables, a
cable end with ferrule is available additionally
as a shielded connection (length: approx. 0.5
m; cable: H05V-K 1 mm2, black).
The order key for special lengths is described using three features.
The order of the features is as follows:
– Cable type
– Assembly
– Length in meters

Cable type
– This specifies the number of individual
cables within the specific cable.
Assembly
– None,
the cable is not assembled at either end;
– 10-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
cable is assembled with 10-pos. plug-in
connectors at both ends
(1:1 connection);
– 14-pos. socket strip at both ends, the
cable is assembled with 14-pos. plug-in
connectors at both ends

There are two order keys, one for unshielded round cables, FLK EZ-DR/.../.../..., and one
Features of permissible assemblies:
Cable type
Assembly
No assembly
10-pos. socket strip at both ends

Unshielded round cables
FLK EZ-DR.../.../...

Shielded round cables
FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...

10-pos.

14-pos.

16-pos.

20-pos.

26-pos.

34-pos.

40-pos.

50-pos.

14-pos.

16-pos.

40-pos.

50-pos.

10U/C00/...

14U/C00/...

16U/C00/...

20U/C00/...

26U/C00/...

34U/C00/...

40U/C00/...

50U/C00/...

14S/C00/...

16S/C00/....

40S/C00/...

50S/C00/...

10U/C55/...1)
14U/C23/...1)

14-pos. socket strip at both ends

14S/C23/...1)
16S/C58/...1)

16U/C58/...1)

16-pos. socket strip at both ends

20U/C61/...1)

20-pos. socket strip at both ends

26U/C63/...1)

26-pos. socket strip at both ends

34U/C65/...1)

34-pos. socket strip at both ends

40U/C30/...3)

40-pos. socket strip at both ends

14-pos. socket strip at one end;
16-pos. socket strip at one end
1)

14U/C52/...1)
Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.

Shield connection
(for shielded cables)

Polarization lug

50S/C38/...2)
14S/C52/...1)

2)

Socket strips assembled straight at both ends.

Polarization lug

40S/C30/...3)
50U/C38/...2)

50-pos. socket strip at both ends

3)

Socket strips assembled straight at one end and angled at
the other.

Shield connection
(for shielded cables)

Polarization lug

Polarization lug

Shield connection
(for shielded cables)

Polarization lug

Polarization lug

Ordering example for unshielded round cable:
– Unshielded 50-pos. round cable, assembled with two 50-pos. socket strips, 11.5 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2295059

Cable type
/

50U
10U
14U
16U
20U
26U
34U
40U
50U

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Length [m]4)

Assembly
/

10-pos. unshielded
14-pos. unshielded
16-pos. unshielded
20-pos. unshielded
26-pos. unshielded
34-pos. unshielded
40-pos. unshielded
50-pos. unshielded

C38
C00
C55
C23
C52

=
=
=
=

C58
C61
C63
C65
C30
C38

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

No assembly
10-pos. socket strip at both ends
14-pos. socket strip at both ends
14-pos. socket strip at one end,
16-pos. socket strip at the other (for S7)
16-pos. socket strip at both ends
20-pos. socket strip at both ends
26-pos. socket strip at both ends
34-pos. socket strip at both ends
40-pos. socket strip at both ends
50-pos. socket strip at both ends

11.50
4)

Min. 0.20 m

Ordering example for shielded round cable:
– Shielded 14-pos. round cable, assembled with two 14-pos. socket strips, 12.75 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2295046

Cable type
/

14S
14S
16S
40S
50S

510

PHOENIX CONTACT

=
=
=
=

14-pos. shielded
16-pos. shielded
40-pos. shielded
50-pos. shielded

Length [m]4)

Assembly
/

C23
C00 = No assembly
C23 = 14-pos. socket strip at both ends
C52 = 14-pos. socket strip at one end,
16-pos. socket strip at the other (for S7)
C58 = 16-pos. socket strip at both ends
C30 = 40-pos. socket strip at both ends
C38 = 50-pos. socket strip at both ends

/

12.75
4)

Min. 0.20 m

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

not shielded

shielded


Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
-

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
0.16 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

AWG 26 / 0.14 mm²
7 / Cu tin-plated

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...

2295046

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Unshielded round cables, as above, but in variable lengths of
type “FLK EZ-DR/14U/C52/...”
FLK EZ-DR.../.../...

2295059

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

511

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with
D-SUB socket and pin strip
Standard lengths
Shielded round cable sets to connect
the control level with the corresponding
VARIOFACE interface modules.
Assembly with D-SUB strips as per
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652, (1:1 connection).
– D-SUB socket strip on one side and
D-SUB pin strip on the other
– D-SUB sockets on both sides
– D-SUB pin strips on both sides
– Cable exit: straight
– Screw connection: 2 UNC 4-40 screws.
Special lengths and assembly versions are
defined using an order key, refer to
page 514.

Socket at one end and pin strip at the other


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²
9 -position
15 -position
25 -position
37 -position
50 -position

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm
12.5 mm
13.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Shielded round cable, fitted with two D-SUB strips, various
numbers of positions and lengths

512

PHOENIX CONTACT

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2299987
2299990
2300009
2302010
2302023
2302036
2302049

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

15
15
15
15
15
15
15

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302052
2302065
2302078
2302081
2302094
2302104
2302117

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

25
25
25
25
25
25
25

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302120
2302133
2302146
2302159
2302162
2302175
2302188

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m
8m
10 m
15 m
20 m

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302191
2302201
2302214
2302227
2302230
2302243
2302256

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

50
50
50
50
50
50
50

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302269
2302272
2302285
2302298
2302308
2302311
2302324

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
Color code of the system cables
CABLE-D...SUB/...
No. of wires

9-pos.

Socket strip at both ends

Pin strip at both ends



15-pos.


Technical data

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm
12 mm
13.5 mm

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm
12 mm
13.5 mm

Ordering data

25-pos.

37-pos.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305415

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305570

1

2305428
2305431

1
1

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305583
2305596

1
1

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305444

1

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305606

1

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305457
2305460

1
1

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305619
2305622

1
1

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305473

1

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305635

1

CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305486
2305499

1
1

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305648
2305651

1
1

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S

2305509

1

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305664

1

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 800/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1500/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/2000/KONFEK/S

2305512
2305525
2900759
2900760
2900761
2900762
2900763
2900764

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305677
2305680

1
1

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305541

1

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305693

1

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305554
2305567

1
1

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305703
2305716

1
1

50-pos.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PIN

Wire color

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50

white
brown
green
yellow
gray
pink
blue
red
black
violet
gray-pink
red-blue
white-green
brown-green
white-yellow
yellow-brown
white-gray
gray-brown
white-pink
pink-brown
white-blue
brown-blue
white-red
brown-red
white-black
brown-black
gray-green
yellow-gray
pink-green
yellow-pink
green-blue
yellow-blue
green-red
yellow-red
green-black
yellow-black
gray-blue
pink-blue
gray-red
pink-red
gray-black
pink-black
blue-black
red-black
white-brown-black
yellow-green-black
gray-pink-black
blue-red-black
white-green-black
green-brown-black

PHOENIX CONTACT

513

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with D-SUB sockets and
pin strip
Special lengths
Pre-assembled shielded round cables
for connecting VARIOFACE termination
boards. The cables are assembled with
D-SUB strips in accordance with
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652.
The order key is defined by three
features.
The features in the appropriate
sequence are:
– Cable type
– Assembly
– Length in meters
There are three assembly variants of the
shielded round cable:
– CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...
D-SUB socket strip on one end and
D-SUB pin strip on the other
– CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... D-SUB

socket strip at both ends
– CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... D-SUB pin
strip at both ends
The features necessary for clear
identification of an order are described
below:
Cable type
– The number of individual cables within
the cable is defined here.

– 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
the cable connects (1:1) a 15-pos.
D-SUB socket and pin strip; or up to
– 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
the cable connects (1:1) a 50-pos.
D-SUB socket and pin strip.

Assembly
– (example for CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...)
– None,
the cable is not assembled at either end
– 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
the cable connects (1:1) a 9-pos. D-SUB
socket and pin strip

Sample order for round cable set assembled with pin strip on one side and socket strip on one side
– unshielded 25-pos. round cable set, assembled with one 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and one 25-pos. D-SUB pin strip, 11.5 mm long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2302340

Cable type
/

25S
09S
15S
25S
37S
50S

=
=
=
=
=

Length [m]1)

Assembly
/

C36

/

C00 = no assembly
C01 = 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C28 = 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C36 = 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C43 = 37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end
C49 = 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end
50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end

9-pos. shielded
15-pos. shielded
25-pos. shielded
37-pos. shielded
50-pos. shielded

11.50
1)

min. 0.20 m

Sample order for round cable set assembled with socket strip at both ends
– Shielded 37-pos. round cable, assembled with two 37-pos. D-SUB socket strips, 12.75 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2302421

Cable type
/

37S
09S
15S
25S
37S
50S

=
=
=
=
=

Length [m]1)

Assembly
/

9-pos. shielded
15-pos. shielded
25-pos. shielded
37-pos. shielded
50-pos. shielded

C44
C00
C22
C29
C37
C44
C50

=
=
=
=
=
=

/

no assembly
9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends
50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends

12.75
1)

min. 0.20 m

Sample order for round cable set assembled with pin strip at both ends
– Shielded 15-pos. round cable, assembled with two 15-pos. D-SUB pin strips, 8.5 m long
Quantity
1

Order No.
2302434

Cable type
/

15S
09S
15S
25S
37S
50S

514

PHOENIX CONTACT

=
=
=
=
=

9-pos. shielded
15-pos. shielded
25-pos. shielded
37-pos. shielded
50-pos. shielded

Length [m]1)

Assembly
/

C71
C00
C70
C71
C72
C73
C74

=
=
=
=
=
=

no assembly
9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends
50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends

/

8.50
1)

min. 0.20 m

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

Shielded


Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles
Conductor cross section

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Assembled round cables, in variable lengths,
pin strip on one side and socket strip on one side
CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...

2302340

1

CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../...

2302421

1

CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../...

2302434

1

Assembled round cables, in variable lengths,
socket strip on both sides
Assembled round cables, in variable lengths,
pin strip on both sides

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

515

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with
D-SUB socket or pin strip and one
open end
– 1:1 connection
– D-SUB socket or pin strip at one end
– Connector according to
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652
– Gland: 2 UNC 4-40 screws
– Open end at the other end
– Individual wire marking: 1, 2, 3, 4, etc.
– Individual wires fitted with ferrules
– Shield connection: H05V-K 1 mm2 cable,
black, 0.5 m in length

Socket strip at one end and
open end at the other end

Pin strip at one end and
open end at the other end

Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm

7.5 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm

9 -position
15 -position
25 -position

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926014
2926027
2926030
2926043
2926056
2926069
2926072

CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926360
2926373
2926386
2926399
2926409
2926412
2926425

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

2900903

1

CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900909

1

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926085
2926098
2926108
2926111
2926124
2926137
2926140

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926438
2926441
2926454
2926467
2926470
2926483
2926496

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900905

1

CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900910

1

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926153
2926166
2926179
2926182
2926195
2926205
2926218

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926506
2926519
2926522
2926535
2926548
2926551
2926564

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-25SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900906

1

CABLE-D-25SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900911

1

Round cable with an open end
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
9
Round cable with an open end
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
15
Round cable with an open end
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
25

516

PHOENIX CONTACT

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

Special lengths of D-SUB cable with open
ends can be configured using separate order
numbers.
Ordering example:
One system cable assembled with a
37-pos. D-SUB socket strip and one open
end, 12.75 m in length:
1 pcs. 2900907/12,75
Socket strip at one end and
open end at the other end

Pin strip at one end and
open end at the other end

Technical data

Technical data

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

125 V AC/DC
2A
0.09 Ω/m
-20°C ... 50°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Insertion/withdrawal cycles
Conductor cross section
Outside diameter

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

> 200
AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

12 mm
13.5 mm

12 mm
13.5 mm

37 -position
50 -position

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Round cable with an open end
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
37
Round cable with an open end
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths
50

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
2m
3m
4m
6m

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926221
2926234
2926247
2926250
2926263
2926276
2926289

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926577
2926580
2926593
2926603
2926616
2926629
2926632

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-37SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900907

1

CABLE-D-37SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900912

1

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926292
2926302
2926315
2926328
2926331
2926344
2926357

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926645
2926658
2926661
2926674
2926687
2926690
2926700

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-D-50SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2900908

1

CABLE-D-50SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...

2900913

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

517

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling
System cable with
a 56-pos. ELCO/EDAC plug-in connector
and an open end
Assembled system cable for connecting
56-pos. EDAC plug-in connectors from the
516 series or ELCO plug-in connectors
from the 8016 series.
– Single-sided 516 series EDAC socket
plug-in connectors
– Metal housing with lateral cable outlet
– Coding sockets in location 1 by default
– Open end at the other end
– Single wire marking:
1, 2, 3, ... 53, 54, Y, Z (see pin assignment)
– Shield connection on both sides:
H05V-K 1 mm2 cable, black, length: 0.5 m

81
60,5
22,5

46,5

71,2

A

56-pos. system cable
N
N

Notes:

Technical data

The system cables are designed specifically for the
UMK-EC56/56-XOR (2975900) and
UMK-EC56/56-XOL (2975890) modules.
When using the UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R (2976161) or
UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L (2976158) modules,
the coding sockets must be adapted accordingly.

Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path
Max. conductor resistance
Ambient temperature (operation)
Shield

25 V AC / 60 V DC
1.5 A
0.056 Ω/m
-20°C ... 60°C
Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering

Conductor cross section
Conductor structure: stranded wires / material

AWG 22 / 0.34 mm²
19 / Cu uninsulated

Observe the module and system cable layouts.

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Cable length

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 1,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 2,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 4,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 6,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 8,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/10,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/15,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/20,0M

2903395
2903396
2903397
2903398
2903399
2903400
2903401
2903402

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

CABLE-EC56-F-OE-0,34-S/...

2904025

1

Shielded round cable, single-sided with assembled EDAC socket
plug-in connector and an open end
Pin assignment
Single wire
marking

EDAC socket plug-in
connector

Single wire
marking

EDAC socket plug-in
connector

Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

Z
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Y

m
n
p
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
Y

518

PHOENIX CONTACT

56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
Shielded round cable, as above, but in variable lengths

1m
2m
4m
6m
8m
10 m
15 m
20 m

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE system cabling

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

519

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional – secure
and reliable connections in even the
tightest of spaces
Space is extremely valuable in the control
cabinet. That is why the I/O of automation
devices feature high-position plug-in connectors. To enable the individual wires of
the sensor/actuator level to be connected
to the automation interface in accordance
with industry requirements, Phoenix Contact is now able to offer new interface modules and new system cables inside a professional and compact housing design. Thanks
to the encapsulated system cables, the control and process levels can be connected
safely and reliably in harsh industrial environments.
To allow all components to be supplied
with power, potential distributors are available with the same housing design.

520

PHOENIX CONTACT

VARIOFACE Professional means:
New modules:
– Space-saving
– Vibration resistant thanks to metal foot
– Optional marking
– New housing design
New FLK system cables:
– Encapsulated FLK plug-in connectors
– Professional strain relief
– Robust design

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
interface modules
Interface modules with various connection technologies and designs are available
for the widely-used FLK, D-SUB, and highdensity D-SUB plug-in connectors. Modules
with a status indicator can be selected for
operation monitoring purposes.

Interface module with ELCO or
DIN plug-in connector
Modules with ELCO plug-in connectors
exist for robust environments or where
there are increased safety requirements.
Interface modules are also available for
DIN strip types C, D, E, and F.

System cables with encapsulated
FLK or D-SUB plug-in connectors
Assembled FLK and D-SUB cables guarantee a reliable connection between the automation device and the module. 1 A (FLK cable) and 2 A (D-SUB cable) currents can be
transmitted on each signal path thanks to
the large conductor cross sections.

VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
potential distributors
Designed for up to 250 V/30 V, the potential distributors can be used universally – for
both operating voltage and control voltage
distribution. Screw connections or springcage connection can be selected as required
for the application.

Relay/solid-state relay modules
The active modules are configured as a
4-channel, 8-channel, and 16-channel interface. Multi-channel modules exist for relay
and signal/power optocouplers. These allow
functions such as signal conditioning, electrical isolation, and power gain to be
achieved.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

521

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Product overview for VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
Passive modules (connection technology)
Flat-ribbon cable
strip

D-SUB strip

DIN strip

ELCO strip

Potential
distributor

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

524

532
539

Standard Line

VIP Line

Device series

Slim Line

536

Feed-through
modules

530

537

Cables

540

528

500

512

522

548

PHOENIX CONTACT

544

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

Relays/
solid-state relays

Solid-state relays

Page

Page

Standard Line

550

553

Accessories

Active modules (function)

554

558

COMBICON

Device series

Page

547

547

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

523

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 64-pos.
– Screw connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60603-13
– Optional with status indicator
Low and high engagement latches are supplied with all modules.

Notes:

D W
H

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

10 to 20 positions
with screw connection


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/FLK10
VIP-2/SC/FLK14
VIP-2/SC/FLK16
VIP-2/SC/FLK20

2315010
2315023
2315036
2315049

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with pin strip
10
14
16
20
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
10
14
16
20

34.70
39.80
45.00
55.10

34.70
44.90
50.00
60.20

VARIOFACE module, with pin strip
26
34
40
50
60
64
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
26
34
40
50
60
64

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

524

PHOENIX CONTACT

-

57.10
67.30
77.40
92.70
108.00
118.00

57.40
67.60
77.80
93.10
113.50
118.60

1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

10 to 20 positions
with screw connection and light indicator



D W
H

26 to 64 positions
with screw connection

26 to 64 positions
with screw connection and light indicator


Technical data


Technical data

24 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 56 mm

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data

24 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED

2322045
2322058
2322061
2322074

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/FLK26
VIP-3/SC/FLK34
VIP-3/SC/FLK40
VIP-3/SC/FLK50
VIP-3/SC/FLK60
VIP-3/SC/FLK64

2315052
2315065
2315078
2315081
2315094
2315104

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED

2322087
2322090
2322100
2322113
2322126
2322139

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1
1
1

525

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 64-pos.
– Push-in connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60603-13
– Optional with status indicator
Low and high engagement latches are supplied with all modules.

Notes:

D W
H

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

10 to 20 positions
with push-in connection

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK10
VIP-2/PT/FLK14
VIP-2/PT/FLK16
VIP-2/PT/FLK20

2903787
2903788
2903789
2903790

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with pin strip
10
14
16
20
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
10
14
16
20

36.80
41.90
46.90
57.10

36.80
41.90
46.90
57.10

VARIOFACE module, with pin strip
26
34
40
50
60
64
VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator
26
34
40
50
60
64

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

526

PHOENIX CONTACT

-

57.10
67.30
77.40
92.70
107.90
118.10

57.10
67.30
77.40
92.70
107.90
118.10

1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

10 to 20 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator

D W
H

26 to 64 positions
with push-in connection

Technical data

26 to 64 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator

Technical data

24 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 56 mm

Technical data

60 V AC/DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

24 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED
VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED
VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED

2904248
2904249
2904250
2904251

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/FLK26
VIP-3/PT/FLK34
VIP-3/PT/FLK40
VIP-3/PT/FLK50
VIP-3/PT/FLK60
VIP-3/PT/FLK64

2903791
2903792
2903793
2903794
2903795
2903796

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/FLK26/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK34/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK40/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK50/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK60/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK64/LED

2904252
2904253
2904254
2904255
2904256
2904257

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1
1
1
1

527

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
SLIM-LINE modules for
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors
VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE modules connect flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors in
accordance with IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651
to front connection terminal blocks.
The modules are provided with low and
high engagement latches to protect the flatribbon cable plug-in connector against being
accidentally released.

D W
H

D W
H

20 and 26-pos.
with screw connection

34 to 50 positions
with screw connection




Technical data

Technical data

Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
0.8 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor)

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor)

Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

-10°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
45 mm / 25 mm

-10°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
45 mm / 45 mm

D/W

Ordering data
Description

No. of Module height
pos.
H

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UM 25-FLK20/FRONT/Q
UM-25 FLK26/FRONT/Q

2959515
2959528

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UM 45-FLK34/FRONT/Q
UM 45-FLK40/FRONT/Q
UM 45-FLK50/FRONT/Q

2959531
2959544
2959557

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip
20
26

177.00
217.00

34
40
50

147.00
167.00
197.00

1
1

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip

528

PHOENIX CONTACT

1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

529

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Panel feed-through modules for
flat-ribbon cable plug-in connectors
VARIOFACE DFLK... panel feed-through
modules connect the flat-ribbon cable
plug-in connectors in accordance with
IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 to the screw
connection terminal blocks.
These modules are suitable for mounting
on a side panel with an appropriate housing
cutout (see dimensioning table).
The modules are provided with low and
high engagement latches to protect the flatribbon cable plug-in connector against being
accidentally released.

16 to 50 positions
with screw connection
Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

DFLK 16
DFLK 20
DFLK 26
DFLK 34
DFLK 40
DFLK 50

2280239
2280242
2280255
2280268
2280271
2280284

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through module, with pin strip
16
20
26
34
40
50

39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Dimensional drawing DFLK:

b

39

+0,2

49

4

d+0,2

24,3

c

c

d

DFLK 16
DFLK 20
DFLK 26

58.4
68.4
83.4

52.5
62.5
77.5

40.1 + 0.2
45.2 + 0.2
52.8 + 0.2

9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2

DFLK 34
DFLK 40
DFLK 50

103.4
128.4
143.4

97.5
122.5
137.5

63.0 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
83.3 + 0.2

9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2

a

b

530

PHOENIX CONTACT

b

a

3,2

38
Type

5
5
5
5
5
5

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Feed-through modules for IDC/FLK
plug-in connectors (pitch 2.54 mm)
with spring-cage connection
– 1:1 connection
– 10- to 50-pos.
– Plug-in push-in spring-cage connection
– Plug-in connectors as per IEC 60603-13
– Short and long latches are supplied with
the module
– Select housing cutout for side panel
mounting according to dimensions table
With pin strip and
push-in spring-cage connection
Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
No. of
pos.

Description

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

DFLK 10/FKCT
DFLK 14/FKCT
DFLK 16/FKCT
DFLK 20/FKCT
DFLK 26/FKCT
DFLK 34/FKCT
DFLK 40/FKCT
DFLK 50/FKCT

2903034
2903035
2903036
2903038
2903039
2903041
2903042
2903043

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through module, with pin strip
10
14
16
20
26
34
40
50

36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Dimensional drawing DFLK...FKCT

b

36,5

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

+0,2

60

d

36

+0,2

Ø3,2

c

c

d

DFLK 10/FKCT
DFLK 14/FKCT
DFLK 16/FKCT
DFLK 20/FKCT

58.4
58.4
58.4
68.4

52.5
52.5
52.5
62.5

40.1 + 0.2
40.1 + 0.2
40.1 + 0.2
45.2 + 0.2

9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2

DFLK 26/FKCT
DFLK 34/FKCT
DFLK 40/FKCT
DFLK 50/FKCT

83.4
103.4
128.4
143.4

77.5
97.5
122.5
137.5

52.8 + 0.2
63.0 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
83.3 + 0.2

9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2
9 + 0.2

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

a

b

b

a

Ø3,2

38
Type

PHOENIX CONTACT

531

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with D-SUB plug-in
connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– Screw connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60807-2
– Optional with status indicator
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are guided
directly onto a connection terminal block.

Notes:

D W
H

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

9 to 15 positions
with screw connection


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

125 V AC/DC
2A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 45.1 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M

2315117
2315120

1
1

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F

2315162
2315175

1
1

VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip and
light indicator
9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip

34.70
45.00

34.70
50.00

9
34.70
15
45.00
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip and
light indicator
9
34.70
15
50.00
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip and
light indicator
25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip

57.40
72.70
98.20

57.40
72.70
98.20

25
57.40
37
72.70
50
98.20
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip and
light indicator
25
57.40
37
72.70
50
98.20

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

532

PHOENIX CONTACT

-

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

9 to 15 positions
with screw connection and light indicator



D W
H

25 to 50 positions
with screw connection

25 to 50 positions
with screw connection and light indicator


Technical data


Technical data

24 V DC
2.5 A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
65.5 mm / 45.1 mm

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data

24 V DC
2.5 A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED

2322142
2322155

1
1

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED

2322197
2322207

1
1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M

2315133
2315146
2315159

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F

2315188
2315191
2315201

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M/LED

2322168
2322171
2322184

1
1
1

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F/LED

2322210
2322223
2322236

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

533

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional
Modules with D-SUB plug-in
connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– Push-in connection
– Metal foot
– As per IEC 60807-2
– Optional with status indicator
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are guided
directly onto a connection terminal block.

Notes:

D W
H

For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

9 to 15 positions
with push-in connection

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

125 V AC/DC
2A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 46.6 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M

2903777
2903779

1
1

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F

2903778
2903780

1
1

VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip and
light indicator
9
15
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip

36.80
46.90

36.80
52.00

9
36.80
15
46.90
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip and
light indicator
9
36.80
15
52.00
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip and
light indicator
25
37
50
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip

57.10
72.30
97.70

57.10
72.30
97.70

25
57.10
37
72.30
50
97.70
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip and
light indicator
25
57.10
37
72.30
50
97.70

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

534

PHOENIX CONTACT

-

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

9 to 15 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator

D W
H

25 to 50 positions
with push-in connection

Technical data

25 to 50 positions
with push-in connection and light indicator

Technical data

24 V DC
2A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
72.1 mm / 46.6 mm

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

24 V DC
2A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED

2904258
2904259

1
1

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED

2904263
2904264

1
1

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M

2903781
2903783
2903785

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F

2903782
2903784
2903786

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M/LED

2904260
2904261
2904262

1
1
1

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F/LED

2904265
2904266
2904267

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

535

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
SLIM-LINE modules for
D-subminiature plug-in connectors
These VARIOFACE modules connect
D-SUB strips with front connection
terminal blocks in accordance with
IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652.
To make the ground connection, the metallic plug shell (4-40 UNC thread) makes
contact with a connection terminal block.

D W
H

D W
H

9 to 25 positions
With screw connection

37 to 50 positions
With screw connection




Technical data

Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Dimensions

D/W

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-10°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0160 (in parts)
45 mm / 25 mm

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-10°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
45 mm / 45 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of Module height
pos.
H

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with
D-SUB miniature pin strip
9
15
25

117.00
147.00
217.00

UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959573
2959599
2959612

1
1
1

9
15
25

117.00
147.00
217.00

UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959560
2959586
2959609

1
1
1

37
50

157.00
187.00

UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959638
2959654

1
1

37
50

157.00
187.00

UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959625
2959641

1
1

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with
D-SUB miniature socket strip

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with
D-SUB miniature pin strip

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with
D-SUB miniature socket strip

536

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Feed-through modules for
D-SUB miniature plug-in connectors
with screw connection
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– Screw connection
– As per IEC 60807-2
– D-SUB 4-40 UNC thread
– 9- to 37-pos.: Separate ground tap
– 50-pos.: No ground tap

With D-subminiature pin strip

With D-subminiature socket strip

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

9
15
25
37
50

39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B
DFLK-D15 SUB/B
DFLK-D25 SUB/B
DFLK-D37 SUB/B
DFLK-D50 SUB/B

2287135
2280307
2280323
2280349
2287669

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through module, with
D-subminiature plug-in connector
DFLK-D 9 SUB/S
DFLK-D15 SUB/S
DFLK-D25 SUB/S
DFLK-D37 SUB/S
DFLK-D50 SUB/S

2283870
2280297
2280310
2280336
2291286

5
5
5
5
5

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Dimensional drawing: DFLK-D...SUB:

39

b
+0,2

33

4

d+0,2

24,3

c

5
5
5
5
5

b

c

d

DFLK-D 9 SUB/S
DFLK-D 15 SUB/S
DFLK-D 25 SUB/S
DFLK-D 37 SUB/S
DFLK-D 50 SUB/S

58.4
58.4
83.4
128.4
143.4

52.5
52.5
77.5
122.5
137.5

40.2 + 0.2
40.2 + 0.2
54.2 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
67.8 + 0.2

13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
15.8 + 0.2

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B
DFLK-D 15 SUB/B
DFLK-D 25 SUB/B
DFLK-D 37 SUB/B
DFLK-D 50 SUB/B

58.4
58.4
83.4
128.4
143.4

52.5
52.5
77.5
122.5
137.5

40.2 + 0.2
40.2 + 0.2
54.2 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
67.8 + 0.2

13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
15.8 + 0.2

a

a

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

b

Type

3,2

38

PHOENIX CONTACT

537

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Feed-through modules for
D-SUB miniature plug-in connectors
with push-in connection
– 1:1 connection
– 9- to 50-pos.
– Plug-in push-in spring-cage connection
– Plug-in connector according to
IEC 60807-2
– D-SUB 4-40 UNC thread
– 9- to 37-pos. with separate ground tap
– 50-pos.: No ground tap
– Select housing cutout for side panel
mounting according to dimensions table

With D-SUB pin strip and
push-in connection

With D-SUB socket strip and
push-in connection

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

125 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

9
15
25
37
50

36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50
36.50

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT

2903052
2903054
2903055
2903056
2903058

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT

2903063
2903065
2903067
2903069
2903070

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through module, with
D-subminiature plug-in connector
1
1
1
1
1

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Dimensional drawing DFLK-D...SUB...FKCT

36,5

b
+0,2

46

d

36

+0,2

Ø3,2

c

538

PHOENIX CONTACT

b

c

d

58.4
58.4
83.4
128.4
143.4

52.5
52.5
77.5
122.5
137.5

40.2 + 0.2
40.2 + 0.2
54.2 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
67.8 + 0.2

13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
15.8 + 0.2

DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT

58.4
58.4
83.4
128.4
143.4

52.5
52.5
77.5
122.5
137.5

40.2 + 0.2
40.2 + 0.2
54.2 + 0.2
70.6 + 0.2
67.8 + 0.2

13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
13 + 0.2
15.8 + 0.2

a

a

DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT

b

Type

Ø3,2

38

1
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
VIP – VARIOFACE Professional modules for high density D-SUB miniature
plug-in connectors
– 1:1 connection
– 15- to 62-pos.
– Screw and push-in connection
– Metal foot
The D-SUB-4-40 UNC threads are guided
directly onto a connection terminal block.

D W
H

D W
H

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
1)

15 to 62 positions
with screw connection

Module with double-level terminal blocks

15 to 62 positions
with push-in connection


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

125 V AC/DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/M

2904268
2904269
2904270
2904271

1
1
1
1

VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/F

2904272
2904273
2904274
2904275

1
1
1
1

VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature pin strip
With screw connection 1)
15
With screw connection
26
With screw connection
44
With screw connection
62
With push-in connection 1)
15
With push-in connection
26
With push-in connection
44
With push-in connection
62
VARIOFACE module, with D-SUB miniature socket strip

44.90
52.30
82.90
113.50
46.90
52.00
82.50
113.00

VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/M

With screw connection 1)
With screw connection
With screw connection
With screw connection
With push-in connection 1)
With push-in connection
With push-in connection
With push-in connection

44.90
52.30
82.90
113.50
46.90
52.00
82.50
113.00

VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/F

15
26
44
62
15
26
44
62

2322326
2322375
2322388
2322391

2322401
2322414
2322427
2322430

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

539

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Modules for plug-in connectors
IEC 60603/DIN 41612

Notes:

D W
H

For suitable cable housings, see the table on page 562

These VARIOFACE interface modules
connect high-position plug-in connectors
according to IEC 60603/DIN 41612 to
screw connection terminal blocks.
The following VARIOFACE modules are
available:
– UMK modules with
double-level connection terminal blocks
– UMKS modules with
three-level connection terminal blocks.

Design C,
64-position, a, c assembled


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

125 V AC/DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 72 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

UMKS- C64M-VS

2970565

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, C 64-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip
64
135.00
VARIOFACE module, E 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip
48
123.80
VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip
48
112.50
VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., snap-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip
48
112.50
VARIOFACE module, D 32-pos., screw-on cable housing, with:
- Pin strip

540

PHOENIX CONTACT

32

135.00

1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

Design E,
48-position, a, c, e assembled

D W
H

Design F,
48-position, z, b, d assembled



Design D,
32-position, a, c assembled





Technical data

Technical data

125 V AC/DC
4A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 72 mm

Technical data

250 V AC
4A
-20°C ... 45°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 72 mm

Ordering data

250 V AC/DC
2A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 62.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMKS- E48M-VS

2970154

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMKS- F48M-VS

2970714

1

UMKS- F48M-VR

2970167

1

Type

Order No.

UMK- D32M-VS

2970060

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

541

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors

Notes:

D W
H

Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 562

These modules can be used to connect
ELCO plug-in connectors of the 8016 series
to screw connection terminal blocks.
The diagonal position of the ELCO plugin connector means that the wires leading
out of the cable housing at the side can be
led away without restricting neighboring
modules.

38-pos.


Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Total current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

25 V AC / 60 V DC
1.5 A
19 A (38 branches with 0.5 A each)
-20°C ... 40°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

Ordering data
Description
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right above
- Pin strip 8016 right below
- Pin strip 8016 left above
- Pin strip 8016 left below

542

PHOENIX CONTACT

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

38
38

101.50
101.50

56
56

157.50
157.50

56
56

77.00
77.00

32
32

101.30
101.30

32
32

101.30
101.30

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC38/38-XOR
UMK- EC38/38-XOL

2976297
2976284

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

56-pos.

D W
H

56-pos.,
with front connection terminal blocks



32-pos.


Technical data


Technical data

125 V AC/DC
1.5 A
28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

Technical data

< 25 V AC / 30 V DC
1.5 A
28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
146.3 mm / 47.5 mm

Ordering data

25 V AC / 60 V DC
2A
32 A (32 branches with 1 A each)
-20°C ... 40°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/56-XOR
UMK- EC56/56-XOL

2975900
2975890

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L

2976161
2976158

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/32-XOR
UMK- EC56/32-XUR

2975858
2975777

1
1

UMK- EC56/32-XOL
UMK- EC56/32-XUL

2975764
2975780

1
1

1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

543

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors
for use in Ex i circuits

Notes:

D W
H

Dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 563
Facts about explosion protection, see page 154

The VARIOFACE modules connect ELCO
plug-in connectors of the 8016 series to
screw connection terminal blocks. The
modules for ELCO connectors can be used
as simple electrical equipment for applications in intrinsically safe circuits as per EN
60079-14. They fulfill the requirements of
intrinsic safety as per EN 60079-11 (EN
50020) and can be used for various intrinsically safe circuits taking into account the pin
configuration.
The voltage of an intrinsically safe circuit
may not exceed 30 V. The voltage difference
between two intrinsically safe circuits can
be up to 60 V.
The modules are equipped with blue
screw connection methods are clear labeling for intrinsically safe circuits.
The arrangement of angled ELCO plug-in
connectors makes it possible to lead the
lines led out from the cable housing away
from the adjacent modules without any negative effects.
For the disconnection of intrinsically safe
and non-intrinsically safe circuits, a distance
of at least 50 mm should be kept between
the connection points using partition plates
or spaces.

544

PHOENIX CONTACT

32-pos.

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

max. 30 V DC
(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
500 mA
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 60079-11
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

Ordering data
Description
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right above
- Pin strip 8016 right below
- Pin strip 8016 left above
- Pin strip 8016 left above
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left
VARIOFACE module, with:
- Pin strip 8016 right
- Pin strip 8016 left

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

32
32

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

101.30
101.30

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR

2900109
2969068

1
1

32
32

101.30
101.30

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL

2900110
2969071

1
1

25
25

78.80
78.80

25
25

77.00
77.00

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

25-pos.

25-pos.,
with front connection terminal blocks

Technical data

Technical data

max. 30 V DC
(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
500 mA
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 60079-11
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
77 mm / 58.5 mm

max. 30 V DC
(Max. voltage between two intrinsically safe circuits: 60 V DC)
500 mA
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 60079-11
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
112.5 mm / 52.5 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/25/EX -R
UMK- EC56/25/EX -L

2900112
2900113

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L

2900114
2900115

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

545

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Modules with RJ45 plug-in connector

– 1:1 connection
– 8-positions, RJ45 connector
– Screw or push-in connection
(direct plug-in technology)
– Connector housing led to separate connection terminal blocks

D W
H

D W
H

Notes:
For marking systems (e.g., “ZB 22:UNBEDRUCKT”;
Order No. 0811862) and mounting material, see Catalog 5.

8-pos.
with screw connection

8-pos.
with push-in connection

1

2

3

8

1

2

3

8

1

2

3

8

1

2

3

8

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions

H/D

Technical data

48 V AC/DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
DIN EN 50178
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
69 mm / 62 mm

48 V AC/DC
1A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
EN 50178
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/SC/RJ45

2900701

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/RJ45

2904290

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with RJ45 plug-in connector
With screw connection
With push-in connection

546

PHOENIX CONTACT

8
8

26.90
26.60

1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Modules with COMBICON connection

– The slim 10- and 18-pos. VARIOFACE
SLIM-LINE modules connect the front
connection terminal blocks to a
COMBICON header. The corresponding
COMBICON plugs (5.0 mm pitch) can be
found in the COMBICON catalog PCB
Connection Technique.
– The 32-pos. UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS
3/R module connects screw connection
terminal blocks with coded COMBICON
plug-in screw connectors.

D W
H

D W
H

10- and 18-pos.
With screw connection

32-pos.
With screw connection




1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

n

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

30 31 32

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

n

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

30 31 32

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Dimensions

D/W

Technical data

250 V AC/DC
2.5 A
-10°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
45 mm / 25 mm

250 V AC/DC
3A
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
58.5 mm / 112.5 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of Module height
pos.
H

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS3/R

2970196

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with a COMBICON header
(without a COMBICON plug-in connector)
10
137.00
18
217.00
VARIOFACE module,with COMBICON plug-in connector, coded
32

77.00

UM 25-10 MSTB/FRONT/Q
UM 25-18 MSTB/FRONT/Q

2959803
2959502

1
1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

547

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Modules as compact
potential distributors

Notes:

D W
H

Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

The VIP-2/.../PDM... modules offer the
following features:
– Two potential levels
– Separate supply
– Screw or push-in connection
– Consecutive labeling
The UMK-PVB and UMK-PVB 6 modules
have three or six potential levels.

With screw connection and
2 potential levels


P1 P1

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

P1
.n

P2 P2

P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

P2
.n

Technical data
Operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Total current
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting position
Standards/regulations
Supply connection data solid / stranded / AWG

250 V AC/DC
15 A
30 A (Per potential)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

Distribution connection data solid / stranded / AWG

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Dimensions

H/D

65.5 mm / 50 mm

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminal blocks/
8 distributor terminal blocks
2 power terminal blocks/
12 distributor terminal blocks
2 power terminal blocks/
16 distributor terminal blocks
2 power terminal blocks/
24 distributor terminal blocks
VARIOFACE module, with three busbars (+, -, PE) for
potential distribution, per potential:
(+) two power terminal blocks/48 distributor terminal blocks
(-) two power terminal blocks/24 distributor terminal blocks
(PE) 2 power/72 distributor terminal blocks

Order No.

50.00

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16

2315256

1

70.40

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/24

2315269

1

90.80

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/32

2315272

1

131.50

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/48

2903717

1

168.80

VARIOFACE module, with six busbars (P1 to P6) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminal blocks/
12 distributor terminal blocks
VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for
potential distribution, per potential:
2 power terminal blocks/
8 distributor terminal blocks
2 power terminal blocks/
12 distributor terminal blocks
2 power terminal blocks/
16 distributor terminal blocks
2 power terminal blocks/
24 distributor terminal blocks

548

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

123.80

41.90
57.10
67.30
97.70

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

D W
H

With screw connection and
3 potential levels

With screw connection and
6 potential levels



With push-in three-level connection and
2 potential levels


+

+

+
-

+
-

P1

P1

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

- - PE PE

-

-

-

-

-

-

P1 P1

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
P2

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

P2

P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
P6

PE PE PE PE PE PE PE

PE PE

P2 P2

P6
P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6

Technical data

Technical data

250 V AC/DC
16 A
16 A (Per potential)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.5 - 6 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 10

P1
.n

P2
.n

Technical data

250 V AC/DC
16 A
16 A (Per potential)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

250 V AC/DC
15 A
30 A (Per potential)
-20°C ... 50°C
Any
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.25 - 6 mm² / 0.25 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14

77 mm / 72 mm

77 mm / 72 mm

75.8 mm / 63 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- PVB

2971302

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- PVB 6

2972136

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/16

2903797

1

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/24

2903798

1

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/32

2903799

1

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/48

2903800

1

1

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

549

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
VARIOFACE modules for plug-in miniature relays and/or miniature
solid-state relays
The UMK-... RM 4-, 8-, and 16-way relay
or solid-state relay interfaces provide 4, 8
or 16 slots for standard electromechanical
relays (REL-MR..., not REL-MR...MS) or optoelectronic relays (SIM-EI...). The connections between the I/O module and the electronics, as well as the process cabling, are
implemented via screw connection terminal
blocks.

D W
H

D W
H

4-channel with
bridge rectifier

Notes:

4-channel for
relays with a PDT contact

For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
Other input voltages on request.
1)

not with 230 V AC.

2)

with 230 V AC glow lamp.

3)

with 100 V DC and 230 V AC glow lamp.




0

2

3

4

N

N

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

12 11 14
0 + A

22 21 24
0 + A

32 31 34
0 + A

42 41 44
0 + A

12 11 14
0 + A

22 21 24
0 + A

32 31 34
0 + A

42 41 44
0 + A

Technical data

+ +

±10%
Bridge rectifier
-

±10%
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED1)

Status display/channel

Yellow LED

Yellow LED2)

Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Contact side
Contact type
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Dimensions

Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
6A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

1 PDT
250 V AC/DC
5A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110
Any
67.5 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110
Any
67.5 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage

-

Technical data

Coil side
Tolerance of the input voltage
Input circuit
Operating voltage display

W/H/D

-

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- 4 RM 24

2971344

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- 4 RM 5DC
UMK- 4 RM 12DC
UMK- 4 RM 24DC
UMK- 4 RM 60DC
UMK- 4 RM110DC
UMK- 4 RM230AC

2972819
2972822
2972835
2972851
2972864
2972880

Pcs. /
Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, for four plug-in miniature relays or
miniature solid-state relays, with light indicator (without relays)
24 V AC/DC
VARIOFACE module, for plug-in miniature relays or
miniature solid-state relays, with light indicator (without relay)
5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
110 V DC
230 V AC

550

PHOENIX CONTACT

1

1
1
1
1
1
1

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

8-channel for
relays with a PDT contact

D W
H

16-channel for
relays with a PDT contact

2

3

8

+ +

-

1

-

2

3

16 + +

1

2

3

8

1

2

3

16

12 11 14
0 + A

22 21 24
0 + A

32 31 34
0 + A

82 81 84
0 + A

12 11 14
0 + A

22 21 24
0 + A

32 31 34
0 + A

162 161 164
0 + A

Technical data

-

1

-

2

8

1

2

8

Technical data

Technical data

±10%
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED3)

±10%
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
Yellow LED2)

Yellow LED3)

Yellow LED2)

Yellow LED

Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24

Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24

Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 26

1 PDT
250 V AC
5A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

1 PDT
250 V AC
5A
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

2 PDT
250 V AC
5A
Screw connection
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110
Any
135 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110
Any
259 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110
Any
168.8 mm / 77 mm / 59 mm

Ordering data

±10%
Freewheeling diode, Protection against polarity reversal
-

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- 8 RM 5DC/MKDS
UMK- 8 RM 12DC/MKDS
UMK- 8 RM24DC/MKDS
UMK- 8 RM 60DC/MKDS
UMK- 8 RM110DC/MKDS
UMK- 8 RM230AC/MKDS

2972893
2972903
2972916
2972932
2972945
2972961

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1

- -

181
81
84
82
184
182

1



121
21
24
22
124
122



111
11
14
12
114
112



8-channel for
relays with two PDT contacts

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK-16 RM 5DC/MKDS
UMK-16 RM 12DC/MKDS
UMK-16 RM 24DC/MKDS
UMK-16 RM 60DC/MKDS
UMK-16 RM110DC/MKDS
UMK-16 RM230AC/MKDS

2972974
2972987
2972990
2973038
2973041
2973067

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1
1
1
1
1
1

Type

Order No.

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-24/21/21

2975722

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

Pcs. /
Pkt.

1

551

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

18,8

Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5

A

46,7

Solid-state relays, see page 558

B

7,5

5

For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.

OUTPUT
4
3

Properties of the single interface:
– Status display
– Protection against polarity reversal in input
– Surge protection in input
– Assembly option with solid-state relay for
loads up to 350 V DC/1 A or 480 V AC/5 A

Notes:

INPUT
2 1(+)

VARIOFACE modules as interface
for plug-in solid-state relays or
digital I/O modules
The 1-, 4-, 8- or 16-time INTERFACE
modules are the wiring interface and the
coupling level in one unit. The connection
to the interface module is established using
screw connection technology.

Properties of the 4-, 8-, and
16-time interfaces:
– Status display
– Integrated fuse for line protection
– Assembly option with solid-state relay or
I/O modules

A = without metal
B = with metal

Input data
Input voltage range
Input circuit
Status display/channel
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Output data
Connection method
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Dimensions

Description

H/D

Module width
W

Interface module, with plug-in base for one solid-state relay,
with locking clip
22.5
Interface module, with plug-in base for four solid-state relays,
with locking clip
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A
90
Interface module, with plug-in base for eight digital I/O modules.
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A
180
Interface module, with plug-in base for eight solid-state relays,
with locking clip
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A
180
Interface module, with plug-in base for 16 digital I/O modules.
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A
326.5
Interface module, with plug-in base for 16 solid-state relays,
with locking clip
Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A
326.5

552

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
D W
H

D W
H

With light indicator

D W
H

With light indicator and fuse,
control logic negative switching

With light indicator and fuse,
control logic positive switching





+Vcc -GND
A1

1

0

+Vcc -GND

15

1

0

2

15

13(+)

0
A2

15

1

0

1

15

2

14
14
(+)

13

Technical data

24
(+)

23

164
(+)

163

14
(+)

13 24
(+)

Technical data

23 34
(+)

33

164
(+)

Technical data

4 V ... 32 V
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Yellow LED
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12

4 V ... 32 V

4 V ... 32 V

Yellow LED
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24

Yellow LED
Screw connection
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24

Screw connection
0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10

Screw connection
0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10

Screw connection
0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10

-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178

-20°C ... 55°C
DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC, DIN VDE 0160
(in relevant parts)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 72 mm

-20°C ... 55°C
DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC, DIN VDE 0160
(in relevant parts)
Any
In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 72 mm

Any
In rows with zero spacing
77 mm / 72 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

UMK- 1 OM-R/AMS

2983002

Pcs. /
Pkt.

163

Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- 4 OM-R/MF

2970882

1

UMK- 8 OM/MF/MKDS

2972712

1

UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS

2972738

1

UMK-16 OM/MF/MKDS

2972754

1

UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS

2972770

1

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

UMK- 4 OM-R/MF/P

2972673

1

UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P

2972699

1

UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P

2972796

1

1

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

553

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
REL-MR miniature relay

The robust relays are used as interface relays throughout process and production engineering.
The main features of these relays are their
compact design, reliable electrical isolation,
and compliance with the most important
standards, as well as the number of variants.

Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, see page 344

1 N/O contact



A2

A1

11

12

Technical data
②

Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Permissible range (with reference to UN)

-

Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase
relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type

0.8 1.1
5
5

[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

2

Double contact, 1 N/O contact

Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5 V DC
3A
5A
250 V AC

General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
DIN VDE 0110, IEC 255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts)

Mounting position/mounting

Any

Dimensions

W/H/D

5 mm / 23 mm / 17 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact

554

PHOENIX CONTACT

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
230 V AC

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥

12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
230 V AC

Type

Order No.

REL-MR-G 24/1

2961037

Pcs. /
Pkt.

8

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

1 PDT for high continuous currents

2 PDT





A1

A1

12

11

14

A2

A2

22

21

24

12

11

14

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
③
refer to the diagram

④

⑤

⑥

①
②
③
refer to the diagram

④

⑤

⑥

33
7

17
7

8.7
7

8.2
7

4.1
7

3

33
7

17
7

8.7
7

8.2
7

4.1
7

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3 - 12

3 - 12

2-9

2-9

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 1-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

Single contact, 2-PDT

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
30 A (300 ms)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA

AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
25 A (20 ms)

AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA

4000 VA

-

2000 VA

-

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103

Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)

Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm)

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961309
2961312
2834821
2961325
2961338
2961422

10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961257
2961192
2834834
2961273
2961202
2961451

10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961532
2961545

10
10

2961561
2961529

10
10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU

2961299
2961215
2834847
2961286
2961228
2961480

10
10
10
10
10
10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

555

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
SIM-EI miniature solid-state relay

The SIM-EI miniature solid-state relays
have connections compatible with commercially available miniature switching relays and
are of the same shape.
The modules are used for floating conditioning of process signals as an alternative to
electromechanical relays. Substituting mechanical relays for solid-state ones opens
new possibilities for solving interface problems in a user-friendly way. The compatibility of the pins with the mechanical relay permits use of solid-state relays without any
changes in the layout. The output of the
solid-state relay is “high active” and designed as a 2- or 3-conductor output.

with DC voltage output
max. = 100 mA


A1
+

+ A1

+

A2

A A2

A

DC

AC

Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level with reference to UN

1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[Hz]

Typ. input current at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit AC
Input circuit DC
Output data
Operating voltage range
Limiting continuous current
Residual voltage drop at “H”
Max. inrush current
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.35 ≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
≤ 0.4
5.4
5.7
5.1
6.8
2.4
2.6
2.1
600
600
600
600
300
300
3
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal

⑧
0.9 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
2.1
3

8 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
1V
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal

W/H/D

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110
Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing
13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm

Ordering data
Input voltage
UN

Description

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SIM-EI- 5DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI- 12DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI- 24DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI- 60DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI-110DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI-220DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100
SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100

2271057
2271060
2271073
2271086
2271099
2271109
2271112
2271125

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

SIM-ERSN

2271484

100

SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET

2271468
2271497

10
10

SIM-ERSN-HB-MR
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET

2271471
2271510

10
10

Solid-state relay, with protective circuit in the input and output circuit

48 V DC ... 60 V DC

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧

5 V DC
12 V DC
24 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
120 V AC
230 V AC

Load current [A]

Accessories
Plug-in base, for plug-in miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays,
for soldering onto the printed circuit board.

3
2

Retaining bracket, for miniature solid-state relay

1
0

0

10

20
30
40
50 60
Ambient temperature [°C]

Derating curve for SIM-EI-OV-24 DC/24 DC/3

556

PHOENIX CONTACT

- Plastic
- Metal
Retaining bracket, for miniature relay
- Plastic
- Metal

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

with TTL logic level output,
max. = 100 mA

with DC voltage output
Maximum = 100 mA, RC element in input





A1
+

A2

+ A1

+

A

A

0 A2

0

with DC voltage output
max. = 3 A



A1

+

A2

A

A1
+

+

A2

A

AC

DC

Technical data

Technical data

①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8
≤ 0.35 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
5.4
5.7
5.1
4.7
2.4
2.6
2.1
4000 4000 4000 4000 1000 1000 3
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal

⑧
0.9 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
2.1
3

Technical data
⑦
0.9 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
2.2
3

⑧
0.9 1.1
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
2.5
3

③
0.8 1.2
≥ 0.8
≤ 0.4
7
300

RC element
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

3 V DC ... 5.25 V DC
100 mA
0.3 V
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Free running

8 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
1V
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal

3 V DC ... 33 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
≤ 200 mV
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110
Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing
13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
DIN VDE 0110
Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing
13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN VDE 0110
Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing
13 mm / 29 mm / 25 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SIM-EI- 5DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI- 12DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI- 24DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI- 60DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI-110DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI-220DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI-120AC/TTL/100
SIM-EI-230AC/TTL/100

2271138
2271141
2271154
2271167
2271170
2271183
2271196
2271206

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Type

Ordering data
Order No.

SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100/RC
SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100/RC

Accessories

2271439
2271426

Pcs. /
Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SIM-EI-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/3

2300096

10

SIM-ERSN

2271484

100

10
10

Accessories

SIM-ERSN

2271484

100

SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET

2271468
2271497

SIM-ERSN-HB-MR
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET

2271471
2271510

Accessories

SIM-ERSN

2271484

100

10
10

SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET

2271468
2271497

10
10

SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET

2271468
2271497

10
10

10
10

SIM-ERSN-HB-MR
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET

2271471
2271510

10
10

SIM-ERSN-HB-MR
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET

2271471
2271510

10
10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

557

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
OV solid-state relay

Notes:
For derating curves see page 564
For suitable bases, see page 560

Solid-state relays for electrical isolation
can be mounted directly on the printed circuit board as interfaces or plugged in using
the SIM-AMS solder-in socket.
The solid-state relays are suitable for
switching ohmic, capacitive or inductive
loads. Relays for switching AC circuits have
a zero voltage switch to switch the load on
in the zero voltage crossing. It is switched
off in the zero current crossing. The integrated RC element permits operation up to
cos φ = 0.5.
Inductive DC loads must be equipped
with a fast-acting freewheeling diode for
semiconductor relay protection.
– Switching capacity up to 350 V DC/1 A,
60 V DC/4 A or 480 V AC/5 A
– No wear and tear even with high switching frequencies
– No contact bounce – no movable parts
– No electromagnetic interference
– Electrically insulated housings
– Small dimensions
– High test voltage of 4 kV between control
and load circuits

1)

Turn-on/off time at UN: Max. ½ period

with DC voltage output
max. = 1 A



1
+

3
+

2

4

Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Switching level
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Operating voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Surge current
Residual voltage drop at “H”
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Max. load value
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions

1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]

①
4.25 V DC ... 32 V DC
3.3
1
15
100
250
100
1 V DC ... 350 V DC
1 A (see derating curve)
1 mA
20 A (tp = 1 s)
0.5 V
100 µA
Protection against polarity reversal
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 80°C
EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011

W/H/D

Any / Can be aligned with > 9 mm spacing
10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm

Ordering data
Description

Input voltage
UN

Solid-state relay for signal amplification and electrical isolation of
the control and load circuits, can be plugged into the solder-in plugin base SIM-AMS or with PCB connection for direct mounting onto
the PCB,
Input: DC voltage
Output: DC voltage
①
24 V DC
Solid-state relay, same as before, however
Input: DC voltage
Output: AC voltage
①
24 V DC

558

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OV-24DC/350DC/1

2982634

10

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

with DC voltage output
max. = 4 A

with AC voltage output
max. = 5 A





1
+

3
+

1
+

3
A

2

2

4

4

Technical data

Technical data

①
4.25 V DC ... 32 V DC
3.3
1
15
100
250
100

①
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
3.5
1.2
10

1 V DC ... 60 V DC
4 A (see derating curve)
1 mA
25 A (tp = 1 s)
0.5 V
100 µA
Protection against polarity reversal

12 V AC ... 530 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1000 V
5 A (see derating curve)
20 mA
80 A (tp = 20 ms)
1.2 V
< 1 mA
0.5
50 A2s
-

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 80°C
EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-5,
EN 61000-4-6
Any / Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm

25

Any / Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
10.5 mm / 43 mm / 25.4 mm

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OV-24DC/ 60DC/4

2982647

10

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

OV-24DC/480AC/5

2982650

10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

559

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Solder-in socket for
solid-state relays and I/O modules
Modern interface solutions for computer
and electronic controls are increasingly being designed as I/O systems which are system-independent and individually mountable. Electrical isolation and signal
conditioning are carried out using standard
I/O modules. These are produced by various manufacturers in pin-compatible versions for different functions. The I/O modules are either soldered directly into the
PCB or plugged into component sockets for
quick interchanging.
SIM sockets facilitate the plugging of I/O
modules considerably. All standard I/O
modules and solid-state relays with up to
eight connections can be plugged into the
solder-in plug-in socket.
The I/O modules are securely fixed to the
socket using fastening screws which are specific to the module. They are thereby protected against being accidentally released.
Optocouplers, now also available in plug-in
versions, are secured using the latch which
is attached to the socket and which can be
labeled. For better identification, each module plug position has its own marking panel
on the socket.
The SIM socket has been designed so that
it can be used on existing printed circuit
boards without any layout modifications.
Peripheral components such as LEDs or
fuse resistors remain accessible to the user.

Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For dimensional drawings and pin assignments, see page 564
1)

Applies only to the sockets SIM-AMS 1, SIM-AMS 1-R and SIMAMSC in connection with the standard I/O modules with the corresponding AC voltage output.

Plug-in base for solid-state relays


Technical data
Operating voltage

250 V AC / 380 V AC1)

Nominal current
Standards/regulations

5A
DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC

Ordering data
Description

No. of
pos.

Module width
W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SIM-AMS 1
SIM-AMS 2

2271015
2271028

10
10

BN-TRK

2701404

100

B-STIFT

1051993

10

Plug-in base, for solid-state relay and I/O modules, with different
numbers of contacts, can be labeled with marker pins BN or BNB

Partial assembly
Complete assembly
Plug-in base, as above, however, with locking clips for fastening
Partial assembly
Complete assembly
Plug-in base, for standard I/O modules of generation 4 of the
company Opto 22, can be labeled using marker pins BN or BNB

Accessories
Marker pin, made of white plastic, lettering area 7.5 x 4 mm,
unprinted for self-marking with B-STIFT

Marker pen, not refillable, for manual labeling, line thickness
0.5 mm

560

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

Plug-in base for solid-state relays
with locking clip

Plug-in base for I/O modules




Technical data

Technical data

250 V AC / 380 V AC1)

250 V AC / 380 V AC1)

5A
DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC

5A
DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC

Ordering data

Ordering data

Type

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

SIM-AMS 1-R
SIM-AMS 2-R

2271031
2271044

10
10

Type

SIM-AMSC1

Accessories

Order No.

Pcs. /
Pkt.

2271390

50

Accessories

BN-TRK

2701404

100

BN-TRK

2701404

100

B-STIFT

1051993

10

B-STIFT

1051993

10

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

561

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Modules for IEC 60603/DIN 41612
plug-in connectors

Cable housing suitable for snap-lock mechanism:

HARTING

Types “B” and “D”

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC38/38-XOR

77

77

101,3

Type F
32- and 48-pos.

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC38/38-XOL

101,3

Manufacturer

Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/56-XOL

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/56-XOR

Cable housing suitable for screw locking:

Manufacturer

Type
C, 64-pos.

Type
D, 32-pos.

ERNI

KSG 173...

KSG 173...

AMP

826196-1

826196-1

77

77

1

X2
2

X11

A

5
7

8

9

10

X4

11

12

13

14

15

X5

16

17

18

19

20

21

X6

22

23

24

25

26

27

X7

28

29

30

31

32

33

X8

34

35

36

37
39

38
40

X9

41

42
44

43
45

46

X10

47

48

49

50

X11

51
53

54

X5

41
X4

47
49
X3

51
53
X2

Y

52

25

157,5

8

X10

11

10

13

12

15

14

X9

17

16

19

18

X8

20
26
32
52

54

50

48

46

44

42

43

40

38

36

37

34

35

X6

30

31

28

29

X7

24

157,5

22

23

NN

21

826198-1

27

KSG 203...

–

33

KSG 173...

AMP

39

ERNI

45

Type
F, 32- and 48-pos.

Y

Type
E, 48-pos.

NN

Manufacturer

9

6

6

X3

7

A

4

4

3

5

2

3

Z

Z

1

Cable housing suitable for screw locking:

Pin assignment
UMK-EC38/38...

Pin assignment
UMK-EC56/56...

Terminal
block

Pin strip

Terminal
block

Pin strip

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
CC

A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
AA
BB
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP
RR
SS
TT
CC

Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Y

Z
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
m
n
p
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
Y (shield)

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R

77

146,3

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L

77

146,3

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XOL

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XOR

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XUL

77

77

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/32-XUR

77

77

101,3

101,3

101,3

101,3

A
NN

562

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
Modules for ELCO plug-in connectors
with protection type Ex i

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Y

A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Z
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
m
NN + Y

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOL

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOR

77

Pin strip

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

H
J
L
M
P
X
Z
AA
AC
AD
AM
AN
AR
AS
AU
BC
AZ
BA
BJ
BK
BM
BN
BR
BY
CA
CB
CD
CE
CN
CP
CS
CT

Y

DS

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/L
112,5

77

Dimensional drawing for UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/R

Pin assignment
UMK-EC90/32/EX...
Terminal
block

78,8

N.C.
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
a
b
c
d
e
f
h
j
k
l
m
n
p
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
Y (shield)

77

78,8

X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Y

77

77

77

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/25/EX-R

77

ELCO
plug

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC56/25/EX-L

112,5

Channel

1
2

77

Terminal
block

101,3

ELCO
plug

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUR

101,3

Terminal
block

Dimensional drawing for
UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUL

101,3

Pin assignment
UMK-EC56/32-...

101,3

Pin assignment
UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/...

3
4
5
6
7

Pin assignment
UMK-EC 56/25/EX/...

8

Terminal
block

Pin strip

9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

C
D
E
F
N
P
R
S
a
b
d
j
k
l
s
t
u
v
BB
CC
DD
EE
MM
NN

Y

Y

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

Channel

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

PHOENIX CONTACT

563

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface
OV solid-state relays

Solder-in SIM-AMS plug-in base for
solid-state relays and I/O modules

Load current depending on ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% OT

Dimensional drawing for SIM-AMS:

Dimensional drawing for SIM-AMSC:

50
OV-24DC/350DC/1

50

60

70

80

10,16

19,02

5,08

Contacts in the SIM-AMSC plug-in base:

45,7
20 mm spacing
With metal
Without metal

10
20
30
40
0
Ambient temperature [°C]

50

max. 45

9 mm spacing

60

70

Note:
4th generation optocoupler, available from Opto 22.

80
7,62
16
6,9

18,5

OV-24DC/480AC/5

20 mm spacing
Contacts in the SIM-AMS plug-in base
1. Partial assembly for standard I/O modules

9 mm spacing
SIM-AMS 1

10
20
30
40
0
Ambient temperature [°C]

50

60

70
2. Complete assembly, e.g., for analog I/O modules

SIM-AMS 2

With metal
Without metal

564

8,79

12,5

Dimensional drawing for SIM-AMS...R:

5,08

Load current [A]

6,46
6,9

0
10
20
30
40
Ambient temperature [°C]

4,7

5
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0

16

5

Load current [A]

7,62
5,08

OV-24DC/60DC/4

5
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0

13,2

17,5
5

4,7

18,5

Load current [A]

45,7
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0

PHOENIX CONTACT

System cabling for controllers
VARIOFACE wiring interface

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

565

Technical information
Quality in quantity

Integrated management system
The aim of the Phoenix Contact integrated management system is to coordinate all the
requirements regarding products, processes,
and organization.
Statutory and regulatory requirements, as
well as those of international standards and
our customers, are met and, in some cases,
even exceeded in all phases of the product lifecycle.
In the Phoenix Contact management system, the integration of quality, environmental
protection, and safety in the workplace is
monitored each year for conformance by internationally recognized independent bodies.
Certification in accordance with international
standards ISO 9001, ISO 14001, and BS OHSAS 18001 is the result of our corporate philosophy of meeting the needs of our customers, staff, and environment as best as possible.
They serve as the basis for innovative products with the familiar high Phoenix quality
standard, actively practiced environmental
protection, and responsibility in the field of
occupational health and safety. Of course, we
integrate all further requirements of standards, international approvals or special customer requirements into company processes.
This system provides a building block for
the success of the Phoenix Contact Group
and its products and services.
CE marking
The CE mark was introduced as an important instrument for the free movement of
goods and services within the single European
market. By attaching the mark to a product,
the manufacturer confirms that it complies
with all applicable European Union (EU) directives. EC directives describe the product
properties with regard to device safety and
avoiding danger. These are legally binding regulations of the European Union (EU). In other
words, compliance with the requirements is a
statutory condition for marketing the
product within the EU.
566

PHOENIX CONTACT

Where applicable, the products that our
company currently manufactures fall within
the scope of the following directives:
– 2006/95/EC
Electrical equipment designed for use within
certain voltage limits (Low Voltage Directive)
– 2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC Directive)
– 2006/42/EC
Safety of machinery
(Machinery Directive)
– 94/9/EC
Equipment and protective systems intended
for use in potentially explosive areas
(ATEX Directive 100a)
– 1999/5/EC
Radio and telecommunications terminal
equipment (R&TTE)
The standards upon which the specified
directives are based have been part of our
standard of development for a long time. This
guarantees conformance with European directives. The numbers of the directives indicate
their version at the time of publication. In the
event of changes to directives and/or standards, our products will undergo conformity
assessment again in good time and a new declaration of conformity will be issued promptly.
The current declarations for each product can
also be found in our Download Center.
The EMC Directive occupies a special
place among the European directives listed. It
defines electromagnetic compatibility as a fundamental property of devices based on mandatory guidelines. European Law therefore acknowledges the electromagnetic compatibility
of devices and systems as an important condition for error-free operation of machinery and
systems. Phoenix Contact is one of the leading international companies in surge protection, and therefore possesses broad expertise
in EMC. This expertise and the experience
gained over years of developing and applying
industrial interface and communication technology have resulted in our products having an
extremely high standard of quality with regard
to electromagnetic compatibility. It was with a
view to providing other companies with this
expertise that our associate company, Phoenix Testlab, was founded. Phoenix Testlab
GmbH is an independent, accredited service
provider offering EMC testing that conforms
to European standards. At Phoenix Testlab,
devices are also tested with regard to their
electrical safety, mechanical influences, and
their behavior in relation to environmental influences. Furthermore, Phoenix Testlab is a
“Notified Body” in accordance with EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and according to R&TTE
Directive 1999/5/EC for radio and telecom-

munications terminal equipment. As a “Telecom Certification Body” (TCB), Phoenix Testlab may also approve these products for
markets in the USA, Canada, and Japan.
Standards and regulations
All relevant standards and regulations are
used as the basis for the development and
maintenance of our products.
International standards are subject to continuous changes as a result of harmonization
and new developments. In line with this process, the current version of all standards that
are relevant to our products is documented in
the product area on our website at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products.
Online product information service on
the web
Phoenix Contact's product range is growing constantly.
Due to our commitment to product monitoring, all products are subject to improvement.
The Internet is an ideal platform to quickly
communicate new product developments and
improvements to the market.
You can quickly access the relevant Phoenix Contact website for your region via
www.phoenixcontact.com. Here, you will always find the latest overview of products, solutions, and services from Phoenix Contact.
This includes technical documents, such as
data sheets and user manuals, the latest driver
and demo software, plus a means of contacting the appropriate contact person directly.

Technical information
Shock protection
Touch proof
60

The most important thing is that an area
formed by an even envelope curve 30 mm in
radius must surround the live parts. This area
must be touch proof, i.e., the live parts of the
electrical device must not be within reach of
the VDE test finger in accordance with
IEC 60529/DIN VDE 0470-1 (test finger).
Back of hand safety is specified for the
“rest of the area” up to 100 mm around the
operating element. Back of hand safety
means that when a force of 50 N is applied to
a ball with a diameter of 50 mm, this does not
come into contact with the live parts of the

200

by the installer or installation company. The
manufacturer of the electrical equipment can
only issue a confirmation that products have
been produced in accordance with the relevant electrotechnical DIN VDE regulations
stipulated in BGV A 2. The installer must bear
this in mind when selecting the equipment to
be used.
In the field of connection technology,
Phoenix Contact offers a wide range of products that are touch proof or that can be protected against contact using covers. Depending on the conditions, all of this must be taken
into account when selecting the individual
types of terminal block and accessories.

Back of hand safety
Example: pressure actuation
The accident prevention regulations BGV
A 2 issued by the German employer's liability
insurance association for precision mechanics
and electrical engineering apply to the operators of electrical systems and are aimed at the
prevention of electrical accidents by means of
special safety requirements.
These regulations contain specifications
regarding the safety distances for work, operation, and occasional handling in the proximity
of “live parts” in low-voltage systems up to
1000 V ~ or 1500 V –.
– Work with live parts is only permitted once
they have been de-energized. Operational
activities are only permitted in the vicinity of
live parts if these parts are de-energized or
are protected against direct contact (§ 6).
The following safety measures apply when
working in the vicinity of active components:
– Provision of the de-energized state for the
duration of the work
– Ensure shock protection is in place in the
form of covers or barriers during the work
– Assurance that proximity limits will not be
violated (§ 7)
The term “occasional handling” has been
introduced for the operation of elements such
as pushbuttons, rocker arms or rotary buttons in the proximity of live parts.
In VDE 0105-1, this is covered by “operation with partial protection against direct contact”.
Detailed specifications for “occasional
handling” can be found in DIN VDE 0106-100.
This specifies to what degree live parts in the
proximity of operating elements are to be
protected against contact. The basis for this is
the definition of a “protection area for occasional handling”; this is the area into which the
user must reach in order to handle the machine.

equipment. No special measures for shock
protection are provided outside this area.
Note: systems and equipment that are operated with SELV up to 25 V ~ or 60 V – are
considered to be protected against direct contact.
According to § 5, Subsection 4 of the BGV
A 2 regulations, there is no need to test the
condition of the system prior to initial startup
if the company has confirmation from the
manufacturer or installer that the electrical

systems and equipment conform to BGV A 2.
The confirmation required relates to systems
and equipment that have been installed and
are ready for operation and can only be issued
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

567

Technical information
Quality features of insulating housing
Thermoplastics
The majority of our insulating housing is
made from thermoplastic materials. Roughly
speaking, these can be divided into amorphous and semi-crystalline substances. Thermoplastics are processed using the efficient
and environmentally-friendly injection molding process. They have good recycling properties and can be re-used. We use many materials that are modified in different ways to meet
the demanding requirements that electrical
and electronic modules, devices, and systems
have to meet with regard to their mechanical,
thermal, and electrical properties.
Behavior of plastics under the influence of temperature (operating temperatures, mechanical influences)
All plastics undergo a process referred to
as thermal aging when they are subjected to
heat over long periods. This process causes
changes in the mechanical and electrical properties of the material. External influences, e.g.,
radiation, additional mechanical, chemical or
electrical stresses, amplify this effect. Special
tests on samples can yield characteristic data
which provides a good means of drawing comparisons between different plastics. However,
applying these characteristics to an evaluation
of molded plastic parts is only possible to a
limited extent, and can only give the designer
a rough guide when it comes to selecting a
plastic material. This catalog uses the following
assessment criteria: the RTI value according
to UL746B/ANSI 746 B (elec. based on dielectric strength) and the Ti value according to
IEC 60216-1 (based on a 50% reduction in
tensile strength after 20,000 hours).
IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1 specifies a
permissible temperature increase of 45 K for
modular terminal blocks under nominal load.
Phoenix Contact terminal blocks meet this requirement.
The properties of plastics are not only affected by the influence of heat as described
above; they also undergo changes as a result of
cold influences. When subjected to cold as
well as low levels of humidity, plastics become
increasingly brittle with the result that they
are no longer capable of withstanding the
same mechanical loads. As the table on the
right shows, the plastics concerned can be
used down to a temperature of -40°C, but
only without a mechanical load. As far as the
products presented in the catalog are concerned, it is the ambient temperature specified in each case that is to be regarded as definitive for operation. Regardless of the
plastics used, this may be subject to further restrictions (e.g., limited to -20°C) as a result of
the components used or other restrictive parameters.
568

PHOENIX CONTACT

At very low temperatures, this means that
any form of mechanical load on the plastic
components must be avoided (e.g., mounting
of products on/removal of products from the
DIN rail, actuation of terminal points, locking/ejection of relays from bases, prizing out of
plug-in bridges, bending of cables and lines,
etc.), as there is always an associated risk of
damage. Unless otherwise indicated, it is recommended that you carry out the specified
mounting/operational tasks in a temperature
range from -10°C to +40°C.
Inflammability characteristics of
plastics (UL 94)
Inflammability tests for plastics have been
defined by Underwriters Laboratories (USA)
in regulation UL 94. This applies to all areas of
application, but in particular to electrical engineering. A horizontal or vertical test is carried
out at the test laboratory to determine the inflammability of the plastic material with a naked flame. In order of increasing resistance to
combustion, the evaluation classes are HB, V2,
V1, V0, and 5V. Test results are recorded on
“yellow cards” and are published annually in
the Recognized Component Directory.

Thermoplastics:
non-reinforced polyamide, PA
We use the modern, semi-crystalline polyamide insulation material, which has now become an essential component in electrical engineering and electronics. It has long occupied
a leading position and is authorized for use by
the relevant approval authorities such as the
CSA, NEMKO, KEMA, PTB, SEV, UL, VDE,
etc.
Polyamide also has excellent electrical,
mechanical, chemical, and other properties,
even at high operating temperatures. Brief
peak temperatures up to approximately
200°C are permitted as a result of heat aging
stabilization. Depending on the type (PA 4.6,
6.6, 6.10, etc.), its melting point is in the region
of 215°C to 295°C.
Polyamide absorbs moisture from its surroundings, on average 2.8%. However, this
moisture is not in the form of crystallization
water in the plastic itself, but chemically bonded H O groups in the molecule structure. This
makes the plastic flexible and resistant to
breakage, even at temperatures as low as 40°C. According to UL 94, PA belongs to inflammability class V2 to V0.
2

Thermoplastics: polyester, PBT
We use the semi-crystalline thermoplastic
polyester in non-reinforced and fiberglass-reinforced variants for special applications which
require increased dimensional and form stability.
In addition to the high operating temperature, the material is characterized by excellent
mechanical strength and hardness, and does
not absorb moisture from its surroundings.
PBT is therefore particularly suitable for strips,
for example, which are soldered onto PCBs
and subsequently have to pass a burn-in test
while they are subjected to heat. According to
UL 94, PBT belongs to inflammability class V2
to V0.

Technical information

Thermoplastics: polycarbonate, PC
Polycarbonate combines many advantages
such as rigidity, impact strength, transparency,
dimensional stability, good insulation properties, and resistance to heat.
This amorphous material only absorbs
moisture to a very limited degree, and is used
for items such as large, rigid electronic component housing.
In its transparent form, polycarbonate is
particularly suitable for use as cover profiles
or marking materials.
PC has good resistance properties against
mineral acids, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons, gasoline, greases, and oils.
The material is less resistant to solvents,
benzene, lyes, acetone, and ammonia. Strain
cracks may result from contact with certain
chemicals.
According to UL 94, PC belongs to inflammability class V2 to V0.

Thermoplastics: ABS
We use the thermoplastic molding compound ABS for products which must have
good impact and notched impact properties in
addition to high mechanical stability and rigidity. The products are resistant to chemicals
and stress cracking due to their special surface
quality and hardness.
The characteristic thermal properties provide good dimensional stability at both low
and high temperatures. Products made from
ABS can be coated with metallic surfaces, e.g.,
nickel.
According to UL 94, the molding compound used belongs to inflammability class HB
to V0.

Dimensions: width / height / depth
The dimensions for “width / height /
depth” are defined as follows for all DIN-railmountable products in the INTERFACE
range:
– Width: measurement taken along the
DIN rail
– Height: measurement taken across the
DIN rail
– Depth: measurement taken starting from
the mounting plate and including the
NS 35/7,5 DIN rail (EN 60715)
The width, height, and depth never
change, even if the products shown in this catalog happen to be photographed from two different perspectives (horizontal or vertical).
To make things easier for you, one of the
following two symbols has been included next
to each product photo:
H

Thermoplastics:
polycarbonate fiber-reinforced, PC-F
Compared to non-reinforced materials, fiber-reinforced polycarbonates feature greater
rigidity, impact strength, and operating temperature. In other respects, their properties
are largely identical to those of non-reinforced
polycarbonate.

Properties

Unit/level

D

Polyamide
PA

Polyester
PBT

Polycarbonate
PC

Polycarbonate
PC-F

°C

 105

 105

 125

 120

 80

°C

-40

-40

-40

-40

-40

Dielectric strength according to IEC 60243-1/DIN VDE 0303-21

kV/cm

600

400

> 300

Creep resistance

CTI...M

550

225

175

IEC 60112/DIN VDE 0303-1

CTI...

600

225

175

Good

Good

Good

Specific contact resistance
IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31

 cm

1012

1016

> 1016

Surface resistance
IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31



1010

1013

> 1014

V2 - V0

V0

V2 - V0

RTI */**

Tropical and termite resistance

Inflammability class according to UL 94
* According to UL 746 B/ANSI 746 B (elec.)

W

W
H

ABS

Minimum temperature (without mechanical load)

Operating temperature

D

850
200
175

600

> 1014

1014

1013
V0

HB - V0

** Minimum value

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

569

Technical information
Connection cross section
The rated cross section of modular terminal blocks must be specified by the manufacturer in accordance with IEC 60947-7-1. The
rated cross section is the maximum conductor cross section that can be connected in single-, multi- or fine-strand versions subject to
specific thermal, mechanical, and electrical requirements.
The manufacturer must also specify the
rated connection capacity, i.e., the area of
the conductor that can be connected, as well
as the number of conductors that can be connected simultaneously and the necessary
preparation of the conductor ends. The conductors can be solid (single or multi-

are designed to allow copper conductors to
be connected to them untreated. “Special
treatment” or the use of ferrules – both permitted according to IEC 60947-7-1 – is not required. If ferrules are nevertheless used to
protect stranded conductors against splicing,
the connection capacity of the stranded conductor is generally reduced by one level.

strand) or stranded (fine-strand).
These values can be found in the productspecific technical data.
The rated connection capacity of Phoenix
Contact modular terminal blocks usually exceeds standard requirements, which specify
that it must only be possible to connect one
conductor with one of the two next smallest
cross sections, excluding the rated cross section (standardized for the cross section range
from 0.2 to 35 mm2).
In addition, conductors with a rated cross
section can usually be wired with ferrules with
plastic sleeve.
Phoenix Contact modular terminal blocks

Structure and dimensions of connecting cables

Cross
section

Single-strand

Multi-strand

Diameter
max. dimension

Diameter
max. dimension

Number of
wires

[mm2]

Fine-strand
Number of
wires
(minimum
number)

Diameter
max. dimension

American Wire Gauge [AWG]
Number of
wires
(guide value)

Gauge No.

Solid
wires
[circ. mils]

[mm2]

0.2

0.5

1

–

–

–

–

24

0.51

404

0.21

–

–

–

0.5

0.9

1

1.1

7

1.1

16

20

0.81

1022

0.52

0.97

1111

0.56

0.75

1.0

1

1.2

7

1.3

24

18

1.02

1620

0.82

1.16

1600

0.82

1

1.2

1

1.4

7

1.5

32

(17)

1.15

2050

1.04
1.50

2580

1.32

1.85

4100

2.09

2.41

6500

3.32

2.95

10530

5.37

3.73

16625

8.48

AWG

[

mm]

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16

1.29

2580

1.31

1.5

1.5

1

1.7

7

1.8

30

(15)

1.45

3260

1.65

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

14

1.63

4110

2.08

2.5

1.9

1

2.2

7

2.3

50

(13)

1.83

5180

2.63

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

12

2.05

6530

3.31

4

2.4

1

2.7

7

2.9

56

(11)

2.30

8230

4.17

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10

2.59

10380

5.26

6

2.9

1

3.3

7

3.9

84

(9)

2.91

13100

6.63

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8

3.26

16510

8.37

Tightening torque of terminal block
screws
IEC 60947-1/EN 60947-1, modified, Table
4 specifies tightening torques for screw connections based on the screw size for electrical
and mechanical type tests.

Current carrying capacity
Standard IEC 60947-7-1/
EN 60947-7-1/DIN VDE 0611-1 specifies the
test currents for the individual conductor
cross sections listed in the adjacent table. The
corresponding currents are listed with the
connection data for the individual terminal
blocks. The type tests for modular terminal
blocks are based on this data.

PHOENIX CONTACT

[

mm]

[mm2]

[circ. mils]

Extract from IEC 60 947-1/EN 60 947-1, Table 4
The torque according to IEC and the
recommended tightening torque for Phoenix Contact terminal blocks are specified.

Thread

Head screw with slot
Torque

Recommended
tightening torque
[Nm]

[Nm]

570

Stranded
wires

M2.5 (M2.6)

0.4

0.4 - 0.5

M3

0.5

0.5 - 0.6

M3.5

0.8

0.8 - 1.0

M4

1.2

1.2 - 1.5

Test currents according to IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1, Table 5

Rated
cross section
Test current

[mm2]
[A]

0.2

0.5

0.75

1.0

1.5

2.5

4

6

10

16

4

6

9

13.5

17.5

24

32

41

57

76

Technical information
Overview of certification bodies and
safety marks

Certification bodies and approvals

Country
code

X

j

IECEE CB Scheme
(in combination with certifying body)

International

f

CCA

CENELEC Certification Agreement (CCA
inspection report)
(in combination with certifying body)

EU

C

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

N
A

Country
code

Ship classification societies

Country
code

FM Approvals

US

v

Bureau Veritas

FR



DEKRA Certification B.V.

NL

F

Germanischer Lloyd AG

DE

CA

p

Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt

DE

x

Lloyd's Register EMEA

GB

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

US



QS Schaffhausen

CH

m

Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

JP

n
a

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)
- UL approval for Canada -

CA

!

VTT Expert Services Oy

FI

o

Det Norske Veritas

NO

U
u

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Combined logo
- UL approval for the USA and Canada -

US
CA



IBExU Institut für Sicherheitstechnik
GmbH

DE

z

Polski Rejestr Statków

PL

g

INSIEME PER LA QUALITA'E LA
SICUREZZA

IT

w

TÜV Rheinland do Brasil

BR

y

Russian Maritime Register of Shipping

RU

P

Gosudarstvenne Komitet Standartov
(GOST)

RU

N
A

Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

US

d

Korean Register of Shipping

KR



DEKRA Certification B.V.

NL

$

TÜV Nord

DE

l

American Bureau of Shipping

US

K

Österreichischer Verband für
Elektrotechnik

AT



DEKRA EXAM GmbH

DE

S

South African Bureau of Standards

ZA

s

electrosuisse SEV Verband für Elektro-,
Energie- und Informationstechnik

CH

J
V

Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker
e.V.(VDE)
– Approval of drawings
– Reports with production monitoring

DE

h

Berufsgenossenschaft (BG)
GS - Geprüfte Sicherheit

DE

T

TÜV Rheinland Industrie Service GmbH

DE

Explosion protection

EMC: Class A product:
In accordance with statutory regulations, our products are indicated with this
footnote if they are intended for use in industrial environments. This means that the
permissible limit values for residential applications may be exceeded in the event of
conducted and emitted interference. In
such cases, the operator may have to take
additional safety measures in order to ensure electromagnetic compatibility in residential applications.

Note:
Subject to changes that serve the purpose of technical progress.

For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products

PHOENIX CONTACT

571

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

B

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926438
2926441
2926454
2926467

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S

2302162
2302175
2302188
2305635

512
512
512
513

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN

2903471
2903479
2321664
2321127

441
441
447
453

B-STIFT
BN-TRK
BRIDGE- 2
BRIDGE- 2-3M

1051993
2701404
2900746
2901543

560
560
36
37

CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2926470
2926483
2926496
2900906

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/...
CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/...

2305648
2305651
2302706
2302696

513
513
440
440

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340

2321046
2903472
2903480
2321677

453
441
441
447

BRIDGE- 3
BRIDGE- 3-3M
BRIDGE- 4
BRIDGE- 4-3M

2900747
2901656
2900748
2901659

36
37
36
37

CABLE-D-25SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2900911
2926153
2926166
2926179

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O

2302515
2302476
2302528
2302489

440
440
440
440

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/IP/MEL

2321130
2321059
2903473
2903481

453
453
441
441

BRIDGE- 5
BRIDGE- 5-3M
BRIDGE- 6
BRIDGE- 6-3M

2900749
2901545
2900750
2901697

36
37
36
37

CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926182
2926195
2926205
2926218

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I
CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O

2302531
2302492
2302544
2302502

440
440
440
440

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IM/MEL

2321680
2321143
2321062
2903474

447
453
453
441

BRIDGE- 7
BRIDGE- 7-3M
BRIDGE- 8
BRIDGE- 8-3M

2900751
2901698
2900752
2901700

36
37
36
37

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926506
2926519
2926522
2926535

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 400/KONFEK/S

2305509
2305512
2305525
2900759

513
513
513
513

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT

2903482
2321693
2321156
2321075

441
447
453
453

BRIDGE- 9
BRIDGE- 9-3M
BRIDGE-10
BRIDGE-10-3M

2900753
2901701
2900754
2901702

36
37
36
37

CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-25SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2926548
2926551
2926564
2900907

516
516
516
517

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 600/KONFEK/S 2900760
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/ 800/KONFEK/S 2900761
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1000/KONFEK/S2900762
CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/1500/KONFEK/S2900763

513
513
513
513

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN

2903475
2903483
2321703
2321169

441
441
447
453

CABLE-D-37SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2900912
2926221
2926234
2926247

517
517
517
517

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/2000/KONFEK/S2900764
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S 2302191
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S 2302201
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S 2302214

513
512
512
512

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/15,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340

2321088
2903748
2903502
2321716

453
447
441
447

C
CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../...
CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../...
CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...
CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC

2302421
2302434
2302340
2321334

515
515
515
467

CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926250
2926263
2926276
2926289

517
517
517
517

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302227
2302230
2302243
2302256

512
512
512
512

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340

2321253
2321172
2903503
2321729

453
453
441
447

CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC
CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC

2321347
2321350
2321376
2321363

467
467
467
467

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926577
2926580
2926593
2926603

517
517
517
517

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2305664
2305677
2305680
2305541

513
513
513
513

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340

2321266
2321185
2903504
2321732

453
453
441
447

CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC

2314655
2314671
2318978
2314684

467
467
467
467

CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-37SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2926616
2926629
2926632
2900908

517
517
517
517

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305554
2305567
2302269
2302272

513
513
512
512

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340

2321279
2321198
2903505
2321745

453
453
441
447

CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC
CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S

2322773
2314778
2305415
2305428

467
467
513
513

CABLE-D-50SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2900913
2926292
2926302
2926315

517
517
517
517

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302285
2302298
2302308
2302311

512
512
512
512

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340

2321282
2321208
2903506
2321758

453
453
441
447

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S

2305431
2299987
2299990
2300009

513
512
512
512

CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926328
2926331
2926344
2926357

517
517
517
517

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302324
2305693
2305703
2305716

512
513
513
513

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340

2321295
2321211
2903507
2321761

453
453
441
447

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302010
2302023
2302036
2302049

512
512
512
512

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926645
2926658
2926661
2926674

517
517
517
517

CABLE-EC56-F-OE-0,34-S/...
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 1,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 2,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 4,0M

2904025
2903395
2903396
2903397

518
518
518
518

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340

2321305
2321224
2903508
2321774

453
453
441
447

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D- 9SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2305570
2305583
2305596
2900903

513
513
513
516

CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-50SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S

2926687
2926690
2926700
2305444

517
517
517
513

CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 6,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/ 8,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/10,0M
CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/15,0M

2903398
2903399
2903400
2903401

518
518
518
518

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340

2321318
2321237
2903509
2321787

453
453
441
447

CABLE-D- 9SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2900909
2926014
2926027
2926030

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S

2305457
2305460
2302052
2302065

513
513
512
512

CABLE-EC56/F/OE/0,34/S/20,0M
CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/...
CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/...
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN

2903402
2302845
2302858
2304241

518
442
442
442

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT

2321321
2321240
2304209
2304186

453
453
442
442

CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926043
2926056
2926069
2926072

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S

2302078
2302081
2302094
2302104

512
512
512
512

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN
CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/...

2304225
2304254
2304238
2302816

442
442
442
442

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/15,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN
CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT
CABLE-FLK10-OE-0,14/...

2903749
2304212
2304199
2904331

447
442
442
502

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/1,5M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/2,0M

2926360
2926373
2926386
2926399

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2302117
2305606
2305619
2305622

512
513
513
513

CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/...
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340

2302832
2903468
2903476
2321635

442
441
441
447

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,0M

2904073
2904074
2904075
2904076

502
502
502
502

CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D- 9SUB/M/OE/0,25/S/6,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB-F-OE-0,25-S/...

2926409
2926412
2926425
2900905

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812
CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812

2304649
2304652
2304665
2304678

423
423
423
423

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IM/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/IP/MEL

2321091
2321017
2903469
2903477

453
453
441
441

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 3,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 4,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 6,0M

2904077
2904078
2904079
2904080

502
502
502
502

CABLE-D-15SUB-M-OE-0,25-S/...
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/0,5M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/1,5M

2900910
2926085
2926098
2926108

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/...
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2304681
2305473
2305486
2305499

423
513
513
513

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IM/MEL

2321648
2321101
2321020
2903470

447
453
453
441

CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/ 8,0M
CABLE-FLK10/OE/0,14/10,0M
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100

2904081
2904082
2305761
2305253

502
502
502
502

CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/2,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/3,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/4,0M
CABLE-D-15SUB/F/OE/0,25/S/6,0M

2926111
2926124
2926137
2926140

516
516
516
516

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S
CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S

2302120
2302133
2302146
2302159

512
512
512
512

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/IP/MEL
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN
CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT

2903478
2321651
2321114
2321033

441
447
453
453

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300

2305266
2305279
2305282
2305295

502
502
502
502

572

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/...

2305774
2305787
2305790
2305732

502
502
502
502

DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT
DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10

2964636
2941374
2964296
2964322

401
401
401
401

EEM-MEMO-MA600
EEM-MKT-DRA
EEM-PB-MA600
EEM-PB12-MA600

2901370
2902078
2901368
2901418

202
205
203
203

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I

2297057
2297332
2297303
2297044

19
39
38
18

CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M

2305800
2318127
2318130
2318143

502
502
502
502

DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800
DEK-REL- 5/I/1
DEK-REL- 5/O/1
DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT

2964649
2941183
2941170
2964063

401
398
399
399

EEM-RS485-MA400
EEM-RS485-MA600
EEM-TEMP-MA600
EIK1-SVN-24P

2901365
2901367
2901949
2940799

203
203
204
412

ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I
ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16
ELR W3/ 9-400 S

2297329
2297060
2297345
2963569

39
19
39
42

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M

2318156
2318169
2318172
2318185

502
502
502
502

DEK-REL- 24/1/S
DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN
DEK-REL- 24/I/1
DEK-REL- 24/O/1

2964131
2964050
2940171
2941154

403
399
398
399

EL1-P16
EL1-P25
EL2-P35
EL3-M52

2833547
2833550
2833592
2833628

372
372
378
382

EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM SWD-ADAPTER

2902747
2902831
2902748
2902776

29
29
29
32

CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M

2318198
2318208
2318224
2318211

502
502
502
502

DEK-REL-G24/21
DEK-TR/INV
DFLK 10/FKCT
DFLK 14/FKCT

2964500
2964319
2903034
2903035

397
413
531
531

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20

2297138
2297154
2297170
2297141

46
47
47
46

EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-CP-PP-ETH
EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-EV-CLR-12V

2901504
2902802
2901529
2903246

14
247
14
247

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200

2305826
2305305
2305318
2305321

503
503
503
503

DFLK 16
DFLK 16/FKCT
DFLK 20
DFLK 20/FKCT

2280239
2903036
2280242
2903038

530
531
530
531

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50
ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37

2297167
2297183
2297277
2297280

47
47
41
41

EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS

2901528
2297620
2901526
2901527

14
14
14
14

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600

2305334
2305347
2305839
2305842

503
503
503
503

DFLK 26
DFLK 26/FKCT
DFLK 34
DFLK 34/FKCT

2280255
2903039
2280268
2903041

530
531
530
531

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2

2297196
2297219
2297235
2297206

40
41
41
40

EMD-BL-3V-400
EMD-BL-3V-400-PT
EMD-BL-C-10
EMD-BL-C-10-PT

2903525
2903526
2903521
2903522

251
251
250
250

CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M

2305855
2305745
2305868
2314134

503
503
503
505

DFLK 40
DFLK 40/FKCT
DFLK 50
DFLK 50/FKCT

2280271
2903042
2280284
2903043

530
531
530
531

ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9
ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16
ELR 5011 IP PN
ELR 5011-2 IP PN

2297222
2297248
2700745
2701007

41
41
48
48

EMD-BL-PH-480
EMD-BL-PH-480-PT
EMD-BL-V-230
EMD-BL-V-230-PT

2903527
2903528
2903523
2903524

251
251
250
250

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M

2314147
2314150
2314163
2314176

505
505
505
505

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B
DFLK-D 9 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D 9 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D 9 SUB/S

2287135
2903063
2903052
2283870

537
538
538
537

ELR 5030 IP PN
ELR 5030-2 IP PN
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2

2701006
2701008
2900542
2900543

49
49
24
24

EMD-FL-3V-230
EMD-FL-3V-400
EMD-FL-3V-500
EMD-FL-3V-690

2885773
2866064
2867979
2885249

254
254
255
255

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M

2314189
2314192
2314202
2314215

505
505
505
505

DFLK-D15 SUB/B
DFLK-D15 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D15 SUB/S

2280307
2903065
2903054
2280297

537
538
538
537

ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9

2900545
2900685
2900544
2900546

25
24
24
25

EMD-FL-C-10
EMD-FL-PF-400
EMD-FL-RP-480
EMD-FL-V-300

2866022
2885809
2900177
2866048

252
256
256
253

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M
CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50

2314228
2314231
2314244
2305871

505
505
505
503

DFLK-D25 SUB/B
DFLK-D25 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D25 SUB/S

2280323
2903067
2903055
2280310

537
538
538
537

ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2903914
2903916
2903918
2900566

20
20
21
20

EMD-SL-3V-400
EMD-SL-3V-400-N
EMD-SL-C-OC-10
EMD-SL-C-UC-10

2866051
2885278
2866019
2867937

255
255
252
252

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250

2305350
2305363
2305376
2305389

503
503
503
503

DFLK-D37 SUB/B
DFLK-D37 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D37 SUB/S

2280349
2903069
2903056
2280336

537
538
538
537

ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900567
2900569
2900689
2900568

20
21
20
20

EMD-SL-LL-110
EMD-SL-LL-230
EMD-SL-PH-400
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC

2901137
2885906
2866077
2866103

257
257
255
252

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800

2305392
2305884
2305897
2305907

503
503
503
503

DFLK-D50 SUB/B
DFLK-D50 SUB/F/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/M/FKCT
DFLK-D50 SUB/S

2287669
2903070
2903058
2291286

537
538
538
537

ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6

2900570
2900530
2900531
2900573

21
27
27
22

EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC

2885359
2866116
2885731
2866129

252
252
252
252

CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000
CLIPFIX 35
CM-KBL-RS232/USB

2305758
2305910
3022218
2881078

503
503
318
149

DIKD 1,5

2715979

399

ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2

2900574
2900576
2900691
2900575

22
23
22
22

EMD-SL-PS45-110AC
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC

2885281
2885744
2885294
2885304

255
255
255
255

ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9

2900578
2903902
2903904
2903906

23
18
18
19

EMD-SL-PS45-500AC
EMD-SL-PTC
EMD-SL-V-UV-300
EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2

2885317
2866093
2866035
2942810

256
257
253
405

D

E

D-DEK 1,5 GN
D-UKK 3/5
D-UKK 3/5 BU
DB 50- 90 BK

2716949
2770024
2770105
2820916

397
183
183
372

EB
EB
EB
EB

2- DIK BU
2- DIK RD
3- DIK BU
3- DIK RD

2716648
2716693
2716651
2716745

403
403
403
403

ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6

2900582
2900414
2900421
2900692

18
18
19
18

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38
EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK
EMG 22-DIO 4E
EMG 22-DIO 4E-1N5408

2941646
2949994
2950048
2952790

407
407
262
262

DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 GY
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ

2821180
2820929
2964542
2964270

372
372
411
410

EB
EB
EB
EB

4- DIK BU
4- DIK RD
5- DIK BU
5- DIK RD

2716664
2716758
2716677
2716761

403
403
403
403

ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2

2900420
2900422
2903116
2903117

18
19
31
31

EMG 22-DIO 4M-1N5408
EMG 22-DIO 4P-1N5408
EMG 22-DIO 7M
EMG 22-DIO 7P

2952211
2952198
2950077
2950064

262
262
262
262

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2964555
2940223
2964487
2964364

411
400
400
411

EB 10- DIK BU
EB 10- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD

2716680
2716774
2715940
2715953

403
403
397
397

ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9
ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9
ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET

2903118
2900538
2900539
2902952

31
26
26
29

EMG 22-LA 7S/230
EMG 22-LED 7S/24
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46
EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46

2949677
2952305
2940760
2940061

263
263
404
404

DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2964283
2964348
2940207
2941536

410
411
400
400

EB 80- DIK WH
EEM-2AO-MA600
EEM-2DIO-MA600
EEM-ETH-MA600

2715788
2901475
2901371
2901373

397
202
202
203

ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET
ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2

2902953
2902954
2902746
2902744

29
29
29
29

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 5

2949787
2952363
2952350
2949790

414
414
414
415

DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100
DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46
DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3

2941659
2940210
2964678
2941361

400
400
405
401

EEM-ETH-RS485-MA600
EEM-IMP-MA400
EEM-IMP-MA600
EEM-MA200

2901374
2904314
2904313
2901362

203
204
204
201

ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
ELR W1/ 2-24DC
ELR W1/ 6-24DC
ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37

2902745
2963598
2982090
2297374

29
44
44
39

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP12
EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP35
EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN

2952156
2952169
2940252
2942124

415
415
148
148

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 10
DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 3
DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 10

2961752
2964623
2941387
2961749

401
401
401
401

EEM-MA250
EEM-MA400
EEM-MA600
EEM-MA600-24DC

2901363
2901364
2901366
2902352

201
201
200
201

ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9

2297387
2297293
2297031
2297316

39
38
18
39

EMG 45-DIO 8E
EMG 45-DIO 8E-1N5408
EMG 45-DIO 8E/LP
EMG 45-DIO 8M-1N5408

2950103
2949389
2954798
2954882

262
262
263
262

PHOENIX CONTACT

573

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

EMG 45-DIO 8P-1N5408
EMG 45-DIO14M
EMG 45-DIO14M/LP
EMG 45-DIO14P

2954879
2950129
2950132
2950116

262
262
263
262

FBST 500-PLC GY
FBST 500-PLC RD
FL CRIMPTOOL
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2

2966838
2966786
2744869
2744571

368
368
48
48

FLK 16/14/DV-IN/200
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/300
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/400
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30

2300562
2304403
2305185
2304348

432
432
432
432

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2298522
2296841
2298535
2288985

431
431
431
507

EMG 45-LED 14S/24
EMG 90-DIO 16E/LP
EMG 90-DIO 17E
EMG 90-DIO 32M

2952334
2954808
2954895
2954934

263
263
262
262

FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2744856
2299204
2299217
2299220

48
506
506
506

FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200
FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300

2304351
2300575
2300588
2304364

432
432
432
432

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2294610
2288998
2294623
2289007

430
507
430
507

EMG 90-DIO 32M/LP
EMG 90-DIO 32P
EMG-GKS 12
EML (15X6) R YE

2954785
2954918
2947035
0819288

263
262
262
372

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299233
2299246
2299259
2299262

506
506
506
506

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100
FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200

2304319
2304296
2301134
2301545

432
432
432
432

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK

2294636
2289010
2294649
2289023

430
507
430
507

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS

2297523
2297497
2297536
2297507

12
12
12
12

FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK
FLK 14-16-EZ-DR-HF-S7/...
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 50/S7

2299275
2299288
2295693
2293815

506
506
457
456

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK

2304322
2299291
2299301
2299314

432
506
506
506

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK

2289036
2294652
2289049
2289052

507
430
507
507

ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT

2917492
2901489
2917515
2901491

259
259
259
259

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 100/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 150/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 200/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 250/S7

2293828
2293831
2293844
2293857

456
456
456
456

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK

2299327
2299330
2299343
2299356

506
506
506
506

FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK
FLK 50-2FLK20-EZ-DR-DV/...

2299589
2299592
2299602
2304966

507
507
507
432

ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT

2917528
2901492
2917502
2901490

259
259
259
259

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 300/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 400/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 500/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 600/S7

2293860
2293886
2293899
2293909

456
456
456
456

FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/...
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK

2299369
2299372
2304487
2298470

506
506
432
432

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR ...
FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ...
FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/...
FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/...

2302405
2302447
2302683
2302625

508
508
440
440

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT

2917450
2901485
2917467
2901487

259
259
259
259

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 700/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 800/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/ 900/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/1000/S7

2293912
2293925
2293938
2293941

456
456
456
456

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK
FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK

2298438
2300818
2296391
2296401

432
432
506
506

FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/...
FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/...
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC

2302803
2302829
2314299
2314309

442
442
466
466

ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT

2917489
2901488
2917463
2901486

259
259
259
259

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/S7

2296919
2296922
2296935
2296948

457
457
457
457

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK

2296472
2296485
2296498
2296508

506
506
506
506

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC

2314312
2321499
2314927
2321509

466
466
466
466

ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT

2917379
2901476
2917395
2901478

258
258
258
258

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/S7

2296951
2296964
2904525
2304704

457
457
457
457

FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK
FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK

2296511
2296524
2296537
2299385

506
506
506
506

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC

2314930
2321512
2314325
2321389

466
466
466
466

ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT

2917405
2901479
2917382
2901477

258
258
258
258

FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/S7
FLK 14/16/EZ-DR/HF/1000/S7
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK

2904526
2904527
2904528
2295729

457
457
457
504

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2299398
2299408
2299411
2299424

506
506
506
506

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC

2321525
2321392
2321402
2314338

466
466
466
466

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT

2917418
2901480
2917434
2901483

259
259
259
259

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S

2288901
2296977
2288914
2296980

504
505
504
505

FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2299437
2299440
2299453
2299466

506
506
506
506

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC

2321538
2321541
2321554
2321567

466
466
466
466

ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT

2917447
2901484
2917421
2901481

259
259
259
259

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2288927
2296993
2288930
2297002

504
505
504
505

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK

2299479
2299482
2299495
2299505

506
506
506
506

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV

2314503
2314516
2314529
2304872

466
466
466
432

ETD-FL-2T-DTI
ETD-SL-1T-DTF
ETD-SL-2T-I
EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC

2866187
2866161
2866174
2903465

260
261
261
34

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2288943
2288956
2299013
2288969

504
504
505
504

FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2299518
2299521
2299534
2299547

506
506
506
506

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV

2304898
2304908
2304911
2304937

432
432
432
432

EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC
EU5C-SWD-DP PXC
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC
EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC

2903098
2903100
2903244
2903113

33
33
33
33

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK

2288972
2299026
2290847
2290834

504
505
504
504

FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC

2299550
2322786
2314341
2314354

506
466
466
466

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV
FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK

2304940
2304953
2296689
2296692

432
432
508
508

EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC
EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC
EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC
EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC

2903104
2903101
2903102
2903103

33
33
33
33

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK

2290850
2290863
2299039
2299563

504
504
505
504

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC

2314367
2321570
2314943
2321583

466
466
466
466

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK

2296702
2296715
2305402
2296728

508
508
508
508

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK

2299042
2299576
2299055
2305952

505
504
505
505

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC

2314956
2321415
2314370
2321428

466
466
466
466

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2296731
2296744
2296757
2296773

508
508
508
508

F
FBS
FBS
FBS
FBS

2-6
2-6 BU
2-6 GY
2-8

3030336
3036932
3032237
3030284

318
318
318
318

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK

2305965
2305978
2305981
2305994

505
505
505
505

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC

2321431
2321444
2321457
2314383

466
466
466
466

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S

2289065
2299097
2289078
2299107

504
505
504
505

3032567
3032541
3030349
3030271

318
318
318
318

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK

2304759
2304762
2304717
2306003

505
505
505
505

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC

2321596
2321606
2321619
2321622

466
466
466
466

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S

2289081
2299110
2289094
2299123

504
505
504
505

FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6
FBST 6-PLC BU
FBST 6-PLC GY

3030365
3032224
2966812
2966825

318
318
368
368

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 700/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK
FLK 16-14-DV-IN/...

2314011
2314024
2314037
2304416

505
505
505
432

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC
FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32

2314532
2314545
2314558
2296812

466
466
466
431

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK

2289104
2289117
2299136
2289120

504
504
505
504

FBST 6-PLC RD
FBST 8-PLC GY
FBST 14-PLC BK
FBST 500-PLC BU

2966236
2967688
2967691
2966692

368
368
368
368

FLK 16-14-DV-OUT/...
FLK 16-24-DV-AI-EZ-DR/...
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/ 50
FLK 16/14/DV-IN/100

2304377
2304335
2304393
2300559

432
432
432
432

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32
FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32

2296786
2296825
2298483
2296838

431
431
431
431

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK

2289133
2299149
2289573
2289586

504
505
504
504

FBS 2-8 BU
FBS 2-8 GY
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6

574

7042

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK

2289599
2289609
2299152
2289612

504
504
505
504

FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400
FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400
FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400
FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400

2314846
2314859
2314613
2314862

459
461
461
461

LV- 12- 24UC
LV- 48- 60UC
LV-120-230AC/110DC
LV3- 12- 24UC

2833712
2833725
2833738
2833835

388
388
388
388

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I

2924252
2924825
2924838
2865955

120
107
107
106

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S

2289625
2289638
2289641
2299165

504
504
504
505

FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400
FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400
FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400
FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400

2314875
2314888
2314626
2314891

462
462
462
462

LV3- 48- 60UC
LV3-120-230AC/110DC

2833848
2833851

388
388

MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I

2924207
2865968
2924210
2865065

106
108
108
110

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK
FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK

2289654
2289667
2289670
2289683

504
504
504
504

FLKM S135/42X0,75/3,0M/OE
FLKM S135/42X0,75/5,0M/OE
FLKM S135/S400/SO120
FLKM S135/S400/SO121

2315007
2318017
2301723
2301736

463
463
459
459

M

MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-NC
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP
MACX MCR-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC
MACX MCR-SL-TC-I

2865078
2924317
2924320
2924333

110
110
110
112

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I

2299178
2302641
2302599
2302654

505
440
440
440

FLKM S135/S400/SO122
FLKM S135/S400/SO123
FLKM S135/S400/SO124
FLKM S135/S400/SO125

2301749
2301752
2301765
2301778

459
460
461
460

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-RO-SP

2865984
2924249
2865476
2924087

175
175
174
174

MACX MCR-SL-TC-I-NC
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-C
MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP

2924346
2811394
2811873
2811860

112
114
114
114

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I

2302609
2302667
2302612
2302670

440
440
440
440

FLKM S135/S400/SO126
FLKM S135/S400/SO127
FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC
FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7

2301781
2301794
2314736
2295062

460
460
463
482

MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP

2865489
2924090
2865405
2924032

177
177
164
164

MACX MCR-T-UI-UP-SP-C
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-C
MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP

2811970
2811378
2811514
2811828

114
116
116
116

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT
FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN

2302638
2304160
2304144
2304173

440
442
442
442

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P
FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830
FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS

2304513
2304539
2304526
2314260

422
422
422
469

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP

2865450
2924061
2865463
2924074

173
173
176
176

MACX MCR-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C
MACX MCR-UI-UI
MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP

2811831
2811284
2811446
2811572

116
102
102
102

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT
FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../...
FLK EZ-DR.../.../...
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

2304157
2295046
2295059
2302861

442
456
456
425

FLKM-KS40/YCS
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DI/C300
FLKM-PA-2D15/HW/DO/C300
FLKM-PA-D37/HW/AN/C300

2314642
2901879
2900924
2900622

468
438
438
438

MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-R-SP

2866006
2924883
2865434
2924045

178
178
172
172

MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP

2811556
2811459
2811297
2811585

102
104
104
104

FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IF6I/EXTC
FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/DIO8

2901037
2302874
2302777
2900889

425
425
444
444

FLKM-PA-D37/HW/DIO/C300
FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC
FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC
FLKMS 50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2901423
2284510
2284523
2901389

438
480
480
480

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP

2865382
2924676
2865366
2924236

162
162
161
161

MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC
MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
MCR-1CLP-I-I-00
MCR-2CLP-I-I-00

2811569
1803604
2814016
2814029

104
12
135
135

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16
FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16
FLKM 14-PA-MODI/M340
FLKM 14-PA-S300

2302751
2302764
2903208
2299770

444
444
446
451

FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS
FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS
FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR

2314286
2314273
2314451
2903126

469
469
468
29

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP

2865340
2924016
2865793
2924029

160
160
163
163

MCR-4CLP-I-I-00
MCR-C-I-I-00-DC
MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC
MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC

2814045
2814508
2814511
2814537

135
131
131
131

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M
FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT
FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

2293462
2293475
2293459
2290038

428
428
428
437

FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR

2903384
2903119

29
29

MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-NC
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RTD-I-SP-NC

2865939
2865573
2924142
2924168

165
165
165
165

MCR-C-U-U-DC
MCR-ET 38X35 WH
MCR-F-UI-DC
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI

2814469
2814317
2814605
2814854

131
149
144
132

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO
FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC
FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR

2290009
2294487
2290423
2318237

437
478
482
455

I

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-25-LP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-40-LP-SP

2865492
2924113
2865764
2924139

180
180
181
181

MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC
MCR-FL-HT-T-I
MCR-FL-HT-T-I-EX
MCR-FL-HT-TS-I-EX

2814867
2864529
2864532
2864545

132
142
189
188

FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
FLKM 16/AI/DV
FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV

2318240
2314749
2304429
2304445

455
454
433
433

IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC
IB IL 24 DI 2-PAC
IB IL 24 DI 4-PAC
IB IL 24 DI 8-PAC

2861250
2861221
2861234
2861247

207
207
207
207

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP
2865515
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-21-60-LP-SP 2924100
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD
2924867
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP 2924870

181
181
179
179

MCR-FL-T-LP-I
MCR-FL-T-LP-I-EX
MCR-FL-TS-LP-I-EX
MCR-PAC-T-USB

2864561
2864574
2864587
2309000

140
187
187
149

FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV
FLKM 16/DV
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2304458
2304432
2302735
2302748

433
433
424
424

IB IL 24 FLM-PAC
IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC
IB IL AI 8/IS-PAC
IB IL AI 8/SF-PAC

2736903
2861302
2861661
2861412

50
207
207
207

MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-24-48-LP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-TC-I-NC

2865609
2924126
2865942
2865586

181
181
166
166

MCR-PSP
MCR-PSP-DC
MCR-PT100-I
MCR-PT100-I-DC

2811912
2811925
2810353
2810337

146
146
138
138

FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN
FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN
FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI
FLKM 50-PA-GE/TKFC/RXI/IN

2289816
2289829
2321473
2321486

426
426
436
436

IB IL DI 8/S0-PAC
IBS IP 400 MBH -F
IBS PG SET
IBS RBC/F-T/

2897020
2732868
2836599
2740151

207
48
48
50

MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-C
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-T-UI-UP-SP-C

2865654
2811763
2924689
2924692

168
168
168
168

MCR-PT100-U
MCR-PT100-U-DC
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC

2810340
2810311
2814634
2814715

138
138
230
230

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q
FLKM 50-PA-S300
FLKM 50-PA-S300/SO167
FLKM 50-PA-S400

2294306
2294445
2307662
2294500

445
450
452
458

IFS-CONFSTICK
IFS-CONFSTICK-L
IFS-OP-CRADLE
IFS-OP-UNIT

2986122
2901103
2811886
2811899

12
12
118
118

MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-C
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP
MACX MCR-EX-T-UIREL-UP-SP-C

2865751
2865722
2924799
2924809

170
170
170
170

MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI

2814650
2814731
2814647
2814663

230
230
230
230

FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48)
FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A
FLKM 50-PA/DO326/S7-300
FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294908
2293446
2321952
2294416

458
428
452
445

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

2811271
1857919

119
12

MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP
MACX MCR-S-MUX
MACX MCR-S-MUX-TB

2865625
2924184
2865599
2308124

126
126
186
186

MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC
MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC
MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV
MCR-SL-CUC-100-I

2814728
2814744
2814841
2308027

230
230
134
229

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400
FLKM 50/32M/DV
FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV
FLKM 50/32M/PLC

2294429
2304869
2304856
2289719

458
434
434
477

L

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-RO-SP

2865052
2924304
2865049
2924294

123
123
122
122

MCR-SL-CUC-100-U
MCR-SL-CUC-200-I
MCR-SL-CUC-200-U
MCR-SL-CUC-300-I

2308108
2308030
2308205
2308043

229
229
229
229

FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC
FLKM 50/32P/PLC
FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC

2294490
2291121
2296281
2291587

478
477
450
482

LDM- 12- 24DC
LDM- 48- 60DC
LDM-110DC
LDM3- 12- 24DC

2833686
2833699
2833709
2833806

388
388
388
388

MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP

2865036
2924281
2810612
2810625

125
125
232
232

MCR-SL-CUC-300-U
MCR-SL-CUC-400-I
MCR-SL-CUC-500-I
MCR-SL-CUC-600-I

2308302
2308072
2308085
2308098

229
229
229
229

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC
FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300
FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400
FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400

2290614
2304490
2314901
2314914

482
482
464
464

LDM3- 48- 60DC
LDM3-110DC
LDP- 12- 24DC
LDP- 48- 60DC

2833819
2833822
2833657
2833660

388
388
388
388

MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO

2810638
2865971
2924223
2865010

232
109
109
121

MCR-SL-D-RA
MCR-SL-D-SPA-UI
MCR-SL-D-U-I
MCR-SL-HT-PT 100-I

2810081
2710314
2864011
2864516

150
151
150
143

FLKM S115/47X0,75/3,0M/OE
FLKM S115/47X0,75/5,0M/OE
FLKM S115/S400/SO155
FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

2314985
2314998
2307248
2306294

465
465
464
465

LDP-110DC
LDP3- 12- 24DC
LDP3- 48- 60DC
LDP3-110DC

2833673
2833770
2833783
2833796

388
388
388
388

MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-R

2924265
2865023
2924278
2865997

121
124
124
120

MCR-SL-PT100-LP-I
MCR-SL-PT100-SP
MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 24
MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP

2864558
2814948
2864464
2813486

141
139
235
233

PHOENIX CONTACT

575

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

MCR-SL-S-100-U
MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP
MCR-SL-S-200-U
MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0

2813457
2813499
2813460
2814359

233
233
233
234

MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC

2864794
2864176
2864804
2864189

72
72
72
72

PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70
PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85

2276502
2276544
2277284
2277297

214
214
215
216

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1

2276269
2276272
2276285
2276298

219
219
219
219

MCR-SWS-I
MCR-SWS-U
MCR-T-UI
MCR-T-UI-E

2766478
2766465
2814090
2814113

147
147
136
136

MINI MCR-SL-UI-F
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC

2864082
2810243
2902829
2902830

83
83
75
75

PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85
PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96
PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95
PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105

2277336
2277349
2277307
2277352

217
218
218
219

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1

2276308
2277721
2276311
2277734

219
219
219
219

MCR-T-UI-E-NC
MCR-T-UI-NC
MCR-TTL-RS232
MCR-TTL-RS232-E

2814126
2814100
2814391
2814388

136
136
149
149

MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC

2864480
2864493
2864383
2864150

85
85
66
66

PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129

2277365
2277378
2276395
2277381

219
220
220
220

PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1

2276324
2276337
2276340
2277747

219
219
219
219

MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC
MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN

2811103
2811116
2814799
2709561

236
236
149
91

MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC

2864710
2864163
2811268
2902851

66
66
94
80

PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A

2276405
2277394
2277404
2276418

220
221
221
221

PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V3-60
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40

2277750
2276382
2277417
2276612

219
219
222
223

ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
MINI MCR DKL
MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL

2707437
2869728
2308111
2810272

12
90
88
88

MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX
MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5
MM-CONF-SET
MP 1

2866653
2866983
2297992
2833631

91
91
15
372

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1

2277815
2277828
2277831
2277064

214
214
214
214

PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
PLC-2RPT-24DC/1

2276625
2276638
2276641
2901639

223
223
223
348

MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP

2902849
2902850
2864419
2864749

76
76
74
74

MP 2
MPS-IH BK
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH GN

2833644
0201731
0201689
0201702

378
191
191
191

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1

2277624
2277077
2277844
2277637

214
214
214
214

PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1
PLC-2RSP-24DC/ 1
PLC-ATP BK
PLC-BP A1-14

2987309
2987312
2966841
2980283

348
348
368
368

MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC

2864655
2864781
2902822
2902823

74
74
87
87

MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH YE

0201728
0201676
0201663
0201692

191
191
191
191

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1

2277857
2277080
2277860
2277640

214
214
214
214

PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW
PLC-BPT- 24UC/ 1/ACT
PLC-BPT-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-120UC/21/SO46

2900261
2900450
2900456
2900453

360
329
335
334

MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC

2902832
2902833
2902961
2902962

82
82
89
89

MPS-MT

0201744

191

PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1

2277093
2277653
2277103
2277666

214
214
214
214

PLC-BPT-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BPT-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-BPT-TTL/1
PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2900457
2900455
2900458
2982799

335
334
356
329

MINI MCR-SL-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP

2864406
2864723
2813541
2813554

71
71
71
71

O

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1

2277116
2277679
2277129
2277682

215
215
215
215

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46
PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46

2980322
2980416
2980319
2980432

335
335
334
335

MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 16
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO

2813538
2813567
2811815
2864105

71
71
95
86

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100
OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2

2967989
2982113
2967992
2982168

340
288
340
289

PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1

2277132
2277695
2277145
2277158

215
215
215
215

PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46

2980348
2980429
2980335
2980445

335
335
334
335

MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP

2810269
2810298
2810308
2810395

86
79
79
79

OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2966595
2982100
2966618
2967950

280
288
340
281

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1

2276117
2276120
2276133
2276146

216
216
216
216

PLC-BSC-TTL/1
PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW
PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT
PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46

2982689
2961396
2982809
2980364

356
360
329
335

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC

2810382
2864435
2864309
2864370

79
78
77
77

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2
OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5
OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100

2982171
2966605
2982126
2966621

289
340
288
340

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1

2277161
2276159
2276162
2277174

216
216
216
216

PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46
PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46
PLC-BSP-TTL/1

2980351
2980380
2980377
2982692

334
335
334
356

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP

2864192
2864202
2864273
2864736

77
77
78
78

OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2
OV-24DC/ 60DC/4
OV-24DC/350DC/1

2967963
2982184
2982647
2982634

341
289
559
558

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1

2276175
2277187
2276463
2277190

216
216
216
216

PLC-ESK GY
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/2/ACT
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2966508
2902969
2900375
2902971

368
354
327
355

MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PTB
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP

2864286
2864134
2902958
2902959

78
90
89
89

OV-24DC/480AC/5

2982650

559

PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1

2277200
2276188
2277873
2277886

216
216
217
217

PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OPT- 5DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT- 12DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/10/R

2902973
2900381
2900382
2900398

355
352
352
353

MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I

2864147
2864095
2810256
2864422

90
84
84
73

P

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1

2277899
2277909
2277912
2277925

217
217
217
217

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/2/ACT
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100

2900364
2900376
2900379
2900352

325
327
359
324

MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI

2864752
2864079
2810230
2810858

73
73
73
68

PACT MCR-CB-21- 8
PACT MCR-CB-21-12
PACT MCR-CB-28-12
PACT MCR-CB-42-12

2277569
2277556
2277543
2277530

223
223
223
223

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1

2277938
2277941
2277954
2277967

217
217
217
217

PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW

2900358
2900378
2902972
2900391

331
353
355
359

MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-TB

2810780
2810874
2810793
2811420

68
68
68
88

PACT MCR-ETC-60
PACT MCR-ETC-75
PACT MCR-ICAP
PACT MCR-RA

2277572
2277585
2277608
2277598

223
223
223
223

PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1

2277970
2277983
2276191
2276201

217
217
218
218

PLC-OPT- 24DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OPT- 24DC/300DC/1

2900369
2902970
2902974
2900383

325
354
355
352

MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP

2864448
2864299
2813512
2813570

81
81
71
71

PACT MCR-V1-21-44
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1

2277268
2277019
2277611
2277022

213
213
213
213

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1

2276214
2277705
2276227
2277718

218
218
218
218

PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL
PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT- 48DC/ 48DC/100

2900363
2900392
2900365
2900353

358
359
325
324

MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-U
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP

2813525
2813583
2864684
2864697

71
71
71
71

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1

2277763
2277035
2277776
2277048

213
213
213
213

PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1

2276230
2276243
2277213
2277226

218
218
218
218

PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 48DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2900393
2900370
2900366
2900354

359
325
325
324

MINI MCR-SL-U-UI
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC

2864053
2865007
2811213
2810078

70
70
70
70

PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60

2277789
2277051
2277792
2277271

213
213
213
214

PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1

2277239
2277242
2277255
2276256

218
218
218
219

PLC-OPT- 60DC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT- 60DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW

2900371
2900384
2900394
2900395

325
352
359
359

576

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW
PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW
PLC-OPT-110DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-120AC/300DC/1

2900380
2900396
2900385
2900388

359
359
352
352

PLC-OSP- 60DC/230AC/
PLC-OSP- 60DC/300DC/
PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/
PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/

1
1
3RW
3RW

2967918
2980843
2982540
2982553

325
352
359
359

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT

2966919
2967617
2967109
2966210

323
333
327
326

PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW
PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW

2987147
2987150
2987053
2987066

363
363
362
362

PLC-OPT-120UC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OPT-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-120UC/230AC/1

2900367
2900355
2900359
2900372

325
324
331
325

PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP-110DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSP-120AC/300DC/ 1

2980526
2982566
2980856
2980872

359
359
352
352

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21

2966317
2967604
2966171
2967060

330
332
322
323

PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW
PLC-RSP-120UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSP-120UC/21
PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21

2987095
2967390
2966524
2912549

363
330
322
323

PLC-OPT-220DC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-230AC/300DC/1
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 24DC/2
PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100

2900387
2900389
2900368
2900356

352
352
325
324

PLC-OSP-120UC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSP-120UC/230AC/ 1

2967484
2967552
2967581
2967921

325
324
331
325

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H

2967125
2966265
2967620
2982236

323
323
333
350

PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSP-120UC/21HC
PLC-RSP-230UC/ 1AU/SEN

2912617
2966582
2912316
2967413

323
323
333
330

PLC-OPT-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OPT-230UC/230AC/1
PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G

2900361
2900374
2903173
2902965

331
325
366
355

PLC-OSP-220DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSP-230AC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100

2980869
2980885
2967497
2967565

352
352
325
324

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU

2834876
2966184
2967073
2967112

350
322
323
323

PLC-RSP-230UC/21
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF

2966537
2912552
2912620
2968001

322
323
323
361

PLC-OSCPLC-OSCPLC-OSCPLC-OSC-

5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT
5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
5DC/24DC/100KHZ
5DC/300DC/ 1

2980144
2902967
2902963
2980652

327
355
354
352

PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSP-230UC/230AC/ 1
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21

2967594
2967934
2900397
2900316

331
325
364
322

PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21

2966278
2967633
2966113
2967248

323
333
322
323

PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU
PLC-RSP-230UC/21HC
PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2966647
2912329
2982663
2980539

323
333
364
365

PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2980665
2902966
2966634
2966676

352
355
325
327

PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 12DC/21HC

2900329
2900337
2900317
2900290

323
323
323
333

PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21

2967280
2966126
2967646
2966139

323
323
333
322

PLC-SC-S/H
PLC-SC-S/L
PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P
PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC

2980733
2980775
2982676
2980555

351
351
364
365

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100

2982786
2982702
2902968
2966728

328
353
355
324

PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1/ACT
PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21

2900312
2900313
2900298
2900299

326
330
332
322

PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU
PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC

2967293
2967303
2966142
2967659

323
323
323
333

PLC-SP-S/H
PLC-SP-S/L
PLC-V8/D15B/IN
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2980746
2980788
2296087
2296061

351
351
369
369

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT

2966773
2980636
2967840
2967947

331
353
325
327

PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 24DC/21HC

2900330
2900338
2900306
2900291

323
323
323
333

PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-120UC/21
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21
PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU

2966320
2966197
2967086
2967138

330
322
323
323

PLC-V8/D15S/IN
PLC-V8/D15S/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2296074
2296058
2296553
2304115

369
369
369
369

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT
PLC-OSC- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ
PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL

2982760
2902964
2980678
2982728

328
354
352
358

PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RPT- 24UC/ 1/S/L
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21

2900328
2900327
2900300
2900332

350
350
322
323

PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC
PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSC-230UC/21

2966281
2967662
2966333
2966207

323
333
330
322

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2295554
2304102
2299660
2304306

369
369
369
369

PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967002
2966993
2967853
2967468

325
324
325
325

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW

2900346
2900339
2900349
2900318

363
323
363
362

PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21
PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU
PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC

2967099
2967141
2966294
2967675

323
323
323
333

PLC-VT
PLC-VT/ACT
PLC-VT/ACT/LA
PLC-VT/LA

2296870
2295567
2296867
2296854

486
487
487
486

PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1

2967455
2967866
2980681
2980694

324
325
352
352

PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW

2900307
2900321
2900293
2900324

323
362
333
363

PLC-RSP- 12DC/21
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP- 12DC/21AU

2967439
2912497
2912565
2967442

322
323
323
323

PR1-BSC2/2X21
PR1-BSC3/2X21
PR1-BSP3/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21

2833518
2833521
2833534
2834326

372
373
373
390

PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2980717
2966650
2966744
2966799

352
325
324
331

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT- 48DC/21AU

2900301
2900333
2900340
2900308

322
323
323
323

PLC-RSP- 12DC/21HC
PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1/ACT
PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT

2912264
2967345
2967374
2912413

333
326
330
332

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21

2834368
2834481
2834520
2834339

390
391
391
390

PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1

2967879
2980050
2980047
2980063

325
325
324
325

PLC-RPT- 48DC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21-21AU

2900294
2900303
2900334
2900341

333
322
323
323

PLC-RSP- 24DC/21
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP- 24DC/21AU

2966472
2912507
2912578
2966540

322
323
323
323

PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21

2834371
2834494
2834533
2834342

390
391
391
390

PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100

2980704
2980720
2966663
2966757

352
352
325
324

PLC-RPT- 60DC/21AU
PLC-RPT- 60DC/21HC
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW

2900309
2900295
2900347
2900350

323
333
363
363

PLC-RSP- 24DC/21HC
PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/H
PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/L
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21

2912277
2982249
2834889
2966485

333
350
350
322

PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21

2834384
2834504
2834546
2834355

390
391
391
390

PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN
PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100
PLC-OSP- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2966809
2967882
2903171
2980157

331
325
366
327

PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW

2900319
2900322
2900325
2900348

362
362
363
363

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21/RW
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW

2912510
2987105
2912581
2987118

323
363
323
363

PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21

2834397
2834517
2834559
2834407

390
391
391
392

PLC-OSP- 5DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSP- 12DC/300DC/ 1
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2980814
2980827
2967471
2967507

352
352
325
327

PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW

2900351
2900320
2900323
2900326

363
362
362
363

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC

2987011
2966553
2987024
2912280

362
323
362
333

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21

2834449
2834562
2834601
2834410

392
393
393
392

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN

2980513
2982715
2967549
2967578

359
353
324
331

PLC-RPT-120UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-120UC/21
PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21
PLC-RPT-120UC/21-21AU

2900314
2900304
2900335
2900342

330
322
323
323

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC/RW
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21AU

2987079
2966498
2912523
2912594

363
322
323
323

PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21

2834452
2834575
2834614
2834423

392
393
393
392

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W
PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP- 24DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSP- 24DC/300DC/ 1

2980649
2982511
2967895
2980830

353
359
325
352

PLC-RPT-120UC/21AU
PLC-RPT-120UC/21HC
PLC-RPT-230UC/ 1AU/SEN
PLC-RPT-230UC/21

2900310
2900296
2900315
2900305

323
333
330
322

PLC-RSP- 48DC/21AU
PLC-RSP- 48DC/21HC
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21

2966566
2912293
2966511
2912536

323
333
322
323

PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21

2834465
2834588
2834627
2834436

392
393
393
392

PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL
PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 48DC/100

2982731
2982524
2967727
2967743

358
359
325
324

PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF
PLC-RPT-230UC/21AU

2900336
2900343
2900345
2900311

323
323
361
323

PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21AU
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21AU
PLC-RSP- 60DC/21HC
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW

2912604
2966579
2912303
2987121

323
323
333
363

PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU
PR2-BSC2/4X21

2834478
2834591
2834630
2833563

392
393
393
378

PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW
PLC-OSP- 48DC/230AC/ 1
PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2
PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 48DC/100

2982537
2967905
2967730
2967756

359
325
325
324

PLC-RPT-230UC/21HC
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21
PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU

2900297
2966906
2967235
2967277

333
322
323
323

PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW

2987134
2987037
2987040
2987082

363
362
362
363

PR2-BSC3/4X21
PR2-BSP3/4X21
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU

2833576
2833589
2834643
2834724

379
379
394
394

PHOENIX CONTACT

577

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU

2834656
2834737
2834669
2834740

394
394
394
394

REL-IR2/LDP- 60DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU

2903662
2903663
2903686
2903683

292
292
292
292

REL-OR/L- 24AC/1
REL-OR/L- 24AC/1/MB
REL-OR/L-120AC/1
REL-OR/L-120AC/1/MB

2901911
2901905
2901912
2901906

386
386
386
386

RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X1
RIF-4-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21

2903280
2903274
2903277
2903279

314
316
315
314

PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU

2834672
2834753
2834685
2834766

394
394
395
395

REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU

2903687
2903684
2903688
2903685

292
292
292
292

REL-OR/L-230AC/1
REL-OR/L-230AC/1/MB
REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1
REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1/MB

2901913
2901907
2901908
2901901

386
386
386
386

RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X1
RIF-4-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21
RIF-LDP-110 DC
RIF-LDP-12-24 DC

2903273
2903276
2900941
2900939

316
315
304
304

PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU

2834698
2834779
2834708
2834782

395
395
395
395

REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU

2903676
2903669
2903677
2903670

292
292
292
292

REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1
REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1/MB
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1/MB

2901909
2901902
2901910
2901904

386
386
386
386

RIF-LDP-48-60 DC
RIF-LV-12-24 UC
RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC
RIF-LV-48-60 UC

2900940
2900942
2900944
2900943

304
304
304
304

PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU
PR3-BSC1/2X21
PR3-BSC1/3X21

2834711
2834795
2833602
2833615

395
395
382
383

REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21AU

2903678
2903671
2903679
2903672

292
292
292
292

REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21
REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21

2903690
2903691
2903692
2903689

296
296
296
296

RIF-RC-12-24 UC
RIF-RC-120-230 UC
RIF-RC-48-60 UC
RIF-RH-1

2900949
2900951
2900950
2900953

304
304
304
283

PSK AFS2000IOL
PSK AFS5000IOL
PSK AFS6000IOL
PSK AFS6050IOL

2700709
2700705
2700707
2700704

209
209
208
208

REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 4,5DC/21

2903680
2903673
2961370
2961367

292
292
338
338

REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21
REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21

2903694
2903695
2903696
2903693

296
296
296
296

RIF-RH-2
RIF-RH-3
RIF-RH-4
RIF-T3-24UC

2900954
2900955
2900956
2902647

291
295
299
305

PSK AFS8000IOL
PSK DL BASIC
PSK DL FLEX
PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS

2700708
2700726
2700727
2761295

209
206
207
149

REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 12DC/21AU

2961150
2961257
2961299
2961163

278
284
284
278

REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21
REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21
REL-PR2-120AC/2X21
REL-PR2-230AC/2X21

2903699
2903698
2903700
2903701

300
300
300
300

RIF-V-12-24 UC
RIF-V-120-230 UC
RIF-V-48-60 UC

2900945
2900948
2900947

304
304
304

PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P
PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P

2744416
2744429

186
186

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU

2961309
2961532
2961383
2961493

284
284
338
338

REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21
REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1
REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21

2903707
2903703
2903706
2903702

302
300
302
300

S

REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC

2961435
2987956
2961464
2961406

284
286
284
284

REL-PR3-120AC/3X1
REL-PR3-120AC/3X21
REL-PR3-230AC/3X1
REL-PR3-230AC/3X21

2903708
2903704
2903709
2903705

302
300
302
300

SCK-C-MODBUS
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
SCK-M-U-1500V

2901674
2903242
2903241
2903591

240
241
241
241

R
RC- 12- 24UC
RC- 48- 60UC
RC-120-230UC
RC3- 12- 24UC

2833741
2833754
2833767
2833893

388
388
388
388

REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR- 24DC/1IC
REL-MR- 24DC/21

2961503
2987891
2961341
2961105

284
286
339
278

RIF-0-BPT/1
RIF-0-BPT/21
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/ 1AU

2901873
2900958
2903362
2903360

277
276
307
307

SIM-AMS 1
SIM-AMS 1-R
SIM-AMS 2
SIM-AMS 2-R

2271015
2271031
2271028
2271044

560
561
560
561

RC3- 48- 60UC
RC3-120-230UC
RCM-A-SCT- 20
RCM-A-SCT- 30

2833903
2833916
2806045
2806058

388
388
245
245

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS

2961192
2987943
2961215
2987985

284
286
284
286

RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21
RIF-0-RPT-12DC/21AU
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/ 1AU

2903371
2903369
2903361
2903359

306
306
307
307

SIM-AMSC1
SIM-EI- 5DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI- 5DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI- 12DC/48DC/100

2271390
2271057
2271138
2271060

561
556
557
556

RCM-A-SCT- 35
RCM-A-SCT- 70
RCM-A-SCT-105
RCM-A-SCT-140

2806061
2806074
2806087
2806090

245
245
245
245

REL-MR- 24DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS

2961121
2961312
2961545
2987927

278
284
284
286

RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21
RIF-0-RPT-24DC/21AU
RIF-1-BPT/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21

2903370
2903368
2900931
2903342

306
306
282
308

SIM-EI- 12DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI- 24DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI- 24DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI- 60DC/48DC/100

2271141
2271073
2271154
2271086

557
556
557
556

RCM-A-SCT-210
RCM-A/50/85-264V
RCM-B-SCT- 35
RCM-B-SCT- 70

2806100
2806016
2806223
2806236

245
245
244
244

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC

2987888
2834834
2834847
2834821

286
284
284
284

RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/1X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21

2903338
2903334
2903330
2903340

308
309
309
308

SIM-EI- 60DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI-110DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI-110DC/TTL/100
SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100

2271167
2271099
2271170
2271112

557
556
557
556

RCM-B-SCT-105
RCM-B/50/85-264V
REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU

2806249
2806210
2834054
2834122

244
244
380
380

REL-MR- 60DC/21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21AU

2961118
2961273
2961286
2961134

338
284
284
338

RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/1X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21

2903336
2903332
2903328
2903339

308
309
309
308

SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100/RC
SIM-EI-120AC/TTL/100
SIM-EI-220DC/48DC/100
SIM-EI-220DC/TTL/100

2271439
2271196
2271109
2271183

557
557
556
557

REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU

2834067
2834135
2834070
2834148

380
380
380
380

REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961325
2961202
2961228
2961338

284
284
284
284

RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/1X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21

2903335
2903331
2903327
2903341

308
309
309
308

SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100
SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100/RC
SIM-EI-230AC/TTL/100
SIM-EI-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/3

2271125
2271426
2271206
2300096

556
557
557
557

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU

2834151
2834193
2834164
2834203

380
380
380
380

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU

2961561
2961448
2987969
2961477

284
284
286
284

RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/1X21AU
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21
RIF-1-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21AU
RIF-2-BPT/4X21

2903337
2903333
2903329
2900934

308
309
309
290

SIM-ERSN
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR
SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET
SIM-ERSN-HB-MR

2271484
2271468
2271497
2271471

556
556
556
556

REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU

2834177
2834216
2834180
2834229

380
380
380
380

REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961419
2961516
2987901
2961451

284
284
286
284

RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LDP-24DC/4X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-120AC/4X21

2903315
2903308
2903311
2903305

310
311
310
311

SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET
SSA 3-6
SSA 5-10
ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3

2271510
2839295
2839512
2905417

556
191
191
408

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU

2834012
2834083
2834025
2834096

380
380
380
380

REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2987972
2961480
2987998
2961422

286
284
286
284

RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-230AC/4X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/2X21
RIF-2-RPT-LV-24AC/4X21

2903310
2903304
2903313
2903306

310
311
310
311

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO
ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO
ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38
ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46

2905572
2905585
2829564
2826981

409
409
406
404

REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU

2834041
2834119
2834960
2834313

380
380
380
380

REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-G 24/1

2961529
2987930
2987914
2961037

284
286
286
554

RIF-3-BPT/2X21
RIF-3-BPT/3X21
RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-3-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21

2900937
2900938
2903297
2903294

294
295
312
313

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46
ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46
ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46
ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46

2826091
2829797
2833026
2826266

404
404
404
404

REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU
REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21

2834957
2834973
2903666
2903667

380
380
292
292

REL-OR- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR- 24DC/3X21

2834245
2834287
2834232
2834274

384
384
384
384

RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/2X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-120AC/3X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/2X21
RIF-3-RPT-LV-230AC/3X21

2903296
2903293
2903295
2903292

312
313
312
313

ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46
STP 5-2
SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC
SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC

2832027
0800967
2903111
2903112

404
318
34
34

REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 48DC/2X21

2903668
2903659
2903660
2903661

292
292
292
292

REL-OR-120AC/2X21
REL-OR-120AC/3X21
REL-OR-230AC/2X21
REL-OR-230AC/3X21

2834258
2834290
2834261
2834300

384
384
384
384

RIF-4-BPT/3X21
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/2X21
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X1
RIF-4-RPT-LDP-24DC/3X21

2900961
2903281
2903275
2903278

298
314
316
315

SWD4-8MF2 PXC
SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC
SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC
SWD4-CRP-1 PXC

2903108
2903107
2903109
2903110

34
34
34
34

578

PHOENIX CONTACT

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

SWD4-CRP-2 PXC
SWD4-RC8-10 PXC
SZF 1-0,6X3,5

2903114
2903106
1204517

34
34
368

T
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI

2924854
2902933
2902932
2902934

129
97
129
97

THERMAL FUSE TF104

2900796

38

U

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC
UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC
UMK- 8 RM110DC/MKDS
UMK- 8 RM230AC/MKDS

2979485
2979469
2972945
2972961

494
492
551
551

VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK16
VIP-2/PT/FLK16/LED

2904279
2903801
2903789
2904250

470
470
526
527

VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/HD44SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/F

2904269
2904274
2904270
2904275

539
539
539
539

UMK- 8 RM24DC/MKDS
UMK- D32M-VS
UMK- EC38/38-XOL
UMK- EC38/38-XOR

2972916
2970060
2976284
2976297

551
541
542
542

VIP-2/PT/FLK20
VIP-2/PT/FLK20/LED
VIP-2/PT/FLK50 (1-40) /S7
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/16/SLC500

2903790
2904251
2903804
2904287

526
527
472
429

VIP-3/PT/HD62SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/16
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/24
VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/32

2904271
2903797
2903798
2903799

539
549
549
549

UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L
UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R
UMK- EC56/25/EX -L
UMK- EC56/25/EX -R

2900115
2900114
2900113
2900112

545
545
545
545

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/AB-1756
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/LED/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q
VIP-2/PT/FLK50/PLC

2904286
2904280
2904285
2903803

473
471
473
471

VIP-3/PT/PDM-2/48
VIP-3/PT/RJ45
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F/LED

2903800
2904290
2315188
2322210

549
546
533
533

UMK- EC56/32-XOL
UMK- EC56/32-XOR
UMK- EC56/32-XUL
UMK- EC56/32-XUR

2975764
2975858
2975780
2975777

543
543
543
543

VIP-2/PT/FLK50/S7/A-S400
VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/F
VIP-2/PT/HD15SUB/M
VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

2904289
2904272
2904268
2315230

472
539
539
474

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F/LED

2315133
2322168
2315191
2322223

533
533
533
533

UMK- EC56/56-XOL
UMK- EC56/56-XOR
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L
UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R

2975890
2975900
2976158
2976161

543
543
543
543

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M

2322333
2315162
2322197
2315117

475
532
533
532

VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/HW/C300
VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F

2315146
2900675
2322171
2315201

533
439
533
533

UC-EMLP (11X9)
UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS
UDK-RELG 4
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

0819291
0824547
2777056
2941662

127
127
409
183

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL
UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR

2900110
2900109
2969071
2969068

544
544
544
544

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M

2322142
2315175
2322207
2315120

533
532
533
532

VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

2322236
2315159
2322184
2322265

533
533
533
479

UM 25-10 MSTB/FRONT/Q
UM 25-18 MSTB/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959803
2959502
2959560
2959573

547
547
536
536

UMK- PVB
UMK- PVB 6
UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS
UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P

2971302
2972136
2972770
2972796

549
549
553
553

VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED
VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M
VIP-2/SC/D37SUB/M/SO
VIP-2/SC/FLK10

2322155
2900676
2900786
2315010

533
439
439
524

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC
VIP-3/SC/FLK26
VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK34

2322278
2315052
2322087
2315065

479
525
525
525

UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959586
2959599
2959609
2959612

536
536
536
536

UMK-16 OM/MF/MKDS
UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC
UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC
UMK-16 RM 5DC/MKDS

2972754
2974891
2974901
2972974

553
495
495
551

VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK14
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC

2322045
2315023
2322281
2322294

525
524
476
476

VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK40
VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK50

2322090
2315078
2322100
2315081

525
525
525
525

UM 25-FLK20/FRONT/Q
UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC
UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2959515
2962900
2962926
2962913

528
490
491
491

UMK-16 RM 12DC/MKDS
UMK-16 RM 24DC/MKDS
UMK-16 RM 60DC/MKDS
UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC

2972987
2972990
2973038
2979508

551
551
551
495

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC
VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC
VIP-2/SC/FLK16

2322058
2322249
2315214
2315036

525
470
470
524

VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK60
VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED
VIP-3/SC/FLK64

2322113
2315094
2322126
2315104

525
525
525
525

UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q
UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959625
2959638
2959641
2959654

536
536
536
536

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC
UMK-16 RM110DC/MKDS
UMK-16 RM230AC/MKDS
UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS3/R

2979498
2973041
2973067
2970196

495
551
551
547

VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK20
VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED
VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7

2322061
2315049
2322074
2315243

525
524
525
472

VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/F

2322139
2322414
2322375
2322427

525
539
539
539

UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8
UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8
UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC
UM 45-FLK34/FRONT/Q

2968205
2968195
2965211
2959531

483
483
481
528

UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC
UMKS- C64M-VS
UMKS- E48M-VS
UMKS- F48M-VR

2979472
2970565
2970154
2970167

492
540
541
541

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

2322320
2322317
2322252
2322304

429
473
471
473

VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/F
VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/M
VIP-3/SC/RJ45

2322388
2322430
2322391
2900701

539
539
539
546

UM 45-FLK40/FRONT/Q
UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC
UM 45-FLK50/FRONT/Q
UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2959544
2965224
2959557
2962463

528
481
528
497

UMKS- F48M-VS
URELG 3
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET

2970714
2820136
2901667

541
404
12

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC
VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400
VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F
VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/M

2315227
2322359
2322401
2322326

471
472
539
539

VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,5M

2318376
2318305
2318318
2318321

500
500
500
500

UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/SI/PLC
UM- 8RM/KSR-G24/21/SI/PLC

2968386
2900890
2900893
2900892

493
498
499
499

V

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/24
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/32
VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/48

2315256
2315269
2315272
2903717

548
548
548
548

VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/6,0M

2318334
2318347
2318350
2318363

500
500
500
500

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC
UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC
UM-25 FLK26/FRONT/Q
UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC

2962379
2962382
2959528
2968373

497
497
528
493

V- 12- 24UC
V- 48- 60UC
V-120-230UC
V3- 12- 24UC

2833864
2833877
2833880
2833929

388
388
388
388

VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/D25SUB/M/LED

2903782
2904265
2903781
2904260

535
535
535
535

VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,5M

2318457
2318389
2318392
2318402

500
500
500
500

UM-32RM/KSR-G24/21/MS/PLC
UM-DELTA V/A/SI
UM-DELTA V/A/SI/BFI/TP
UM-DELTA V/D/SI

2900891
5603256
5603258
5603255

498
435
435
435

V3- 48- 60UC
V3-120-230UC
VFD 5007 IL IB
VFD 5015 IL IB

2833932
2833945
2701054
2701055

388
388
50
51

VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M
VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/HW/C300

2903784
2904266
2903783
2904276

535
535
535
439

VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/6,0M

2318415
2318428
2318431
2318444

500
500
500
500

UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP
UMK- 1 OM-R/AMS
UMK- 4 OM-R/MF
UMK- 4 OM-R/MF/P

5603257
2983002
2970882
2972673

435
553
553
553

VFD 5022 IL IB
VFD 5040 IL IB
VIP-2/PT/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7
VIP-2/PT/2FLK14/AB-1756

2701057
2701058
2903802
2904288

51
51
474
475

VIP-3/PT/D37SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/F/LED
VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M

2904261
2903786
2904267
2903785

535
535
535
535

VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/0,5M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/1,5M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/10,0M/S7

2904514
2904515
2904516
2904524

457
457
457
457

UMK- 4 RM 5DC
UMK- 4 RM 12DC
UMK- 4 RM 24
UMK- 4 RM 24DC

2972819
2972822
2971344
2972835

550
550
550
550

VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D 9SUB/M/LED

2903778
2904263
2903777
2904258

534
535
534
535

VIP-3/PT/D50SUB/M/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC
VIP-3/PT/FLK14/8IM/PLC
VIP-3/PT/FLK26

2904262
2904281
2904282
2903791

535
479
479
527

VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/2,5M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/3,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/4,0M/S7

2904517
2904518
2904519
2904520

457
457
457
457

UMK- 4 RM 60DC
UMK- 4 RM110DC
UMK- 4 RM230AC
UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS

2972851
2972864
2972880
2972738

550
550
550
553

VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/F/LED
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D15SUB/M/LED

2903780
2904264
2903779
2904259

534
535
534
535

VIP-3/PT/FLK26/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK34
VIP-3/PT/FLK34/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK40

2904252
2903792
2904253
2903793

527
527
527
527

VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/5,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/6,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/16/8,0M/S7
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/0,5M

2904521
2904522
2904523
2901604

457
457
457
443

UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P
UMK- 8 OM/MF/MKDS
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-24/21/21
UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC

2972699
2972712
2975722
2976187

553
553
551
496

VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M
VIP-2/PT/D37SUB/M/SO
VIP-2/PT/FLK10
VIP-2/PT/FLK10/LED

2904277
2904278
2903787
2904248

439
439
526
527

VIP-3/PT/FLK40/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK50
VIP-3/PT/FLK50/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK60

2904254
2903794
2904255
2903795

527
527
527
527

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/2,5M

2901605
2901606
2901607
2901608

443
443
443
443

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC
UMK- 8 RM 5DC/MKDS
UMK- 8 RM 12DC/MKDS
UMK- 8 RM 60DC/MKDS

2974914
2972893
2972903
2972932

494
551
551
551

VIP-2/PT/FLK14
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8M/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/8P/PLC
VIP-2/PT/FLK14/LED

2903788
2904283
2904284
2904249

526
476
476
527

VIP-3/PT/FLK60/LED
VIP-3/PT/FLK64
VIP-3/PT/FLK64/LED
VIP-3/PT/HD26SUB/F

2904256
2903796
2904257
2904273

527
527
527
539

VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/AXIO/0,14/6,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M

2901609
2901610
2901611
2900122

443
443
443
502

PHOENIX CONTACT

579

Index
Alphabetical
Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M

2900123
2900125
2900126
2900127

502
502
502
502

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 3,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 5,0M/S7

2322692
2322702
2322715
2322728

449
449
449
449

VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/0,5M

2900128
2900129
2318538
2318460

502
502
500
500

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 7,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7

2322731
2322744
2322757
2322760

449
449
449
449

VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/3,0M

2318473
2318486
2318499
2318509

500
500
500
500

VIP-PA-FLK50-4X14-S7/...
VIP-PA-FLK50-S7/...
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,0M/S7

2900886
2900885
2322443
2322456

449
448
448
448

VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/6,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M

2318512
2318525
2900130
2900131

500
500
502
502

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 3,0M/S7

2322469
2321800
2322472
2322485

448
448
448
448

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M

2900132
2900133
2900134
2900135

502
502
502
502

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/ 7,0M/S7

2322498
2322508
2322511
2322524

448
448
448
448

VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,0M

2900136
2318619
2318541
2318554

502
500
500
500

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,0M/S7

2322537
2322540
2322553
2322566

448
448
449
449

VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/4,0M

2318567
2318570
2318583
2318596

500
500
500
500

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 3,0M/S7

2322579
2321910
2322582
2322595

449
449
449
449

VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/6,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M

2318606
2900138
2900139
2900141

500
503
503
503

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 4,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 5,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 6,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 7,0M/S7

2322605
2322618
2322621
2322634

449
449
449
449

VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M

2900142
2900143
2900144
2900145

503
503
503
503

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 8,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7
VS-937/...

2322647
2322650
1402611

449
449
48

VIP-CAB-FLK26-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,5M

2318693
2318622
2318635
2318648

501
501
501
501

Z

VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/6,0M

2318651
2318664
2318677
2318680

501
501
501
501

ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

0811972
1050004
1051016
1051003

318
318
368
318

VIP-CAB-FLK34-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,5M

2318774
2318703
2318716
2318729

501
501
501
501

VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/6,0M

2318732
2318745
2318758
2318761

501
501
501
501

VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,5M

2318855
2318787
2318790
2318800

501
501
501
501

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/6,0M

2318813
2318826
2318839
2318842

501
501
501
501

VIP-CAB-FLK50-0,14/...
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,5M

2318936
2318868
2318871
2318884

501
501
501
501

VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/2,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/6,0M

2318897
2318907
2318910
2318923

501
501
501
501

VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M

2900146
2900147
2900148
2900149

503
503
503
503

VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M
VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M
VIP-PA-FLK14-S7/...

2900150
2900151
2900152
2900887

503
503
503
449

VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,5M/S7
VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,0M/S7

2322663
2322676
2322689
2321790

449
449
449
449

580

PHOENIX CONTACT

Type

Order No. Page

Type

Order No. Page